0001839412 false --12-31 0001839412 2022-02-14 2022-02-14 0001839412 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2022-02-14 2022-02-14 0001839412 rocr:WarrantsMember 2022-02-14 2022-02-14 iso4217:USD xbrli:shares iso4217:USD xbrli:shares

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

 

 

FORM 8-K

 

 

 

Current Report

Pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): February 14, 2022

 

 

 

QualTek Services Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   001-40147   83-3584928
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
  (Commission File Number)    (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

475 Sentry Parkway E, Suite 200
Blue Bell, PA 19422
(Address of principal executive offices, including Zip Code)

 

 

 

(484) 804-4585

 

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

 

 

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions (see General Instruction A.2. below):

 

  ¨ Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

 

  ¨ Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

 

  ¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

 

  ¨ Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e 4(c))

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

 

 

Title of Each Class   Trading Symbols   Name of each exchange on which
registered
Class A Common Stock   QTEK   The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Warrants   QTEKW   The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 (§230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§240.12b-2 of this chapter).

 

Emerging growth company x

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.¨

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Introductory Note

 

On February 14, 2022, QualTek Services Inc. (f/k/a Roth CH Acquisition III Co. (“ROCR”)) (the “Company” or “QualTek”) closed its business combination (the “Business Combination”) with QualTek HoldCo, LLC (f/k/a BCP QualTek HoldCo, LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (“BCP QualTek”), pursuant to that certain Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) dated as of June 16, 2021, by and among (i) ROCR, (ii) Roth CH III Blocker Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly-owned subsidiary of ROCR (“Blocker Merger Sub”), (iii) BCP QualTek Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Blocker”), (iv) Roth CH III Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly-owned subsidiary of ROCR (“Company Merger Sub”), (v) BCP QualTek and (vi) BCP QualTek, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, solely in its capacity as representative of the Blocker’s equityholders and BCP QualTek’s equityholders. In connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, the Company changed its name from Roth CH Acquisition III Co. to QualTek Services Inc. Certain terms used in this Current Report on Form 8-K have the same meaning as set forth in the definitive proxy statement (the “Definitive Proxy Statement”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on January 24, 2022 by ROCR.

 

Item 1.01Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.

 

The Consideration

 

Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement:

 

· the cumulative value of the merger consideration was $306,888,378;

 

·Blocker Merger Sub merged with and into the Blocker (the “Blocker Merger”), resulting in the equity interests of the Blocker being converted into the right to receive 11,923,940 shares of Class A Common Stock under the Business Combination Agreement, and the owners of such equity interests in the Blocker (the “Blocker Owners”) being entitled to such shares of Class A Common Stock at the Closing, and thereafter, the surviving blocker merged with and into ROCR, with ROCR as the surviving company (the “Buyer Merger”), resulting in the cancellation of the equity interests of the surviving blocker and ROCR directly owning all of the units of QualTek (the “QualTek Units”) previously held by the Blocker in QualTek;

 

·immediately following the Buyer Merger, Company Merger Sub merged with and into QualTek, with QualTek as the surviving company (the “QualTek Merger”), resulting in (i) QualTek becoming a subsidiary of ROCR, (ii) the QualTek Units (excluding those held by the Blocker and ROCR) being converted into the right to receive 18,764,898 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Common Stock”), under the Business Combination Agreement and the holders of QualTek Units being entitled to such shares of Class B Common Stock at the Closing, (iii) the QualTek Units held by ROCR being converted into the right to receive a number of common units of BCP QualTek (the “Common Units”) equal to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding (i.e., 21,571,283 QualTek Units), less the number of Common Units received in connection with the contribution described immediately below (i.e., 16,160,418 QualTek Units);

 

1

 

 

·with respect to the portion of merger consideration under the Business Combination Agreement at the Closing to which the Blocker Owners and holders of QualTek Units were entitled as described above, the cumulative value of merger consideration to which they are together entitled equals the Equity Value. The “Equity Value” is the sum of (i) $294,318,543.8, plus (ii) the value of any Equity Interests of the Company issued as consideration for any acquisitions by the Company prior to the Closing (i.e., $10,000,000), plus (iii) the amount of interest accrued on that certain convertible promissory note in an aggregate principal amount of $30,557,501.2 issued by the Company to BCP QualTek II in exchange for all of BCP QualTek II’s Class B Units. The exact amount was allocated between the Blocker Owners and holders of QualTek Units as follows (i) 3,642,750 shares of Class A Common Stock to BCP AIV Investor Holdings-3, L.P., (ii) 4,184,290 shares of Class A Common Stock to BCP Strategic AIV Investor Holdings-2, L.P., (iii) 4,096,901 shares of Class A Common Stock to BCP QualTek Investor Holdings, L.P., (iv) 11,780,782 shares of Class B Common Stock and 11,780,782 Common Units to BCP QualTek, LLC, (v) 2,158,223 shares of Class B Common Stock and 2,158,223 Common Units to BCP QualTek II, LLC, and (vi) 4,825,893 shares of Class B Common Stock and 4,825,893 Common Units to QualTek Management HoldCo, LLC (f/k/a BCP QualTek Management, LLC) (“QualTek Management”). No portion of the merger consideration was paid in cash. The foregoing represents the total consideration to be paid to the Blocker Owners and holders of QualTek Units in connection with the Business Combination; and

 

·ROCR contributed, as a capital contribution in exchange for a portion of the QualTek Units it acquired in the QualTek Merger (i.e., 16,160,418 QualTek Units), $161,604,181.12, representing the amount of cash available after payment of the merger consideration under the Business Combination Agreement, which will be used by QualTek or its Subsidiaries to pay the transaction expenses under the Business Combination Agreement.

 

Tax Receivable Agreement

 

On February 14, 2022, in connection with the closing of the Business Combination (the “Closing”), the Company entered into the Tax Receivable Agreement (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”) with the TRA Holder Representative (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement) and the TRA Holders (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement).

 

Pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement, the Company will generally be required to pay the TRA Holders 85% of the amount of savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign taxes that are based on, or measured with respect to, net income or profits, and any interest related thereto that the Company (and applicable consolidated, unitary, or combined Subsidiaries thereof, if any) realizes, or is deemed to realize, as a result of certain tax attributes, including:

 

·existing tax basis in certain assets of the Company and certain of its direct or indirect subsidiaries, including assets that will eventually be subject to depreciation or amortization, once placed in service, attributable to Common Units acquired by the Company at the Closing or from a TRA Holder (including Common Units held by the Blocker, which is acquired by the Company in a Reorganization Transaction (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement));

  

·tax basis adjustments resulting from the acquisition of Common Units by the Company at the Closing and taxable exchanges of Common Units (including any such adjustments resulting from certain payments made by the Company under the Tax Receivable Agreement) acquired by the Company from a TRA Holder pursuant to the terms of the Third Amended and Restated LLCA (as defined below);

 

·tax deductions in respect of portions of certain payments made under the Tax Receivable Agreement; and

 

·certain tax attributes of the Blocker, which holds Common Units that are acquired directly or indirectly by the Company pursuant to a Reorganization Transaction (each of the foregoing, collectively, the “Tax Attributes”).

 

2

 

 

Under the Tax Receivable Agreement, the Tax Group (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement) will generally be treated as realizing a tax benefit from the use of a Tax Attribute on a “with and without” basis, thereby generally treating the Tax Attributes as the last item used, subject to several exceptions. Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement generally will be based on the tax reporting positions that the Company determines (with the amount of subject payments determined in consultation with an advisory firm and subject to the TRA Holder Representative’s review and consent), and the IRS or another taxing authority may challenge all or any part of position taken with respect to Tax Attributes or the utilization thereof, and a court may sustain such a challenge. In the event that any tax benefits initially claimed by the Tax Group are disallowed, the TRA Holders will not be required to reimburse the Company for any excess payments that may previously have been made pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement, for example, due to adjustments resulting from examinations by taxing authorities. Rather, any excess payments made to such TRA Holders will be applied against and reduce any future cash payments otherwise required to be made by the Company under the Tax Receivable Agreement, if any, after the determination of such excess. As a result, in certain circumstances the Company could be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement in excess of the Tax Group’s actual savings in respect of the Tax Attributes.

 

The Tax Receivable Agreement provides that, in the event (such events collectively, “Early Termination Events”) that (i) the Company exercises its early termination rights under the Tax Receivable Agreement, (ii) certain changes of control of the Company occur (as described in the Third Amended and Restated LLCA), (iii) the Company in certain circumstances, fails to make a payment required to be made pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement by its final payment date, which non-payment continues for 60 days following such final payment date or (iv) the Company materially breaches (or is deemed to materially breach) any of its material obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement other than as described in the foregoing clause (iii) and, in the case of clauses (iii) and (iv), unless certain liquidity related or restrictive covenant related exceptions apply, the Company’s obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement will accelerate (if the TRA Holder Representative so elects in the case of clauses (ii)-(iv)) and the Company will be required to make a lump-sum cash payment to all the TRA Holders equal to the present value of all forecasted future payments that would have otherwise been made under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which lump-sum payment would be based on certain assumptions, including those relating to there being sufficient future taxable income of the Tax Group to fully utilize the Tax Attributes over certain specified time periods and that all Common Units (including Common Units held by the Blocker) that had not yet been exchanged for Common Stock or cash are deemed exchanged for cash. The lump-sum payment could be material and could materially exceed any actual tax benefits that the Tax Group realizes subsequent to such payment.

 

As a result of the foregoing, in some circumstances (i) the Company could be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement that are greater than or less than the actual tax savings that the Tax Group realizes in respect of the Tax Attributes and (ii) it is possible that the Company may be required to make payments years in advance of the actual realization of tax benefits (if any, and may never actually realize the benefits paid for) in respect of the Tax Attributes (including if any Early Termination Events occur).

 

This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the Tax Receivable Agreement, which is included as Exhibit 10.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Investor Rights Agreement

 

On February 14, 2022, in connection with the Closing, the Company entered into the Investor Rights Agreement (the “Investor Rights Agreement”) with certain Sellers as set forth therein, the Equity Representative, the Sponsors and certain Other Holders (each as defined in the Investor Rights Agreement). Pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2021, between the Other Holders and the Company was terminated and the Company agreed to grant to the Other Holders, which includes certain equityholders of QualTek as well as the Sponsors, certain registration rights, including customary piggyback registration rights and demand registration rights immediately after the Closing, which are subject to customary terms and conditions, including with respect to cooperation and reduction of underwritten shelf takedown provisions. Additionally, the Investor Rights Agreement sets forth certain corporate governance standards relating to the Company.

 

This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the Investor Rights Agreement, which is included as Exhibit 10.2 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

3

 

 

Third Amended and Restated LLCA

 

On February 14, 2022, in connection with the Closing, the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of BCP QualTek was amended and restated (the “Third Amended and Restated LLCA”) to, among other things, reflect: (a) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (as such term is defined in the Business Combination Agreement), including the conversion of units pursuant to Section 3.1(c)(ii) thereof and the admission of the Company as a Member, (b) the Company’s designation as the sole Managing Member of BCP QualTek, and (c) the rights and obligations of the Members and other terms and provisions, as set forth in Third Amended and Restated LLCA.

 

This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the Third Amended and Restated LLCA, which is included as Exhibit 10.3 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Senior Unsecured Convertible Notes and Indenture

 

On February 14, 2022, in connection with the Closing, the Company entered into an indenture (the “Indenture”) with Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, and certain guarantors party thereto, including, among others, certain subsidiaries of the Company, in respect of $124,685,000 in aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured convertible notes due 2027 (“Convertible Notes”) that were issued to certain investors (collectively, the “Convertible Note Investors”). The Convertible Notes were purchased by the Convertible Note Investors pursuant to certain convertible note subscription agreements, dated as of February 14, 2022, between the Company and each of the Convertible Note Investors (collectively, the “Convertible Note Subscription Agreements”).

 

Pursuant to the Convertible Note Subscription Agreements, the Convertible Note Investors, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the respective Convertible Note Subscription Agreements, purchased from the Company, and the Company issued to the Convertible Note Investors, subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, $124,685,000 in aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes at a purchase price of 98.00% of the principal amount. The Convertible Notes are guaranteed by the Company’s subsidiaries that guarantee its credit facilities. The Convertible Notes are convertible into shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), at an initial conversion price of $10.00 (subject to adjustment) in accordance with the terms thereof, and shall mature on February 15, 2027. The Convertible Note Investors may convert their Convertible Notes into shares of Class A Common Stock at any time, subject to the terms of the Indenture. Certain offering-related expenses were payable by the Company, including customary fees payable to the placement agents, Roth and Craig-Hallum, aggregating $5,000,000. The Convertible Notes are not redeemable by the Company.

 

Interest on the Convertible Notes is payable in cash on a quarterly basis in arrears. The Convertible Notes provide for an interest rate that is set quarterly based on gross leverage with a minimum interest rate of 9.50% per annum and up to a maximum of 11.75% per annum as follows:

 

Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Indenture)  Applicable Interest Rate
(as defined in the Indenture)
 
Less than 4.5x   9.50%
4.5x or greater but less than 5.0x   10.00%
5.0x or greater but less than 5.5x   10.75%
5.5x or greater   11.75%

 

4

 

 

The initial conversion price (as may be adjusted, the “Convertible Price”) is $10.00 per share. The Conversion Price will be reduced to the lowest of (i) $10.00, (ii) 115% of the arithmetic average of the daily VWAPs (as defined in the Definitive Proxy Statement) for the 10-trading day period commencing on the first trading day after the public release of the Company’s earnings announcement for the quarter ending March 31, 2022, (iii) 115% of the arithmetic average of the daily VWAPs for the 10-trading day period commencing on the first trading day after the public release of the Company’s earnings announcement for the quarter ending June 30, 2022, (iv) 115% of the arithmetic average of the daily VWAPs for the 10-trading day period commencing on the first trading day immediately following the first anniversary of the Closing Date and (v) 115% of the arithmetic average of the daily VWAPs for the 10-trading day period commencing on the first trading day after the closing date of any applicable conversion reset offering by the Company; provided that the Conversion Price may not be adjusted to less than $5.50 per share pursuant to these provisions.

 

The Convertible Notes may be converted by the Company any time after the two-year anniversary of the Closing Date (the “Company Forced Conversion Date”) subject to the following conditions: (i) the Company’s share price trading at or above $14.00 for 20 out of any 30 consecutive trading days commencing after the Company Forced Conversion Date; (ii) the holders receiving a make-whole payment in the form of cash or additional shares at the time of such conversion; (iii) the 60-day average daily trading volume ending on, and including, the last trading day of the applicable exercise period being greater than or equal to $15,000,000; (iv) the conversion of the Convertible Notes being made on a pro-rata basis across all Convertible Note Investors; and (v) the conversion of the Convertible Notes, together with all previously converted Convertible Notes, resulting in no more than 20% of the free float of the Company’s Class A Common Stock on a pro forma basis.

 

If a Fundamental Change (as defined in the Indenture) occurs prior to the maturity date, holders of the Convertible Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any portion of their Convertible Notes in principal amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, at a repurchase price equal to the principal amount of the Convertible Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the repurchase date.

 

Following certain corporate events that occur prior to the maturity date or if the Company exercises its mandatory conversion right in connection with such corporate events, the Company will in certain circumstances increase the conversion rate for a holder who elects to convert its Convertible Notes in connection with such corporate events or has been forced to convert its Convertible Notes in connection with such corporate events, as the case may be.

 

The Convertible Notes have customary negative covenants, including limitations on indebtedness, restricted payments, and permitted investments. The Convertible Notes also have customary anti-dilution protections.

 

The Convertible Notes and any shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon conversion have not been registered under the Securities Act or the securities laws of any other jurisdiction and may not be offered or sold in the United States without registration or an applicable exemption from registration requirements. However, the Company has agreed to register the Convertible Notes and the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Notes.

 

This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the Indenture and the form of the Convertible Notes, which are included as Exhibits 10.4 and 10.5 to this Current Report on Form 8-K, respectively, and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 2.01.Completion of Acquisition of Disposition of Assets.

 

The disclosure set forth in the “Introductory Note” above is incorporated into this Item 2.01 by reference.

 

On the trading day following the Closing, the Company’s units ceased trading, and the Company’s Class A Common Stock and warrants to purchase Class A Common Stock of the Company began trading on the Nasdaq under the symbols “QTEK” and “QTEKW,” respectively.

 

5

 

 

FORM 10 INFORMATION

 

Item 2.01(f) of Form 8-K states that if the predecessor registrant was a shell company, as ROCR was immediately before the Business Combination, then the registrant must disclose the information that would be required if the registrant were filing a general form for registration of securities on Form 10. Accordingly, the Company is providing the information below that would be included in a Form 10 if the Company were to file a Form 10. Please note that the information provided below relates to the Company following the consummation of the Business Combination, unless otherwise specifically indicated or the context otherwise requires.

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

This Current Report on Form 8-K contains forward-looking statements for purposes of the safe harbor provisions under the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including statements about the anticipated benefits of the Business Combination and the financial condition, results of operations, earnings outlook and prospects of QualTek and may include statements for the period following the consummation of the Business Combination. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “plan,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “outlook,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “project,” “continue,” “could,” “may,” “might,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “should,” “would” and other similar words and expressions, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking.

 

The forward-looking statements are based on the current expectations of the management of the Company, as applicable and are inherently subject to uncertainties and changes in circumstances and their potential effects and speak only as of the date of such statement. There can be no assurance that future developments will be those that have been anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those discussed and identified in public filings made with the SEC by the Company and include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

·expectations regarding the Company’s strategies and future financial performance, including its future business plans or objectives, prospective performance and opportunities and competitors, revenues, products and services, pricing, operating expenses, market trends, liquidity, cash flows and uses of cash, capital expenditures, and the Company’s ability to invest in growth initiatives and pursue acquisition opportunities;

 

·our limited operating history as a combined company makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects;

 

·our management team’s limited experience managing a public company;

 

·the highly competitive industries that the Company serves, which are also subject to rapid technological and regulatory changes, as well as customer consolidation;

 

·unfavorable market conditions, market uncertainty, public health outbreaks such as the COVID-19 pandemic and/or economic downturns;

 

·failure to properly manage projects, or project delays;

 

·failure to recover adequately on charges against project owners, subcontractors or suppliers for payment or performance;

 

·the loss of one or more key customers, or a reduction in their demand for the Company’s services;

 

·The Company’s backlog being subject to cancellation and unexpected adjustments;

 

6

 

 

·the seasonality of the Company’s business, which is affected by the spending patterns of the Company’s customers and timing of governmental permitting, as well as weather conditions and natural catastrophes;

 

·system and information technology interruptions and/or data security breaches;

 

·failure to comply with environmental laws;

 

·The Company’s significant amount of debt, which could adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations or could affect its ability to access capital markets in the future, and may prevent the Company from engaging in transactions that might benefit it due to its debt’s restrictive covenants; and

 

·The Company’s status as a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq rules and, as a result, qualifying for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements, as a result of which you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

 

Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize or should any of the assumptions made by the management of the Company prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements.

 

All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements concerning the Business Combination or other matters addressed in this Current Report on Form 8-K and attributable to the Company or any person acting on their behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this prospectus. Except to the extent required by applicable law or regulation, the Company undertakes no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Current Report on Form 8-K to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

In addition, statements that the Company “believes” and similar statements reflect the Company’s beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to such party as of the date of this Current Report on Form 8-K, and while the Company believes such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and these statements should not be read to indicate that the Company has conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

 

Business

 

The business of the Company is described in the Definitive Proxy Statement in the section titled “Information About QualTek” and that information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Risk Factors

 

The risks associated with the Company’s business are described in the Definitive Proxy Statement in the section titled “Risk Factors” and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Financial Information

 

The selected statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 and the nine months ended October 2, 2021 and October 3, 2020 and certain balance sheet data as of October 2, 2021, December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 are described in the Definitive Proxy Statement in the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data of QualTek” and that information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

7

 

 

Information responsive to Item 2 of Form 10 is set forth in the Definitive Proxy Statement in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of QualTek” and that information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Properties

 

The facilities of the Company are described in the Definitive Proxy Statement in the section titled “Information About QualTek–Facilities,” which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, of the Company upon the Closing of the Business Combination by:

 

·each person or “group” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) known by the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of shares of its Common Stock;

 

·each of the Company’s named executive officers and directors;

 

·all executive officers and directors of the Company as a group.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she, or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, the Company believes that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Common Stock of the Company beneficially owned by them.

 

    Number of Shares of Common Stock  
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner   Number of
Shares of Class
A Common
Stock
    Number of
Shares of Class
B Common
Stock
(1)
    % of Total Voting
Power
 
Directors and Executive Officers of the Company:                        
Christopher S. Hisey(2)(5)            4,825,893       10.7 %
Elizabeth Downey(2)      —        —        
Michael B. Williams(2)           —         
Adam Spittler(2)                  
Andrew Weinberg(4)(6)     12,673,940       13,939,005       59.1 %
Matthew Allard(4)      —               —   
Sam Chawla(3)     91,194             *  
Raul Deju(4)      —               —   
Roger Bulloch(4)      —               
Maha Eltobgy(4)      —               —   
Renee Noto(4)      —               —   
Jigisha Desai(2)      —               —   
All Directors and Executive Officers of Combined Company as a Group (12 Individuals)     12,765,134       18,764,898       70.1 %
Five Percent Holders:                        
QualTek Management(2)(7)            4,825,893       10.7 %
Brightstar(4)(8)     12,673,940       13,939,005       59.1 %

 

 

*Less than 1%.

(1)Class B Common Stock will entitle the holder thereof to one vote per share and confer no economic rights on the holder thereof. Pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, each Common Unit (together with one share of Class B Common Stock for every Common Unit) is exchangeable for one Class A Share, subject to certain restrictions set forth therein. Common Units of HoldCo LLC do not expire. Subject to the terms of the Third Amended and Restated LLCA, upon exchange of Common Units of QualTek that are held by the holder thereof, an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock will be delivered to the Company and cancelled for no consideration.

 

(2)The business address for this person is c/o QualTek, 475 Sentry Parkway E, Suite 200 Blue Bell, PA 19422.

 

(3)The business address for this person is c/o Roth CH Acquisition III Co., 888 San Clemente Drive, Newport Beach, CA 92660.

 

(4)The business address for this person is c/o Brightstar, 650 Fifth Avenue, 29th Floor, New York, NY 10019.

 

(5)Beneficial ownership reported includes 4,825,893 shares of Class B Common Stock beneficially owned by QualTek Management. Mr. Hisey may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the shares beneficially owned by QualTek Management. Mr. Hisey, however, disclaims any beneficial ownership of such shares.

 

(6)Beneficial ownership reported includes 12,673,940 shares of Class A Common Stock and 13,939,005 shares of Class B Common Stock beneficially owned by Brightstar. Mr. Weinberg may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the shares beneficially owned by Brightstar. Mr. Weinberg, however, disclaims any beneficial ownership of such shares.

 

(7)Represents 4,825,893 shares of Class B Common Stock held of record by QualTek Management. Christoper S. Hisey is the managing member of QualTek Management and as such could be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by QualTek Management. Mr. Hisey disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The table does not reflect 1,157,803 shares of Class B Common Stock held of record by QualTek Management that constitute Earnout Shares.

 

(8)Represents (1) 3,737,553 shares of Class A Common Stock held of record by BCP AIV Investor Holdings-3, L.P. (“Blocker 1”), (2) 4,293,191 shares of Class A Common Stock held of record by BCP Strategic AIV Investor Holdings-2, L.P. (“Blocker 2”), (3) 4,237,652 shares of Class A Common Stock held of record by BCP QualTek Investor Holdings, L.P. (“Blocker 3” and, together with Blocker 1 and Blocker 2, the “Blockers”), (4) 11,780,782 shares of Class B Common Stock held of record by BCP QualTek and (5) 2,158,223 shares of Class B Common Stock held of record by BCP QualTek II, LLC (“BCP QualTek II”). Brightstar Associates, L.P. (“Brightstar Associates”) is the general partner of each Blocker and each of BCP QualTek and BCP QualTek II is controlled by Brightstar Associates, its managing member. Brightstar GP Investors, LLC (“Brightstar GP”) is the general partner of Brightstar Associates. Brightstar GP is controlled by its sole managing member, Andrew Weinberg. Each of the foregoing disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held directly or indirectly by such entities. The table does not reflect (1) 626,123 shares of Class A Common Stock held of record by Blocker 1, (2) 719,230 shares of Class A Common Stock held of record by Blocker 2, (3) 929,582 shares of Class A Common Stock held of record by Blocker 3 and (4) 2,678,374 shares of Class B Common Stock held of record by BCP QualTek, in each case that constitute Earnout Shares.

 

8

 

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

The Company’s directors and executive officers after the Closing are described in the Definitive Proxy Statement in the section titled “Management of the Combined Company After the Business Combination” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Executive Compensation

 

The executive compensation of the Company’s executive officers and directors is described in the Definitive Proxy Statement in the section titled “Management of the Combined Company After the Business Combination- Executive Compensation” and “Compensation of Executive Officers and Directors of QualTek” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

The certain relationships and related party transactions of the Company are described in the Definitive Proxy Statement in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and are incorporated herein by reference. Director independence is described in the Definitive Proxy Statement in the section titled “Management of the Combined Company After The Business Combination” and that information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

9

 

 

Legal Proceedings

 

The Company’s legal proceedings are described in the Definitive Proxy Statement in the sections titled and “Information About QualTek” and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

 

The Company’s Class A Common Stock and Warrants began trading on the Nasdaq under the symbols “QTEK” and “QTEKW,” respectively, subject to ongoing review of the Company’s satisfaction of all listing criteria post-Business Combination. The Company has not paid any cash dividends on its shares of Class A Common Stock to date. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon the Company’s revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition. The payment of any dividends will be within the discretion of the board of directors. It is the present intention of the board of directors to retain all earnings, if any, for use in our business operations and, accordingly, the board of directors does not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, if the Company incurs any indebtedness, its ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants it may agree to in connection therewith.

 

Information regarding ROCR’s common stock, units and warrants and related stockholder matters are described in the Definitive Proxy Statement in the section titled “Description of Securities of ROCR” and such information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

Reference is made to the disclosure set forth under Item 3.02 of this Current Report on Form 8-K concerning the sale and issuance of unsecured convertible notes, warrants to purchase common stock and shares of common stock.

 

Description of Registrant’s Securities

 

The description of the Company’s securities is contained in the Definitive Proxy Statement in the section titled “Description of the Combined Company’s Securities” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Reference is made to the disclosure set forth under Item 5.02 of this Current Report on Form 8-K concerning indemnification agreements entered into with each of the Company’s directors and executive officers.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

Reference is made to the disclosure set forth under Item 9.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K concerning the financial statements and supplementary data of ROCR and QualTek.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

The information set forth under Item 4.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Financial Statements and Exhibits

 

Reference is made to the disclosure set forth under Item 9.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K concerning the financial information of ROCR and QualTek.

 

Item 2.03.Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant.

 

In connection with the Closing, the Company issued $124,685,000 of Convertible Notes to the Convertible Note Investors pursuant to the terms of the Convertible Note Subscription Agreements, the Indenture and the Convertible Notes. The disclosure contained in Item 1.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K is incorporated herein by reference.

10

 

 

This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to (i) the Indenture, which is included as Exhibit 10.4 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference and (ii) the form of the Convertible Notes, which is included as Exhibit 10.5 to this Current Report on Form 8-K as is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 3.02.Unregistered Securities

 

Convertible Notes

 

The Convertible Notes issued in connection with the Closing of the Business Combination are convertible into 12,468,500 shares of Class A Common Stock (subject to adjustment). The disclosure contained in Item 1.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K is incorporated herein by reference.

 

This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to (i) the Indenture, which is included as Exhibit 10.4 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference and (ii) the form of the Convertible Notes, which is included as Exhibit 10.5 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Class B Common Stock

 

Reference is made to the disclosure set forth under Item 2.01 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Upon the Closing, the Company issued 22,601,075 shares of Class B Common Stock to the Continuing Members (as defined in the Third Amended and Restated LLCA) in connection with the Closing of the Business Combination. The issuance was made to the Continuing Members, each of whom is an accredited investor, in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

 

Item 3.03.Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders

 

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

 

Immediately prior to the Closing of the Business Combination, ROCR’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, dated March 2, 2021 (the “Charter”), was further amended and restated to:

 

(a)change the post-combination company’s name to QualTek Services Inc., and remove certain provisions related to ROCR’s status as a special purpose acquisition company;

 

(b)classify and divide the board of directors into three classes, each with terms expiring at different times;

 

(c)increase the number of authorized shares of common stock;

 

(d)establish a class of authorized preferred stock;

 

(e)provide that special meetings of stockholders of ROCR may be called at any time only by the Chairman of the board of directors, or a majority of the directors;

 

(f)permit stockholders to remove a director from office only for cause; and

 

(g)absolve certain stockholders from certain competition and corporate opportunities obligations.

 

As reported in Item 5.07 of this Current Report on Form 8-K, the ROCR stockholders approved this amendment and restatement of the Charter at the Special Meeting. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which is included as Exhibit 3.1 hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

 

11

 

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws

 

In connection with the Closing of the Business Combination, the Company’s bylaws were amended and restated to reflect the Company’s name change in connection with the Business Combination and to provide for the go-forward governance of the Company in a manner consistent with the Investor Rights Agreement, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the amended and restated bylaws of the Company, which is included as Exhibit 3.2 hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 4.01.Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountants.

 

On February 14, 2022, the Board of Directors approved the dismissal of Marcum LLP (“Marcum”) as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, effective as of the filing of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021.

 

Marcum’s report on ROCR’s financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020 and for the period from February 13, 2019 (inception) through December 31, 2019 did not contain an adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion, nor was such report qualified or modified as to uncertainties, audit scope, or accounting principles, except that Marcum’s report contained an explanatory paragraph which noted that there was substantial doubt about ROCR’s ability to continue as a going concern. During the period from February 13, 2019 (inception) through September 30, 2021, there were no “disagreements” (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) between ROCR and Marcum on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements if not resolved to the satisfaction of Marcum, would have caused it to make a reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with its reports on the Company’s financial statements for such periods.

 

During the period from February 13, 2019 (inception) through September 30, 2021, there were no “reportable events” (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act), except that (i) certain of ROCR’s financial statements were restated as a result of ROCR improperly valuing its common stock subject to possible redemption at the closing of its initial public offering and (ii) a material weakness was identified in ROCR’s internal control over financial reporting related to ROCR’s accounting for complex financial instruments.

 

During the period from February 13, 2019 (inception) through September 30, 2021, ROCR did not consult with RSM regarding either: (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the financial statements of ROCR or QualTek, and no written report or oral advice was provided to ROCR by RSM that RSM concluded was an important factor considered by QualTek in reaching a decision as to the accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue; or (ii) any matter that was the subject of a disagreement (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K) or a “reportable event” (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K).

 

The Company has provided Marcum with a copy of the foregoing disclosures and has requested that Marcum furnish the Company with a letter addressed to the SEC, which is attached hereto as Exhibit 16.1, stating whether it agrees with such disclosures made by the Company set forth above, and, if not, stating the respects in which it does not agree.

 

Immediately following the filing of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, RSM US LLP (“RSM”), will become the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. RSM previously served as the independent registered public accounting firm of QualTek prior to the Business Combination.

 

Item 5.01.Changes in Control of Registrant.

 

Reference is made to the disclosure in the Definitive Proxy Statement in the section titled “Proposal 1: The Business Combination Proposal,” which is incorporated herein by reference. Further reference is made to the information contained in Item 2.01 to this Current Report on Form 8-K, which is incorporated herein by reference.

  

12

 

 

Immediately after giving effect to the Business Combination, there were 21,571,283 million shares of Class A Common Stock and 29,538,575 shares of Class B Common Stock of the Company outstanding, including Earnout Shares. As of such time, our officers and directors and their affiliated entities held 61.6% of such outstanding shares of Common Stock.

 

Item 5.02.Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers.

 

Appointment of Directors and Officers

 

The following persons are serving as executive officers and directors of the Company upon the Closing, with Christopher S. Hisey, Elizabeth Downey, Michael B. Williams, and Adam Spittler having been named as executive officers effective upon the Closing on February 14, 2022 and each of the directors having been elected by the ROCR stockholders to the board also upon the Closing on February 14, 2022. For biographical and current compensatory information concerning the executive officers and directors, see the disclosure in the Definitive Proxy Statement in the sections titled “Management of the Combined Company After the Business Combination” which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Name   Age   Position
Christopher S. Hisey   56   Chief Executive Officer and Director
Elizabeth Downey   52   Chief Administrative Officer
Michael B. Williams   44   Chief Business Officer
Adam Spittler   42   Chief Financial Officer
Andrew Weinberg   47   Chairman
Matthew Allard   49   Director
Sam Chawla   47   Director
Raul Deju   75   Director
Roger Bulloch   49   Director
Maha Eltobgy   51   Director
Renee Noto   55   Director
Jigisha Desai   55   Director

 

Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, all of the former directors of ROCR have resigned, and the entire board of directors consists of nine individuals, a majority of whom are independent directors in accordance with the requirements of the Nasdaq. The Company’s board of directors consists of three Class I directors, three Class II directors and three Class III directors. The Class I directors, Class II directors, and Class III directors have terms that expire at our annual meeting of stockholders in 2022, 2023 and 2024, respectively, or, in each case, until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation, removal or death.

 

2022 LTIP and the 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

At the Special Meeting, the ROCR stockholders considered and approved the QualTek 2022 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2022 LTIP”) and the QualTek 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2022 ESPP,” and together with the 2022 LTIP, the “Equity Plans”). The Equity Plans became effective immediately upon the Closing of the Business Combination. The maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued pursuant to the 2022 ESPP will be equal to 2% of the fully diluted capitalization of the Company. In addition, on each January 1 beginning on January 1, 2023 and ending on January 1, 2032, the aggregate number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2022 ESPP will be increased automatically by the lesser of (x) a number of shares equal to 1% of the total number of all classes of our outstanding shares of common stock on the immediately preceding December 31 and (y) such number of shares that would result in the number of shares in the share reserve being equal to 2% of the aggregate number of shares of outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year; except that the administrator may in its sole discretion reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year. In connection with the 2022 LTIP, we will reserve shares for issuance under the 2022 LTIP of Class A Common Stock equal to 12.5% of the fully diluted capitalization of the Company. In addition, on each January 1 beginning on January 1, 2023 and ending on January 1, 2032, the aggregate number of shares reserved for issuance under the LTIP will be increased automatically by the number of shares equal to the lesser of (i) the lesser of (x) 2% of the total number of all classes of our outstanding shares of common stock on the immediately preceding December 31 and (y) such number of shares of common stock that would result in the number of shares of Class A Common Stock in the share reserve being equal to 12.5% of the aggregate number of shares of common stock outstanding as of the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year, and (ii) such lesser number as may be determined by the compensation committee.

 

13

 

 

A more complete summary of the terms of the 2022 LTIP and the 2022 ESPP is set forth in the Definitive Proxy Statement in the sections titled “Proposal 6: The Management Equity Incentive Plan Proposal” and “Proposal 7: The ESPP Proposal,” respectively. That summary and the foregoing description of the 2022 LTIP and the 2022 ESPP are qualified in their entirety by reference to the text of the 2022 LTIP and the 2022 ESPP, which are filed as Exhibit 10.6 and Exhibit 10.8 hereto respectively, and incorporated herein by reference to this Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

Indemnification Agreements for Company Directors and Officers

 

In connection with the Closing of the Business Combination, the Company entered into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and officers (the “Indemnification Agreements”). The Indemnification Agreements provide the directors and executive officers with contractual rights to indemnification and expense advancement. The foregoing description of the Indemnification Agreements is not complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the form of Indemnification Agreement, which is included as Exhibit 10.9 to this Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

Item 5.03.Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal Year

 

The information set forth in Item 3.03 to this Current Report on Form 8-K is incorporated by reference into this Item 5.03.

 

Item 5.05Amendment to the Registrant’s Code of Ethics, or Waiver of a Provision of the Code of Ethics

 

On February 14, 2022, in connection with the Closing, the Company’s board of directors adopted a new code of ethics (the “Code”) applicable to the Company’s employees, officers and directors. The new Code clarifies (i) the types of permitted conduct under the Code, including business activities and opportunities and (ii) procedures for the reporting, oversight and investigation of alleged violations of the Code. We intend to post any amendments to or any waivers from a provision of the Code on our website.

 

The foregoing description of the Code does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Code, which is included as Exhibit 14.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 5.06.Change in Shell Company Status.

 

As a result of the Business Combination, the Company ceased being a shell company. Reference is made to the disclosure in the Definitive Proxy Statement in the section titled “Proposal 1: The Business Combination Proposal,” which is incorporated herein by reference. Further reference is made to the information contained in Item 2.01 to this Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

Item 5.07Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

ROCR held its special meeting of stockholders on February 14, 2022 (the “Special Meeting”). On January 3, 2022, the record date for the Special Meeting, there were 14,783,000 shares of ROCR’s common stock entitled to vote at the Special Meeting. At the Special Meeting, there were 10,918,429 shares voted by proxy or in person, which is 73.86% of the total outstanding shares.

 

14

 

 

The final results for each of the matters submitted to a vote of ROCR’s stockholders at the Special Meeting are as follows:

 

Proposal 1. Business Combination Proposal

 

Proposal 1, to approve the Business Combination, was passed with voting results as follows:

         
FOR   AGAINST   ABSTAIN
9,954,249   931,680   32,500

  

Proposal 2. Charter Approval Proposal

 

Proposal 2, to approve the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of ROCR, was passed with voting results as follows:

         
FOR   AGAINST   ABSTAIN
9,954,249   931,680   32,500

  

Proposal 3. Governance Proposals

 

Proposal 3, to approve, on a non-binding advisory basis, seven separate governance proposals relating to the following material differences between ROCR’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the proposed Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Each of the seven separate governance proposals passed, with the following voting results:

 

(a) to approve the change of ROCR’s name to “QualTek Services Inc.” and remove certain provisions related to ROCR’s status as a special purpose acquisition company:

         
FOR   AGAINST   ABSTAIN
9,954,248   931,680   32,501

  

(b) to increase the amount of authorized shares of common stock from 50,000,000 shares to 500,000,000 shares of Class A common stock and 500,000,000 shares of Class B common stock:

         
FOR   AGAINST   ABSTAIN
9,953,788   932,140   32,501

  

(c) to establish a class of authorized preferred stock:

         
FOR   AGAINST   ABSTAIN
9,804,914   1,080,989   32,526

 

(d) to provide that special meetings of stockholders of ROCR may be called at any time only by the Chairman of the Board, or a majority of the directors:

         
FOR   AGAINST   ABSTAIN
9,774,442   1,111,366   32,621

  

(e) to create three classes of directors with each such director to serve a three year term:

         
FOR   AGAINST   ABSTAIN
9,519,479   1,366,399   32,551

 

(f) to permit stockholders to remove a director from office only for cause:

         
FOR   AGAINST   ABSTAIN
9,819,570   1,066,334   32,525
         

(g) to absolve certain stockholders from certain competition and corporate opportunities obligations:

         
FOR   AGAINST   ABSTAIN
9,772,019   1,073,764   72,646

  

15

 

 

Proposal 4. Nasdaq Proposal

 

Proposal 4, to approve (i) for purposes of complying with Nasdaq Listing Rules 5635 (a) and (b), the issuance of more than 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock and the resulting change in control in connection with the Business Combination, and (ii) for purposes of complying with Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635 (d), the issuance of more than 20% of the common stock in connection with the PIPE Investment and the Exchangeable Note Subscription Agreements upon the consummation of the Business Combination, was passed with voting results as follows:

         
FOR   AGAINST   ABSTAIN
9,954,239   931,690   32,500

 

Proposal 5. The Director Election Proposal

 

Proposal 5, approve the election of nine directors, was passed with voting results as follows:

 

DIRECTOR   FOR   AGAINST   ABSTAIN
Christopher S. Hisey 10,230,380 615,428   72,621
Matthew Allard 10,230,380 615,428   72,621
Andrew Weinberg 10,230,380 615,428   72,621
Sam Chawla 10,845,555 253   72,621
Raul Deju 10,230,380 615,428   72,621
Roger Bulloch 10,230,380 615,428   72,621
Maha Eltobgy 10,230,380 615,428   72,621
Renee Noto 10,230,380 615,428   72,621
Jigisha Desai 10,845,555 253   72,621

  

Proposal 6. The Management Equity Incentive Plan Proposal

 

Proposal 6, to approve the QualTek 2022 Long-Term Incentive Plan, was passed with voting results as follows:

         
FOR   AGAINST   ABSTAIN
9,763,153   1,062,701   92,575

  

Proposal 7. ESPP Proposal

 

Proposal 7, to approve the QualTek 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, was passed with voting results as follows:

         
FOR   AGAINST   ABSTAIN
10,406,978   438,926   72,525

  

Item 7.01Regulation FD Disclosure

 

On February 15, 2022, QualTek issued a press release announcing the Closing. The press release is attached hereto as Exhibit 99.1.

 

The information in this Item 7.01 and Exhibit 99.1 attached hereto shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section, nor shall it be deemed incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except as expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.

 

Item 8.01.Other Events

 

As a result of the Business Combination and by operation of Rule 12g-3(a) promulgated under the Exchange Act, QualTek is a successor issuer to ROCR. QualTek hereby reports this succession in accordance with Rule 12g-3(f) under the Exchange Act.

 

16

 

 

Item 9.01Financial Statements and Exhibits.

 

(a) Financial Statements of Businesses Acquired.

 

Information responsive to Item 9.01(a) of Form 8-K is set forth in the financial statements included in the Definitive Proxy Statement on pages F-38 through F-85, which are incorporated herein by reference.

 

QualTek will file an amendment to this Current Report on Form 8-K that includes its audited combined financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021 once such financial statements become available. 

 

(b) Pro Forma Financial Information.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements of QualTek as of and for the nine months ended October 2, 2021 and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020 are filed as Exhibit 99.2 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and incorporated herein by reference.

 

QualTek will file an amendment to this Current Report on Form 8-K that includes its unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021 once such financial statements become available.

 

(c) Shell Company Transactions.

 

Reference is made to Items 9.01(a) and (b) and the exhibit referred to therein, which are incorporated herein by reference.

 

(d) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit   Description
2.1 †   Business Combination Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2021, by and among BCP QualTek HoldCo, LLC, Roth CH Acquisition III Co., Roth CH III Blocker Merger Sub, LLC, BCP QualTek Investors, LLC, Roth CH III Merger Sub, LLC, and BCP QualTek, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of ROCR’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 16, 2021)
     
2.2 †   Waiver and Consent Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2022, by and among Roth CH Acquisition III Co., Roth CH III Blocker Merger Sub, LLC, BCP QualTek Investors LLC, Roth CH III Merger Sub, LLC, BCP QualTek HoldCo, LLC and BCP QualTek, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of ROCR’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 14, 2022)
     
3.1*   Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of QualTek Services Inc.
     
3.2*   Bylaws of QualTek Services Inc.
     
10.1*   Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2022, by and among QualTek Services Inc., the TRA Holder Representative (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement) and the TRA Holders (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement)
     
10.2*   Investor Rights Agreement, dated February 14, 2022, by and among QualTek Services Inc., the Equityholder Representative, the Sponsor Representative, the Sponsors, the Sellers and the Other Holders (each as defined in the Investor Rights Agreement)
     
10.3*   Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of QualTek HoldCo, LLC, dated as of February 14, 2022, by and among QualTek Services Inc. and the Members (as defined therein) set forth on Exhibit A thereto
     
10.4*   Indenture, dated as of February 14, 2022, by and among QualTek Services Inc., the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture) party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee
     
10.5*   Form of Convertible Notes (included in Exhibit 10.4)

 

17

 

 

Exhibit   Description
10.6*#   QualTek Services Inc. 2022 Long-Term Incentive Plan
     
10.7*#   Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the QualTek Services Inc. 2022 Long-Term Incentive Plan
     
10.8*#   QualTek Services Inc. 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
     
10.9*#   Form of Indemnification Agreement
     
14.1*   QualTek Services Inc. Code of Ethics
     
16.1*   Letter from Marcum LLP to Securities and Exchange Commission, dated February 16, 2022
     
99.1*   Press release, dated February 15, 2022
     
99.2*   Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements of BCP QualTek HoldCo, LLC as of and for the nine months ended October 2, 2021 and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020
     
104   Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document)

 

*Filed herewith

 

#Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

 

Schedules and similar attachments to this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. The Company agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of such omitted materials to the SEC upon request.

 

18

 

 

SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

 

Dated: February 16, 2022

 

By: /s/ Christopher S. Hisey  
Name: Christopher S. Hisey  
Title: Chief Executive Officer  

 

19

 

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

ROTH CH ACQUISITION III CO.

 

Roth CH Acquisition III Co., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify as follows:

 

1.            The original certificate of incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 13, 2019 (the “Original Certificate of Incorporation”). The name under which the Original Certificate of Incorporation was filed is “Roth CH Acquisition II Co.”

 

2.            An amended and restated certificate of incorporation which both restated and amended the provisions of the Original Certificate of Incorporation, was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (as amended from time to time, the “DGCL”), and such amended and restated certificate of incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 2, 2021 (the “First A&R Certificate of Incorporation”). The name under which the First A&R Certificate of Incorporation was filed is “Roth CH Acquisition III Co.”

 

3.            This Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation”) was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL.

 

4.            This Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective on the date of filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

5.            The First A&R Certificate of Incorporation is being amended and restated in connection with the transactions contemplated by that certain Business Combination Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2021, by and among the Corporation, Roth CH III Blocker Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, BCP QualTek Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Roth CH III Merger Sub, a Delaware limited liability company, BCP QualTek HoldCo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and BCP QualTek, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, in its capacity as the Equityholder Representative, (as amended, modified, amended and restated, supplemented or waived from time to time, the “Combination Agreement”).

 

1 

 

 

6.            This Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation hereby amends and restates the provisions of the First A&R Certificate of Incorporation in its entirety as follows:

 

Article I
Name

 

Section 1.1            Name. The name of the Corporation is QualTek Services Inc.

 

Article II
Registered Agent

 

Section 2.1            Address. The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, New Castle, County of Kent, Delaware 19808; and the name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

Article III
Purpose

 

Section 3.1            Purpose. The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

 

Article IV
Capitalization

 

Section 4.1            Authorized Capital Stock. The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 1,001,000,000 shares, consisting of (i) 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Preferred Stock”), (ii) 500,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), and (iii) 500,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class B Common Stock” and together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Common Stock”). The number of authorized shares of any of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of such class or series then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of any of the Class A Common Stock, the Class B Common Stock or Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor, unless a vote of any such holder is required pursuant to this Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation or any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock.

 

Section 4.2            Preferred Stock.

 

(a)            The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) is hereby expressly authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by the DGCL, by resolution or resolutions, at any time and from time to time, to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for one or more series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the designation of such series, the voting powers (if any) of the shares of such series, and the powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series and to cause to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a certificate of designations with respect thereto. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.

 

2 

 

 

(b)              Except as otherwise required by law, holders of a series of Preferred Stock, as such, shall be entitled only to such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by this Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to such series).

 

Section 4.3            Common Stock.

 

(a)            Voting Rights.

 

(i)            Except as otherwise provided in this Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation or as provided by law, each holder of record of Class A Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of Class A Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote or holders of Class A Common Stock as a separate class are entitled to vote, including the election or removal of directors (whether voting separately as a class or together with one or more classes of the Corporation’s capital stock); provided, however, that to the fullest extent permitted by law, holders of Class A Common Stock, as such, shall have no voting power with respect to, and shall not be entitled to vote on, any amendment to this Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

 

(ii)           Except as otherwise provided in this Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation or as provided by law, each holder of record of Class B Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of Class B Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally or holders of Class B Common Stock as a separate class are entitled to vote, including the election or removal of directors (whether voting separately as a class or together with one or more classes of the Corporation’s capital stock); provided, however, to the fullest extent permitted by law, holders of Class B Common Stock, as such, shall have no voting power pursuant to this Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation with respect to, and shall not be entitled to vote on, any amendment to this Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL.

 

(iii)           Except as otherwise provided in this Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation or required by applicable law and without limiting the rights or obligations of any party to the Investor Rights Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, by and among the Corporation, the Sponsors (as defined in the Investor Rights Agreement), the Sellers (as defined in the Investor Rights Agreement) (each, a “Seller”, and collectively, the “Sellers”) and the other parties party thereto (as may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Investor Rights Agreement”), the holders of Common Stock having the right to vote in respect of such Common Stock shall vote together as a single class (or, if the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together with the holders of Common Stock having the right to vote in respect of such Common Stock, as a single class with the holders of such series of Preferred Stock) on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders having voting rights generally.

 

3 

 

 

(b)            Dividends and Distributions.

 

(i)             Class A Common Stock. Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Class A Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and other distributions in cash, stock of any corporation or property of the Corporation, the holders of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock held by each such stockholder such dividends and other distributions as may from time to time be declared by the Board in its discretion out of the assets of the Corporation that are by law available therefor at such times and in such amounts as the Board in its discretion shall determine.

 

(ii)            Class B Common Stock. Dividends and other distributions shall not be declared or paid on the Class B Common Stock.

 

(c)            Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and of the preferential and other amounts, if any, to which the holders of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over the Class A Common Stock as to distributions upon dissolution or liquidation or winding up shall be entitled, the holders of all outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock held by each such stockholder. The holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall not be entitled to receive any assets of the Corporation in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

 

(d)            Cancellation of Class B Common Stock. In the event that any outstanding share of Class B Common Stock shall cease to be held directly or indirectly by the holder of the corresponding Common Unit (as defined in the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of QualTek Holdco, LLC (formerly known as BCP QualTek Holdco, LLC)), a Delaware limited liability company (“QualTek Holdco”), dated on or about the date hereof (as amended from time to time, the “QualTek Holdco A&R LLCA”), as set forth in the books and records of QualTek Holdco, including by virtue of any divestiture by such holder of such corresponding Common Unit, such share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically and without further action on the part of the Corporation or any holder of Class B Common Stock be transferred to the Corporation and cancelled for no consideration. The Corporation shall not issue additional shares of Class B Common Stock after the closing date (such date, the “Closing Date”) of the transactions contemplated by the Combination Agreement, other than in connection with the valid issuance of Common Units in accordance with the QualTek Holdco A&R LLCA.

 

(e)            Reservation of Stock. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock an amount equal to at least the number of then-outstanding Common Units subject to Redemption (as defined in the QualTek Holdco A&R LLCA) from time to time.

 

4 

 

 

(f)            Splits. If the Corporation at any time combines or subdivides (by any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, amendment of this Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation, scheme, arrangement or otherwise) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock into a greater or lesser number of shares, the shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately similarly combined or subdivided such that the ratio of shares of outstanding Class B Common Stock to shares of outstanding Class A Common Stock immediately prior to such subdivision shall be maintained immediately after such combination or subdivision. Any adjustment described in this Section 4.3(f) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the combination or subdivision becomes effective.

 

Article V
By-Laws

 

Section 5.1            By-Laws. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the DGCL, the Board is expressly authorized to make, amend, alter, change, add to or repeal the by-laws of the Corporation (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “By-Laws”) without the consent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or this Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation and without limiting the rights or obligations of any party pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement. Without limiting the rights or obligations of any party to the Investor Rights Agreement, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required in order for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend, repeal or rescind, in whole or in part, any such provision of the By-Laws, or to adopt any provision inconsistent therewith.

 

Article VI
Board of Directors

 

Section 6.1            Board of Directors.

 

(a)            Board Powers. Except as otherwise provided in this Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board.

 

(b)            Number, Election and Term.

 

(i)            Without limiting the rights or obligations of any party to the Investor Rights Agreement with respect thereto or except as otherwise provided for or fixed in any certificate of designation with respect to any series of Preferred Stock, the total number of directors constituting the whole Board shall initially be up to nine (9) and thereafter be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board.

 

5 

 

 

(ii)            Without limiting the rights or obligations of any party pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, the directors (other than those directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be) shall be divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of such directors. Class I directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders for the calendar year ended December 31, 2022, Class II directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders for the calendar year ended December 31, 2023 and Class III directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders for the calendar year ended December 31, 2024. At each annual meeting including and following the annual meeting of the stockholders for the calendar year ended December 31, 2022, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting shall be elected for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders. If the number of such directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any such additional director of any class elected to fill a newly created directorship resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case shall a decrease in the number of directors remove, or shorten the term of, any incumbent director. Subject to the rights granted to the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and without limiting the rights or obligations of any party pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, the election of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon. The Board is authorized to assign members of the Board already in office to their respective class in accordance with the Investor Rights Agreement.

 

(iii)            Any such director shall hold office until the annual meeting at which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office.

 

(iv)            Directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the By-Laws shall so provide.

 

Section 6.2            Newly-Created Directorships and Vacancies. Subject to the rights granted to the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then outstanding and without limiting the rights or obligations of any party granted pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, any newly-created directorship on the Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board (whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause) shall be filled (a) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the stockholders) or (b) upon the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

 

Section 6.3            Resignation and Removal. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation given in writing or by any electronic transmission permitted by the By-Laws. Without limiting the rights or obligations of any party pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, any or all of the directors (other than the directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be) may be removed only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Without limiting the rights or obligations of any party pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, in case the Board or any one or more directors should be so removed, new directors may be elected pursuant to Section 6.2.

 

6 

 

 

Section 6.4            Preferred Stock Directors. Whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more such other series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, removal and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) applicable thereto. Notwithstanding Section 6.1(b), the number of directors that may be elected by the holders of any such series of Preferred Stock shall be in addition to the number fixed pursuant to Section 6.1(b) hereof, and the total number of directors constituting the whole Board shall be automatically adjusted accordingly.

 

Section 6.5            Quorum. A quorum for the transaction of business by the directors shall be set forth in the By-Laws.

 

Article VII
CONSENT OF STOCKHOLDERS IN LIEU OF Meeting, ANNUAL AND SPECIAL MEETINGS of Stockholders

 

Section 7.1            Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand, or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

 

Section 7.2            Meetings of Stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes may be called only by or at the direction of the Board, the Chairman of the Board or as otherwise provided in the By-Laws. An annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, if any, on such date, and at such time as shall be fixed exclusively by resolution of the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof.

 

Article VIII
Limited Liability; Indemnification

 

Section 8.1            Limited Liability of Directors. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no director of the Corporation will have any personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended. Neither the amendment nor the repeal of this Article VIII shall eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing prior to such amendment or repeal.

 

7 

 

 

Section 8.2            Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.

 

(a)            To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, the Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless each person who is or was made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (for purposes of this Section 8.2, a “Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, manager, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “Indemnitee”), whether the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent, or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (as amended from time to time, “ERISA”) excise taxes and penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding. The Corporation shall to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnitee in defending or otherwise participating in any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, to the extent required by applicable law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking, by or on behalf of the Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section 8.2 or otherwise. The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Section 8.2 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.2(a), except for Proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses, the Corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses to an Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.

 

(b)            The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred on any Indemnitee by this Section 8.2 shall not be exclusive of any other rights that any Indemnitee may have or hereafter acquire under law, this Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws, the Investor Rights Agreement, an agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.

 

(c)            Any repeal or amendment of this Section 8.2 by the stockholders of the Corporation or by changes in law, or the adoption of any other provision of this Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Section 8.2, shall, unless otherwise required by law, be prospective only (except to the extent such amendment or change in law permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights on a retroactive basis than permitted prior thereto), and shall not in any way diminish or adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision in respect of any Proceeding (regardless of when such Proceeding is first threatened, commenced or completed) arising out of, or related to, any act or omission occurring prior to such repeal or amendment or adoption of such inconsistent provision.

 

(d)            This Section 8.2 shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner authorized or permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Indemnitees.

 

8 

 

 

Article IX
DGCL Section 203

 

Section 9.1            DGCL Section 203. The Corporation hereby expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

 

Section 9.2            Permitted Business Combinations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not engage in any business combination (as defined below), at any point in time at which the Corporation’s Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, with any interested stockholder (as defined below) for a period of three (3) years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

(a)            prior to such time, the Board approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; or

 

(b)            upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock (as defined below) of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned by (i) persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

(c)            at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the Board and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent (notwithstanding the provisions of Article VII hereof), by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation that is not owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

(d)            the stockholder became an interested stockholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divested itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the stockholder ceased to be an interested stockholder and (ii) was not, at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to a business combination between the Corporation and such stockholder, an interested stockholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership.

 

Section 9.3            Certain Definitions.

 

(a)            affiliate” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person.

 

(b)            associate”, when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person.

 

(c)            BCP” means Brightstar Capital Partners, L.P. and its affiliates, together with their respective affiliates, subsidiaries, successors and assigns (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries).

 

(d)            BCP Direct Transferee” means any person that acquires (other than in a registered public offering) directly from BCP or any of its successors or any “group,” or any member of any such group, of which such persons are a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation.

 

9 

 

 

(e)            business combination”, when used in reference to the Corporation and any interested stockholder of the Corporation, means:

 

(i)            any merger or consolidation of the Corporation (other than a merger effected pursuant to Section 253 or 267 of the DGCL) or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (A) with the interested stockholder, or (B) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Section 9.2 is not applicable to the surviving entity;

 

(ii)            any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the interested stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the Corporation;

 

(iii)             any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the interested stockholder, except: (A) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the interested stockholder became such; (B) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g), 253 or 267 of the DGCL; (C) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the interested stockholder became such; (D) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase stock made on the same terms to all holders of said stock; or (E) any issuance or transfer of stock by the Corporation; provided, however, that in no case under items (C)-(E) of this subsection (iii) shall there be an increase in the interested stockholder’s proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the voting stock of the Corporation (except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments);

 

(iv)            any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation that has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series, or securities convertible into the stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary that is owned by the interested stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the interested stockholder; or

 

(v)            any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subsections (i)-(iv) above) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.

 

10 

 

 

(f)            control”, including the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract, or otherwise. A person who is the owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this Article IX, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.

 

(g)            Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

(h)            interested stockholder” means any person (other than the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, (ii) is an affiliate or associate of the Corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation at any time within the three (3) year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder or (iii) the affiliates and associates of any such person described in clauses (i) and (ii); provided, however, that “interested stockholder” shall not include (x) BCP or any BCP Direct Transferee, or any of their respective affiliates or successors or any “group,” or any member of any such group, to which such persons are a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, or (y) any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of any action taken solely by the Corporation; provided, that such person specified in this clause (y) shall be an interested stockholder if thereafter such person acquires additional shares of voting stock of the Corporation, except as a result of (I) further action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person or (II) an acquisition of a de minimis number of such additional shares. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an interested stockholder, the voting stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include stock deemed to be owned by the person through application of the definition of “owner” below but shall not include any other unissued stock of the Corporation that may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

 

(i)            owner”, including the terms “own” and “owned,” when used with respect to any stock, means a person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates:

 

(i)            beneficially owns such stock, directly or indirectly; or

 

(ii)           has (A) the right to acquire such stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s affiliates or associates until such tendered stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote such stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any stock because of such person’s right to vote such stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to ten (10) or more persons; or

 

11 

 

 

(iii)            has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (B) of subsection (ii) above), or disposing of such stock with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such stock.

 

(j)            person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated association or other entity.

 

(k)            stock” means, with respect to any corporation, capital stock and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest.

 

(l)            voting stock” means stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity. Every reference in this Article IX to a percentage of voting stock shall refer to such percentage of the votes of such voting stock.

 

Article X
COMPETITION AND Corporate Opportunities

 

Section 10.1           Competition and Corporate Opportunities.

 

(a)             In recognition and anticipation that (i) certain directors, principals, officers, employees, equityholders and/or other representatives of the Sellers, the Sponsors and their respective Affiliates and Affiliated Entities (each, as defined below) may serve as directors, officers or agents of the Corporation, (ii) the Sellers, the Sponsors and their respective Affiliates and Affiliated Entities, including (I) any portfolio company in which they or any of their respective Affiliates or Affiliated Entities have made a debt or equity investment (and vice versa) or (II) any of their respective limited partners, non-managing members or other similar direct or indirect investors, may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other businesses that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iii) members of the Board who are not employees of the Corporation (“Non-Employee Directors”) and their respective Affiliates and Affiliated Entities including (I) any portfolio company in which they or any of their respective Affiliates or Affiliated Entities have made a debt or equity investment (and vice versa) or (II) any of their respective limited partners, non-managing members or other similar direct or indirect investors may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, the provisions of this Article X are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities as they may involve any Seller, any Sponsor, the Non-Employee Directors or their respective Affiliates or Affiliated Entities and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its directors, officers and stockholders in connection therewith.

 

12 

 

 

(b)            None of (i) any Seller, (ii) any Sponsor or (iii) any Non-Employee Director or his or her Affiliates or Affiliated Entities (such Persons (as defined below) being referred to, collectively, as “Identified Persons” and, individually, as an “Identified Person”) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have any duty to refrain from directly or indirectly (1) engaging in and possessing interests in other business ventures of every type and description, including those engaged in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries now engages or proposes to engage or (2) competing with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, on its own account, or in partnership with, or as an employee, officer, director or shareholder of any other Person, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no Identified Person shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person engages in any such activities. To the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for an Identified Person and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, except as provided in Section 10.1(c). Subject to Section 10.1(c), in the event that any Identified Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity or matter which may be a corporate or other business opportunity for itself, herself or himself and the Corporation or any of its, his or her Affiliates, such Identified Person shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no duty (fiduciary, contractual or otherwise) to communicate, present or offer such transaction or other business opportunity or matter to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or any stockholder, as the case may be, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any subsidiary of the Corporation for breach of any duty (fiduciary, contractual or otherwise) as a stockholder, director or officer of the Corporation solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself, or offers or directs such corporate opportunity to another Person or does not present such opportunity to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or stockholders.

 

(c)            The Corporation does not renounce its interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any Non-Employee Director if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely and expressly in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation, such opportunity is one the Corporation is legally permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for the Corporation to pursue, in which case, the provisions of Section 10.1(b) shall not apply to any such corporate opportunity.

 

(d)            In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article X, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that (i) the Corporation is neither financially or legally able, nor contractually permitted to undertake, (ii) from its nature, is not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to the Corporation, (iii) is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy, or (iv) is one presented to any account for the benefit of a member of the Board or such member’s Affiliate over which such member of the Board has no direct or indirect influence or control, including, but not limited to, a blind trust.

 

(e)            For purposes of this Article X, (i) “Affiliate” shall mean (A) in respect of a Seller or a Sponsor, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by such Seller or such Sponsor (as applicable), controls such Seller or such Sponsor (as applicable) or is under common control with such Seller or such Sponsor (as applicable) and shall include any principal, member, director, partner, stockholder, officer, employee or other representative of any of the foregoing (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation), (B) in respect of a Non-Employee Director, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by such Non-Employee Director (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation) and (C) in respect of the Corporation, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Corporation; (ii) “Affiliated Entity” shall mean (A) any Person of which a Non-Employee Director serves as an officer, director, employee, agent or other representative (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation), (B) any direct or indirect partner, stockholder, member, manager or other representative of such Person or (C) any Affiliate of any of the foregoing; and (iii) “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association or any other entity.

 

13 

 

 

(f)            To the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article X.

 

(g)            Any alteration, amendment, addition to or repeal of this Article X shall require the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Neither the alteration, amendment, addition to or repeal of this Article X, nor the adoption of any provision of this Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any series of Preferred Stock) inconsistent with this Article X, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article X in respect of (i) any business opportunity first identified, (ii) any other matter occurring, or (iii) any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article X, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment, addition, repeal or adoption. This Article X shall not limit any protections or defenses available to, or indemnification or advancement rights of, any director or officer of the Corporation under this Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws or applicable law.

 

Article XI
Severability

 

Section 11.1            Severability. If any provision of this Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provision in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Article XII
Forum

 

Section 12.1            Forum. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, other employee or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, or any claim for aiding and abetting such alleged breach, (c) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director, officer, other employee or stockholder of the Corporation (i) arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation (as it may be amended or restated) or the By-Laws or (ii) as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Delaware Court of Chancery or (d) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any current or former officer or director or other employee or stockholder of the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the law of the State of Delaware shall, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be solely and exclusively brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery; provided, however, that, in the event that the Delaware Court of Chancery lacks subject matter jurisdiction over any such action or proceeding, the sole and exclusive forum for such action or proceeding shall be another state or federal court located within the State of Delaware, in each such case, unless the Delaware Court of Chancery (or such other state or federal court located within the State of Delaware, as applicable) has dismissed a prior action by the same plaintiff asserting the same claims because such court lacked personal jurisdiction over an indispensable party named as a defendant therein. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended as amended from time to time. Failure to enforce the foregoing provisions would cause the Corporation irreparable harm and the Corporation shall be entitled to equitable relief, including injunctive relief and specific performance, to enforce the foregoing provisions. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article XII.

 

14 

 

 

Article XIII
Amendments

 

Section 13.1            Amendments. Except as expressly provided in the remainder of this Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designations relating to any services of Preferred Stock) and without limiting the rights or obligations of any party pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, this Second A&R Certificate of Incorporation may be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

15 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be duly executed in its name and on its behalf by an authorized officer as of this 14th day of February, 2022.

 

  ROTH CH ACQUISITION III CO.
   
   
  By: /s/ Byron Roth
  Name: Byron Roth
  Title: Co-Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

QUALTEK SERVICES INC.

 

Article I
Offices

 

Section 1.1            Registered Office. The registered office of QualTek Services Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall be located at either (a) the principal place of business of the Corporation in the State of Delaware or (b) the office of the corporation or individual acting as the Corporation’s registered agent in Delaware.

 

Section 1.2            Additional Offices. The Corporation may, in addition to its registered office in the State of Delaware, have such other offices and places of business, both within and outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) may from time to time determine or as the business and affairs of the Corporation may require.

 

Article II
STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 2.1            Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on such date, and at such time and place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware, or by means of remote communications, including by webcast, pursuant to Section 2.12(c)(ii), as may be designated from time to time by the Board. The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled.

 

Section 2.2            Special Meetings. Except as otherwise required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (as amended from time to time, the “DGCL”) or provided by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Certificate of Incorporation”), and subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of Preferred Stock (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by or at the direction of the Board, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer. Special meetings of the stockholders may be held either at a place, within or without the State of Delaware, or by means of remote communications, including by webcast, pursuant to Section 2.12(c)(ii) as the Board may determine. The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of the stockholders previously scheduled.

 

Section 2.3            Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, notice of the date, time, place (if any), the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at a meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting (if such date is different from the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such meeting) and, in the case of a special meeting of the stockholders, the purpose or purposes of such special meeting of the stockholders shall be given not more than sixty (60), nor less than ten (10), days prior thereto (unless a different time is specified by law), to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notices of meetings otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any such notice may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.

 

 

 

 

Section 2.4            Quorum; Adjournments. The holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as otherwise provided herein, by applicable law or by the Certificate of Incorporation; but if at any meeting of stockholders there shall be less than a quorum present, the chairman of the meeting or, by a majority of the voting power thereof, the stockholders present (either in person or by proxy) may, to the extent permitted by law, adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice (other than announcement at the meeting of the date, time and place, if any, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders may be deemed present in person or represented by proxy and vote at such adjourned meeting) until a quorum shall be present or represented. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series of stock of the Corporation is required, a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series of stock of the Corporation, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented by proxy, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. Notice need not be given of any adjourned meeting if the time, date and place, if any, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders may be deemed present in person or represented by proxy and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the adjournment is for more than sixty (60) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

Section 2.5            Organization of Meetings. The Chairman of the Board, or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, or at the Chairman of the Board’s discretion, the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or at the Chief Executive Officer’s discretion, any officer of the Corporation, shall call all meetings of the stockholders to order and shall act as chairman of any such meetings. The Secretary or, in the Secretary’s absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of the meeting. If neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint a secretary of the meeting. The Board may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Unless otherwise determined by the Board prior to the meeting, the chairman of the meeting shall determine the order of business and shall have the authority in his or her discretion to regulate the conduct of any such meeting, including, without limitation, convening the meeting and adjourning the meeting (whether or not a quorum is present), announcing the date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote, imposing restrictions on the persons (other than stockholders of record of the Corporation or their duly appointed proxies) who may attend any such meeting, establishing procedures for the transaction of business at the meeting (including the dismissal of business not properly presented), maintaining order at the meeting and safety of those present, restricting entry to the meeting after the time fixed for commencement thereof and limiting the circumstances in which any person may make a statement or ask questions at any meeting of stockholders. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

2 

 

 

Section 2.6            Proxies.

  

(a)            At all meetings of stockholders, any stockholder entitled to vote thereat shall be entitled to vote in person or by proxy, subject to applicable law. Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for the stockholder as proxy pursuant to the DGCL, the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority: (i) a stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for the stockholder as proxy, and execution of the writing may be accomplished by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing his or her signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature; or (ii) a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for the stockholder as proxy by transmitting such authorization by means of electronic transmission to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such transmission but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period; provided that any such means of electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder. If it is determined that such electronic transmissions are valid, the inspector or inspectors of stockholder votes or, if there are no such inspectors, such other persons making such determination shall specify the information upon which they relied.

 

(b)            A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date.

 

(c)            Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to the preceding paragraphs of this Section 2.6 (including any electronic transmission) may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used; provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

 

(d)            Proxies shall be filed with the secretary of the meeting prior to or at the commencement of the meeting to which they relate.

 

Section 2.7            Voting. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall decide any matter brought before such meeting, unless such matter is one upon which by express provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Investor Rights Agreement (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation), these By-Laws or the DGCL a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such matter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series of stock of the Corporation is required and a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast by shares of such class or series or classes or series of stock of the Corporation shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Investor Rights Agreement, these By-Laws or the DGCL a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

 

3 

 

 

Section 2.8            Fixing Record Date.

  

(a)            In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

 

(b)            In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change or conversion or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

(c)            Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, in order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to express consent to action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to action in writing without a meeting is fixed by the Board, (i) if no prior action of the Board is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law, and (ii) if prior action by the Board is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

Section 2.9            Consents in Lieu of Meeting. At any time when action by one or more classes or series of stockholders of the Corporation is permitted to be taken by written consent pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the provisions of this section shall apply. All consents properly delivered in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL shall be deemed to be recorded when so delivered. No written consent shall be effective to take the action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation as required by the DGCL, written consents signed by the holders of a sufficient number of shares of stock of the Corporation to take such action are so delivered to the Corporation in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and the applicable provisions of the DGCL. Prompt notice of the taking of the action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if such action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of such meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take such action were delivered to the Corporation in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and the applicable provisions of the DGCL. Any action taken pursuant to any such written consent or consents of the stockholders shall have the same force and effect as if taken by the stockholders at a meeting thereof.

 

4 

 

 

Section 2.10            List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The Corporation shall prepare, at least ten (10) days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting (provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the date of such meeting), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares of stock of the Corporation registered in the name of such stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to such meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to such meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network or during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation or any other reasonably accessible location. In the event that the Corporation determines to make such list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such list is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If such meeting is to be held at a designated place, then such list shall be produced and kept at such designated place at the time of such meeting during the entire duration thereof, and such list may be inspected by any stockholder who is present thereat. If such meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then such list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the entire duration of such meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 2.11            Inspectors. The Board, in advance of all meetings of the stockholders, may, and shall if required by law, appoint one or more inspectors of stockholder votes, who may be employees or agents of the Corporation or stockholders or their proxies, but who shall not be directors of the Corporation or candidates for election as directors. In the event that the Board fails to so appoint one or more inspectors of stockholder votes or, in the event that one or more inspectors of stockholder votes previously designated by the Board fails to appear or act at the meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting may appoint one or more inspectors of stockholder votes to fill such vacancy or vacancies. Inspectors of stockholder votes appointed to act at any meeting of the stockholders, before discharging such duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute such duties of inspector of stockholder votes with strict impartiality and according to the best of their ability and the oath so taken shall be subscribed by them. The inspectors so appointed or designated shall (a) ascertain the number of shares of stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each such share, (b) determine the shares of stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (c) count all votes and ballots, (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (e) certify their determination of the number of shares of stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and such inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots. Such certification and report shall specify such other information as may be required by law. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law.

 

5 

 

 

Section 2.12          Conduct of Meetings

 

(a)            Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

 

(i)            Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (A) as provided in the Investor Rights Agreement, (B) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) delivered pursuant to Section 2.3, (C) by or at the direction of the Board or any authorized committee thereof, or (D) by any stockholder who is entitled to vote on such election or such other business at the meeting, who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 2.12(a)(ii) and Section 2.12(a)(iii) and who was a stockholder of record at the time such notice was delivered to the Secretary.

 

(ii)            For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to Section 2.12(a)(i)(D), the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary (even if such matter is already the subject of any notice to the stockholders or a public announcement from the Board), and, in the case of business other than nominations of persons for election to the Board, such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is scheduled for more than thirty (30) days before, or more than seventy (70) days following, such anniversary date, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be so delivered not later than ten (10) days following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. For purposes of the application of Rule 14a-4(c) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) (or any successor provision), the date for notice specified in this Section 2.12(a)(ii) shall be the earlier of the date calculated as provided in the previous sentence or the date specified in paragraph (c)(1) of Rule 14a-4. For purposes of the first annual meeting of stockholders following the adoption of these By-Laws, the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting shall be deemed to be May 15, 2022. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice pursuant to this Section 2.12. For the avoidance of doubt, a stockholder shall not be entitled to make additional or substitute nominations following the expiration of the time periods set forth in this Section 2.12. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.12to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board at an annual meeting is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board at least one-hundred (100) calendar days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders, then a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.12 shall be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it is received by the Secretary not later than the close of business on the tenth calendar day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

6 

 

 

(iii)            Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director, all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any substantial interest (within the meaning of Item 5 of Schedule 14A under the Exchange Act) in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (u) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books and records, and of such beneficial owner, (v) the class or series and number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned directly or indirectly, beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (w) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of the stock of the Corporation at the time of the giving of the notice, will be entitled to vote at such meeting and will appear in person or by proxy at such meeting to propose such business or nomination, (x) a representation as to whether the stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, will be or is part of a group which will (I) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (II) otherwise solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination, (y) a certification regarding whether such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, have complied with all applicable federal, state and other legal requirements in connection with the stockholder’s and/or beneficial owner’s acquisition of shares of stock or other securities of the Corporation and/or the stockholder’s and/or beneficial owner’s acts or omissions in its capacity as a stockholder, and (z) any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or any other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in an election contest pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (D) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or proposal and/or the voting of shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation between or among the stockholder giving the notice, the beneficial owner, if any, any of their respective affiliates or associates and/or any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing (collectively, “proponent persons”); and (E) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including without limitation any contract to purchase or sell, acquisition or grant of any option, right or warrant to purchase or sell, swap or other instrument) the intent or effect of which may be (x) to transfer to or from any proponent person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security of the Corporation, (y) to increase or decrease the voting power of any proponent person with respect to shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation, and/or (z) to provide any proponent person, directly or indirectly, with the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from, or to otherwise benefit economically from, any increase or decrease in the value of any security of the Corporation. A stockholder providing notice of a proposed nomination for election to the Board or other business proposed to be brought before a meeting (whether given pursuant to this Section 2.12(a)(iii) or Section 2.12(b)) shall update and supplement such notice from time to time to the extent necessary so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and as of the date that is fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof; provided that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting is less than fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, the information shall be supplemented and updated as of such later date. Any such update and supplement shall be delivered in writing to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (A) not later than five (5) days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting (in the case of any update or supplement required to be made as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting), (B) not later than ten (10) days prior to the date for the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update or supplement required to be made as of fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof), and (C) not later than five (5) days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, but no later than the date prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of a date less than fifteen (15) days prior the date of the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation and to determine the independence of such director under the Exchange Act and rules and regulations thereunder and applicable stock exchange rules. The foregoing notice requirements of this Section 2.12(a)(iii) shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder as to any proposal (other than nominations) if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of such stockholder’s intention to present such proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with Rule 14a-8 (or any successor thereof) of the Exchange Act, and such stockholder has complied with the requirements of such Rule for inclusion of such proposal in a proxy statement prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting. Nothing in this Section 2.12(a)(iii) shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

 

7 

 

 

(b)            Special Meetings of the Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of the stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting pursuant to Section 2.3. At any time that the stockholders are not prohibited from filling vacancies or newly created directorships on the Board, nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of the stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board or a committee thereof, (ii) as provided in the Investor Rights Agreement, or (iii) if the Board has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder who is entitled to vote on such election at the meeting who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.12 and who is a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of the stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting if the stockholder’s notice as required by Section 2.12(a)(ii) is delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the date that is one hundred twenty (120) days prior to such special meeting of the stockholders and not later than the close of business on the date that is ninety (90) days prior to such special meeting of the stockholders or ten (10) days following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting of the stockholders and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting.

 

8 

 

 

(c)            General.

 

(i)            Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.12 shall be eligible to be elected to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.12. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.12 and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with this Section 2.12, to declare that such defective nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed business shall not be transacted.

 

(ii)            Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12, if a stockholder (or a qualified representative of such stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of the stockholders to present a nomination or business of such stockholder, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 2.12, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

 

(iii)            If authorized by the Board in its sole discretion, and subject to such rules, regulations and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders of the Corporation and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication participate in a meeting of stockholders and be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication; provided, however, that (A) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder; (B) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings; and (C) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

 

(iv)            For purposes of this Section 2.12, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, the Associated Press or comparable national news service, in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise disseminated in a manner constituting “public disclosure” under Regulation FD promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

9 

 

 

(v)            No adjournment or postponement or notice of adjournment or postponement of any meeting shall be deemed to constitute a new notice (or extend any notice time period) of such meeting for purposes of this Section 2.12, and in order for any notification required to be delivered by a stockholder pursuant to this Section 2.12 to be timely, such notification must be delivered within the periods set forth herein with respect to the originally scheduled meeting.

 

(vi)            Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.12; provided, however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any references in these By-Laws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 2.12 (including Section 2.12(a)(i)(D) and Section 2.12(b) hereof), and compliance with Section 2.12(a)(i)(D) and Section 2.12(b) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business. Nothing in this Section 2.12 shall apply to the right, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

(vii)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for as long as the Investor Rights Agreement remains in effect with respect to the Parties (as defined in the Investor Rights Agreement) (the “Investor Rights Agreement Parties”), the Investor Rights Agreement Parties (to the extent then subject to the Investor Rights Agreement) shall not be subject to the notice procedures set forth in Section 2.12(a)(ii), Section 2.12(a)(iii), Section 2.12(b) or Section 2.12(c)(ii) with respect to any annual or special meeting of the stockholders to the extent necessary to effect the transactions and rights set forth in the Investor Rights Agreement.

 

Article III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.1            Number; Election; Quorum; Voting. The Board shall consist, subject to the Certificate of Incorporation and the Investor Rights Agreement or any certificate of designation with respect to any series of Preferred Stock, of such number of directors as shall from time to time be fixed exclusively by resolution adopted by the Board. The Board shall initially be comprised of up to nine (9) Directors. Directors shall (except as hereinafter provided for the filling of vacancies and newly created directorships and except as otherwise expressly provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or the Investor Rights Agreement) be elected by the holders of a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of such directors in accordance with the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation the Investor Rights Agreement, as applicable. A majority of the total number of directors then in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise provided by law, these By-Laws, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by the Investor Rights Agreement, the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

Section 3.2            Vacancies. Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation and the Investor Rights Agreement, unless otherwise required by the DGCL or Section 3.4, any newly created directorship on the Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board (whether by death, resignation, removal (including pursuant to the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation), retirement, disqualification or otherwise) shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, by any authorized committee of the Board or by a sole remaining director.

 

10 

 

 

Section 3.3            Meetings of the Board. Meetings of the Board shall be held at such place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware as may from time to time be fixed by resolution of the Board or as may be specified in the notice of any meeting. Regular meetings of the Board shall be held at such times as may from time to time be fixed by resolution of the Board and special meetings of the Board may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or by a majority of the total number of directors then in office, in each case, by written notice, including facsimile, e-mail or other means of electronic transmission, duly served on or sent and delivered to each director in accordance with Section 11.2. Notice of each special meeting of the Board shall be given, as provided in Section 11.2, to each director (a) at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting if such notice is oral notice given personally or by telephone or written notice given by hand delivery or by means of a form of electronic transmission and delivery; (b) at least two (2) days before the meeting if such notice is sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service; and (c) at least five (5) days before such meeting if such notice is sent through the United States mail. If the Secretary shall fail or refuse to give such notice, then such notice may be given by the officer who called the meeting or the directors who requested the meeting. The notice of any meeting need not specify the purposes thereof. A meeting of the Board may be held without notice immediately after the annual meeting of stockholders at the same place, if any, at which such meeting is held. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board held at times fixed by resolution of the Board. Notice of any meeting need not be given to any director who shall attend such meeting (except when the director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened), or who shall waive notice thereof, before or after such meeting, in writing (including by electronic transmission).

 

Section 3.4            Preferred Stock Directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other series of Preferred Stock, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, the election, term of office, removal, and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) applicable thereto. The number of directors that may be elected by the holders of any such series or class of Preferred Stock shall be in addition to the total number of directors fixed by the Board pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation and these By-Laws. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the terms of any such series, the number of directors that may be so elected by the holders of any such series shall be elected for terms expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders, and vacancies among directors so elected by the separate vote of the holders of any such series shall be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors elected by such series, or, if there are no such remaining directors, by the holders of such series in the same manner in which such series initially elected a director.

 

Section 3.5            Committees. The Board may from time to time establish one or more committees of the Board to serve at the discretion of the Board, which shall, subject to the Investor Rights Agreement, be comprised of such members of the Board and have such duties as the Board shall from time to time determine. Subject to the Investor Rights Agreement, any director may belong to any number of committees of the Board. Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation and the Investor Rights Agreement, the Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee. Subject to the Investor Rights Agreement, in the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee and, the absence or disqualification of such member’s alternate, if any, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Subject to the Investor Rights Agreement, unless otherwise provided in the resolution of the Board designating a committee, such committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of such committee and may delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of such committee. Any committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; provided that, no committee shall have power or authority to (a) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (b) adopt, amend or repeal all or any portion of these By-Laws. Each committee of the Board may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings pursuant to such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided by a resolution of the Board designating a committee, the presence of at least a majority of the members of such committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum unless such committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum. All matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present at a meeting of a committee at which a quorum is present.

 

11 

 

 

Section 3.6            Consent in Lieu of Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing (including by electronic transmission), and the writing or writings (including any electronic transmission or transmissions) are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

 

Section 3.7            Telephonic Meetings. The members of the Board or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 3.7 shall constitute presence in person at such a meeting except where such person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

Section 3.8            Compensation. The Board may establish policies for the compensation of directors and for the reimbursement of the expenses of directors, in each case, in connection with services provided by directors to the Corporation.

 

Article IV
OFFICERS

 

Section 4.1            Officers. The Board shall elect officers of the Corporation, including a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board may also from time to time elect such other officers as it may deem proper or may delegate to any elected officer of the Corporation the power to appoint and remove any such other officers and to prescribe their respective terms of office, authorities and duties. Any Vice President may be designated Executive, Senior or Corporate, or may be given such other designation or combination of designations as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may determine. Any one or more offices may be held by the same person. The Board may also elect or appoint a Chairman of the Board, who may or may not also be an officer of the Corporation. The Board may elect or appoint co-Chairmen of the Board, co-Presidents or co-Chief Executive Officers and, in such case, references in these By-Laws to the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Chief Executive Officer shall refer to either such co-Chairman of the Board, co-President or co-Chief Executive Officer, as the case may be.

 

12 

 

 

Section 4.2            Term; Removal. All officers of the Corporation shall hold office for such terms as may be determined by the Board or, except with respect to his or her own office, the Chief Executive Officer, or until their respective successors are elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time either with or without cause by the Board, or, in the case of appointed officers, by the Chief Executive Officer or any elected officer upon whom such power of removal shall have been conferred by the Board.

 

Section 4.3            Powers. Each of the officers of the Corporation shall have the powers and duties prescribed by law, by these By-Laws or by the Board and, in the case of appointed officers, the powers and duties prescribed by the appointing officer, and, unless otherwise prescribed by these By-Laws or by the Board or such appointing officer, shall have such additional powers and duties as ordinarily pertain to that office.

 

Section 4.4            Delegation. Unless otherwise provided in these By-Laws, in the absence or disability of any officer of the Corporation, the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may, during such period, delegate such officer’s powers and duties to any other officer or to any director and the person to whom such powers and duties are delegated shall, for the time being, hold such office.

 

Article V
INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

 

Section 5.1            Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative or any other type whatsoever (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, manager, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith. Except as provided in Section 5.3 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses or with respect to any compulsory counterclaim brought by such indemnitee, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.

 

Section 5.2            Right to Advancement of Expenses. In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 5.1, an indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in appearing at, participating in or defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition or in connection with a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article V (which shall be governed by Section 5.3) (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if (a) the DGCL requires or (b) in the case of an advancement made in a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made solely upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined after final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Article V or otherwise.

 

13 

 

 

Section 5.3            Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 is not paid in full by the Corporation within (a) sixty (60) days after a written claim for indemnification has been received by the Corporation or (b) twenty (20) days after a claim for an advancement of expenses has been received by the Corporation, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim or to obtain advancement of expenses, as applicable. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if the indemnitee is successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense of the Corporation that, and (ii) any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including by its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including by its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article V or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

Section 5.4            Non-Exclusivity of Rights; Indemnification by Other Persons.

 

(a)            The provision of indemnification or the advancement of expenses and costs to any indemnitee under this Article V, or the entitlement of any indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs under this Article V, shall not limit or restrict in any way the power of the Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses and costs to such indemnitee in any other way permitted by law or be deemed exclusive of, or invalidate, any right to which any indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs may be entitled under any law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such indemnitee’s capacity as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Corporation and as to action in any other capacity.

 

(b)            Given that certain jointly indemnifiable claims (as defined below) may arise due to the service of the indemnitee as a director and/or officer of the Corporation or as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at the request of the indemnitee-related entities (as defined below), the Corporation shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses in connection with any such jointly indemnifiable claims, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Article V, irrespective of any right of recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities. Under no circumstance shall the Corporation be entitled to any right of subrogation against or contribution by the indemnitee-related entities and no right of advancement, indemnification or recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the indemnitee or the obligations of the Corporation under this Article V. In the event that any of the indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnitee against the Corporation, and the indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. Each of the indemnitee-related entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 5.4(b), entitled to enforce this Section 5.4(b). For purposes of this Section 5.4(b), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

14 

 

 

(i)            The term “indemnitee-related entities” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Corporation or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for which the indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Corporation or at the Corporation’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described herein) from whom an indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Corporation may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation.

 

(ii)            The term “jointly indemnifiable claims” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both the indemnitee-related entities and the Corporation pursuant to applicable law, any agreement, certificate of incorporation, by-laws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Corporation or the indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.

 

Section 5.5            Contract Rights. The rights conferred upon indemnitees in this Article V shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article V that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate, or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.

 

Section 5.6            Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

 

15 

 

 

Section 5.7           Employees and Agents. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article V with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

  

Article VI
CORPORATE BOOKS

 

Section 6.1            Corporate Books. The books of the Corporation may be kept inside or outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

Article VII
CHECKS, NOTES, PROXIES, ETC.

 

Section 7.1            Checks, Notes, Proxies, Etc. All checks and drafts on the Corporation’s bank accounts and all bills of exchange and promissory notes, and all acceptances, obligations and other instruments for the payment of money, shall be signed by such officer or officers or agent or agents as shall be authorized from time to time by the Board or such officer or officers who may be properly delegated such authority. Proxies to vote and consents with respect to securities of other corporations or other entities owned by or standing in the name of the Corporation may be executed and delivered from time to time on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or by such officers as the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Board may from time to time determine.

 

Article VIII
SHARES AND OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

 

Section 8.1            Certificated and Uncertificated Shares. The shares of stock of the Corporation may be certificated or uncertificated, subject to the sole discretion of the Board and the requirements of the DGCL.

 

Section 8.2            Signatures. Each certificate representing stock of the Corporation shall be signed by or in the name of the Corporation by any two authorized officers of the Corporation, which authorized officers shall include, without limitation, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, such certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar on the date of issue.

 

Section 8.3            Lost, Destroyed or Wrongfully Taken Certificates.

 

(a)            If an owner of a certificate representing shares stock of the Corporation claims that such certificate has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate representing such shares of stock of the Corporation or such shares of stock of the Corporation in uncertificated form if the owner (i) requests such a new certificate before the Corporation has notice that the certificate representing such shares of stock of the Corporation has been acquired by a protected purchaser, (ii) if requested by the Corporation, delivers to the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, wrongful taking or destruction of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares of stock of the Corporation, and (iii) satisfies other reasonable requirements imposed by the Corporation.

 

16 

 

 

(b)            If a certificate representing shares of stock of the Corporation has been lost, apparently destroyed or wrongfully taken, and the owner fails to notify the Corporation of that fact within a reasonable time after the owner has notice of such loss, apparent destruction or wrongful taking and the Corporation registers a transfer of such shares of stock of the Corporation before receiving any such notification, the owner shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be precluded from asserting against the Corporation any claim for registering such transfer or a claim to a new certificate representing such shares of stock of the Corporation or such shares of stock of Corporation in uncertificated form.

 

Section 8.4            Transfer of Stock.

 

(a)            Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made only upon the books administered by or on behalf of the Corporation and only (i) upon proper transfer instructions, including by electronic transmission, pursuant to the direction of the registered holder thereof, such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing, or from an individual presenting proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer such shares of stock of the Corporation or (ii) in the case of stock of the Corporation represented by certificate(s), upon delivery of a properly endorsed certificate(s) for a like number of shares of stock of the Corporation or accompanied by a duly executed stock transfer power.

 

(b)            The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

Section 8.5            Registered Stockholders. Before due presentment for registration of transfer of a certificate representing shares of stock of the Corporation or of an instruction requesting registration of transfer of uncertificated shares of stock of the Corporation, the Corporation may treat the registered owner as the person exclusively entitled to inspect for any proper purpose the stock ledger and the other books and records of the Corporation, vote such shares of stock of the Corporation, receive dividends or notifications with respect to such shares of stock of the Corporation and otherwise exercise all the rights and powers of the owner of such shares of stock of the Corporation, except that a person who is the beneficial owner of such shares of stock of the Corporation (if held in a voting trust or by a nominee on behalf of such person) may also so inspect the books and records of the Corporation upon providing documentary evidence of beneficial ownership of such shares of stock of the Corporation and satisfying such other conditions as are provided under applicable law.

 

Section 8.6            Regulations. The Board shall have power and authority to make such additional rules and regulations, subject to any applicable law and the Investor Rights Agreement, as the Board may deem necessary and appropriate with respect to the issue, transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation or certificates representing shares of the stock of the Corporation. The Board may appoint one or more transfer agents or registrars and may require for the validity thereof that certificates representing shares of stock of the Corporation bear the signature of any transfer agent or registrar so appointed.

 

17 

 

 

Article IX
FISCAL YEAR

 

Section 9.1            Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to change, by the Board. Unless otherwise fixed by the Board, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year.

 

Article X
CORPORATE SEAL

 

Section 10.1          Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.

 

Article XI
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 11.1          Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given by law or under any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, notice of any meeting need not be given to any person who shall attend such meeting (except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened), or who shall waive notice thereof, before or after such meeting, in writing (including by electronic transmission).

 

Section 11.2          Means of Giving Notice. Except as otherwise set forth in any applicable law or any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, notice of any meeting shall be given by the following means:

 

(a)            Notice to Directors. Whenever under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws notice is required to be given to any director, such notice shall be given either (i) in writing and sent by mail, or by a nationally recognized delivery service, (ii) by means of facsimile telecommunication or other form of electronic transmission, or (iii) by oral notice given personally or by telephone. A notice to a director will be deemed given (A) if given by hand delivery, orally, or by telephone, when actually received by the director, (B) if sent through the United States mail, when deposited in the United States mail, with postage and fees thereon prepaid, addressed to the director at the director’s address appearing on the records of the Corporation, (C) if sent for next day delivery by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, when deposited with such service, with fees thereon prepaid, addressed to the director at the director’s address appearing on the records of the Corporation, (D) if sent by facsimile telecommunication, when sent to the facsimile transmission number for such director appearing on the records of the Corporation, (E) if sent by electronic mail, when sent to the electronic mail address for such director appearing on the records of the Corporation, or (F) if sent by any other form of electronic transmission, when sent to the address, location or number (as applicable) for such director appearing on the records of the Corporation.

 

(b)            Electronic Transmission. For purposes of these By-Laws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

18 

 

 

(c)            Notice to Stockholders Sharing Same Address. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively by the Corporation to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. A stockholder may revoke such stockholder’s consent by delivering written notice of such revocation to the Corporation. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Corporation within sixty (60) days of having been given written notice by the Corporation of its intention to send such a single written notice shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

 

(d)            Exceptions to Notice Requirements.

 

(i)            Whenever notice is required to be given under the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting that shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

 

(ii)            Whenever notice is required to be given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws to any stockholder to whom (A) notice of two (2) consecutive annual meetings of stockholders and all notices of stockholder meetings or of the taking of action by written consent of stockholders without a meeting to such stockholder during the period between such two (2)  consecutive annual meetings, or (B) all, and at least two (2) payments (if sent by first-class mail) of dividends or interest on securities during a twelve (12)-month period, have been mailed addressed to such stockholder at such stockholder’s address as shown on the records of the Corporation and have been returned undeliverable, the giving of such notice to such stockholder shall not be required. Any action or meeting that shall be taken or held without notice to such stockholder shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. If any such stockholder shall deliver to the Corporation a written notice setting forth such stockholder’s then current address, the requirement that notice be given to such stockholder shall be reinstated. In the event that the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the certificate need not state that notice was not given to persons to whom notice was not required to be given pursuant to Section 230(b) of the DGCL. The exception in Section 11.2(d)(ii)(A) to the requirement that notice be given shall not be applicable to any notice returned as undeliverable if the notice was given by electronic transmission.

 

Section 11.3          Headings. Section headings in these By-Laws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

 

Section 11.4          Conflicts. In the event that any provision of these By-Laws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the provision of these By-laws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

 

19 

 

  

Article XII
AMENDMENTS

 

Section 12.1           Amendments. Subject to the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement, these By-Laws may be made, amended, altered, changed, added to or repealed as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

20 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

Execution Version 

 

 

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

QualTek Services Inc.,

 

QualTek Holdco, LLC,

 

BCP QualTek, LLC,

 

as TRA HOLDER REPRESENTATIVE,

 

the several TRA HOLDERS (as defined herein)

 

and

 

OTHER TRA HOLDERS
FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

 

Dated as of February 14, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
Article I. DEFINITIONS 2
Section 1.1    Definitions 2
Section 1.2    Rules of Construction 10
Article II. DETERMINATION OF REALIZED TAX BENEFIT 11
Section 2.1    Basis Adjustments; LLC 754 Election 11
Section 2.2    Basis Schedules 11
Section 2.3    Tax Benefit Schedules 11
Section 2.4    Procedures; Amendments 12
Article III. TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS 14
Section 3.1    Timing and Amount of Tax Benefit Payments 14
Section 3.2    No Duplicative Payments 16
Section 3.3    Pro-Ration of Payments as Between the TRA Holders 16
Section 3.4    Optional Estimated Tax Benefit Payment Procedure 17
Section 3.5    Overpayments 17
Article IV. TERMINATION 18
Section 4.1    Early Termination of Agreement; Breach of Agreement 18
Section 4.2    Early Termination Notice 20
Section 4.3   Payment Upon Early Termination 20
Article V. SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS 21
Section 5.1    Subordination 21
Section 5.2    Late Payments by the Corporation 21
Article VI. TAX MATTERS; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION 21
Section 6.1    Participation in the Corporation’s Tax Matters 21
Section 6.2    Consistency 22
Section 6.3    Cooperation 22
Article VII. MISCELLANEOUS 23
Section 7.1    Notices 23
Section 7.2    Counterparts 24
Section 7.3    Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries 24
Section 7.4    Governing Law 24
Section 7.5    Severability 24

 

i

 

 

Section 7.6    Assignments; Amendments; Successors; No Waiver 25
Section 7.7    Titles and Subtitles 26
Section 7.8    Resolution of Disputes 26
Section 7.9    Reconciliation 27
Section 7.10    Withholding 28
Section 7.11    Admission of the Corporation into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets 28
Section 7.12    Change in Law 29
Section 7.13    Interest Rate Limitation 29
Section 7.14    Independent Nature of Rights and Obligations 30
Section 7.15    LLC Agreement 30
Section 7.16    Confidentiality. 30
Section 7.17    TRA Holder Representative 31
Section 7.18   Non-Effect of Other Tax Receivable Agreements 32

 

Exhibits

 

Exhibit A- Form of Joinder Agreement

 

ii

 

 

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

 

This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”), dated as of February 14, 2022, is hereby entered into by and among QualTek Services Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), QualTek HoldCo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “LLC”), the TRA Holder Representative (as defined below), and each of the Purchase TRA Holders, the Exchange TRA Holders and the Blocker TRA Holders (each as defined below) from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “TRA Holders”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the LLC is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

WHEREAS, each of the members of the LLC other than the Corporation (such members who are parties hereto and their respective assignees who become parties hereto by satisfying the Joinder Requirement), directly or indirectly owns limited liability company interests in the LLC (the “Common Units”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Business Combination Agreement dated as of June 16, 2021 (as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Business Combination Agreement”), by and among the LLC, the Corporation, Roth CH III Blocker Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Blocker Merger Sub”), BCP QualTek Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Blocker”), Roth CH III Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Company Merger Sub”), and BCP QualTek, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, solely in its capacity as the Equityholder Representative (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), at the Closing (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), among other things, (a) Blocker Merger Sub merged with and into the Blocker, with the Blocker surviving, and immediately thereafter, the Blocker merged with and into the Corporation, with the Corporation surviving (collectively, the “Reorganization Transactions”), (b) Company Merger Sub merged with and into the LLC, with the LLC surviving, and as a result, the Corporation acquired Common Units and became the Managing Member (as defined in the LLC Agreement) of the LLC and (c) certain members of the LLC (members described in this clause, in each case solely to the extent that such member is a party to this Agreement, the “Purchase TRA Holders”) received cash, Class B Common Stock and new Common Units in exchange for their Common Units ( the foregoing transactions, the “Business Combination”);

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Business Combination, the LLC will revalue its property for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any corresponding U.S. state or local tax purposes) pursuant to Section 1.704-1 of the Treasury Regulations;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to and subject to the terms of the LLC Agreement, from time to time, each holder of Common Units (other than the Corporation) has the right to require the LLC to redeem (a “Redemption”) all or a portion of such holder’s Common Units for Class A Common Stock or, at the Corporation’s election, cash, in either case, to be contributed to the LLC by the Corporation; provided that, at the election of the Corporation in its sole discretion, the Corporation may effect a direct exchange (a “Direct Exchange”) of such Class A Common Stock or cash for such Common Units (holders described in this clause, in each case solely to the extent that such holder is a party to this Agreement, the “Exchange TRA Holders”);

 

1

 

 

WHEREAS, the LLC and any direct or indirect Subsidiary (owned through a chain of entities each of which is treated as a partnership or a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of the LLC that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes (together with the LLC and any direct or indirect Subsidiary (owned through a chain of entities each of which is treated as a partnership or a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) of the LLC that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the “LLC Group”) will, to the extent such direct or indirect Subsidiary is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Code (as defined below) for the Taxable Year (as defined below) in which the Closing and any Exchange (as defined below) occurs, which election should result in an adjustment to the Corporation’s share of the tax basis of the assets owned by the LLC Group as of the Closing Date and the date of any such Exchange; and

 

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to provide for certain payments and make certain arrangements with respect to (a) certain tax benefits derived by the Corporation as a result of the Closing, the Reorganization Transactions and any Exchanges, (b) certain tax attributes of the LLC Group and (c) the receipt of payments under this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties agree as follows:

 

Article I.
DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1            Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article I shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both (a) the singular and plural and (b) the active and passive forms of the terms defined).

 

Advisory Firm” means any accounting firm that is nationally recognized as being an expert in Covered Tax matters and is not an Affiliate of the Corporation, provided that such Advisory Firm that is used by the Corporation shall be selected by the Corporation and be reasonably acceptable to the TRA Holder Representative.

 

Actual Interest Amount” is defined in Section 3.1(b)(vii).

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person.

 

Agreed Rate” means LIBOR plus 200 basis points.

 

Agreement” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Amended Schedule” is defined in Section 2.4(b).

 

2

 

 

Assumed State and Local Tax Rate” means the tax rate equal to the sum of the products of (i) the Corporation’s income tax apportionment factor for each state and local jurisdiction in which the Corporation files income or franchise tax returns for the relevant Taxable Year and (ii) the highest corporate income and franchise tax rate in effect for such Taxable Year for each such state and local jurisdiction in which the Corporation files income tax returns for each relevant Taxable Year.

 

Attributable” is defined in Section 3.1(b)(i).

 

Bankruptcy Code” is defined in Section 4.1(c).

 

Basis Adjustment” means a Purchase Basis Adjustment or an Exchange Basis Adjustment.

 

Basis Schedule” is defined in Section 2.2.

 

Blocker Attributes” means any U.S. federal, state, or local net operating losses, capital losses, disallowed interest expense carryforwards under Section 163(j) of the Code (and any comparable provision of U.S. federal, state, or local tax law), credit carryforwards, and foreign tax credits of the Blocker relating to taxable periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

Blocker” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Blocker Merger Sub” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Blocker TRA Holders” means the equityholders of the Blocker as of immediately prior to the commencement of the Reorganization Transactions.

 

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Business Combination” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Business Combination Agreement” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks are required or authorized to close in the State of New York.

 

Change of Control” shall have the same meaning defined in the LLC Agreement.

 

Class A Common Stock” is defined in the Business Combination Agreement.

 

Class B Common Stock” is defined in the Business Combination Agreement.

 

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Common Basis” means the existing tax basis of the Reference Assets (determined, with respect to each TRA Holder, as of immediately prior to the Closing, such TRA Holder’s Exchange or the Reorganization Transactions, as applicable) that are depreciable or amortizable (including assets that will eventually be subject to depreciation or amortization, once placed in service) for U.S. federal income tax purposes attributable to Common Units acquired by the Corporation at the Closing, in an Exchange or in the Reorganization Transactions. For the avoidance of doubt, Common Basis shall not include any Basis Adjustments.

 

3

 

 

Common Units” is defined in the recitals of this Agreement.

 

Company Merger Sub” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or other agreement.

 

Corporation” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Covered Person” is defined in Section 7.17.

 

Covered Tax Benefit” is defined in Section 3.3(a).

 

Covered Taxes” means any and all U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign taxes, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits and any interest related thereto.

 

Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit” is defined in Section 3.1(b)(iii).

 

Default Rate” means LIBOR plus 400 basis points.

 

Default Rate Interest” is defined in Section 3.1(b)(ix).

 

Determination” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or similar provision of U.S. state tax law, as applicable, or any other event (including the execution of IRS Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for tax.

 

Direct Exchange” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Dispute” is defined in Section 7.8(a).

 

Early Termination Effective Date” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.

 

Early Termination Notice” is defined in Section 4.2.

 

Early Termination Payment” is defined in Section 4.3(b).

 

Early Termination Rate” means the LIBOR plus 200 basis points.

 

Early Termination Reference Date” is defined in Section 4.2.

 

Early Termination Schedule” is defined in Section 4.2.

 

4

 

 

Estimated Tax Benefit Payment” is defined in Section 3.4.

 

Exchange” means any Direct Exchange or Redemption.

 

Exchange Basis Adjustment” means the increase or decrease to the tax basis of, or the Corporation’s share of, the tax basis of the Reference Assets (i) under Section 734(b), 743(b) and 754 of the Code (in situations where, following an Exchange, the LLC remains in existence as an entity for tax purposes) and (ii) under Sections 732 and 1012 of the Code (in situations where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, the LLC becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for tax purposes), in each case, as a result of any Exchange and any payments made under this Agreement with respect thereto. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the amount of any Basis Adjustment resulting from an Exchange of one or more Common Units shall be determined without regard to any Pre-Exchange Transfer of such Common Units and as if any such Pre-Exchange Transfer had not occurred.

 

Exchange Date” means the date of any Exchange.

 

Exchange TRA Holders” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Expert” is defined in Section 7.9.

 

Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website” means the website of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source.

 

Final Payment Date” means any date on which a payment is required to be made pursuant to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Final Payment Date in respect of a Tax Benefit Payment is determined pursuant to Section 3.1(a).

 

Hypothetical Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the hypothetical liability of the Corporation that would arise in respect of Covered Taxes, using the same methods, elections, conventions and similar practices used on the actual relevant Tax Returns of the Corporation but (i) calculating depreciation, amortization, or other similar deductions, or otherwise calculating any items of income, gain, or loss, using the Corporation’s share of the Non-Adjusted Tax Basis as reflected on the applicable Basis Schedule, including amendments thereto for the Taxable Year, (ii) excluding the effect of any and all Blocker Attributes, and (iii) excluding any deduction attributable to Imputed Interest for the Taxable Year; provided, that for purposes determining the Hypothetical Tax Liability, the combined tax rate for U.S. state and local Covered Taxes (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, federal Covered Taxes) shall be the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate. For the avoidance of doubt, (A) the Hypothetical Tax Liability shall be determined without taking into account the carryover or carryback of any tax item attributable to Imputed Interest, Basis Adjustments (or portions thereof), Blocker Attributes, or Common Basis and (B) the calculation of the Hypothetical Tax Liability shall take into account any U.S. federal income tax benefit actually realized by the Corporation with respect to state and local jurisdiction income taxes (with such benefit taking into account the Corporation’s marginal U.S. federal income tax rate for the relevant Taxable Year, the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate, and the deductibility, if any, of state and local jurisdiction income taxes).

 

Imputed Interest” is defined in Section 3.1(b)(vi).

 

5

 

 

 

IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

 

Joinder” means a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance substantially similar to Exhibit A to this Agreement.

 

Joinder Requirement” is defined in Section 7.6(a).

 

LIBOR” means for each month (or portion thereof) during any period, an interest rate per annum equal to the rate per annum reported, on the date two Business Days prior to the first Business Day of such month, as published on the applicable Bloomberg screen page (or other commercially available source providing quotations of LIBOR) for one-month London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits for such month (or portion thereof). If LIBOR ceases to be published in accordance with the definition thereof, the Corporation and the LLC shall work together in good faith to select a replacement rate with similar characteristics that gives due consideration to the prevailing market conventions for determining rates of interest in the United States at such time, and from and after the date LIBOR ceases to be so published any such replacement rate so selected shall be treated as LIBOR for purposes of this Agreement. If there is a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of LIBOR announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide LIBOR, permanently or indefinitely (each, a “LIBOR Transition Event”), the Corporation and the LLC shall work together in good faith to select a replacement rate that gives due consideration to the prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest as a replacement for LIBOR for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time, and any such replacement rate so selected shall be treated as LIBOR for purposes of this Agreement (it being understood and agreed that Term SOFR is an acceptable replacement rate); provided that (i) if the Corporation and the LLC do not agree on a replacement rate within five (5) Business Days of a LIBOR Transition Event, then Term SOFR shall be the replacement rate and (ii) upon the establishment of any such replacement rate, the Corporation and the LLC may amend this Agreement to reflect any technical, administrative or operational changes that such parties decide may be appropriate to reflect the adoption, implementation and/or administration of such replacement rate.

 

LLC” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

LLC Agreement” means that certain Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the LLC, dated as of the date hereof, as such agreement may be further amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

LLC Group” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Maximum Rate” means is defined in Section 7.13.

 

Net Tax Benefit” is defined in Section 3.1(b)(ii).

 

Non-Adjusted Tax Basis” means (i) with respect to any Reference Asset, at any time, the tax basis for purposes of U.S. federal income tax law that such asset would have had at such time if no Basis Adjustments had been made, and (ii) in the case of any Reference Asset that is depreciable or amortizable (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any amortizable Section 197 intangible (as such term is used in the Code)), for purposes of U.S. federal income tax law, treating such Reference Asset as having a Common Basis of zero at all times.

 

6

 

 

Non-Blocker TRA Holders” means the Purchase TRA Holders and the Exchange TRA Holders.

 

Non-TRA Portion” is defined in Section 2.3.

 

Objection Notice” is defined in Section 2.4(a)(i).

 

Parties” means the parties named on the signature pages to this agreement and each additional party that satisfies the Joinder Requirement, in each case, with their respective successors and assigns.

 

Person” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

 

Pre-Exchange Transfer” means any transfer of one or more Common Units (including upon the death of a TRA Holder) (i) that occurs after the Business Combination but prior to an Exchange of such Common Units and (ii) to which Section 743(b) of the Code applies.

 

Purchase Basis Adjustment” means the increase or decrease to the tax basis of, or the Corporation’s share of, the tax basis of the Reference Assets under Section 734(b), 743(b), 754 or 755 of the Code, in each case, as a result of the Closing and any payments made under this Agreement with respect thereto.

 

Purchase TRA Holders” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Realized Tax Benefit” is defined in Section 3.1(b)(iv).

 

Realized Tax Detriment” is defined in Section 3.1(b)(v).

 

Reconciliation Dispute” is defined in Section 7.9.

 

Reconciliation Procedures” is defined in Section 2.4(a).

 

Redemption” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Reference Asset” means any tangible or intangible asset of any member of the LLC Group or any of their respective successors or assigns, whether held directly by the LLC or indirectly by the LLC through any entity in which the LLC now holds or may subsequently hold an ownership interest (but only if such entity is treated as a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes and for purposes of state or local income tax law), at the time of the Closing, an Exchange, the Reorganization Transaction or other applicable transaction. A Reference Asset also includes any asset the tax basis of which is determined, in whole or in part, by reference to the tax basis of an asset that is described in the preceding sentence, including “substituted basis property” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(42) of the Code.

 

Relevant Governmental Body” means the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or any successor thereto.

 

7

 

 

Reorganization Transactions” is defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Rules” is defined in Section 7.8(a).

 

Schedule” means any of the following: (i) a Basis Schedule, (ii) a Tax Benefit Schedule, or (iii) the Early Termination Schedule, and, in each case, any amendments thereto.

 

Senior Obligations” is defined in Section 5.1.

 

SOFR” with respect to any day means the secured overnight financing rate published for such day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, as the administrator of the benchmark, (or a successor administrator) on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website.

 

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person and as of the date of any determination, any other Person as to which such Person, owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls, more than 50% of the voting power or other similar interests, or the sole general partner interest, or managing member or similar interest, of such Person.

 

Subsidiary Stock” means any stock or other equity interest in any Subsidiary of the Corporation that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and applicable state and local tax purposes.

 

Tax Benefit Payment” is defined in Section 3.1(b).

 

Tax Benefit Schedule” is defined in Section 2.3(a).

 

Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement filed or required to be filed with respect to taxes (including any attached schedules), including any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated tax.

 

Taxable Year” means a taxable year of the Corporation as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code or comparable section of U.S. state or local tax law, as applicable (and, therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than twelve (12) months for which a Tax Return is made), ending on or after the Closing Date.

 

Taxing Authority” means any national, federal, state, county, municipal, or local government, or any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body, or any other authority of any kind, exercising regulatory or other authority in relation to tax matters.

 

Term SOFR” means the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body.

 

Termination Objection Notice” is defined in Section 4.2.

 

TRA Holders” is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

8

 

 

TRA Holder Representative” means BCP QualTek, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as of the date hereof, and any successor TRA Holder Representative that may be appointed pursuant to Section 7.17.

 

TRA Portion” means Section 2.3(b).

 

Treasury Regulations” means the final, temporary, and (to the extent they can be relied upon) proposed regulations under the Code, as promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant taxable period.

 

True-Up” is defined in Section 3.4.

 

U.S.” means the United States of America.

 

Valuation Assumptions” means, as of an Early Termination Effective Date, the assumptions that:

 

(1)       in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Effective Date, the Corporation will have taxable income sufficient to fully use the deductions arising from the Basis Adjustments, Common Basis, Blocker Attributes, and the Imputed Interest during such Taxable Year or future Taxable Years (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Basis Adjustments and Imputed Interest that would result from future Tax Benefit Payments that would be paid in accordance with the Valuation Assumptions) in which such deductions would become available, taking into account clause (4) below;

 

(2)       (i) the U.S. federal income tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Effective Date, except to the extent any change to such tax rates for such Taxable Year has already been enacted into law, and (ii) the combined U.S. state and local income tax rates (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, U.S. federal income tax rates) for each such Taxable Year shall be the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate for the Taxable Year that includes the Early Termination Effective Date;

 

(3)       all taxable income of the Corporation will be subject to the maximum applicable tax rates for each Covered Tax throughout the relevant period; provided that, the combined tax rate for U.S. state and local income taxes (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, federal income tax) shall be the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate, and, for the avoidance of doubt, the applicable calculations shall take into account any U.S. federal income tax benefit actually realized by the Corporation with respect to state and local jurisdiction income taxes (with such benefit taking into account the Corporation’s applicable marginal U.S. federal income tax rate, the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate, and the deductibility, if any, of state and local jurisdiction income taxes);

 

(4)       any loss or disallowed interest or other loss carryovers or carryforwards generated by any Basis Adjustments, Common Basis, Blocker Attributes, or Imputed Interest (including any such Basis Adjustments, and Imputed Interest generated as a result of payments under this Agreement) and available as of the Early Termination Effective Date, and any Blocker Attributes that have not been previously utilized in determining a Tax Benefit Payment as of the Early Termination Effective Date, will be used by the Corporation on a pro rata basis over a fifteen-year period beginning on the Early Termination Effective Date, or up through their scheduled expiration under applicable law (if earlier) (provided that, in any year that the Corporation is prevented from fully utilizing net operating losses or other tax attributes attributable to the Blocker pursuant to Section 382, 383, or 384 of the Code, or any successor provision or similar provision under state or local law, the amount utilized for purposes of this provision shall not exceed the amount that would otherwise be utilizable under Section 382, 383, or 384 of the Code, or any successor provision or similar provision under state or local law);

 

9

 

 

(5)       any non-amortizable assets (other than Subsidiary Stock) will be disposed of on the earlier of (i) the fifteenth anniversary of the applicable Basis Adjustment (or, if such Basis Adjustment occurred more than fifteen years before the Early Termination Effective Date, the Early Termination Effective Date) and (ii) the fifteenth anniversary of the Early Termination Effective Date;

 

(6)       any Subsidiary Stock will be deemed never to be disposed of except if Subsidiary Stock is directly disposed of in the Change of Control;

 

(7)       if, on the Early Termination Effective Date, any TRA Holder has Common Units that have not been Exchanged, then such Common Units shall be deemed to be Exchanged for the fair market value that would be received by such TRA Holder if such Common Units had been Exchanged on the Early Termination Effective Date, and such TRA Holder shall be deemed to receive the amount of cash such TRA Holder would have been entitled to pursuant to Section 4.3(a) had such Common Units actually been Exchanged on the Early Termination Effective Date; and

 

(8)       any payment obligations pursuant to this Agreement will be satisfied on the date that any Tax Return to which such payment obligation relates is required to be filed under applicable law as of the Early Termination Effective Date excluding any extensions.

 

Section 1.2            Rules of Construction. Unless otherwise specified herein:

 

(a)               The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

 

(b)               For purposes of interpretation of this Agreement:

 

(i)                 The words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

 

(ii)              References in this Agreement to a Schedule, Article, Section, clause or sub-clause refer to the appropriate Schedule to, or Article, Section, clause or subclause in, this Agreement.

 

(iii)            References in this Agreement to dollars or “$” refer to the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

(iv)             The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.

 

(v)               The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

 

(vi)             The term “or” shall not be exclusive and shall instead mean “and/or.”

 

(c)               In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including.”

 

(d)               Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to organization documents (including the LLC Agreement), agreements (including this Agreement) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are permitted hereby; and (b) references to any law (including the Code and the Treasury Regulations) shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such law.

 

10

 

 

Article II.
DETERMINATION OF REALIZED TAX BENEFIT

 

Section 2.1            Basis Adjustments; LLC 754 Election; Revaluation.

 

(a)               Basis Adjustments. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Parties acknowledge and agree to treat (i) each Direct Exchange as giving rise to Basis Adjustments and (ii) each Redemption using cash or Class A Common Stock contributed to the LLC by the Corporation as a direct purchase of Common Units by the Corporation from the applicable Exchange TRA Holder pursuant to Section 707(a)(2)(B) of the Code as giving rise to Basis Adjustments.

 

(b)               Section 754 Election. The Corporation shall ensure that, on and after the date hereof and continuing throughout the term of this Agreement, the LLC and each other member of the LLC Group that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Code (and under any similar provisions of applicable U.S. state or local law).

 

(c)               Revaluation. Pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 1.704-1 of the Treasury Regulations, for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any corresponding U.S. state or local tax purposes), the LLC shall revalue its property to fair market value as of the time of the Business Combination.

 

Section 2.2            Basis Schedules. Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the filing of the U.S. federal income Tax Return of the Corporation for each relevant Taxable Year, the Corporation shall deliver to the TRA Holder Representative a schedule developed in consultation with the Advisory Firm (the “Basis Schedule”) that shows, in reasonable detail as necessary in order to understand the calculations performed under this Agreement: (a) the Purchase Basis Adjustments with respect to the Reference Assets as a result of the Closing, (b) the Exchange Basis Adjustments with respect to the Reference Assets as a result of the relevant Exchanges effected in such Taxable Year, (c) the period (or periods) over which each Basis Adjustment is amortizable or depreciable, (d) the Non-Adjusted Tax Basis with respect to the Reference Assets described in clause (a) as of the Closing and in clause (b) as of each relevant Exchange, (e) the Common Basis Attributable to the relevant TRA Holder that remains (if any) and may give rise to payments pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (f) the period (or periods) over which the Common Basis is amortizable or depreciable, and (g) the Blocker Attributes that remain (if any) and may give rise to payments pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and any current or anticipated applicable limitations on the use of the Blocker Attributes for tax purposes (including under Section 382 of the Code). The Basis Schedule will become final and binding on the Parties pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 2.4(a) and may be amended by the Parties pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 2.4(b).

 

Section 2.3            Tax Benefit Schedules.

 

(a)               Tax Benefit Schedule. Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the filing of the U.S. federal income Tax Return of the Corporation for any Taxable Year in which there is a Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment, the Corporation shall provide to the TRA Holder Representative a schedule developed in consultation with the Advisory Firm showing, in reasonable detail, the calculation of the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year (a “Tax Benefit Schedule”). Each Tax Benefit Schedule will become final and binding on the Parties pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 2.4(a), and may be amended by the Parties pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 2.4(b).

 

11

 

 

(b)               Applicable Principles. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year is intended to measure the decrease or increase in the actual liability of the Corporation for Covered Taxes for such Taxable Year attributable to the Basis Adjustments, Common Basis, Blocker Attributes, and Imputed Interest, as determined using a “with and without” methodology described in Section 2.4(a). Carryovers, carryforwards, or carrybacks, of any tax item attributable to any Basis Adjustment, Common Basis, Blocker Attributes, or Imputed Interest or any other tax item in respect thereof shall be considered to be subject to the rules of the Code and the Treasury Regulations or the appropriate provisions of U.S. state or local tax law, as applicable, governing the use, limitation, and expiration of carryovers, carryforwards, carrybacks, or other tax items of the relevant type. If a carryover or carryback of any tax item includes a portion that is attributable to any Basis Adjustments, Common Basis, Blocker Attributes, or Imputed Interest (a “TRA Portion”) and another portion that is not (a “Non-TRA Portion”), such portions shall be considered to be used in accordance with the “with and without” methodology so that: (i) the amount of any Non-TRA Portion is deemed utilized first, followed by the amount of any TRA Portion (calculated by taking into account the provisions of Section 3.3(a) to the extent applicable); and (ii) in the case of a carryback of a Non-TRA Portion, such carryback shall not affect the original “with and without” calculation made in the prior Taxable Year. The Parties agree to treat all Tax Benefit Payments (other than Imputed Interest) to the extent permitted by applicable law (A) as subsequent upward purchase price adjustments that give rise to further Basis Adjustments in respect of the Closing or an applicable Exchange and (B) as having the effect of creating additional Basis Adjustments arising in the Taxable Year in which the applicable Tax Benefit Payment is made and, as a result of such treatment, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any additional Basis Adjustments arising from such a Tax Benefit Payment shall be treated as giving rise to a Basis Adjustment in the Taxable Year in which the Tax Benefit Payment is made on an iterative basis continuing until any incremental Basis Adjustment is immaterial as reasonably determined by the TRA Holder Representative and the Corporation in good faith and in consultation with the Advisory Firm.

 

Section 2.4            Procedures; Amendments.

 

(a)               Procedures. Each time the Corporation delivers an applicable Schedule to the TRA Holder Representative under this Agreement, including any Amended Schedule delivered pursuant to Section 2.4(b), but excluding any Early Termination Schedule or amended Early Termination Schedule delivered pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 4.2, the Corporation shall also: (i) deliver supporting schedules and work papers from an Advisory Firm and any additional materials as reasonably requested by the TRA Holder Representative that are reasonably necessary in order to understand the calculations that were relevant for purposes of preparing such Schedule or Amended Schedule; and (ii) allow the TRA Holder Representative and its advisors to have reasonable access to the appropriate representatives (including employees of the Corporation or its Subsidiaries), as reasonably requested by the TRA Holder Representative, at the Corporation and the applicable Advisory Firm in connection with a review of such Schedule or Amended Schedule. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the Corporation shall ensure that any Tax Benefit Schedule that is delivered to the TRA Holder Representative, along with any supporting schedules and work papers, provides a reasonably detailed presentation of the calculation of the actual liability of the Corporation for Covered Taxes (the “with” calculation) and the Hypothetical Tax Liability of the Corporation (the “without” calculation), and identifies any material assumptions or operating procedures or principles that were used for purposes of such calculations. An applicable Schedule or Amended Schedule shall become final and binding on the Parties forty-five (45) days from the date on which the TRA Holder Representative first receives the applicable Schedule or Amended Schedule unless:

 

(i)                 the TRA Holder Representative or any TRA Holder impacted by the applicable Schedule or amendment thereto, in each case within forty-five (45) days after receiving the applicable Schedule or Amended Schedule, provides the Corporation with written notice of an objection to such Schedule or Amended Schedule that is made in good faith and that sets forth in reasonable detail the TRA Holder Representative or such TRA Holder’s objection (an “Objection Notice”); or

 

12

 

 

(ii)              the TRA Holder Representative provides a written waiver of its right to deliver an Objection Notice within the time period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule or Amended Schedule becomes binding on the date such waiver from the TRA Representative is received by the Corporation.

 

In the event that the TRA Holder Representative or any TRA Holder timely delivers an Objection Notice pursuant to clause (i) immediately above and the Corporation and the TRA Holder Representative or applicable TRA Holder(s) are for any reason unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in the Objection Notice through good faith discussions within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Corporation of the Objection Notice, the Corporation and the TRA Holder Representative or applicable TRA Holder(s) shall employ the reconciliation procedures set forth in Section 7.9 (the “Reconciliation Procedures”).

 

(b)               Amended Schedule. The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by the Corporation: (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule; (ii) to correct inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to the TRA Holder Representative; (iii) to comply with an Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures applicable to this Agreement; (iv) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other tax item to such Taxable Year; (v) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Tax Return filed for such Taxable Year; or (vi) to adjust a Basis Schedule to take into account any Tax Benefit Payments made pursuant to this Agreement (any such Schedule, as so amended, an “Amended Schedule”). The Corporation will promptly deliver any Amended Schedule to TRA Holder Representative and the provisions set forth in Section 2.4(a) will apply with respect thereto.

 

13

 

 

Article III.
TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

 

Section 3.1            Timing and Amount of Tax Benefit Payments.

 

(a)               Timing of Payments. Except as provided in Section 3.4, and subject to Sections 3.2 and 3.3, within five (5) Business Days following the date on which each Tax Benefit Schedule that is required to be delivered by the Corporation to the TRA Holder Representative pursuant to Section 2.3(a) becomes final in accordance with Section 2.4(a), the Corporation shall pay to each relevant TRA Holder the Tax Benefit Payment as determined pursuant to Section 3.1(b) that is Attributable to the relevant TRA Holder. Each such Tax Benefit Payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account previously designated by such TRA Holder or as otherwise agreed by the Corporation and such TRA Holder. For the avoidance of doubt, without limiting the Corporation’s ability to make offsets against Tax Benefit Payments with respect to a particular TRA Holder to the extent permitted by Section 3.5, the TRA Holders shall not be required under any circumstances to return any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment previously paid by the Corporation to the TRA Holders (including any portion of any Estimated Tax Benefit Payment or any Early Termination Payment).

 

(b)               Amount of Payments. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Tax Benefit Payment” with respect to any TRA Holder means an amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of: (i) the portion of the Net Tax Benefit that is Attributable to such TRA Holder (including Imputed Interest, if any, calculated in respect of such amount) plus (ii) the Actual Interest Amount and any Default Rate Interest with respect to the Net Tax Benefit described in the foregoing clause (i).

 

(i)                 Attributable. A Net Tax Benefit is “Attributable” to (A) a Purchase TRA Holder to the extent that it is derived from any Common Basis, Basis Adjustment, or Imputed Interest, that is attributable to such Purchase TRA Holder (whether through the Closing or otherwise, which in the case of Common Basis shall be based on the Common Basis attributable to such Purchase TRA Holder’s Common Units exchanged at the Closing for U.S. federal income tax purposes as of immediately prior to the Closing), (B) an Exchange TRA Holder to the extent that it is derived from any Common Basis, Basis Adjustment, or Imputed Interest, that is attributable to such Exchange TRA Holder (whether through an Exchange or otherwise, which in the case of Common Basis shall be based on the Common Basis attributable to such Exchange TRA Holder’s Common Units subject to a given Exchange for U.S. federal income tax purposes as of immediately prior to the applicable Exchange(s)), and (C) any Blocker TRA Holder to the extent that it is derived from any Common Basis, Blocker Attributes, or Imputed Interest (whether attributable to the Reorganization Transactions or otherwise, which in the case of Common Basis shall be based on the Common Basis attributable to such Blocker TRA Holder’s (direct or indirect (through the Blocker)) Common Units included in the Reorganization Transactions for U.S. federal income tax purposes as of immediately prior to the Reorganization Transactions), in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), determined without regard to any dilutive or antidilutive effect of any contribution to or distribution from the LLC after the Closing, an applicable Exchange or the Reorganization Transactions.

 

(ii)              Net Tax Benefit. The “Net Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year equals the amount of the excess, if any, of (A) 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year over (B) the aggregate amount of all Tax Benefit Payments previously made under this Section 3.1. For the avoidance of doubt, without limiting the Corporation’s ability to make offsets against Tax Benefit Payments with respect to a particular TRA Holder to the extent permitted by Section 3.5, if the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of any Taxable Year is less than the aggregate amount of all Tax Benefit Payments previously made, no TRA Holder shall be required to return any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment previously made by the Corporation to such TRA Holder.

 

(iii)            Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit. The “Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year equals the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporation, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriments for the same periods. The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedule or Amended Schedule, if any, in existence at the time of such determination. The computation of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit shall be adjusted to reflect any applicable Determination with respect to any Realized Tax Benefits or Realized Tax Detriments.

 

14

 

 

(iv)             Realized Tax Benefit. The “Realized Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year equals the excess, if any, of (A) the Hypothetical Tax Liability over (B) the actual liability of the Corporation for Covered Taxes (and the Corporation shall also use the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate for purposes of determining the actual liability of the Corporation for all state and local Covered Taxes). For the avoidance of doubt, the calculation of the Hypothetical Tax Liability and the actual liability of the Corporation for Covered Taxes shall take into account any U.S. federal income tax benefit, if any, received by the Corporation with respect to state and local jurisdiction income taxes (with such benefit taking into account the Corporation’s marginal U.S. federal income tax rate for the relevant Taxable Year, the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate, and the deductibility, if any, of state and local jurisdiction income taxes). If all or a portion of the actual liability for such Covered Taxes for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination.

 

(v)               Realized Tax Detriment. The “Realized Tax Detriment” for a Taxable Year equals the excess, if any, of (A) the actual liability of the Corporation for Covered Taxes over (B) the Hypothetical Tax Liability for such Taxable Year (and the Corporation shall also use the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate for purposes of determining the actual liability of the Corporation for all state and local Covered Taxes). For the avoidance of doubt, the calculation of the Hypothetical Tax Liability and the actual liability of the Corporation for Covered Taxes shall take into account any U.S. federal income tax benefit received by the Corporation with respect to state and local jurisdiction income taxes (with such benefit taking into account the Corporation’s marginal U.S. federal income tax rate for the relevant Taxable Year, the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate, and the deductibility, if any, of state and local jurisdiction income taxes). If all or a portion of the actual liability for such Covered Taxes for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there has been a Determination.

 

(vi)             Imputed Interest. The Parties acknowledge that the principles of Sections 1272, 1274, or 483 of the Code, as applicable, and the principles of any similar provision of U.S. state and local tax law, may, as applicable, apply to cause a portion of any payments by the Corporation to a TRA Holder under this Agreement to be treated as imputed interest (“Imputed Interest”). For the avoidance of doubt, the deduction for the amount of Imputed Interest, if any, as determined with respect to any payments made by the Corporation to a TRA Holder shall be excluded in determining the Hypothetical Tax Liability of the Corporation for purposes of calculating Realized Tax Benefits and Realized Tax Detriments pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(vii)          Actual Interest Amount. Subject to Section 3.4, the “Actual Interest Amount” calculated in respect of the Net Tax Benefit for a Taxable Year, will equal an amount equal to interest calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing the U.S. federal income Tax Return of the Corporation for such Taxable Year until the date on which the Corporation makes a timely Tax Benefit Payment to the TRA Holder on or before the Final Payment Date as determined pursuant to Section 3.1(a).

 

(viii)        Default Rate Interest. In accordance with Section 5.2, in the event that the Corporation does not make timely payment of all or any portion of a Tax Benefit Payment to a TRA Holder on or before the Final Payment Date as determined pursuant to Section 3.1(a), the amount of any “Default Rate Interest” calculated and payable in accordance with Section 5.2 (if any) in respect of the Tax Benefit Payment (including previously accrued Imputed Interest and Actual Interest Amounts) for a Taxable Year will equal interest calculated at the Default Rate from the Final Payment Date for such Tax Benefit Payment as determined pursuant to Section 3.1(a) until the date on which the Corporation makes such Tax Benefit Payment to such TRA Holder.

 

15

 

 

(ix)             The Corporation and the TRA Holders hereby acknowledge and agree that, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the date of any future Exchange that may be subject to this Agreement, the aggregate value of the Tax Benefit Payments cannot be reasonably ascertained for U.S. federal income or other applicable tax purposes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, with respect to each Exchange by any TRA Holder, if such TRA Holder notifies the Corporation in writing of a stated maximum selling price (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation 15A.453-1(c)(2)) to be applied with respect to such Exchange, the amount of the initial consideration received in connection with such Exchange and the aggregate Tax Benefit Payments to such TRA Holder in respect of such Exchange (other than amounts accounted for as interest under the Code) shall not exceed such stated maximum selling price.

 

(c)               Interest. The provisions of Section 3.1(b) and Section 5.2 in respect of Default Rate Interest are intended to operate so that interest will effectively accrue (or in the case of Imputed Interest be treated as accruing solely for U.S. federal income or applicable state or local income tax purposes) in respect of the Net Tax Benefit (or Tax Benefit Payment in respect of any Actual Interest Amount or Default Rate Interest) for any Taxable Year as follows:

 

(i)                 first, solely for U.S. federal income or applicable state or local income tax purposes, at the applicable rate used to determine the amount of Imputed Interest under the Code (from the Closing Date or the relevant Exchange Date until the due date (without extensions) for filing the U.S. federal income Tax Return of the Corporation for such Taxable Year and, if required under applicable law, through the Final Payment Date for a Tax Benefit Payment as determined pursuant to Section 3.1(a));

 

(ii)              second, at the Agreed Rate (from the due date (without extensions) for filing the U.S. federal income Tax Return of the Corporation for such Taxable Year until the Final Payment Date for a Tax Benefit Payment as determined pursuant to Section 3.1(a)); and

 

(iii)            third, in accordance with Section 5.2, at the Default Rate (from the Final Payment Date for a Tax Benefit Payment as determined pursuant to Section 3.1(a) until the date on which the Corporation makes the relevant Tax Benefit Payment to the applicable TRA Holder).

 

Section 3.2            No Duplicative Payments. It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in the duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) that may be required under this Agreement and the provisions of this Agreement shall be consistently interpreted and applied in accordance with such intent.

 

Section 3.3            Pro-Ration of Payments as Between the TRA Holders.

 

(a)               Insufficient Taxable Income. Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.1(b) to the contrary, if the aggregate potential depreciation, amortization or other tax benefit in respect of the Common Basis, Basis Adjustments, Blocker Attributes, Imputed Interest, Actual Interest Amounts, and Default Rate Interest for purposes of determining the Corporation’s liability for Covered Taxes (the “Covered Tax Benefit”) is limited in a particular Taxable Year because the Corporation does not have sufficient taxable income, then the available Covered Tax Benefit for the Corporation shall be allocated among the TRA Holders in the same proportion to the respective Tax Benefit Payments that would have been payable if the Corporation had in fact had sufficient taxable income and there had been no such limitation. As an illustration of the intended operation of this Section 3.3(a), if the Corporation had $200 of aggregate potential Covered Tax Benefits in a particular Taxable Year (with $50 of such Covered Tax Benefits being attributable to TRA Holder 1 and $150 of such Covered Tax Benefits being attributable to TRA Holder 2), such that TRA Holder 1 would have potentially been entitled to a Tax Benefit Payment of $10.62 and TRA Holder 2 would have been entitled to a Tax Benefit Payment of $31.87 if the Corporation had $200 of actual taxable income (assuming for purposes of this illustration a 25% tax rate), and if the Corporation in fact (for purposes of this illustration) only had $100 of actual taxable income in such Taxable Year, then $25 of the aggregate $100 actual Covered Tax Benefit for the Corporation for such Taxable Year would be allocated to TRA Holder 1 and $75 of the aggregate $100 actual Covered Tax benefit for the Corporation would be allocated to TRA Holder 2, such that TRA Holder 1 would receive a Tax Benefit Payment of $5.31 and TRA Holder 2 would receive a Tax Benefit Payment of $15.94. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3.1(b), in no event will the aggregate of the portions of the Net Tax Benefit that are “Attributable” to the TRA Holders exceed 100% of the Net Tax Benefit.

 

16

 

 

(b)               Late Payments. If for any reason the Corporation is not able to timely and fully satisfy its payment obligations under this Agreement in respect of a particular Taxable Year, then Default Rate Interest will begin to accrue pursuant to Section 5.2 and the Corporation and other Parties agree that (i) the Corporation shall pay the Tax Benefit Payments due in respect of such Taxable Year to each TRA Holder pro rata in proportion to the amount of such Tax Benefit Payments, without favoring one obligation over the other, and (ii) no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of any Taxable Year until all Tax Benefit Payments to all TRA Holders in respect of all prior Taxable Years have been made in full.

 

Section 3.4            Optional Estimated Tax Benefit Payment Procedure. As long as the Corporation is current in respect of its payment obligations owed to each TRA Holder pursuant to this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, there being no delinquent Tax Benefit Payments (including interest thereon) outstanding in respect of prior Taxable Years for any TRA Holder), the Corporation may, at any time on or after the due date (without extensions) for filing the U.S. federal income Tax Return of the Corporation for a Taxable Year and at the Corporation’s option, in its sole discretion, make one or more estimated payments to the TRA Holders in respect of any anticipated amounts to be owed with respect to a Taxable Year to the TRA Holders pursuant to Section 3.1 (any such estimated payment referred to as an “Estimated Tax Benefit Payment”); provided that any Estimated Tax Benefit Payment made to a TRA Holder pursuant to this Section 3.4 is matched by a proportionately equal Estimated Tax Benefit Payment to all other TRA Holders then entitled to a Tax Benefit Payment. Any Estimated Tax Benefit Payment made under this Section 3.4 shall be paid by the Corporation to the TRA Holders and applied against the final amount of any Tax Benefit Payment to be made pursuant to Section 3.1. The payment of an Estimated Tax Benefit Payment by the Corporation to the TRA Holders pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall also terminate the obligation of the Corporation to make payment of any Actual Interest Amount that might have otherwise accrued with respect to the portion of the Tax Benefit Payment that is being paid in advance of the applicable Tax Benefit Schedule being finalized pursuant to Section 2.4. Upon the making of any Estimated Tax Benefit Payment pursuant to this Section 3.4, the amount of such Estimated Tax Benefit Payment shall first be applied to any estimated Actual Interest Amount, and then applied to the residual amount of the Tax Benefit Payment to be made pursuant to Section 3.1. In determining the final amount of any Tax Benefit Payment to be made pursuant to Section 3.1, and for purposes of finalizing the Tax Benefit Schedule pursuant to Section 2.4, the amount of any Estimated Tax Benefit Payments that may have been made with respect to the Taxable Year shall be increased if the finally determined Tax Benefit Payment for a Taxable Year exceeds the Estimated Tax Benefit Payments made for such Taxable Year, with such increase being paid by the Corporation to the TRA Holders along with an appropriate Actual Interest Amount (and any Default Rate Interest) in respect of the amount of such increase (a “True-Up”). If the Estimated Tax Benefit Payment to a TRA Holder for a Taxable Year exceeds the finally determined Tax Benefit Payment to the TRA Holder for such Taxable Year, such excess shall be applied to reduce the amount of any subsequent future Tax Benefit Payments (including Estimated Tax Benefit Payments, if any) to be paid by the Corporation to such TRA Holder. As of the date on which any Estimated Tax Benefit Payments are paid, and as of the date on which any True-Up is paid, all such payments shall be paid in the same manner and subject to the same terms and conditions as otherwise contemplated by Section 3.1 and all other applicable terms of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, as is the case with Tax Benefit Payments made by the Corporation to the TRA Holders pursuant to Section 3.1, the Parties intend to treat the amount of any Estimated Tax Benefit Payments made pursuant to this Section 3.4 in part as subsequent upward purchase price adjustments that give rise to Basis Adjustments in respect of the Closing or an applicable Exchange in the Taxable Year of payment to the extent permitted by applicable law and as of the date on which such payments are made (exclusive of any amounts treated as Imputed Interest); provided that any additional Basis Adjustments arising from an Estimated Tax Benefit Payment will be determined on an iterative basis continuing until any incremental Basis Adjustment is immaterial as determined by the TRA Holder Representative and the Corporation in good faith and in consultation with the Advisory Firm.

 

Section 3.5            Overpayments. To the extent the Corporation makes any Tax Benefit Payment to a TRA Holder in respect of a particular Taxable Year in an amount in excess of the amount of such payment that should have been made to such TRA Holder in respect of such Taxable Year (taking into account this Article III) under the terms of this Agreement, then such excess shall be applied to reduce the amount of any subsequent future Tax Benefit Payments (including Estimated Tax Benefit Payments, if any) to be paid by the Corporation to such TRA Holder and such TRA Holder shall not receive any further Tax Benefit Payments (including Estimated Tax Benefit Payments, if any) until such TRA Holder has foregone an amount of Tax Benefit Payments equal to such excess. The amount of any excess Tax Benefit Payment shall be deemed to have been paid by the Corporation to the relevant TRA Holders on the original due date for the filing of the subsequent Tax Return to which the excess Tax Benefit Payment relates for purposes of determining the Actual Interest Amount to which such relevant TRA Holders shall be entitled. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the TRA Holders shall not be required, under any circumstances, to return any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment previously paid by the Corporation to the TRA Holders (including any portion of any Estimated Tax Benefit Payment or any Early Termination Payment).

 

17

 

 

Article IV.

TERMINATION

 

Section 4.1            Early Termination of Agreement; Breach of Agreement.

 

(a)               Corporation’s Early Termination Right. The Corporation may completely terminate this Agreement, as and to the extent provided herein, with respect to all amounts payable to the TRA Holders pursuant to this Agreement by paying to the TRA Holders the Early Termination Payments; provided that Early Termination Payments may be made pursuant to this Section 4.1(a) only if made to all TRA Holders that are entitled to such a payment, and provided further, that the Corporation may withdraw any notice to execute its termination rights under this Section 4.1(a) prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid. Upon the Corporation’s payment of the Early Termination Payments, the Corporation shall not have any further payment obligations under this Agreement other than for: (i) prior Tax Benefit Payments (including True-Ups) that are due and payable under this Agreement but that still remain unpaid as of the date of the Early Termination Notice and that remain unpaid as of the payment of the Early Termination Payments (which Tax Benefit Payments shall not be included in the Early Termination Payments) and (ii) current Tax Benefit Payments due for the Taxable Year ending on or including the date of the Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that the amount described in clause (ii) is included in the calculation of the Early Termination Payments or is included in clause (i)) that remain unpaid as of the payment of the Early Termination Payments. If an Exchange subsequently occurs with respect to Common Units for which the Corporation has exercised its termination rights under this Section 4.1(a) and paid all amounts owed in connection with the exercise of such rights, the Corporation shall have no obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Exchange.

 

(b)               Acceleration Upon Change of Control. In the event of a Change of Control, the TRA Holder Representative shall have the option, in its sole discretion, by written notice to the Corporation, to cause the acceleration of all unpaid payment obligations of the Corporation hereunder as calculated pursuant to this Article IV as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the closing date of the Change of Control and utilizing the Valuation Assumptions by substituting the phrase “the closing date of a Change of Control” in each place where the phrase “Early Termination Effective Date” appears. Such obligations shall include, without duplication, but not be limited to, (i) the Early Termination Payments calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the closing date of the Change of Control, (ii) any Tax Benefit Payments agreed to by the Corporation and the TRA Holders as due and payable but unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice (which Tax Benefit Payments shall not be included in the Early Termination Payments) and that remain unpaid as of the payment of the Early Termination Payments, and (iii) any Tax Benefit Payments due for any Taxable Year ending prior to, with or including the closing date of a Change of Control unpaid as of the Early Termination Notice (except to the extent that any amounts described in clause (iii) are included in the Early Termination Payments or are included in clause (ii)) and that remain unpaid as of the payment of the Early Termination Payments. For the avoidance of doubt, Sections 4.2 and 4.3 shall apply to a Change of Control, mutadis mutandis.

 

18

 

 

 

(c)               Acceleration Upon Breach of Agreement. In the event that the Corporation materially breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, whether as a result of failure to make any payment when due, failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder, or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U.S.C. § 101 et seq.) (the “Bankruptcy Code”) or otherwise, then, at the option, in its sole discretion, of the TRA Holder Representative, all obligations of the Corporation hereunder shall be accelerated and become immediately due and payable upon notice of acceleration from the TRA Holder Representative (provided that in the case of any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or other insolvency statute, such acceleration shall be automatic without any such notice), and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such notice of acceleration (or, in the case of any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or other insolvency statute, on the date of such breach) and shall include, but not be limited to: (i) the Early Termination Payments calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such acceleration; (ii) any prior Tax Benefit Payments that are due and payable under this Agreement but that still remain unpaid as of the date of such acceleration (which Tax Benefit Payments shall not be included in the Early Termination Payments) and that remain unpaid as of the payment of the Early Termination Payments; and (iii) any current Tax Benefit Payments due for the Taxable Year ending on or including the date of such acceleration (except to the extent included in the Early Termination Payments or in clause (ii)) and that remain unpaid as of the payment of the Early Termination Payments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporation breaches this Agreement and such breach is not a material breach of a material obligation, the TRA Holder Representative and each TRA Holder shall still be entitled to enforce all of its rights otherwise available under this Agreement, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, seeking or otherwise obtaining an acceleration of amounts payable under this Agreement pursuant to this Section 4.1(c). Without limiting the Corporation’s obligations pursuant to Section 5.2, for purposes of this Section 4.1(c), and subject to the following sentence, the Parties agree that the failure to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within sixty (60) days of the relevant Final Payment Date shall be deemed to be a material breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, and that it will not be considered to be a material breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this Agreement within sixty (60) days of the relevant Final Payment Date. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, it shall not be a material breach of a material obligation of this Agreement if the Corporation fails to make any Tax Benefit Payment within sixty (60) days of the relevant Final Payment Date to the extent that the Corporation has insufficient funds or cannot make such payment as a result of obligations imposed in connection with the Senior Obligations or under applicable law, and cannot obtain sufficient funds to make such payments by taking commercially reasonable actions or would become insolvent as a result of making such payment; provided that the interest provisions of Section 5.2 shall apply to such late payment (unless the Corporation does not have sufficient funds to make such payment as a result of limitations imposed by any Senior Obligations, in which case Section 5.2 shall apply, but the Default Rate shall be replaced by the Agreed Rate); and further provided that such payment obligation shall nonetheless accrue for the benefit of the TRA Holders and the Corporation shall make such payment at the first opportunity that it has sufficient funds and is otherwise able to make such payment.

 

19

 

 

Section 4.2            Early Termination Notice. If the Corporation chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.1(a), the Corporation shall deliver to the TRA Holder Representative a notice of the Corporation’s decision to exercise such right (an “Early Termination Notice”). Upon delivery of the Early Termination Notice or the occurrence of an event described in Section 4.1(b) or 4.1(c), the Corporation shall deliver a schedule developed in consultation with the Advisory Firm (the “Early Termination Schedule”) showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment. The Corporation shall also (a) deliver to the TRA Holder Representative supporting schedules and work papers from the Advisory Firm and any additional materials reasonably requested by the TRA Holder Representative that are reasonably necessary in order to understand the calculations that were relevant for purposes of preparing the Early Termination Schedule; and (b) allow the TRA Holder Representative and its advisors and representatives to have reasonable access to the appropriate representatives (including employees) of the Corporation and the applicable Advisory Firm as determined by the Corporation or as reasonably requested by the TRA Holder Representative, in connection with a review of such Early Termination Schedule. The Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on each Party forty-five (45) days from the first date on which the TRA Holder Representative received such Early Termination Schedule unless:

 

(i)                 the TRA Holder Representative, prior to the expiration of such forty-five (45) day period, provides the Corporation with notice of a objection to such Early Termination Schedule made in good faith and setting forth in reasonable detail the TRA Holder Representative’s objection (a “Termination Objection Notice”); or

 

(ii)              the TRA Holder Representative provides a written waiver of such right of a Termination Objection Notice within such forty-five (45) day period, in which case such Early Termination Schedule becomes binding on the date the waiver from the TRA Holder Representative is received by the Corporation.

 

In the event that the TRA Holder Representative timely delivers a Termination Objection Notice pursuant to clause (i) above, and if the Parties, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in the Termination Objection Notice within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Corporation of the Termination Objection Notice, the Corporation and the TRA Holder Representative shall employ the Reconciliation Procedures. The date on which the Early Termination Schedule becomes final in accordance with this Section 4.2 shall be the “Early Termination Reference Date.”

 

Section 4.3            Payment Upon Early Termination.

 

(a)               Timing of Payment. Within five (5) Business Days after the Early Termination Reference Date, the Corporation shall pay to each TRA Holder an amount equal to the Early Termination Payment for such TRA Holder. Such Early Termination Payment shall be made by the Corporation by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account or accounts designated by such TRA Holder or as otherwise agreed by the Corporation and such TRA Holder.

 

(b)               Amount of Payment. The “Early Termination Payment” payable to a TRA Holder pursuant to and subject to Section 4.3(a) shall equal the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as determined as of the Early Termination Reference Date, of all Tax Benefit Payments that would be required to be paid (and which have not yet been paid prior to the Early Termination Effective Date) by the Corporation to such TRA Holder, whether payable with respect to Common Units that were Exchanged prior to the Early Termination Effective Date or on or after the Early Termination Effective Date, beginning from the Early Termination Effective Date and using the Valuation Assumptions.

 

20

 

 

Article V.
SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

 

Section 5.1            Subordination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Tax Benefit Payments or Early Termination Payments required to be made by the Corporation to the TRA Holders under this Agreement shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest, or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations owed in respect of secured or unsecured indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries (“Senior Obligations”) and shall rank pari passu in right of payment with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporation that are not Senior Obligations. To the extent that any payment under this Agreement is not permitted to be made at the time payment is due as a result of this Section 5.1 and the terms of the agreements governing Senior Obligations, such payment obligation nevertheless shall accrue for the benefit of the TRA Holders and the Corporation shall make any such payments at the first opportunity that such payments are permitted to be made in accordance with the terms of the Senior Obligations. Furthermore, each TRA Holder shall enter into any subordination agreements in a form reasonably satisfactory to the TRA Holder Representative in order to effectuate the purposes of this Section 5.1.

 

Section 5.2            Late Payments by the Corporation. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the amount of all or any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment not made to the TRA Holders when due under the terms of this Agreement shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate and commencing from the Final Payment Date on which such Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment was first due and payable to the date of actual payment of such Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment; provided that if any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment is not made to the TRA Holders when due under the terms of this Agreement as a result of Section 5.1 and the terms of the agreements governing Senior Obligations, any such interest shall be computed at the Agreed Rate and not the Default Rate.

 

Article VI.
TAX MATTERS; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

 

Section 6.1            Participation in the Corporation’s Tax Matters. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporation shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all tax matters concerning the Corporation and its Subsidiaries including the preparation, filing, or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any audit, contest, or other proceeding pertaining to Taxes; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not settle or fail to contest any matter pertaining to Covered Taxes that is reasonably expected to materially and adversely affect the TRA Holders’ rights and obligations under this Agreement (including by reducing or deferring the Tax Benefit Payments payable to any TRA Holder under this Agreement) without the consent of the TRA Holder Representative, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The Corporation shall notify the TRA Holder Representative of, and keep it reasonably informed with respect to, any tax audit or other tax contest of the Corporation the outcome of which is reasonably expected to materially and adversely affect the TRA Holders’ rights and obligations under this Agreement (including by reducing or deferring the Tax Benefit Payments payable to any TRA Holder under this Agreement) and the TRA Holder Representative, and any affected TRA Holder, shall have the right to (i) discuss with the Corporation (including the Corporation’s representatives, advisors and employees), and provide input and comment to the Corporation regarding, any portion of any such tax audit or other tax contest and (ii) participate in, at the affected TRA Holders’ and TRA Holder Representative’s expense, any such portion of any such tax audit or other tax contest to the extent it relates to matters the resolution of which would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the TRA Holders’ rights and obligations under this Agreement (including by reducing or deferring the Tax Benefit Payments payable to any TRA Holder under this Agreement). To the extent there is a conflict between this Agreement and the Business Combination Agreement or the LLC Agreement relating to tax matters concerning Covered Taxes and the Corporation, including the preparation, filing or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any matter pertaining to taxes, this Agreement shall control solely with respect to the matters governed by this Agreement.

 

21

 

 

Section 6.2            Consistency. Except as otherwise required by applicable law, all calculations and determinations made hereunder, including any Basis Adjustments, the determination of any deductions arising from Common Basis, any Schedule or Amended Schedule or the determination of any Realized Tax Benefits or Realized Tax Detriments, shall be made in accordance with the elections, methodologies or positions taken by the Corporation and the LLC on their respective Tax Returns. Each TRA Holder shall prepare its Tax Returns in a manner that is consistent with the terms of this Agreement and any related calculations or determinations that are made hereunder, including any Schedule or Amended Schedule provided under this Agreement, unless otherwise required by applicable law. In the event that an Advisory Firm or Expert is used and is replaced with another Advisory Firm or Expert, such replacement Advisory Firm or Expert shall perform its services under this Agreement using procedures and methodologies consistent with the previous Advisory Firm or Expert, unless otherwise required by applicable law or unless the Corporation and the TRA Holder Representative agree to the use of other procedures and methodologies.

 

Section 6.3            Cooperation. The TRA Holder Representative and each TRA Holder, on the one hand, and the Corporation, on the other hand, shall (a) furnish to the other in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials as the other may reasonably request for purposes of making, reviewing, or approving any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under or with respect to this Agreement, preparing any Tax Return or contesting or defending any audit, examination, controversy or other proceeding with any Taxing Authority, or estimating any future Tax Benefit Payments hereunder, (b) make itself reasonably available to the other and its representatives to provide explanations of documents and materials and such other information as may be reasonably requested in connection with any of the matters described in the foregoing clause (a), and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter. Subject to Section 6.1, the Corporation shall provide reasonable assistance as reasonably requested by the TRA Holder Representative on behalf of any TRA Holder in connection with such TRA Holder’s Tax Returns or financial reporting materials that are required to be prepared under applicable law or contract or the consummation of any assignment or transfer of any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, including providing any information or executing any documentation. The requesting Party shall reimburse the other Party for any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by such other Party pursuant to Section 6.3(a).

 

22

 

 

Article VII.
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 7.1            Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by courier service, by fax, by electronic mail (delivery receipt requested) or by certified or registered mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective Parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a Party as shall be as specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 7.1). All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the Party to receive such notice:

 

If to the Corporation, to:

 

QualTek Services Inc.475 Sentry Parkway E

Blue Bell, PA 19422

Attention: Board of Directors

E-mail: ####

 

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the Corporation) to:

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attention:Michael E. Weisser, P.C.

Matthew S. Arenson, P.C.

Jared M. Rusman, P.C.

Timothy Cruickshank, P.C.

Vivek Ratnam

Erika P. López

E-mail:michael.weisser@kirkland.com

matthew.arenson@kirkland.com

jared.rusman@kirkland.com

timothy.cruickshank@kirkland.com

vivek.ratnam@kirkland.com

erika.lopez@kirkland.com

 

If to the TRA Holder Representative:

 

BCP QualTek, LLC

650 5th Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention:####

####

E-mail:####

####

 

23

 

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to the TRA Holder Representative) to:

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attention:Michael E. Weisser, P.C.

Matthew S. Arenson, P.C.

Jared M. Rusman, P.C.

Timothy Cruickshank, P.C.

Vivek Ratnam

Erika P. López

E-mail:michael.weisser@kirkland.com

matthew.arenson@kirkland.com

jared.rusman@kirkland.com

timothy.cruickshank@kirkland.com

vivek.ratnam@kirkland.com

erika.lopez@kirkland.com

 

Any Party may change its address, fax number or e-mail address by giving each of the other Parties written notice thereof in the manner set forth above.

 

Section 7.2            Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to the other Parties, it being understood that all Parties need not sign the same counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission or by .pdf, .tif, .gif, .jpeg or similar attachment to electronic mail shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.3            Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each Party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.4            Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof that would mandate the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

Section 7.5            Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected by the absence of any such invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced term or other provision in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

 

24

 

 

Section 7.6            Assignments; Amendments; Successors; No Waiver.

 

(a)               Assignment. Each TRA Holder may assign, sell, pledge, or otherwise alienate or transfer any interest in this Agreement, including the right to receive any Tax Benefit Payments under this Agreement, without the consent of the Corporation, to any Person only if such Person executes and delivers to the Corporation a Joinder agreeing to succeed to the applicable portion of such TRA Holder’s interest in this Agreement and to become a Party and TRA Holder for all purposes of this Agreement for all times after such sale, pledge or other alienation or transfer (the “Joinder Requirement”) and any purported sale, pledge or other alienation or transfer without such execution and delivery of a Joinder shall be null and void; provided, that, in the event of any such assignment, the assigning TRA Holder will provide prompt notice of such assignment to the Corporation along with the identity and contact information of the assignee and an explanation of the rights and interests so assigned. For the avoidance of doubt, if a TRA Holder transfers Common Units in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement but does not assign to the transferee of such Common Units its rights under and pursuant to this Agreement with respect to such transferred Units, such TRA Holder shall continue to be entitled to receive the Tax Benefit Payments arising in respect of a subsequent Exchange of such Common Units (and any such transferred Common Units shall be separately identified, so as to facilitate the determination of Tax Benefit Payments hereunder). The Corporation may not assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement to any Person (other than any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation) without the prior written consent of the TRA Holder Representative (and any purported assignment without such consent shall be null and void).

 

(b)               Amendments. No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by (i) the Corporation, (ii) the TRA Holder Representative, and (iii) TRA Holders who would be entitled to receive at least a majority of the Early Termination Payments payable to all TRA Holders in the event the Corporation exercised its rights pursuant to Section 4.1(a) as of the later of the most recent Exchange Date or the most recent Reorganization Transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such amendment shall be effective if such amendment would have a disproportionate adverse impact on the payments certain TRA Holders will or may receive under this Agreement unless all such disproportionately impacted TRA Holders consent in writing to such amendment (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). No provision of this Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the Party against whom the waiver is to be effective.

 

(c)               Successors. Except as provided in Section 7.6(a), all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by, the Parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Corporation shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation, by written agreement, expressly to (i) assume all obligations under, and agree to perform, this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporation would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place and (ii) become a Party to this Agreement.

 

25

 

 

(d)               Waiver. No failure by any Party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement, or condition of this Agreement, or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof, shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement, or condition.

 

Section 7.7            Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

 

Section 7.8            Resolution of Disputes.

 

(a)               Except for Reconciliation Disputes subject to Section 7.9, any and all disputes which cannot be settled amicably, including any ancillary claims of any Party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) (each a “Dispute”) shall be finally resolved by arbitration in accordance with the International Institute for Conflict Prevention and Resolution Rules for Administered Arbitration (the “Rules”) by three arbitrators, of which the Corporation shall appoint one arbitrator and the TRA Holder Representative shall appoint one arbitrator in accordance with the “screened” appointment procedure provided in Rule 5.4. The arbitration shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. §§ 1 et seq., and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. The place of the arbitration shall be New York, New York.

 

(b)               Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.8(a), any Party may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling another Party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this Section 7.8(b), each Party (i) expressly consents to the application of Section 7.8(c) to any such action or proceeding, and (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 7.8 shall not apply to Reconciliation Disputes to be settled in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 7.9.

 

(c)               Each Party irrevocably consents to service of process by means of notice in the manner provided for in Section 7.1. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect the right of any Party to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law.

 

26

 

 

(d)               WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).

 

(e)               In the event the Parties are unable to agree in good faith whether a dispute between them is a Reconciliation Dispute subject to the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Section 7.9 or a Dispute subject to the dispute resolution procedure set forth in this Section 7.8, such disagreement shall be decided and resolved in accordance with the procedure set forth in this Section 7.8.

 

Section 7.9            Reconciliation. In the event that the Corporation and the TRA Holder Representative (or any applicable TRA Holder) are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to a Schedule or Amended Schedule prepared in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 2.4, or with respect to an Early Termination Schedule prepared in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.2, within the relevant time period designated in this Agreement (a “Reconciliation Dispute”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert (the “Expert”) in the particular area of disagreement mutually acceptable to the disputing Parties. The Expert shall be a partner or principal in a nationally recognized accounting firm, and unless the Corporation and the TRA Holder Representative (or any applicable TRA Holder) agree otherwise, the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with the Corporation, the TRA Holder Representative (or any applicable TRA Holder) or other actual or potential conflict of interest. If the disputing Parties are unable to agree on an Expert within fifteen (15) days of receipt by the responding Party of written notice of a Reconciliation Dispute, the selection of an Expert shall be treated as a Dispute subject to Section 7.8 and an arbitration panel shall pick an Expert from a nationally recognized accounting firm that does not have any material relationship with the Corporation, the TRA Holder Representative (or any applicable TRA Holder) or other actual or potential conflict of interest. The Expert shall resolve any matter relating to any Schedule or Amended Schedule or the Early Termination Schedule or an amendment thereto within thirty (30) days and shall resolve any matter relating to a Tax Benefit Schedule or an amendment thereto within fifteen (15) days or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, in each case after the matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution; provided that, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, the undisputed amount shall be paid on the date prescribed by this Agreement and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporation, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution. The Corporation and the applicable TRA Holder(s) shall bear their own costs and expenses of such proceeding, unless (a) the Expert adopts the TRA Holder Representative or applicable TRA Holder(s)’s position, in which case the Corporation shall reimburse the TRA Holder Representative or applicable TRA Holder(s) for any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding (including for the avoidance of doubt any costs and expenses incurred by the TRA Holder Representative or any applicable TRA Holder(s) relating to the engagement of the Expert or amending any applicable Tax Return), or (b) the Expert adopts the Corporation’s position, in which case the applicable TRA Holder(s) (or the TRA Holder Representative on behalf of such TRA Holder(s)) shall reimburse the Corporation for any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding (including for the avoidance of doubt costs and expenses incurred by the Corporation relating to the engagement of the Expert or amending any applicable Tax Return). The Corporation may withhold payments under this Agreement to collect amounts due under the preceding sentence. The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.9 shall be binding on the Corporation, the TRA Holder Representative and the TRA Holders and may be entered and enforced in any court having competent jurisdiction.

 

27

 

 

Section 7.10        Withholding. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Corporation, or any other applicable withholding agent, shall be entitled to deduct and withhold (or cause there to be deduction or withholding), from any payment that is payable to any TRA Holder (or any other person) pursuant to this Agreement any taxes or other amounts as the Corporation or other applicable withholding agent is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of any such payment under the Code or any provision of U.S. state, local or foreign tax law or other applicable tax law. Any such deducted or withheld taxes or other amounts, to the extent paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority or other governmental entity shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid by the Corporation (or other applicable withholding agent) to the relevant TRA Holder or other person in respect of which such deduction or withholding was made. Each TRA Holder or other recipient of any payments hereunder shall provide the Corporation with any applicable tax forms, including IRS Form W-9 or the appropriate series of IRS Form W-8, as applicable, or any other information or certifications reasonably requested by the Corporation or other applicable withholding agent in connection with determining whether any such deductions and withholdings are required under the Code or any provision of U.S. state, local or foreign tax law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a withholding obligation arises as a result of a Change of Control or other transaction that causes the Corporation (or its successor) to become a non-U.S. Person (for U.S. federal income tax purposes), any amount payable to a TRA Holder under this Agreement shall be increased such that after all required deductions and withholdings have been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this sentence), the relevant TRA Holder receives an amount equal to the sum that it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made.

 

Section 7.11        Admission of the Corporation into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets.

 

(a)               If the Corporation is or becomes a member of an affiliated or consolidated group of corporations that files a consolidated income Tax Return pursuant to Section 1501 or other applicable Sections of the Code governing affiliated or consolidated groups, or any corresponding provisions of U.S. state or local tax law, then: (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments, and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated Covered Taxes of the group as a whole.

 

28

 

 

(b)               If the Corporation, its successor in interest, any member of a group described in Section 7.11(a) or any member of the LLC Group transfers one or more Reference Assets to a corporation (or a Person classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) with which such entity does not file a consolidated Tax Return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code, such entity, for purposes of calculating the amount of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment due hereunder, shall be treated as having disposed of such Reference Asset in a fully taxable transaction on the date of such transfer. The consideration deemed to be received by such entity shall be equal to the fair market value of the transferred Reference Asset as determined by a valuation expert mutually agreed upon by the Corporation and the TRA Holder Representative plus, without duplication, (i) the amount of debt to which any such Reference Assets is subject, in the case of a transfer of an encumbered Reference Asset or (ii) the amount of debt allocated to any such Reference Asset, in the case of a transfer of a partnership interest. For purposes of this Section 7.11, a transfer of a partnership interest shall be treated as a transfer of the transferring partner’s share of each of the assets and liabilities of that partnership. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, if the Corporation, its successor in interest or any member of a group described in Section 7.11(a), transfers its assets pursuant to a transaction that qualifies as a “reorganization” (within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code) in which such entity does not survive or pursuant to any other transaction, in each case, to which Section 381(a) of the Code applies (other than any such reorganization or any such other transaction, in each case, pursuant to which such entity transfers assets to a corporation with which the Corporation, its successor in interest or any member of the group described in Section 7.11(a) (other than any such member being transferred in such reorganization or other transaction) does not file a consolidated Tax Return pursuant to Section 1501 of the Code), the transfer will not cause such entity to be treated as having transferred any assets to a corporation (or a Person classified as a corporation for U.S. income tax purposes) pursuant to this Section 7.11(b).

 

Section 7.12        Change in Law. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, as a result of or, in connection with an actual or proposed change in law, a TRA Holder reasonably believes that the existence of this Agreement could cause adverse tax consequences to such TRA Holder or any direct or indirect owner of such TRA Holder, then at the written election of such TRA Holder in its sole discretion (in an instrument signed by such TRA Holder and delivered to the Corporation and the TRA Holder Representative) and to the extent specified therein by such TRA Holder, this Agreement shall cease to have further effect with respect to, and shall not apply to, such TRA Holder after a date specified by such TRA Holder.

 

Section 7.13        Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the interest paid or agreed to be paid hereunder with respect to amounts due to any TRA Holder hereunder shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable law (the “Maximum Rate”). If any TRA Holder shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the Tax Benefit Payment, Estimated Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment, as applicable (but in each case exclusive of any component thereof comprising interest) or, if it exceeds such unpaid non-interest amount, refunded to the Corporation. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by any TRA Holder exceeds the Maximum Rate, such TRA Holder may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the payment obligations owed by the Corporation to such TRA Holder hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the intention of the Parties to conform strictly to any applicable usury laws.

 

29

 

 

Section 7.14        Independent Nature of Rights and Obligations. The rights and obligations of each TRA Holder hereunder are several and not joint with the rights and obligations of any other TRA Holder or any other Person. A TRA Holder shall not be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other TRA Holder or any other Person hereunder, nor shall a TRA Holder have the right to enforce the rights or obligations of any other TRA Holder or any other Person hereunder (other than the Corporation). Nothing contained herein or in any other agreement or document delivered at any closing, and no action taken by any TRA Holder pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute the TRA Holders acting as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the TRA Holders are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such rights or obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Corporation acknowledges that the TRA Holders are not acting in concert or as a group and will not assert any such claim with respect to such rights or obligations or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 7.15        LLC Agreement. This Agreement shall be treated as part of the LLC Agreement as described in Section 761(c) of the Code and Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

Section 7.16        Confidentiality.

 

(a)               Except as required by applicable law, each TRA Holder, as well as any TRA Holder Representative, agrees to hold the confidential information of the Corporation and its Affiliates in confidence and shall not, unless authorized in writing by the Corporation, (i) disclose any confidential information of the Corporation and its Affiliates to any third party or (ii) use such information except in furtherance of the business of the Corporation; provided, however, that (x) each TRA Holder, as well as any TRA Holder Representative, may disclose confidential information of the Corporation and its Affiliates to its Affiliates, attorneys, accountants, consultants and other advisors who are bound by an obligation of confidentiality with respect to such confidential information of the Corporation and its Affiliates (provided it will be responsible for any violation by any of its Affiliates, attorneys, accountants, consultants or other advisors of the confidentiality provisions in this Section 7.16); (y) each TRA Holder, as well as any TRA Holder Representative, may disclose confidential information of the Corporation and its Affiliates as required in response to any summons, subpoena or other legal requirement, (provided that it shall promptly notify the Corporation in writing so the Corporation may seek a protective order or appropriate remedy); and (z) each TRA Holder, as well as any TRA Holder Representative, may disclose confidential information of the Corporation and its Affiliates to the extent necessary for it to prepare and file its tax returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding such tax returns from any taxing authority or to prosecute or defend any action, proceeding or audit by any taxing authority with respect to such tax returns. In addition, each TRA Holder or TRA Holder Representative that is a private equity, venture capital or other investment firm or similarly regulated entity (I) may disclose confidential information of the Corporation and its Affiliates in connection with routine supervisory audit or regulatory examinations (including by regulatory or self-regulatory bodies) to which they are subject in the course of their respective businesses without liability hereunder, (II) shall not be required to provide notice to any party in the course of any such routine supervisory audit or regulatory examination, provided that such routine audit or examination does not specifically target the Corporation, any of its subsidiaries or the confidential information of the Corporation and its Affiliates, and (III) may provide information about the subject matter of this Agreement to prospective and existing investors in connection with fund raising, marketing, informational, transactional or reporting activities. Each TRA Holder and TRA Holder Representative and the Corporation acknowledges and agrees that the certain of the TRA Holders or TRA Holder Representatives and their respective Affiliates may currently be invested in, may invest in, or may consider investments in companies that compete either directly or indirectly with the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, or operate in the same or similar business as the Corporation and its Subsidiaries, and that nothing herein shall be in any way construed to prohibit or such TRA Holders or TRA Holder Representatives or their respective Affiliates’ ability to maintain, make or consider such other investments; provided, however, that no confidential information of the Corporation and its Affiliates is used or disclosed in connection with such activities.

 

30

 

 

(b)               If a TRA Holder Representative or a TRA Holder commits a breach, or threatens to commit a breach, of any of the provisions of this Section 7.16, the Corporation shall have the right and remedy to seek to have the provisions of this Section 7.16 specifically enforced by injunctive relief or otherwise by any court of competent jurisdiction without the need to post any bond or other security. Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

 

Section 7.17        TRA Holder Representative. By executing this Agreement, each of the TRA Holders shall be deemed to have irrevocably constituted and appointed BCP QualTek, LLC (in the capacity described in this Section 7.17 and each successor as provided below, the “TRA Holder Representative”) as its agent and attorney in fact with full power of substitution to act from and after the date hereof and to do any and all things and execute any and all documents on behalf of such TRA Holder which may be necessary, convenient or appropriate to facilitate any matters under this Agreement, including but not limited to, and unless otherwise provided by this Agreement: (a) execution of the documents and certificates required pursuant to this Agreement; (b) receipt and forwarding of notices and communications pursuant to this Agreement; (c) administration of the provisions of this Agreement; (d) giving or agreeing to, on behalf of such TRA Holder, any and all consents, waivers, amendments or modifications deemed by the TRA Holder Representative, in its sole discretion, to be necessary or appropriate under this Agreement and the execution or delivery of any documents that may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith; (e) taking actions the TRA Holder Representative is expressly authorized to take pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement; (f) negotiating and compromising, on behalf of such TRA Holder, any dispute that may arise under, and exercising or refraining from exercising any remedies available under, this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby and executing, on behalf of such TRA Holder, any settlement agreement, release or other document with respect to such dispute or remedy; (g) engaging attorneys, accountants, agents or consultants on behalf of such TRA Holders in connection with this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby and paying any fees related thereto; and (h) effectuating the purposes of Section 5.1. If the TRA Holder Representative is unwilling to so serve, then the person then-serving as the TRA Holder Representative shall appoint its successor which such successor shall be subject to the approval of TRA Holders who would be entitled to receive at least a majority of the Early Termination Payments payable to all TRA Holders in the event the Corporation exercised its rights pursuant to Section 4.1(a) as of the later of the most recent Exchange Date or the most recent Reorganization Transaction. To the fullest extent permitted by law, none of the TRA Holder Representative, any of its Affiliates, or any of the TRA Holder Representative’s or its Affiliate’s members, partners, equityholders, shareholders, directors, managers, officers, employees or other agents (each, a “Covered Person”) shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to any TRA Holder, the LLC, or the Corporation for damages arising from any action taken or omitted to be taken by the TRA Holder Representative or any other Person, except in the case of any action or omission which constitutes, with respect to such Person, willful misconduct or fraud. Each of the Covered Persons may consult with legal counsel, accountants, and other advisors selected by it, and any act or omission suffered or taken by it in good faith in reliance upon and in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants, or other advisors shall create a rebuttable presumption of the good faith and due care of such Covered Person with respect to such act or omission; provided that such counsel, accountants, or other advisors were selected with reasonable care. Each of the Covered Persons may rely in good faith upon, and shall have no liability to the LLC, the Corporation or the TRA Holders for acting or refraining from acting upon, any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding the foregoing, if a provision of this Agreement provides a right or entitlement of any kind to a TRA Holder, this Section 7.17 shall not override such TRA Holder’s ability to exercise or enforce such right or enjoy such entitlement.

 

31

 

 

Section 7.18        Non-Effect of Other Tax Receivable Agreements. If the Corporation enters into any other agreement after the date hereof (for the avoidance of doubt other than the Business Combination Agreement, the LLC Agreement, or any related agreement entered into in connection with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement or as contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby) after the date of the execution of this Agreement that obligates the Corporation to make payments to another party in exchange for tax benefits conferred upon the Corporation, unless otherwise agreed by the TRA Holder Representative, such tax benefits and such payments shall be ignored for all purposes of this Agreement (including for purposes of calculating the Hypothetical Tax Liability and the actual Tax liability of the Corporation hereunder).

 

[Signature Page Follows This Page]

 

32

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed or caused to be executed on their behalf this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  CORPORATION:
   
  QUALTEK SERVICES INC.
   
  By: /s/ C. Scott Hisey
  Name: C. Scott Hisey
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

  THE LLC:
   
  QUALTEK HOLDCO, LLC
   
  By: /s/ Andrew S. Weinberg
  Name: Andrew S. Weinberg
  Title: President

 

 

 

 

  EQUITY HOLD REPRESENTATIVE AND TRA HOLDER REPRESENTATIVE:
   
  BCP QUALTEK, LLC
   
  By: Brightstar Capital Partners QualTek Holdings, L.P., its sole member
   
  By: Brightstar Associates, L.P., its general partner
   
  By: Brightstar GP Investors, LLC, its general partner
   
  By: /s/ Andrew S. Weinberg
  Name: Andrew S. Weinberg
  Title: Managing Member

 

 

 

 

  TRA HOLDERS:
   
  BCP QUALTEK II, LLC
   
  By: Brightstar Capital Partners QualTek Holdings, L.P., its sole member
   
  By: Brightstar Associates, L.P., its general partner
   
  By: Brightstar GP Investors, LLC, its general partner
   
  By: /s/ Andrew S. Weinberg
  Name: Andrew S. Weinberg
  Title: Managing Member
   
  QUALTEK MANAGEMENT HOLDCO, LLC
   
  By: /s/ C. Scott Hisey
  Name: C. Scott Hisey
  Title: Managing Member
   
  BCP AIV INVESTOR HOLDINGS-3, L.P.
   
  By: Brightstar Associates, L.P., its general partner
   
  By: Brightstar GP Investors, LLC, its general partner
   
  By: /s/ Andrew S. Weinberg
  Name: Andrew S. Weinberg
  Title: Managing Member
   
  BCP STRATEGIC AIV INVESTOR HOLDINGS-2, L.P.
   
  By: Brightstar Associates, L.P., its general partner
   
  By: Brightstar GP Investors, LLC, its general partner
   
  By: /s/ Andrew S. Weinberg
  Name: Andrew S. Weinberg
  Title: Managing Member

 

 

 

 

  BCP QUALTEK INVESTOR HOLDINGS, L.P.
   
  By: Brightstar Associates, L.P., its general partner
   
  By: Brightstar GP Investors, LLC, its general partner
   
  By: /s/ Andrew S. Weinberg
  Name: Andrew S. Weinberg
  Title: Managing Member

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

This JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of _________________, 20___ (this “Joinder”), is delivered pursuant to that certain Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2022 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Tax Receivable Agreement”) by and among QualTek Services Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), QualTek HoldCo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “LLC”), the TRA Holder Representative (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement), and each of the TRA Holders from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the respective meanings set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement.

 

1.Joinder to the Tax Receivable Agreement. Upon the execution of this Joinder by the undersigned and delivery hereof to the Corporation, the undersigned hereby is and hereafter will be a TRA Holder under the Tax Receivable Agreement and a Party thereto, with all the rights, privileges, obligations and responsibilities of a TRA Holder thereunder including, without limitation, under Sections 7.16 (Confidentiality) and 7.17 (TRA Holder Representative) thereto. The undersigned hereby agrees that it shall comply with and be fully bound by the terms of the Tax Receivable Agreement as if it had been a signatory thereto as of the date thereof.

 

2.Incorporation by Reference. All terms and conditions of the Tax Receivable Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference in this Joinder as if set forth herein in full.

 

3.Address. All notices under the Tax Receivable Agreement to the undersigned shall be direct to:

 

[Name]
[Address]
[City, State, Zip Code]
Attn:
Facsimile:
E-mail:

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Joinder as of the day and year first above written.

 

  [NAME OF NEW PARTY]
   
  By:                        
  Name:
  Title:

 

 

 

 

Acknowledged and agreed  
as of the date first set forth above:  
   
QUALTEK SERVICES INC.  
   
By:                          
Name:  
Title:  
   
QUALTEK HOLDCO, LLC  
   
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “Investor Rights Agreement”), dated as of February 14, 2022 (the “Effective Date”), is made by and among (i) Roth CH Acquisition III Co., a Delaware corporation (“PubCo”); (ii) each of the parties listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto (each, a “Seller” and collectively, the “Sellers”); (iii) the Equityholder Representative; (iv) the Persons listed as Sponsors on the signature pages hereto (the “Sponsors”); (v) the Sponsor Representative; and (vi) the Persons listed as Other Holders on the signature pages hereto and other Person who executes a joinder as an “Other Holder” (collectively, the “Other Holders”). Each of PubCo, the Sellers, the Equityholder Representative, the Sponsors, the Sponsor Representative, and the Other Holders may be referred to herein as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the BCA (as defined below).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, PubCo has entered into that certain Business Combination Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2021 (as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms of such agreement, the “BCA”), by and among (i) PubCo, (ii) Roth CH III Blocker Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly-owned subsidiary of Pubco (“Blocker Merger Sub”), (iii) BCP QualTek Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Blocker”), (iv) Roth CH III Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly-owned subsidiary of Pubco (“Company Merger Sub”), (v) BCP QualTek Holdco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and (vi) the Equityholder Representative in connection with the business combination (the “Business Combination”) set forth in the BCA;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the BCA, (i) Blocker Merger Sub will merge with and into the Blocker, with the Blocker as the surviving company and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Pubco (the “Blocker Merger”) and thereafter, the Blocker will merge with and into the Pubco, with the Pubco as the surviving company (the “Pubco Merger”); and (ii) immediately following the Pubco Merger, Company Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company, with the Company as the surviving company (the “Company Merger”, and together with the Blocker Merger and the Pubco Merger, the “Mergers”);

 

WHEREAS, upon the consummation of the Business Combination, PubCo, the Sellers, and certain other parties thereto entered into that certain third amended and restated limited liability company agreement of the Company (as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms of such agreement, the “LLC Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, PubCo and the Other Holders entered into that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2021 (the “Original RRA”);

 

 

 

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the execution of this Investor Rights Agreement, PubCo, and the Other Holders desire to terminate the Original RRA and replace it with this Investor Rights Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, on the Effective Date, the Parties desire to set forth their agreement with respect to governance, registration rights and certain other matters, in each case in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Investor Rights Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Investor Rights Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1            Definitions. As used in this Investor Rights Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Action” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(a).

 

Adverse Disclosure” means any public disclosure of material non-public information, which disclosure, in the good faith determination of the Board, after consultation with counsel to PubCo, (a) would be required to be made in any Registration Statement or Prospectus in order for the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein (in the case of any Prospectus and any preliminary Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, (b) would not be required to be made at such time if the Registration Statement were not being filed, and (c) PubCo has a bona fide business purpose for not making such information public.

 

Affiliate” of any particular Person means any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person, where “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, its capacity as a sole or managing member or otherwise; provided that no Party or affiliate thereof shall be deemed an Affiliate of PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries for purposes of this Investor Rights Agreement.

 

Automatic Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 promulgated by the SEC pursuant to the Securities Act.

 

BCA” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Beneficially Own” has the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

Blocker” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

 

2

 

 

Blocker Merger” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Blocker Merger Sub” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Board” means the board of directors of PubCo.

 

Business Combination” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Bylaws” means the A&R Buyer Bylaws (as defined in the BCA), as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Certificate of Incorporation” means the A&R Buyer Certificate of Incorporation (as defined in the BCA), as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

Class A Common Stock” means, the Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of PubCo, including (a) any shares of such Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of any warrant or other right to acquire shares of such Class A common stock and (b) any Equity Securities of PubCo that are issued or distributed or may be issuable with respect to such Class A common stock by way of conversion, dividend, stock split or other distribution, consolidation, merger, exchange, reclassification, recapitalization or other similar transaction.

 

Class B Voting Stock” means, the Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of PubCo, including (a) any shares of such Class B common stock issuable upon the exercise of any warrant or other right to acquire shares of such Class B common stock and (b) any Equity Securities of PubCo that are issued or distributed or may be issuable with respect to such Class B common stock by way of conversion, dividend, stock split or other distribution, consolidation, merger, exchange, reclassification, recapitalization or other similar transaction.

 

Code” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

 

Common Stock” means shares of the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Voting Stock, including any shares of the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Voting Stock issuable upon the exercise of any warrant or other right to acquire shares of the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Voting Stock.

 

Company” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Company A&R LLCA” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Company Merger” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Company Merger Sub” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Company Units” means Company Units (as defined in the Company A&R LLCA) owned by one or more of the Sellers or any of their Permitted Transferees, including the Earnout Common Units.

 

Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

3

 

 

Controlled Entity” means, as to any Person, (a) any corporation more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock of which is owned by such Person or such Person’s Family Members or Affiliates, (b) any trust, whether or not revocable, of which such Person or such Person’s Family Members or Affiliates are the sole beneficiaries, (c) any partnership of which such Person or an Affiliate of such Person is the managing partner or in which such Person or such Person’s Family Members or Affiliates hold partnership interests representing at least fifty percent (50%) of such partnership’s capital and profits (d) any limited liability company of which such Person or an Affiliate of such Person is the manager or managing member or in which such Person or such Person’s Family Members or Affiliates hold membership interests representing at least fifty percent (50%) of such limited liability company’s capital and profits and (e) any other entity which such Person or such Person’s Family Members or Affiliates are the legal and beneficial owner of all the outstanding equity securities or similar interests.

 

Demanding Holders” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c).

 

Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Effectiveness Deadline” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

 

Equity Securities” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares or equity (or such other interests), restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, equity appreciation rights, phantom equity rights, profit participation and all of the other ownership or profit interests of such Person (including partnership or member interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting.

 

Equityholder Representative” means BCP QualTek, LLC, or such other Person who is identified as the replacement Equityholder Representative by the then existing Equityholder Representative giving prior written notice to PubCo.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor thereto, as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

 

Family Member” means with respect to any Person, such Person’s spouse, domestic partner, ancestors, descendants (whether by blood, marriage or adoption) or spouse of a descendant of such Person, brothers and sisters (whether by blood, marriage or adoption) and inter vivos or testamentary trusts of which only such Person and his spouse, ancestors, descendants (whether by blood, marriage or adoption), brothers and sisters (whether by blood, marriage or adoption) are beneficiaries.

 

Filing Deadline” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

 

FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

 

4

 

 

Form S-1 Shelf” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

 

Form S-3 Shelf” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

 

Holder” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a Party to, or who succeeds to rights under, this Investor Rights Agreement pursuant to Section 5.1; provided that, a Party who does not hold Registrable Securities as of the Closing Date and who acquires Registrable Securities after the Closing Date will not be a Holder until such Party gives Pubco a representation in writing of the number of Registrable Securities it holds.

 

Holder Indemnitees” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(a).

 

Holder Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.9(b).

 

Indemnification Sources” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(c).

 

Indemnified Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(a).

 

Indemnitee-Related Entities” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(c).

 

Investor Rights Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Joint Director” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

 

Jointly Indemnifiable Claims” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.12(c).

 

LLC Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Lock-Up Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

 

Lock-Up Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

 

Maximum Number of Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(d).

 

Mergers” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Minimum Takedown Threshold” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c).

 

Misstatement” means an untrue statement of a material fact or an omission to state a material fact required to be stated in a Registration Statement or Prospectus, or necessary to make the statements in a Registration Statement or Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

Necessary Action” means, with respect to any Party and a specified result, all actions (to the extent such actions are not prohibited by applicable Law and are within such Party’s control, and in the case of any action that requires a vote or other action on the part of the Board to the extent such action is consistent with fiduciary duties that PubCo’s directors may have in such capacity) necessary to cause such result, including (a) calling special meetings of stockholders, (b) voting or providing a written consent or proxy, if applicable in each case, with respect to shares of Common Stock, (c) causing the adoption of stockholders’ resolutions and amendments to the Organizational Documents, (d) executing agreements and instruments, (e) making, or causing to be made, with Governmental Entities, all filings, registrations or similar actions that are required to achieve such result and (f) nominating or appointing certain Persons (including to fill vacancies) and providing the highest level of support for election of such Persons to the Board in connection with the annual or special meeting of stockholders of PubCo.

 

5

 

 

Organizational Documents” means the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws.

 

Original RRA” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Other Holder” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Party” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Permitted Transferee” means with respect to any Person, (a) any Family Member of such Person, (b) any Affiliate of such Person, (c) any Affiliate of any Family Member of such Person (excluding any Affiliate under this clause (c) who operates or engages in a business which competes with the business of PubCo or the Company) and (d) any Controlled Entity of such Person.

 

Piggyback Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a).

 

PIPE RRAs” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10.

 

Pre-PIPE RRAs” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10.

 

Prospectus” means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement, all amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to such prospectus, and all material incorporated by reference in such prospectus.

 

PubCo” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

PubCo Merger” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

6

 

 

Registrable Securities” means at any time (a) any shares of Class A Common Stock (including any shares of Class A Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to the LLC Agreement upon exchange of Company Units or Class B Voting Stock and any Earnout Shares), (b) any warrants or other rights to acquire shares of Class A Common Stock or any shares of Class A Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise thereof, and (c) any Equity Securities of PubCo or any Subsidiary of PubCo that may be issued or distributed or be issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clauses (a) or (b) by way of conversion, dividend, stock split or other distribution, merger, consolidation, exchange, recapitalization or reclassification or similar transaction, in each case held by a Holder, other than any security received pursuant to an incentive plan adopted by PubCo on or after the Closing Date; provided, however, that any such Registrable Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities to the extent (A) a Registration Statement with respect to the sale of such Registrable Securities has become effective under the Securities Act and such Registrable Securities have been sold, transferred, disposed of or exchanged in accordance with the plan of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement, (B) such Registrable Securities shall have ceased to be outstanding, (C) such Registrable Securities have been sold to, or through, a broker, dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or other public securities transaction, or (D) (i) for purposes of ARTICLE III hereof, the Holder thereof, together with its, his or her Permitted Transferees, Beneficially Owns less than one percent (1%) of the shares of Class A Common Stock that are outstanding at such time and (ii) such shares of Class A Common Stock are eligible for resale without volume or manner-of-sale restrictions and without current public information pursuant to Rule 144 or any other restriction under Rule 144 as set forth in a written opinion letter to such effect, addressed, delivered and acceptable to PubCo’s transfer agent and the affected Holder (which opinion may assume that such Holder (and any predecessor holder of such shares of Class A Common Stock) is not, and has not been at any time during the 90 days immediately before the date of such opinion, an Affiliate of PubCo except with respect to any control determined to be established under this Investor Rights Agreement), as reasonably determined by PubCo, upon the advice of counsel to PubCo. For purposes of this Investor Rights Agreement, any calculation of shares of Class A Common Stock Beneficially Owned by a Holder shall be completed on an as-converted and as-exchanged basis, assuming the exchange of all Company Units and shares of Class B Voting Stock for shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

Registration” means a registration, including any related Shelf Takedown, effected by preparing and filing a registration statement, prospectus or similar document in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such registration statement becoming effective.

 

Registration Expenses” means the expenses of a Registration or other Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Investor Rights Agreement, including the following:

 

(a)               all SEC or securities exchange registration and filing fees (including fees with respect to filings required to be made with FINRA);

 

(b)               all fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky Laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of Registrable Securities);

 

(c)               all printing, messenger, telephone and delivery expenses;

 

(d)               all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities as required hereunder;

 

(e)               all fees and disbursements of counsel for PubCo;

 

(f)                all fees and disbursements of all independent registered public accountants of PubCo incurred in connection with such Registration or Transfer, including the expenses of any special audits or comfort letters required or incident to such performance and compliance;

 

(g)               reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of one (1) legal counsel selected by the majority-in-interest of the Holders participating in such other Transfer;

 

7

 

 

(h)               the costs and expenses of PubCo relating to analyst and investor presentations or any “road show” undertaken in connection with the Registration or marketing of the Registrable Securities (including the expenses of the Holders); and

 

(i)                 any other fees and disbursements customarily paid by the issuers of securities.

 

Registration Statement” means any registration statement that covers the Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Investor Rights Agreement, including the Prospectus included in such registration statement, amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to such registration statement, and all exhibits to and all material incorporated by reference in such registration statement.

 

Regulations” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

 

Representatives” means, with respect to any Person, any of such Person’s officers, directors, managers, members, equityholders, employees, agents, attorneys, accountants, actuaries, consultants, or financial advisors or other Person acting on behalf of such Person.

 

Requesting Holder” means any Holder requesting piggyback rights pursuant to Section 3.2 with respect to an Underwritten Shelf Takedown.

 

SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any successor thereto, as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

 

Seller Director” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

 

Seller Lock-Up Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

 

Sellers” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Shared Representative” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

Shelf” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(a).

 

Shelf Registration” means a registration of securities pursuant to a Registration Statement filed with the SEC in accordance with and pursuant to Rule 415 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Shelf Takedown” means an Underwritten Shelf Takedown or any proposed transfer or sale using a Registration Statement, including a Piggyback Registration.

 

Sponsors” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Sponsor Director” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

 

Sponsor Lock-Up Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

 

8

 

 

Sponsor Representative” means John Lipman, or such other Person who is identified as the replacement Sponsor Representative by the then existing Sponsor Representative giving prior written notice to PubCo.

 

Subsequent Shelf Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(b).

 

Takedown Requesting Holder” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c).

 

Transfer” means, when used as a noun, any voluntary or involuntary, direct or indirect, transfer, sale, pledge or hypothecation, distribution or other disposition by the Transferor (whether by operation of Law or otherwise) and, when used as a verb, the Transferor voluntarily or involuntarily, directly or indirectly, transfers, sells, pledges or hypothecates, distributes or otherwise disposes of (whether by operation of Law or otherwise), including, in each case, (a) the establishment or increase of a put equivalent position or liquidation with respect to, or decrease of a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to, any security or (b) entry into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another Person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities, in cash or otherwise; provided that, the sale, assignment and transfer of the Company Units by Sellers to Pubco pursuant to and in accordance with the BCA shall not be considered a Transfer. The terms “Transferee,” “Transferor,” “Transferred,” and other forms of the word “Transfer” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

Underwriter” means any investment banker(s) and manager(s) appointed to administer the offering of any Registrable Securities as principal in an Underwritten Offering.

 

Underwritten Offering” means a Registration in which securities of PubCo are sold to an Underwriter for distribution to the public.

 

Underwritten Shelf Takedown” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(c).

 

Well-Known Seasoned Issuer” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 promulgated by the SEC pursuant to the Securities Act.

 

Withdrawal Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1(e).

 

Section 1.2            Interpretive Provisions. For all purposes of this Investor Rights Agreement, except as otherwise provided in this Investor Rights Agreement or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)               the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, unless the context clearly prohibits that construction.

 

(b)               the words “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Investor Rights Agreement, refer to this Investor Rights Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Investor Rights Agreement.

 

9

 

 

(c)               references in this Investor Rights Agreement to any Law shall be deemed also to refer to such Law, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(d)               whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Investor Rights Agreement, they shall mean “without limitation.”

 

(e)               the captions and headings of this Investor Rights Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Investor Rights Agreement.

 

(f)                pronouns of any gender or neuter shall include, as appropriate, the other pronoun forms.

 

(g)               the words “neither,” “nor,” “any,” “either” and “or” shall not be exclusive, unless the context clearly prohibits that construction.

 

(h)               the phrase “to the extent” shall be construed to mean “the degree by which.”

 

(i)                 the word “or” shall not be exclusive unless the context clearly requires the selection of one (1) (but not more than one (1)) of a number of items.

 

ARTICLE II
GOVERNANCE

Section 2.1            Board of Directors.

 

(a)               Composition of the Board. Each of the Sellers, the Other Holders, the Sponsors and PubCo shall take all Necessary Action to cause the Board to be comprised at Closing of nine (9) directors, (i) seven (7) of whom have been nominated by the Equityholder Representative (each, a “Seller Director”), (ii) one (1) of whom has been nominated by the Sponsor Representative (the “Sponsor Director”) and (iii) one (1) of whom has been jointly nominated by the Sponsor Representative and the Equityholder Representative (the “Joint Director”). At the Closing, each of the Sellers, the Other Holders, the Sponsors and PubCo shall take all Necessary Action to cause the foregoing directors to be divided into three (3) classes of directors, with each class serving for staggered three year-terms.

 

(i)                 the Class I directors shall initially be: Andrew Weinberg, Matthew Allard, and Jigisha Desai;

 

(ii)              the Class II directors shall initially be: Sam Chawla, Christopher S. Hisey, and Roger Bulloch; and

 

(iii)            the Class III directors shall initially be: Maha Eltobgy, Raul Deju, and Renee Noto.

 

Any vacancies existing on the Board as of the date hereof shall be filled in accordance with Section 2.1(d). The initial term of the Class I directors shall expire immediately following PubCo’s 2022 annual meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected. The initial term of the Class II directors shall expire immediately following PubCo’s 2023 annual meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected. The initial term of the Class III directors shall expire immediately following PubCo’s 2024 annual meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected.

 

10

 

 

(b)               Seller Representation. For so long as the Sellers and their Permitted Transferees, either individually or as a group (as such term is construed in accordance with the Exchange Act) Beneficially Own Common Stock in PubCo representing at least the percentage, shown below, of the Common Stock held by the Sellers and their Permitted Transferees immediately after the Closing, PubCo shall take all Necessary Action to include in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board for election as directors at each applicable annual or special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected that number of individuals designated by the Equityholder Representative that, if elected, will result in the Sellers having the number of directors serving on the Board that is shown below.

 

Common Stock Beneficially Owned by the Sellers
as a Percentage of the Common Stock Beneficially
Owned by the Sellers on the Closing Date
Number of
Seller Directors
70% or greater 7
60% or greater, but less than 70% 6
50% or greater, but less than 60% 5
40% or greater, but less than 50% 4
30% or greater, but less than 40% 3
20% or greater, but less than 30% 2
Greater than 10%, but less than 20% 1

 

(c)               Sponsor and Other Holders Representation. For so long as the Sponsors and the Other Holders and their respective Permitted Transferees Beneficially Own Common Stock in PubCo representing at least the percentage, shown below, of the Common Stock held by the Sponsors and the Other Holders and their respective Permitted Transferees immediately after the Closing, PubCo shall take all Necessary Action to include in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board for election as directors at each applicable annual or special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected that number of individuals designated by the Sponsor Representative (acting upon the instructions of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock Beneficially Owned by the Sponsors and the Other Holders and their respective Permitted Transferees) that, if elected, will result in the Sponsors and the Other Holders having the number of directors serving on the Board that is shown below.

 

11

 

 

Common Stock Beneficially Owned by the
Sponsors and the Other Holders and their
respective Permitted Transferees as a
Percentage of the Common Stock
Beneficially Owned by the Sponsors or the
Other Holders and their respective
Permitted Transferees on the Closing Date
Number of Sponsors Directors
40% or greater 1

 

(d)               Decrease in Directors. Upon any decrease in the number of directors that the Seller Representative is or the Sponsors are, as applicable, entitled to designate for nomination to the Board pursuant to Section 2.1(a), the Sellers, the Other Holders or the Sponsors, as applicable, shall take all Necessary Action to cause the appropriate number of Seller Directors, the Joint Director or Sponsor Directors, as applicable, to offer to tender their resignation at least 60 days prior to the expected date of PubCo’s next annual meeting of stockholders; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, such resignation may be made effective as of the last day of the term of such director. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may, in its sole discretion, recommend for nomination the Joint Director, the Seller Director or Sponsor Director that has tendered his or her resignation pursuant to this Section 2.1(d).

 

(e)               Removal; Vacancies. The Equityholder Representative or the Sponsor Representative, as applicable, shall have the exclusive right to (i) remove their nominees from the Board, and PubCo shall take all Necessary Action to cause the removal of any such nominee at the request of the applicable Party and (ii) designate or nominate directors for election or appointment, as applicable, to the Board to fill vacancies created by reason of death, removal or resignation of its nominees to the Board, and PubCo shall take all Necessary Action to nominate or cause the Board to appoint, as applicable, replacement directors designated by the applicable Party to fill any such vacancies created pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above to be filled by replacement directors designated by the applicable Party as promptly as practicable after such designation (and in any event prior to the next meeting or action of the Board or applicable committee). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.1, no Party shall have the right to designate a replacement director, and PubCo shall not be required to take any action to cause any vacancy to be filled by any such designee, to the extent that election or appointment of such designee to the Board would result in a number of directors nominated or designated by such Party in excess of the number of directors that such Party is then entitled to nominate for membership on the Board pursuant to this Investor Rights Agreement.

 

(f)                Committees. In accordance with PubCo’s Organizational Documents, (i) the Board shall establish and maintain committees of the Board for (x) Audit, (y) Compensation and (z) Nominating and Corporate Governance, and (ii) the Board may from time to time by resolution establish and maintain other committees of the Board. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, including the rules of any applicable securities exchange, the Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees should include the director, if any, elected to the Board pursuant to Section 2.1(c) hereof.

 

12

 

 

(g)               Independent Directors. PubCo has determined that the initial slate of directors referenced in Section 2.1(a) includes the requisite number of individuals meeting the independence requirements of Nasdaq. From and after such initial slate is constituted, PubCo shall take all Necessary Action to ensure that the Board consists of the requisite number of directors meeting the independence requirements of Nasdaq or any other securities exchange on which the Equity Securities of PubCo are then listed, in each case giving effect, when applicable, to Section 2.1(h).

 

(h)               Controlled Company Exception. At all times in which PubCo is a “controlled company” under the rules of Nasdaq or any other securities exchange on which the Equity Securities of PubCo are then listed as a result of the ownership of Common Stock, among others, any Sellers or their Permitted Transferees, PubCo shall take all Necessary Action to avail itself of all “controlled company” exemptions to the rules of Nasdaq or any other exchange on which the Equity Securities of PubCo are then listed and shall comply with all requirements under Law (including Item 407(a) of Regulation S-K) and all disclosure requirements to take such actions. Among other things, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Seller Representative, for so long as PubCo is a “controlled company” under the rules of Nasdaq or any other securities exchange on which the Equity Securities of PubCo are then listed as a result of the ownership of Common Stock, among others, any Sellers or their Permitted Transferees, PubCo shall take all Necessary Action to exempt itself from each of (i) any requirement that a majority of the Board consist of independent directors; (ii) any requirement that the Nominating and Governance Committee be composed entirely of independent directors or have a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; (iii) any requirement that the Compensation Committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; (iv) the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the Nominating and Governance Committee and Compensation Committee; and (v) each other requirement that a “controlled company” is eligible to be exempted from under the rules of Nasdaq or any other exchange on which the Equity Securities of PubCo are then listed.

 

(i)                 Reimbursement of Expenses. PubCo shall reimburse the directors for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at meetings of the Board and any committees thereof, including travel, lodging and meal expenses.

 

(j)                 Indemnification. For so long as any Joint Director, Seller Director or Sponsor Director serves as a director of PubCo, (i) PubCo shall provide such Joint Director, Seller Director or Sponsor Director with the same expense reimbursement, benefits, indemnity, exculpation and other arrangements provided to the other directors of PubCo and (ii) PubCo shall not amend, alter or repeal any right to indemnification or exculpation covering or benefiting any Joint Director, Seller Director or Sponsor Director nominated pursuant to this Investor Rights Agreement as and to the extent consistent with applicable Law, Articles VIII and X of the Certificate of Incorporation, Article V of the Bylaws and any indemnification agreements with directors (whether such right is contained in the Organizational Documents or another document) (except to the extent such amendment or alteration permits PubCo to provide broader indemnification or exculpation rights on a retroactive basis than permitted prior thereto).

 

(k)               D&O Insurance. PubCo shall (i) purchase directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in an amount determined by the Board to be reasonable and customary and (ii) for so long as any Joint Director, Seller Director or Sponsor Director serves as a director, maintain such directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage with respect to such director; provided, that upon removal or resignation of such Joint Director, Seller Director or Sponsor Director for any reason, PubCo shall take all actions reasonably necessary to extend such directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage with respect to such Joint Director, Seller Director or Sponsor Director for a period of not less than six (6) years from any such event in respect of any act or omission of such Joint Director, Seller Director or Sponsor Director occurring at or prior to such event.

 

13

 

 

Section 2.2            PubCo Cooperation. PubCo shall take all Necessary Action to cause the Board to consist of the number of directors specified in Section 2.1 and to include in the slate of nominees to be voted upon by the stockholders of PubCo the Persons designated for nomination to the Board in accordance with Section 2.1. The Parties agree that the rights of the Sellers, the Sponsors and the Other Holders to nominate a number of directors specified in Section 2.1 shall be reduced to the extent required by the rules of Nasdaq or any other securities exchange on which the Equity Securities of PubCo are then listed.

 

Section 2.3            Sharing of Information. To the extent permitted by antitrust, competition or any other applicable Law, each of PubCo, the Sellers, the Other Holders and the Sponsors agrees and acknowledges that the directors designated by the Equityholder Representative and the Sponsor Representative may share confidential, non-public information about PubCo and its Subsidiaries (“Confidential Information”) with the Sellers, the Other Holders and the Sponsors, as applicable. Each of the Sellers, the Other Holders and the Sponsors recognizes that it, or its Affiliates and Representatives, has acquired or will acquire Confidential Information the use or disclosure of which could cause PubCo or its Subsidiaries substantial loss and damages that could not be readily calculated and for which no remedy at Law would be adequate. Accordingly, each of the Sellers, the Other Holders and the Sponsors covenants and agrees with PubCo that it will not (and will cause its respective controlled Affiliates and Representatives not to) at any time, except with the prior written consent of PubCo, directly or indirectly, disclose any Confidential Information known to it to any third party, unless (a) such information becomes known to the public through no fault of such Party, (b) disclosure is required by applicable Law (including any filing following the Closing Date with the SEC pursuant to applicable securities laws) or court of competent jurisdiction or requested by a Governmental Entity; provided, that (other than in the case of any required following the Closing Date with the SEC or in connection with any routine audit or examination as described below) such Party promptly notifies PubCo of such requirement or request and takes commercially reasonable steps, at the sole cost and expense of PubCo, to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure, (c) such information was available or becomes available to such Party before, on or after the Effective Date, without restriction, from a source (other than PubCo or its Subsidiaries) without any breach of duty to PubCo or its Subsidiaries or (d) such information was independently developed by such Party or its Representatives without the use of the Confidential Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Investor Rights Agreement shall prohibit the Sellers, the Other Holders or the Sponsors from disclosing Confidential Information to (x) any Affiliate, Representative, limited partner, member or shareholder of such Party; provided that such Person shall be bound by an obligation of confidentiality with respect to such Confidential Information and such Party shall be responsible for any breach of this Section 2.3 by any such Person or (y) if such disclosure is made to a governmental or regulatory authority with jurisdiction over such Party in connection with a routine audit or examination that is not specifically directed at PubCo or the Confidential Information, provided that such Party shall request that confidential treatment be accorded to any information so disclosed. No Confidential Information shall be deemed to be provided to any Person, including any Affiliate of the Sellers, the Other Holders or the Sponsors, unless such Confidential Information is actually provided to such Person, and furthermore, receipt of Confidential Information shall not be imputed to any Affiliate of the Sellers, the Other Holders or the Sponsors solely by virtue of the fact that the party serves in a similar capacity for such Affiliate (a “Shared Representative”) and has received Confidential Information unless a Shared Representative (x) conveys, shares or communicates, in any manner, Confidential Information to such Affiliate or (y) participates, directly or indirectly, on behalf of such Affiliate in activities prohibited by this Investor Rights Agreement.

 

14

 

 

 

ARTICLE III
REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

Section 3.1            Shelf Registration.

 

(a)               Filing. PubCo shall file, within 60 days of the Closing Date (the “Filing Deadline”) a Registration Statement for a Shelf Registration on Form S-3 (the “Form S-3 Shelf”), or if PubCo is ineligible to use a Form S-3 Shelf, a Registration Statement for a Shelf Registration on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1 Shelf,” and together with the Form S-3 Shelf (and any Subsequent Shelf Registration), the “Shelf”), in each case, covering the resale of all Registrable Securities (determined as of two (2) Business Days prior to such filing) on a delayed or continuous basis. PubCo shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Shelf to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing. The Shelf shall provide for the resale of the Registrable Securities included therein pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available to, and requested by, any Holder. PubCo shall maintain the Shelf in accordance with the terms of this Investor Rights Agreement, and shall prepare and file with the SEC such amendments, including post-effective amendments, and supplements as may be necessary to keep such Shelf continuously effective, available for use and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities. In the event PubCo files a Form S-1 Shelf, PubCo shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to convert the Form S-1 Shelf (and any Subsequent Shelf Registration) to a Form S-3 Shelf as soon as practicable after PubCo is eligible to use Form S-3.

 

(b)               Subsequent Shelf Registration. If any Shelf ceases to be effective under the Securities Act for any reason at any time while there are any Registrable Securities outstanding, PubCo shall use its reasonable best efforts to as promptly as is reasonably practicable cause such Shelf to again become effective under the Securities Act (including obtaining the prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf), and shall use its reasonable best efforts to as promptly as is reasonably practicable amend such Shelf in a manner reasonably expected to result in the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf or file an additional Registration Statement as a Shelf Registration (a “Subsequent Shelf Registration”) registering the resale of all outstanding Registrable Securities from time to time, and pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available to, and requested by, any Holder. If a Subsequent Shelf Registration is filed, PubCo shall use its reasonable best efforts to (i) cause such Subsequent Shelf Registration to become effective under the Securities Act as promptly as is reasonably practicable after the filing thereof (it being agreed that the Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement if PubCo is a Well-Known Seasoned Issuer) and (ii) keep such Subsequent Shelf Registration continuously effective, available for use and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities outstanding. Any such Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be on Form S-3 to the extent that PubCo is eligible to use such form. Otherwise, such Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be on another appropriate form. In the event that any Holder holds Registrable Securities that are not registered for resale on a delayed or continuous basis, PubCo, upon request of a Holder, shall promptly use its reasonable best efforts to cause the resale of such Registrable Securities to be covered by either, at PubCo’s option, the Shelf (including by means of a post-effective amendment) or a Subsequent Shelf Registration and cause the same to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and such Shelf or Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be subject to the terms of this Investor Rights Agreement.

 

15

 

 

(c)               Requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns. At any time and from time to time after the Shelf has been declared effective by the SEC, the Holders may request to sell all or any portion of their Registrable Securities in an underwritten offering that is registered pursuant to the Shelf (each, an “Underwritten Shelf Takedown”); provided that PubCo shall only be obligated to effect an Underwritten Shelf Takedown if such offering shall include securities with a total offering price (including piggyback securities and before deduction of underwriting discounts) reasonably expected to exceed, in the aggregate, $30 million (the “Minimum Takedown Threshold”). All requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns shall be made by giving written notice to PubCo, which shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown and the expected price range (net of underwriting discounts and commissions) of such Underwritten Shelf Takedown; provided that each Holder agrees that the fact that such a notice has been delivered shall constitute Confidential Information subject to Section 2.2. PubCo shall give written notice of such request to all Holders of Registrable Securities promptly (but in any even within five business days after receipt of such request for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown) and shall include in any Underwritten Shelf Takedown the securities requested to be included by any holder (each a “Takedown Requesting Holder”) at least 48 hours prior to the public announcement of such Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to written contractual piggyback registration rights of such Holder (including those set forth herein).The Holders that requested such Underwritten Shelf Takedown (the “Demanding Holders”) shall have the right to select the Underwriters for such offering (which shall consist of one (1) or more reputable nationally or regionally recognized investment banks), and to agree to the pricing and other terms of such offering; provided that such selection shall be subject to the consent of PubCo, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Investor Rights Agreement, in no event shall any Holder or any Transferee thereof request an Underwritten Shelf Takedown during the Lock-Up Period applicable to such Person. There shall be no limit to the number of Underwritten Shelf Takedowns that may be requested by any Holder, subject to the proviso in the first sentence of this Section 3.1(c).

 

(d)               Reduction of Underwritten Shelf Takedowns. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters in an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, in good faith, advise PubCo, the Demanding Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) in writing that the dollar amount or number of Registrable Securities that the Demanding Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) desire to sell, taken together with all other shares of Common Stock or other Equity Securities that PubCo desires to sell and all other Common Stock or other Equity Securities, if any, that have been requested to be sold in such Underwritten Offering pursuant to separate written contractual piggyback registration rights held by any other stockholders, exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of Equity Securities that can be sold in the Underwritten Offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of such securities, as applicable, the “Maximum Number of Securities”), then PubCo shall include in such Underwritten Offering, as follows: at all times (i) first, the Registrable Securities of the Demanding Holders and the Requesting Holders (if any) (pro rata based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each Demanding Holder and Requesting Holder (if any) has requested be included in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown) that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the Common Stock or other Equity Securities that PubCo desires to sell, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (iii) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the Common Stock or other Equity Securities of other Persons that PubCo is obligated to include in such Underwritten Offering pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements with such Persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities.

 

16

 

 

(e)               Withdrawal. Any of the Demanding Holders initiating an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall have the right to withdraw from such Underwritten Shelf Takedown for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification (a “Withdrawal Notice”) to PubCo and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of such Demanding Holder’s intention to withdraw from such Underwritten Shelf Takedown, prior to the public announcement of the Underwritten Shelf Takedown by PubCo; provided that a Holder not so withdrawing may elect to have PubCo continue an Underwritten Shelf Takedown if the Minimum Takedown Threshold would still be satisfied or if the Underwritten Shelf Takedown would be made with respect to all of the Registrable Securities of such Holder. Following the receipt of any Withdrawal Notice, PubCo shall promptly forward such Withdrawal Notice to any other Holders that had elected to participate in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Investor Rights Agreement, PubCo shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with the Underwritten Shelf Takedown prior to delivery of a Withdrawal Notice under this Section 3.1(e).

 

(f)                Long-Form Demands. Upon the expiration of the Lock-Up Period applicable to such Person, and during such times as no Shelf is effective, each of the Sellers, together with its, his or her Permitted Transferees, and the Sponsor Representative (acting upon the instructions of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by the Sponsors and the Other Holders) may demand that PubCo file a Registration Statement on Form S-1 for the purpose of conducting an Underwritten Offering of any or all of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities. PubCo shall file such Registration Statement within 60 days of receipt of such demand and use its reasonable best efforts to cause the same to be declared effective within 90 days of filing. The provisions of Section 3.1(c), Section 3.1(d) and Section 3.1(e) shall apply to this Section 3.1(f) as if a demand under this Section 3.1(f) were an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, provided that in order to withdraw a demand under this Section 3.1(f), such withdrawal must be received by PubCo prior to PubCo having publicly filed a Registration Statement pursuant to this Section 3.1(f).

 

17

 

 

Section 3.2            Piggyback Registration.

 

(a)               Piggyback Rights. If PubCo or any Holder proposes to conduct a registered offering of, or if PubCo proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering of Equity Securities of PubCo, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into Equity Securities of PubCo, for its own account or for the account of stockholders of PubCo (or by PubCo and by the stockholders of PubCo including an Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to Section 3.1), other than a Registration Statement (or any registered offering with respect thereto) (i) filed in connection with any employee stock option or other benefit plan, (ii) for an exchange offer or offering of securities solely to PubCo’s existing stockholders, (iii) for an offering of debt that is convertible into equity securities of PubCo, or (iv) for a dividend reinvestment plan, then PubCo shall give written notice of such proposed offering to all Holders as soon as practicable but not less than three (3) calendar days before the anticipated filing date of such Registration Statement or, in the case of an underwritten offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration, the launch date of such offering, which notice shall (A) describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing Underwriter or Underwriters, if any and if known, in such offering, and (B) offer to all of the Holders the opportunity to include in such registered offering such number of Registrable Securities as such Holders may request in writing within two (2) calendar day after receipt of such written notice (such registered offering, a “Piggyback Registration”); provided that each Holder agrees that the fact that such a notice has been delivered shall constitute Confidential Information subject to Section 2.2. PubCo shall cause such Registrable Securities to be included in such Piggyback Registration and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the managing Underwriter or Underwriters of a proposed Underwritten Offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested by the Holders pursuant to this Section 3.2(a) to be included in a Piggyback Registration on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of PubCo included in such registered offering and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. The inclusion of any Holder’s Registrable Securities in a Piggyback Registration shall be subject to such Holder’s agreement to abide by the terms of Section 3.6 below.

 

(b)               Reduction of Piggyback Registration. If the managing Underwriter or Underwriters in an Underwritten Offering that is to be a Piggyback Registration (other than an Underwritten Shelf Takedown), in good faith, advises PubCo and the Holders participating in the Piggyback Registration in writing that the dollar amount or number of shares of Common Stock or other Equity Securities that PubCo desires to sell, taken together with (i) the Common Stock or other Equity Securities, if any, as to which Registration or a registered offering has been demanded pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements with Persons other than the Holders hereunder and (ii) the Common Stock or other Equity Securities, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to Section 3.2, exceeds the Maximum Number of Securities, then:

 

(i)                 If the Registration is initiated and undertaken for PubCo’s account, PubCo shall include in any such Registration (A) first, the Common Stock or other Equity Securities that PubCo desires to sell, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Registrable Securities of Holders exercising their rights to register their Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3.2(a) (pro rata based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each Holder has requested be included in such Registration), which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the Common Stock or other Equity Securities, if any, as to which Registration has been requested pursuant to written contractual piggyback registration rights of other stockholders of PubCo, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; or

 

18

 

 

(ii)              If the Registration is pursuant to a request by Persons other than the Holders, then PubCo shall include in any such Registration (A) first, the Common Stock or other Equity Securities, if any, of such requesting Persons, other than the Holders, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Registrable Securities of Holders exercising their rights to register their Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3.2(a) (pro rata based on the respective number of Registrable Securities that each Holder has requested be included in such Registration) which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the Common Stock or other Equity Securities that PubCo desires to sell, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities; and (D) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Securities has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), the Common Stock or other Equity Securities, if any, for the account of other Persons that PubCo is obligated to register pursuant to separate written contractual piggyback registration rights of such Persons, which can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Securities.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.2(b), in the event a Demanding Holder has submitted notice for a bona fide Underwritten Shelf Takedown and all sales pursuant to such Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to Section 3.1 have not been effected in accordance with the applicable plan of distribution or submitted a Withdrawal Notice prior to such time that PubCo has given written notice of a Piggyback Registration to all Holders pursuant to Section 3.2, then any reduction in the number of Registrable Securities to be offered in such offering shall be determined in accordance with Section 3.1(d), instead of this Section 3.2(b).

 

(c)               Piggyback Registration Withdrawal. Any Holder shall have the right to withdraw from a Piggyback Registration for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification to PubCo and the Underwriter or Underwriters (if any) of such Holder’s intention to withdraw from such Piggyback Registration prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed with the SEC with respect to such Piggyback Registration or, in the case of a Piggyback Registration pursuant to a Shelf Registration, filing of the applicable “red herring” prospectus or prospectus supplement with respect to such Piggyback Registration used for marketing such transaction. PubCo (whether on its own good faith determination or as the result of a request for withdrawal by Persons pursuant to separate written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement filed with the SEC in connection with a Piggyback Registration (which, in no circumstance, shall include the Shelf) at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Investor Rights Agreement, PubCo shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses incurred in connection with the Piggyback Registration prior to its withdrawal under this Section 3.2(c).

 

19

 

 

(d)               Restriction on Transfer. In connection with any Underwritten Offering of Equity Securities of PubCo, each Holder that holds more than 5% of the issued and outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to the exchange of all outstanding Company Units for Class A Common Stock) agrees that it shall not Transfer any Common Stock (other than those included in such offering pursuant to this Investor Rights Agreement), without the prior written consent of PubCo, during the five (5) days prior (to the extent notice of such Underwritten Offering has been provided) to and the 90-day period beginning on the date of pricing of such offering (or such shorter period as agreed with the Underwriter managing the offering), subject to customary exceptions agreed with the Underwriter managing the offering, and except in the event the Underwriter managing the offering otherwise agrees by written consent, and further agrees to execute a customary lock-up agreement in favor of the Underwriters to such effect (in each case on substantially the same terms and conditions as all such Holders). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Holder shall not be subject to this Section 3.3 with respect to an Underwritten Offering unless each Holder that holds at least 5% of the issued and outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to the exchange of all outstanding Company Units) and each of PubCo’s directors and executive officers have executed a lock-up on terms at least as restrictive with respect to such Underwritten Offering as requested of the Holders.

 

Section 3.3            General Procedures. In connection with effecting any Registration or Shelf Takedown, subject to applicable Law and any regulations promulgated by any securities exchange on which PubCo’s Equity Securities are then listed, each as interpreted by PubCo with the advice of its counsel, PubCo shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect such Registration to permit the sale of the Registrable Securities included in such Registration in accordance with the intended plan of distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto PubCo shall, as expeditiously as possible:

 

(a)               prepare and file with the SEC as soon as practicable a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective until all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold;

 

(b)               prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to the Registration Statement, and such supplements to the Prospectus, as may be reasonably requested by any Holder or as may be required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by PubCo or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder to keep the Registration Statement effective until all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement are sold in accordance with the intended plan of distribution set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;

 

(c)               prior to filing a Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, furnish without charge to the Underwriters, if any, and the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration, and such Holders’ legal counsel, if any, copies of such Registration Statement as proposed to be filed, each amendment and supplement to such Registration Statement (in each case including all exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein), the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus), and such other documents as the Underwriters or the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration or the legal counsel for any such Holders, if any, may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holders;

 

20

 

 

(d)               prior to any public offering of Registrable Securities, use its best efforts to (i) register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement under such securities or “blue sky” Laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement (in light of their intended plan of distribution) may request (or provide evidence satisfactory to such Holders that the Registrable Securities are exempt from such registration or qualification) and (ii) take such action necessary to cause such Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other Governmental Entities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of PubCo and do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or advisable to enable the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that PubCo shall not be required to qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify or take any action to which it would be subject to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then otherwise so subject;

 

(e)               cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by PubCo are then listed;

 

(f)                provide a transfer agent or warrant agent, as applicable, and registrar for all such Registrable Securities no later than the effective date of such Registration Statement;

 

(g)               advise each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement, promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance of any stop order by the SEC suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and promptly use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal if such stop order should be issued;

 

(h)               at least three (3) calendar days prior to the filing of any Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any document that is to be incorporated by reference into such Registration Statement or Prospectus furnish a draft thereof to each Holder of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement, or its counsel, if any (excluding any exhibits thereto and any filing made under the Exchange Act that is to be incorporated by reference therein);

 

(i)                 notify the Holders at any time when a Prospectus relating to such Registration Statement is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes a Misstatement, and then to correct such Misstatement as set forth in Section 3.7;

 

21

 

 

(j)                 permit Representatives of the Holders, the Underwriters, if any, and any attorney, consultant or accountant retained by such Holders or Underwriter to participate, at each such Person’s own expense except to the extent such expenses constitute Registration Expenses, in the preparation of the Registration Statement, make available for inspection by the Holders of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement, any Underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other professional retained by any Holder of Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement or any Underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, as shall be necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause PubCo’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Representative, Underwriter, attorney, consultant or accountant in connection with the Registration, and cause PubCo’s officers, directors and employees to cooperate fully in any offering of Registrable Securities hereunder, which cooperation shall include, without limitation, the preparation of the Registration Statement with respect to such offering and all other offering materials and related documents, and participation in reasonably requested meetings with Underwriters, attorneys, accountants and potential investors; provided, however, that such Persons agree to confidentiality arrangements reasonably satisfactory to PubCo, prior to the release or disclosure of any such information;

 

(k)               obtain a “cold comfort” letter, and a bring-down thereof, from PubCo’s independent registered public accountants in the event of an Underwritten Offering which the participating Holders may rely on, in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by “cold comfort” letters as the managing Underwriter may reasonably request, and reasonably satisfactory to a majority-in-interest of the participating Holders;

 

(l)                 on the date the Registrable Securities are delivered for sale pursuant to such Registration, obtain an opinion and negative assurances letter, dated such date, of counsel representing PubCo for the purposes of such Registration, addressed to the Holders, the placement agent or sales agent, if any, and the Underwriters, if any, covering such legal matters with respect to the Registration in respect of which such opinion is being given as the Holders, placement agent, sales agent, or Underwriter may reasonably request and as are customarily included in such opinions and negative assurance letters, and reasonably satisfactory to the participating Holders;

 

(m)             in the event of any Underwritten Offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing Underwriter of such offering;

 

(n)               make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least 12 months beginning within three months after the effective date of the Registration Statement which satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any successor rule promulgated thereafter by the SEC);

 

22

 

 

(o)               if an Underwritten Offering involves Registrable Securities with a total offering price (including piggyback securities and before deduction of underwriting discounts) reasonably expected to exceed, in the aggregate, $50 million, use its reasonable best efforts to make available senior executives of PubCo to participate in customary “road show” presentations that may be reasonably requested by the Underwriter in such Underwritten Offering; and

 

(p)               otherwise, in good faith, cooperate reasonably with, and take such customary actions as may reasonably be requested, by the Holders, in connection with such Registration.

 

Section 3.4            Registration Expenses. The Registration Expenses of all Registrations shall be borne by PubCo. It is acknowledged by the Holders that the Holders selling any Registrable Securities in an offering shall bear all incremental selling expenses relating to the sale of Registrable Securities, such as Underwriters’ commissions and discounts, brokerage fees, Underwriter marketing costs and, other than as set forth in the definition of “Registration Expenses,” all reasonable fees and expenses of any legal counsel representing such Holders, in each case pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities that such Holders have sold in such Registration.

 

Section 3.5            Requirements for Participating in Underwritten Offerings. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Investor Rights Agreement, if any Holder does not provide PubCo with its requested Holder Information, PubCo may exclude such Holder’s Registrable Securities from the applicable Registration Statement or Prospectus if PubCo determines, based on the advice of counsel, that such information is necessary to effect the registration and such Holder continues thereafter to withhold such information. No Person may participate in any Underwritten Offering of Equity Securities of PubCo pursuant to a Registration under this Investor Rights Agreement unless such Person (a) agrees to sell such Person’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting and other arrangements approved by PubCo in the case of an Underwritten Offering initiated by PubCo, and approved by the Demanding Holders in the case of an Underwritten Offering initiated by the Demanding Holders and (b) completes and executes all customary questionnaires, powers of attorney, custody agreements, indemnities, lock-up agreements, underwriting agreements and other customary documents as may be reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. Subject to the minimum thresholds set forth in Section 3.1(c) and 3.3(o), the exclusion of a Holder’s Registrable Securities as a result of this Section 3.5 shall not affect the registration of the other Registrable Securities to be included in such Registration.

 

Section 3.6            Suspension of Sales; Adverse Disclosure. Upon receipt of written notice from PubCo that a Registration Statement or Prospectus contains a Misstatement, each of the Holders shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities until it has received copies of a supplemented or amended Prospectus correcting the Misstatement (and PubCo hereby covenants to prepare and file such supplement or amendment as soon as practicable after giving such notice), or until it is advised in writing by PubCo that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed. If (1) the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Registration Statement in respect of any Registration at any time would require PubCo to make an Adverse Disclosure or would require the inclusion in such Registration Statement of financial statements that are unavailable to PubCo for reasons beyond PubCo’s control or (2) PubCo determines that the filing, initial effectiveness or continued use of a Registration Statement in respect of any Registration at any time would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any proposal or plan by PubCo or any of its subsidiaries to engage in any material acquisition of assets or stock (other than in the ordinary course of business) or any material merger, consolidation, tender offer, recapitalization, reorganization, financing or other transaction involving PubCo, PubCo may, upon giving prompt written notice of such action to the Holders, delay the filing or initial effectiveness of, or suspend use of, such Registration Statement for the shortest period of time, but in no event may PubCo exercise the right to delay or suspend for more than two periods in any twelve (12) month period and not more than ninety (90) days in the aggregate in any twelve (12) month period, determined in good faith by PubCo to be necessary for such purpose (a “Blackout Period”). In the event PubCo exercises its rights under the preceding sentence, the Holders agree to suspend, immediately upon their receipt of the notice referred to above, their use of the Prospectus relating to such Registration in connection with any sale or offer to sell Registrable Securities. PubCo shall immediately notify the Holders of the expiration of any Blackout Period during which it exercised its rights under this Section 3.6. Notwithstanding the foregoing, PubCo shall not exercise its rights under this Section 3.6 to invoke a Blackout Period unless it applies the same Blackout Period restrictions contained herein to all other securityholders of the Company with contractual registration rights.

 

23

 

 

Section 3.7            Reporting Obligations. As long as any Holder shall own Registrable Securities, PubCo, at all times while it shall be a reporting company under the Exchange Act, covenants to file timely (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by PubCo after the Effective Date pursuant to Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and to promptly furnish the Holders with true and complete copies of all such filings; provided that any documents publicly filed or furnished with the SEC pursuant to the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System shall be deemed to have been furnished to the Holders pursuant to this Section 3.7.

 

Section 3.8            Other Obligations. In connection with a Transfer of Registrable Securities exempt from Section 5 of the Securities Act or through any broker-dealer transactions described in the plan of distribution set forth within the Prospectus and pursuant to the Registration Statement of which such Prospectus forms a part, PubCo shall, subject to applicable Law, as interpreted by PubCo with the advice of counsel, and the receipt of any customary documentation required from the applicable Holders in connection therewith, (a) promptly instruct its transfer agent to remove any restrictive legends applicable to the Registrable Securities being Transferred and (b) cause its legal counsel to deliver the necessary legal opinions, if any, to the transfer agent in connection with the instruction under clause (a). In addition, PubCo shall cooperate reasonably with, and take such customary actions as may reasonably be requested by the Holders, in connection with the aforementioned Transfers; provided, however, that PubCo shall have no obligation to participate in any “road shows” or assist with the preparation of any offering memoranda or related documentation with respect to any Transfer of Registrable Securities in any transaction that does not constitute an Underwritten Offering.

 

Section 3.9            Indemnification and Contribution.

 

(a)               PubCo agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, its officers, managers, directors, trustees, equityholders, beneficiaries, affiliates, agents and Representatives and each Person who controls such Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against all losses, claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) (or actions in respect thereto) caused by, resulting from, arising out of or based upon (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in any Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or similar document incident to any Registration, qualification, compliance or sale effected pursuant to this ARTICLE III or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (ii) any violation or alleged violation by PubCo of the Securities Act or any other similar federal or state securities Laws, and will reimburse, as incurred, each such Holder, its officers, managers, directors, trustees, equityholders, beneficiaries, affiliates, agents and Representatives and each Person who controls such Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action; provided that, PubCo will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, damage, loss, liability or expense are caused by or arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission made in reliance and in conformity with written information furnished to PubCo by or on behalf of such Holder expressly for use therein. PubCo shall indemnify the Underwriters, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such Underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided in the foregoing sentence with respect to the indemnification of each Holder.

 

24

 

 

(b)               In connection with any Registration Statement in which a Holder of Registrable Securities is participating, such Holder shall furnish to PubCo in writing such information and affidavits as PubCo reasonably requests for use in connection with any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (the “Holder Information”) and, to the extent permitted by Law, such Holder shall indemnify and hold harmless PubCo, its directors, officers, employees, equityholders, affiliates and agents and each Person who controls PubCo (within the meaning of the Securities Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of, resulting from or based on any untrue statement of material fact contained in the Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus or similar document or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or any omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Holder expressly for use therein; provided, however, that the obligation to indemnify shall be several, not joint and several, among such Holders of Registrable Securities, and the liability of each such Holder of Registrable Securities shall be in proportion to and limited to the net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement. The Holders of Registrable Securities shall indemnify the Underwriters, their officers, directors and each Person who controls such Underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided in the foregoing sentence with respect to indemnification of PubCo.

 

(c)               Any Person entitled to indemnification under this Section 3.9 shall (i) give prompt written notice, after such Person has actual knowledge thereof, to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which such Person seeks indemnification (provided that the failure to give prompt notice shall not impair any Person’s right to indemnification hereunder to the extent such failure has not materially prejudiced the indemnifying party in the defense of any such claim or any such litigation) and (ii) permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party (not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and the indemnified party may participate in such defense at the indemnifying party’s expense if representation of such indemnified party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. An indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, without the consent of each indemnified party, may consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that (i) includes as a term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff therein to such indemnified party of an unconditional release from all liability with respect to such claim or litigation and (ii) does not include any recovery (including any statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of such indemnified party) other than monetary damages, and provided, that any sums payable in connection with such settlement are paid in full by the indemnifying party.

 

25

 

 

(d)               The indemnification provided under this Investor Rights Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, manager, director, Representative or controlling Person of such indemnified party and shall survive the Transfer of securities.

 

(e)               If the indemnification provided in this Section 3.9 from the indemnifying party is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses referred to herein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying the indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, was made by, or relates to information supplied by, such indemnifying party or indemnified party, and the indemnifying party’s and indemnified party’s relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action; provided, however, that the liability of any Holder under this Section 3.9(e) shall be limited to the amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder in such offering giving rise to such liability. The amount paid or payable by a Party as a result of the losses or other liabilities referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3.9(a), 3.9(b) and 3.9(c), any legal or other fees, charges or expenses reasonably incurred by such Party in connection with any investigation or proceeding. The Parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 3.9(e) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation, which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 3.9(e). No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution pursuant to this Section 3.9(e) from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

Section 3.10        Other Registration Rights. Other than the registration rights set forth in the Original RRA, in the registration rights agreements entered into with the PIPE Investors (the “PIPE RRAs”), and the registration rights agreements entered into with the Pre-PIPE Investors (the “Pre-PIPE RRAs”), PubCo represents and warrants that no Person, other than a Holder of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Investor Rights Agreement, has any right to require PubCo to register any securities of PubCo for sale or to include such securities of PubCo in any Registration Statement filed by PubCo for the sale of securities for its own account or for the account of any other Person. Further, each of PubCo, the Other Holders and the Sponsors represents and warrants that this Investor Rights Agreement supersedes any other registration rights agreement or agreements (including the Original RRA), other than the PIPE RRAs and the Pre-PIPE RRAs.

 

26

 

 

Section 3.11        Rule 144. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, PubCo covenants that it will (a) make available at all times information necessary to comply with Rule 144, if such Rule is available with respect to resales of the Registrable Securities under the Securities Act, and (b) take such further action as the Holders may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable them to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (if available with respect to resales of the Registrable Securities), as such rule may be amended from time to time. Upon the request of any Holder, PubCo will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether PubCo has complied with such information requirements, and, if not, the specific reasons for non-compliance.

 

Section 3.12        Term. ARTICLE III shall terminate with respect to any Holder on the date that such Holder no longer holds any Registrable Securities. The provisions of Section 3.10 shall survive any such termination with respect to such Holder.

 

Section 3.13        Holder Information. Each Holder agrees, if requested in writing by PubCo, to represent to PubCo the total number of Registrable Securities held by such Holder in order for PubCo to make determinations under this Investor Rights Agreement, including for purposes of Section 3.12. Other than the Sellers, a Party who does not hold Registrable Securities as of the Closing Date and who acquires Registrable Securities after the Closing Date will not be a “Holder” until such Party gives PubCo a representation in writing of the number of Registrable Securities it holds.

 

Section 3.14        Termination of Original RRA. Upon the Closing, PubCo, the Other Holders and the Sponsors hereby agree that the Original RRA and all of the respective rights and obligations of the parties thereunder are hereby terminated in their entirety and shall be of no further force or effect.

 

Section 3.15        Distributions.

 

(a)               In the event that a Seller distributes all or a portion of its Registrable Securities to its direct equity holders, such distributees shall be treated as a Seller under this Investor Rights Agreement; provided that such distributees, taken as a whole, shall not be entitled to rights in excess of those conferred on a Seller, as if such Seller remained a single party to this Investor Rights Agreement.

 

(b)               In the event that any Sponsor that is an entity distributes all or a portion of its Registrable Securities to its direct equity holders, such distributees shall be treated as a Sponsor under this Investor Rights Agreement; provided that such distributees, taken as a whole, shall not be entitled to rights in excess of those conferred on such distributing Sponsor, as if such distributing Sponsor remained a single party to this Investor Rights Agreement.

 

27

 

 

(c)               In the event that an Other Holder distributes all or a portion of its Registrable Securities to its direct equity holders, such distributees shall be treated as an Other Holder under this Investor Rights Agreement; provided that such distributees, taken as a whole, shall not be entitled to rights in excess of those conferred on an Other Holder, as if such Other Holder remained a single party to this Investor Rights Agreement.

 

(d)               Notwithstanding the foregoing, no distribution for purposes of this Section 3.15 may occur prior to the conclusion of any Lock-Up Period applicable to the Sponsors, such Other Holder or such Seller, as applicable.

 

Section 3.16        Adjustments. If there are any changes in the Common Stock as a result of stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, or through merger, consolidation, recapitalization or other similar event, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the provisions of this Investor Rights Agreement, as may be required, so that the rights, privileges, duties and obligations under this Investor Rights Agreement shall continue with respect to the Common Stock as so changed.

 

ARTICLE IV
LOCK-UP

 

Section 4.1            Lock-Up.

 

(a)               No Holder shall effect any Transfer, or make a public announcement of any intention to effect such Transfer, of any Lock-Up Shares (as defined below) Beneficially Owned or otherwise held by such Person during the Lock-Up Period (as defined below) applicable to such Person; provided, that such prohibition shall not apply to Transfers (i) permitted pursuant to Section 4.2, (ii) permitted pursuant to ARTICLE III, (iii) any Transfer by the Sellers of any Company Units in accordance with the Company A&R LLCA (and any related Transfer of Class B Voting Stock), (iv) by any Seller following the Seller Lock-Up Period (as defined below), (v) by the Other Holders following the Other Holder Lock-Up Period (as defined below) or (vi) by any Sponsor following the Sponsor Lock-Up Period (as defined below). The “Seller Lock-Up Period” shall be the period commencing on the Closing Date and continuing until the date that is six (6) months after the Closing Date; provided that, the Seller Lock-Up Period with respect to the Earnout Shares and the Earnout Common Units shall not end prior to the date that such Earnout Shares or such Earnout Common Units are earned in accordance with the BCA. The “Other Holder Lock-Up Period” shall be the period commencing on the Closing Date and continuing until the date that is six (6) months after the Closing Date. The “Sponsor Lock-Up Period” shall be the period commencing on the Closing Date and continuing until the date that is six (6) months after the Closing Date. “Lock-Up Period” means with respect to the Sellers (including any Person who succeeds to such Seller’s rights under this Investor Rights Agreement pursuant to Section 5.1), the Seller Lock-Up Period, with respect to the Other Holders (including any Person who succeeds to such Other Holder’s rights under this Investor Rights Agreement pursuant to Section 5.1), the Other Holder Lock-Up Period and with respect to the Sponsors (including any Person who succeeds to such Sponsor’s rights under this Investor Rights Agreement pursuant to Section 5.1), the Sponsor Lock-Up Period. “Lock-Up Shares” means (i) the Equity Securities in PubCo and the Company held by the Holders as of the Closing Date, including Class A Common Stock, Class B Voting Stock and the Company Units (excluding, in the case of the Sponsors and the Other Holders, any shares of Class A Common Stock purchased by the Sponsors or the Other Holders in the PIPE Investment), (ii) the Earnout Shares and the Earnout Common Units, in each case, whether or not earned prior to the end of the Seller Lock-Up Period, and (iii) shares of Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to the Company A&R LLCA upon exchange of Company Units held as of the Closing Date, along with an equal number of Class B Voting Stock, for Class A Common Stock.

 

(b)               During the Lock-Up Period, any purported Transfer of Lock-Up Shares other than in accordance with this Investor Rights Agreement shall be null and void, and PubCo shall refuse to recognize any such Transfer for any purpose; provided that the Sellers shall be permitted to exchange any Company Unit or Class B Voting Stock held by such Sellers for Class A Common Stock.

 

(c)               The Holders acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Investor Rights Agreement, the Equity Securities in the Company (including the Earnout Shares, the Earnout Common Units, shares of Class B Voting Stock and shares of Class A Common Stock), in each case, Beneficially Owned by such Person shall remain subject to any restrictions on Transfer under applicable securities Laws of any Governmental Entity, including all applicable holding periods under the Securities Act and other rules of the SEC.

 

28

 

 

 

Section 4.2            Permitted Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Investor Rights Agreement, during the Lock-Up Period applicable to such Person, the Holders may Transfer, without the consent of PubCo, any of such Person’s Lock-Up Shares to (i) any of such Person’s Permitted Transferees, upon written notice to PubCo and, in the case of such a Transfer by a Sponsor, an Other Holder or its, his or her Permitted Transferees, the Equityholder Representative, and in the case of such a Transfer by a Seller or its, his or her Permitted Transferees, the Sponsor Representative; (ii) (a) a charitable organization, upon written notice to PubCo and, in the case of such a Transfer by a Sponsor, an Other Holder or its, his or her Permitted Transferees, the Equityholder Representative, and in the case of such a Transfer by a Seller or its, his or her Permitted Transferees, the Sponsor Representative; (b) in the case of an individual, by virtue of Laws of descent and distribution upon death of the individual; (c) in the case of an individual, by operation of Law or pursuant to a court order, such as a qualified domestic relations order, divorce decree or separation agreement; (d) as a distribution to limited partners, members or stockholders of such Holder; or (e) to a nominee or custodian of a Person to whom a disposition or transfer would be permissible under this clause (ii); (iii) pursuant to any liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of PubCo’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of Common Stock for cash, securities or other property subsequent to the Business Combination; (iv) pledges of Lock-up Shares as security or collateral in connection with a borrowing or the incurrence of any indebtedness by the Holder, provided, however, that such borrowing or incurrence of indebtedness is secured by either a portfolio of assets or equity interests issued by multiple issuers; (v) pursuant to an order or decree of a governmental authority; (vi) from an employee to PubCo or its Subsidiary death, disability or termination of employment, in each case, of such employee; (vii) transfers pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, stock sale, recapitalization, consolidation or other transaction involving a change of control of PubCo (including negotiating and entering into an agreement providing for any such transaction); provided, however, that in the event that such tender offer, merger, recapitalization, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Lock-Up Shares subject to this Agreement shall remain subject to this Agreement; (viii) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that such plan does not provide for the transfer of Lock-up Shares during the Lock-Up Period; (ix) to PubCo (a) pursuant to the exercise of any option to purchase Common Stock granted by PubCo pursuant to any employee benefit plans or arrangements (including any employee benefit plans or arrangements assumed in connection with the Merger), or (b) for the purpose of satisfying any withholding taxes (including estimated taxes) due as a result of the exercise of any option to purchase Common Stock or the vesting of any stock-based awards granted by PubCo pursuant to employee benefit plans or arrangements (including any employee benefit plans or arrangements assumed in connection with the Merger); or (x) with the prior written consent of PubCo pursuant to a written instrument executed by both PubCo and, if Seller has a right to a board designee pursuant to this Agreement, any board designees of Seller, or, if such person is not serving as a director of PubCo, Byron Roth or John Lipman; provided, that in connection with any Transfer of such Lock-Up Shares pursuant to clause (ii) and (iii) above, (A) the restrictions and obligations contained in Section 4.1 and this Section 4.2 will continue to apply to such Lock-Up Shares after any Transfer of such Lock-Up Shares and such Transferee shall agree to be bound by such restrictions and obligations in writing and acknowledged by Pubco, and (B) the Transferee of such Lock-Up Shares shall have no rights under this Investor Rights Agreement, unless, for the avoidance of doubt, such Transferee is a Permitted Transferee in accordance with this Investor Rights Agreement. Any Transferee of Lock-Up Shares who is a Permitted Transferee of the Transferor pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be required, at the time of and as a condition to such Transfer, to become a party to this Investor Rights Agreement by executing and delivering a joinder in the form attached to this Investor Rights Agreement as Exhibit A, whereupon such Transferee will be treated as a Party (with the same rights and obligations as the Transferor) for all purposes of this Investor Rights Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.2, a Holder may not make a Transfer to a Permitted Transferee if such Transfer has as a purpose the avoidance of, or is otherwise undertaken in contemplation of avoiding, the restrictions on Transfers in this Agreement (it being understood that the purpose of this provision includes prohibiting the Transfer to a Permitted Transferee (A) that has been formed to facilitate a material change with respect to who or which entities Beneficially Own the underlying Lock-Up Shares or (B) followed by a change in the relationship between the Holder and the Permitted Transferee (or a change of control of such Holder or Permitted Transferee) after the Transfer with the result and effect that the Holder has indirectly made a Transfer of Lock-Up Shares by using a Permitted Transferee, which Transfer would not have been directly permitted under this ARTICLE IV had such change in such relationship occurred prior to such Transfer).

 

29

 

 

ARTICLE V 
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 5.1            Assignment; Successors and Assigns; No Third Party Beneficiaries.

 

(a)               Except as otherwise permitted pursuant to this Investor Rights Agreement, no Party may assign such Party’s rights and obligations under this Investor Rights Agreement, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Equityholder Representative, in the case of (i) an assignment by a Sponsor or a Permitted Transferee thereof or (ii) an assignment by an Other Holder or a Permitted Transferee thereof, or the Sponsor Representative, in the case of an assignment by a Seller or a Permitted Transferee thereof. Any such assignee may not again assign those rights, other than in accordance with this ARTICLE V. Any attempted assignment of rights or obligations in violation of this ARTICLE V shall be null and void.

 

(b)               Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Investor Rights Agreement (other than the succeeding sentence of this Section 5.1(b)), (i) prior to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period applicable to such Holder, no Holder may Transfer such Holder’s rights or obligations under this Investor Rights Agreement in connection with a Transfer of such Holder’s Registrable Securities, in whole or in part, except in connection with a Transfer pursuant to Section 4.2; and (ii) after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period applicable to such Holder, a Holder may Transfer such Holder’s rights or obligations under this Investor Rights Agreement in connection with a Transfer of such Holder’s Registrable Securities, in whole or in part, to (x) any of such Holder’s Permitted Transferees, or (y) any Person with the prior written consent of PubCo. In no event can the Sponsors, the Other Holders, the Sellers, the Equityholder Representative, or the Sponsor Representative assign any of such Person’s rights under Section 2.1. Any Transferee of Registrable Securities (other than pursuant to an effective Registration Statement or a Rule 144 transaction) pursuant to this Section 5.1(b) shall be required, at the time of and as a condition to such Transfer, to become a party to this Investor Rights Agreement by executing and delivering a joinder in the form attached to this Investor Rights Agreement as Exhibit A, whereupon such Transferee will be treated as a Party (with the same rights and obligations as the Transferor) for all purposes of this Investor Rights Agreement. No Transfer of Registrable Securities by a Holder shall be registered on PubCo’s books and records, and such Transfer of Registrable Securities shall be null and void and not otherwise effective, unless any such Transfer is made in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Investor Rights Agreement, and PubCo is hereby authorized by all of the Holders to enter appropriate stop transfer notations on its transfer records to give effect to this Investor Rights Agreement.

 

(c)               All of the terms and provisions of this Investor Rights Agreement shall be binding upon the Parties and their respective successors, assigns, heirs and representatives, but shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the successors, assigns, heirs and representatives of any Party only to the extent that they are permitted successors, assigns, heirs and representatives pursuant to the terms of this Investor Rights Agreement.

 

(d)               Nothing in this Investor Rights Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any Party, other than the Parties and their respective permitted successors, assigns, heirs and representatives, any rights or remedies under this Investor Rights Agreement or otherwise create any third party beneficiary hereto.

 

Section 5.2            Termination. Except for Section 2.1(i) - (k), ARTICLE II shall terminate automatically (without any action by any Party) as to the Sellers, the Other Holders, or the Sponsors at such time at which such Party no longer has the right to designate an individual for nomination to the Board under this Investor Rights Agreement. ARTICLE III of this Investor Rights Agreement shall terminate as set forth in Section 3.13. The remainder of this Investor Rights Agreement shall terminate automatically (without any action by any Party) as to each Holder when such Holder ceases to Beneficially Own any Registrable Securities; provided that, the provisions of Section 3.10 shall survive any such termination with respect to such Holder.

 

Section 5.3            Severability. If any provision of this Investor Rights Agreement is determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable by any Governmental Entity, the remaining provisions of this Investor Rights Agreement, to the extent permitted by Law shall remain in full force and effect.

 

30

 

 

Section 5.4            Entire Agreement; Amendments; No Waiver.

 

(a)               This Investor Rights Agreement, together with the Exhibit to this Investor Rights Agreement, the BCA, the LLC Agreement, and all other Ancillary Agreements (as defined in the BCA), constitute the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings and discussions, whether oral or written, relating to such subject matter in any way and there are no warranties, representations or other agreements among the Parties in connection with such subject matter except as set forth in this Investor Rights Agreement and therein.

 

(b)               No provision of this Investor Rights Agreement may be amended or modified in whole or in part at any time without the express written consent of (i) PubCo, (ii) for so long as the Sellers and their Permitted Transferees collectively Beneficially Own Class A Common Stock (in the Company and PubCo, without duplication) representing 10% or more of the Class A Common Stock held by the Sellers immediately after the Closing (excluding for these purposes from both the percentage Beneficially Owned immediately after the Closing and percentage then Beneficially Owned at any time, the number of Company Units and the corresponding number of shares of Buyer Class B Voting Stock, in each case, sold, assigned and transferred by Sellers to Pubco pursuant to and in accordance with the BCA), the Equityholder Representative, (iii) for so long as the Sponsors and its, his or her Permitted Transferees or the Other Holders and its, his or her Permitted Transferees collectively Beneficially Own Class A Common Stock in PubCo representing 50% or more of the Class A Common Stock held by the Sponsors or the Other Holders immediately after the Closing, the Sponsor Representative, and (iv) in any event at least the Holders holding in the aggregate more than fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities Beneficially Owned by the Holders; provided that any such amendment or modification that would be materially and disproportionately adverse in any respect to any Holder shall require the prior written consent of such Holder; provided, further that a provision that has terminated with respect to a Party shall not require any consent of such Party (and such Party’s Class A Common Stock shall not be considered in computing any percentages) with respect to amending or modifying such provision.

 

(c)               No waiver of any provision or default under, nor consent to any exception to, the terms of this Investor Rights Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the Party to be bound and then only to the specific purpose, extent and instance so provided.

 

Section 5.5            Counterparts; Electronic Delivery. This Investor Rights Agreement and any other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents delivered pursuant to this Investor Rights Agreement may be executed and delivered in one or more counterparts and by fax, e-mail or other electronic transmission, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement. No Party shall raise the use of a fax machine, e-mail or other electronic transmission to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a fax machine, email or other electronic transmission as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a Contract and each Party forever waives any such defense.

 

31

 

 

Section 5.6            Notices. All notices, demands and other communications to be given or delivered under this Investor Rights Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when personally delivered (or, if delivery is refused, upon presentment) or received by email (with confirmation of transmission) prior to 5:00 p.m. eastern time on a Business Day and, if otherwise, on the next Business Day, (b) one (1) Business Day following sending by reputable overnight express courier (charges prepaid) or (c) three (3) calendar days following mailing by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested. Unless another address is specified in writing pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.6, notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the addresses indicated below:

 

if to the Company, to:

 

BCP QualTek Holdco, LLC

475 Sentry Parkway E

Blue Bell, PA 19422

Attention:####
E-mail:####

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York

Attention:Michael E. Weisser, P.C.

Matthew S. Arenson, P.C.

Tim Cruickshank, P.C.

Erika P. López

E-mail:michael.weisser@kirkland.com

matthew.arenson@kirkland.com

tim.cruickshank@kirkland.com

erika.lopez@kirkland.com

 

if to the Sellers or Equityholder Representative, to:

 

BCP QualTek Holdco, LLC
475 Sentry Parkway E
Blue Bell, PA 19422

Attention:####
E-mail:####

 

and

 

32

 

 

BCP QualTek, LLC

650 5th Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Attention:####

####

E-mail:####

####

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York

Attention:Michael E. Weisser, P.C.

Matthew S. Arenson, P.C.

Tim Cruickshank, P.C.

Erika P. López

E-mail:michael.weisser@kirkland.com

matthew.arenson@kirkland.com

tim.cruickshank@kirkland.com

erika.lopez@kirkland.com

 

if to the Other Holders, Sponsors, the Sponsor Representative or Pubco, as applicable, to:

 

CR Financial Holdings, Inc.

888 San Clemente Drive, Suite 400

Newport Beach, CA 92660

Attention:####
E-mail:####

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Loeb & Loeb LLP

345 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10154

Attention:Mitchell Nussbaum, Esq.
E-mail:mnussbaum@loeb.com

 

Section 5.7            Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction. The Law of the State of Delaware shall govern (a) all claims or matters related to or arising from this Investor Rights Agreement (including any tort or non-contractual claims) and (b) any questions concerning the construction, interpretation, validity and enforceability hereof, and the performance of the obligations imposed by this Investor Rights Agreement, in each case without giving effect to any choice-of-law or conflict-of-law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the Law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware. EACH PARTY TO THIS INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN OR AMONG ANY OF THE PARTIES (WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THIS INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THE RELATIONSHIPS ESTABLISHED AMONG THE PARTIES UNDER THIS INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT. THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER WARRANT AND REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. Each of the Parties submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of first, the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware or if such court declines jurisdiction, then to the Federal District Court for the District of Delaware, in any Action arising out of or relating to this Investor Rights Agreement, agrees that all claims in respect of the Action shall be heard and determined in any such court and agrees not to bring any Action arising out of or relating to this Investor Rights Agreement in any other courts. Nothing in this Section 5.7, however, shall affect the right of any Party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by Law or at equity. Each Party agrees that a final judgment in any Action so brought shall be conclusive and may be enforced by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law or at equity.

 

33

 

 

Section 5.8            Specific Performance. Each Party acknowledges that the rights of each Party to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby are unique and recognize and affirm that, in the event any of the provisions hereof are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or otherwise are breached, money damages would be inadequate (and therefore the non-breaching Party would have no adequate remedy at Law) and the non-breaching Party would be irreparably damaged. Accordingly, each Party agrees that each other Party shall be entitled to specific performance, an injunction or other equitable relief (without posting of bond or other security or needing to prove irreparable harm) to prevent breaches of the provisions hereof and to enforce specifically this Investor Rights Agreement to the extent expressly contemplated herein or therein and the terms and provisions hereof in any Action, in addition to any other remedy to which such Person may be entitled. Each Party agrees that it will not oppose the granting of specific performance and other equitable relief on the basis that the other Parties have an adequate remedy at Law or that an award of specific performance is not an appropriate remedy for any reason at Law or equity. The Parties acknowledge and agree that any Party seeking an injunction to prevent breaches of this Investor Rights Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in accordance with this Section 5.8 shall not be required to provide any bond or other security in connection with any such injunction.

 

Section 5.9            Subsequent Acquisition of Shares. Any Equity Securities of PubCo or the Company acquired subsequent to the Effective Date by a Holder shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Investor Rights Agreement and such shares shall be considered to be “Registrable Securities” as such term is used in this Investor Rights Agreement.

 

Section 5.10        Legends. Each of the Holders acknowledges that (i) no Transfer, hypothecation or assignment of any Registrable Securities Beneficially Owned by such Holder may be made except in compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and (ii) PubCo shall (x) place customary restrictive legends on the certificates or book entries representing the Registrable Securities subject to this Investor Rights Agreement and (y) remove such restrictive legends at the time the applicable Transfer and other restrictions contemplated thereby are no longer applicable to the Registrable Securities represented by such certificates or book entries.

 

Section 5.11        No Third Party Liabilities. This Investor Rights Agreement may only be enforced against the named parties hereto. All claims or causes of action (whether in contract or tort) that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to any of this Investor Rights Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Investor Rights Agreement (including any representation or warranty made in or in connection with this Investor Rights Agreement or as an inducement to enter into this Investor Rights Agreement), may be made only against the Persons that are expressly identified as parties hereto, as applicable; and no past, present or future direct or indirect director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner, stockholder, Affiliate, portfolio company in which any such Party or any of its investment fund Affiliates have made a debt or equity investment (and vice versa), agent, attorney or representative of any Party hereto (including any Person negotiating or executing this Investor Rights Agreement on behalf of a Party hereto), unless a Party to this Investor Rights Agreement, shall have any liability or obligation with respect to this Investor Rights Agreement or with respect any claim or cause of action (whether in contract or tort) that may arise out of or relate to this Investor Rights Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Investor Rights Agreement (including a representation or warranty made in or in connection with this Investor Rights Agreement or as an inducement to enter into this Investor Rights Agreement).

 

34

 

 

Section 5.12        Indemnification; Exculpation.

 

(a)               PubCo will, and PubCo will cause each of its subsidiaries to, jointly and severally indemnify, exonerate and hold the Holders and each of their respective direct and indirect partners, equityholders, members, managers, Affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, fiduciaries, managers, controlling Persons, employees, representatives and agents and each of the partners, equityholders, members, Affiliates, directors, officers, fiduciaries, managers, controlling Persons, employees and agents of each of the foregoing (collectively, the “Holder Indemnitees”) free and harmless from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, claims, liabilities, losses, damages and costs and out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Holder Indemnitees or any of them before or after the date of this Investor Rights Agreement (collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”), arising out of any action, cause of action, suit, litigation, investigation, inquiry, arbitration or claim (each, an “Action”) to the extent arising directly or indirectly out of, or in any way relating to, (i) any Holder’s or its Affiliates’ ownership of Equity Securities of PubCo or control or ability to influence PubCo or any of its subsidiaries (other than any such Indemnified Liabilities (x) to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities arise out of any breach of this Investor Rights Agreement by such Holder Indemnitee or its Affiliates or other related Persons or the breach of any fiduciary or other duty or obligation of such Holder Indemnitee to its direct or indirect equity holders, creditors or Affiliates, (y) to the extent such control or the ability to control PubCo or any of its subsidiaries derives from such Holder’s or its Affiliates’ capacity as an officer or director of PubCo or any of its subsidiaries, or (z) to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities are directly caused by such Person’s willful misconduct), (ii) the business, operations, properties, assets or other rights or liabilities of PubCo or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) any services provided prior to, on or after the date of this Investor Rights Agreement by any Holder or its Affiliates to PubCo or any of their subsidiaries; provided, however, that if and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unavailable or unenforceable for any reason, PubCo will, and will cause its subsidiaries to, make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities that is permissible under applicable Law. For the purposes of this Section 5.12, none of the circumstances described in the limitations contained in the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to apply absent a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to such effect, in which case to the extent any such limitation is so determined to apply to any Holder Indemnitee as to any previously advanced indemnity payments made by PubCo or any of its subsidiaries, then such payments shall be promptly repaid by such Holder Indemnitee to PubCo and its subsidiaries. The rights of any Holder Indemnitee to indemnification hereunder will be in addition to any other rights any such Person may have under any other agreement or instrument to which such Holder Indemnitee is or becomes a party or is or otherwise becomes a beneficiary or under Law or regulation or under the organizational or governing documents of PubCo or its subsidiaries.

 

(b)               PubCo will, and will cause each of its subsidiaries to, jointly and severally, reimburse any Holder Indemnitee for all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and any other litigation-related expenses) as they are incurred in connection with investigating, preparing, pursuing, defending or assisting in the defense of any Action for which the Holder Indemnitee would be entitled to indemnification under the terms of this Section 5.12, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not such Holder Indemnitee is a party thereto. PubCo or its subsidiaries, in the defense of any Action for which a Holder Indemnitee would be entitled to indemnification under the terms of this Section 5.12, may, without the consent of such Holder Indemnitee, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement if and only if it (i) includes as a term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff therein to such Holder Indemnitee of an unconditional release from all liability with respect to such Action, (ii) does not impose any limitations (equitable or otherwise) on such Holder Indemnitee, and (iii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of such Holder Indemnitee, and provided, that the only penalty imposed in connection with such settlement is a monetary payment that will be paid in full by PubCo or its subsidiaries.

 

35

 

 

(c)               PubCo acknowledges and agrees that PubCo shall, and to the extent applicable shall cause its subsidiaries to, be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to any Holder Indemnitee in respect of Indemnified Liabilities in connection with any Jointly Indemnifiable Claims (as defined below), pursuant to and in accordance with (as applicable) the terms of (i) the Delaware General Corporation Law and the Organizational Documents, each as amended, (ii) any director indemnification agreement, (iii) this Investor Rights Agreement, any other agreement between PubCo or any of its subsidiaries and such Holder Indemnitee (or its Affiliates) pursuant to which such Holder Indemnitee is indemnified, (iv) the Laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of any subsidiary of PubCo or (v) the certificate of incorporation, certificate of organization, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or other organizational or governing documents of any subsidiary of PubCo ((i) through (v) collectively, the “Indemnification Sources”), irrespective of any right of recovery such Holder Indemnitee (or its Affiliates) may have from any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than PubCo, any of its subsidiaries or the insurer under and pursuant to an insurance policy of PubCo or any of its subsidiaries) from whom such Holder Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification with respect to which, in whole or in part, PubCo or any of its subsidiaries may also have an indemnification obligation (collectively, the “Indemnitee-Related Entities”). Under no circumstance shall PubCo or any of its subsidiaries be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the Indemnitee-Related Entities and no right of advancement or recovery any Holder Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of such Holder Indemnitee or the obligations of PubCo or any of its subsidiaries under the Indemnification Sources. In the event that any of the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall make any payment to any Holder Indemnitee in respect of indemnification with respect to any Jointly Indemnifiable Claim, (x) PubCo shall, and to the extent applicable shall cause its subsidiaries to, reimburse the Indemnitee-Related Entity making such payment to the extent of such payment promptly upon written demand from such Indemnitee-Related Entity, (y) to the extent not previously and fully reimbursed by PubCo or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to clause (x), the Indemnitee-Related Entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of the outstanding balance of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Holder Indemnitee against PubCo or any of its subsidiaries, as applicable, and (z) such Holder Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the Indemnitee-Related Entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. Each of the Parties agree that each of the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 5.12(c), entitled to enforce this Section 5.12(c) as though each such Indemnitee-Related Entity were a party to this Investor Rights Agreement. PubCo shall cause each of its subsidiaries to perform the terms and obligations of this Section 5.12(c) as though each such subsidiary were a party to this Investor Rights Agreement. For purposes of this Section 5.12(c), the term “Jointly Indemnifiable Claims” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any Indemnified Liabilities for which any Holder Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification from both (1) PubCo or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to the Indemnification Sources, on the one hand, and (2) any Indemnitee-Related Entity pursuant to any other agreement between any Indemnitee-Related Entity and such Holder Indemnitee (or its Affiliates) pursuant to which such Holder Indemnitee is indemnified, the Laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of any Indemnitee-Related Entity or the certificate of incorporation, certificate of organization, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or other organizational or governing documents of any Indemnitee-Related Entity, on the other hand.

 

(d)               In no event shall any Holder Indemnitee be liable to PubCo or any of its subsidiaries for any act, alleged act, omission or alleged omission that does not constitute willful misconduct or fraud of such Holder Indemnitee as determined by a final, nonappealable determination of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(e)               Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Investor Rights Agreement, for purposes of this Section 5.12, the term Holder Indemnitees shall not include any Holder or its any of its partners, equityholders, members, Affiliates, directors, officers, fiduciaries, managers, controlling Persons, employees and agents or any of the partners, equityholders, members, Affiliates, directors, officers, fiduciaries, managers, controlling Persons, employees and agents of any of the foregoing who is an officer or director of PubCo or any of its subsidiaries in such capacity as officer or director. Such officers and directors are or will be subject to separate indemnification in such capacity through this Investor Rights Agreement or the certificate of incorporation or organization, bylaws or limited partnership agreements and other instruments of PubCo and its subsidiaries.

 

36

 

 

(f)                The rights of any Holder Indemnitee to indemnification pursuant to this Section 5.12 will be in addition to any other rights any such Person may have under any other section of this Investor Rights Agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which such Holder Indemnitee is or becomes a party or is or otherwise becomes a beneficiary or under law or regulation or under the certificate of limited partnership, limited partnership agreement, certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or equivalent governing documents) of PubCo or any of its subsidiaries.

 

Section 5.13        Other Opportunities.

 

(a)               The Parties expressly acknowledge and agree that to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law: (i) each of the Holders (including (A) their respective Affiliates, (B) any portfolio company in which they or any of their respective investment fund Affiliates have made a debt or equity investment (and vice versa) or (C) any of their respective limited partners, non-managing members or other similar direct or indirect investors) and the Joint Director, the Seller Directors and the Sponsor Directors has the right to, and shall have no duty (fiduciary, contractual or otherwise) not to, directly or indirectly engage in and possess interests in other business ventures of every type and description, including those engaged in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as PubCo or any of its subsidiaries or deemed to be competing with PubCo or any of its subsidiaries, on its own account, or in partnership with, or as an employee, officer, director or shareholder of any other Person, with no obligation to offer to PubCo or any of its subsidiaries, or any other Holder the right to participate therein; (ii) each of the Holders (including (A) their respective Affiliates, (B) any portfolio company in which they or any of their respective investment fund Affiliates have made a debt or equity investment (and vice versa) or (C) any of their respective limited partners, non-managing members or other similar direct or indirect investors) and the Joint Director and the Seller Directors and the Sponsor Directors may invest in, or provide services to, any Person that directly or indirectly competes with PubCo or any of its subsidiaries; and (iii) in the event that any of the Holders (including (A) their respective Affiliates, (B) any portfolio company in which they or any of their respective investment fund Affiliates have made a debt or equity investment (and vice versa) or (C) any of their respective limited partners, non-managing members or other similar direct or indirect investors) or any Joint Director, Seller Director or Sponsor Director, respectively, acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be a corporate or other business opportunity for PubCo or any of its subsidiaries, such Person shall have no duty (fiduciary, contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present such corporate opportunity to PubCo or any of its subsidiaries or any other Holder, as the case may be, and, notwithstanding any provision of this Investor Rights Agreement to the contrary, shall not be liable to PubCo or any of its subsidiaries or any other Holder (or its Affiliates) for breach of any duty (fiduciary, contractual or otherwise) by reason of the fact that such Person, directly or indirectly, pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity to another Person or does not present such opportunity to PubCo or any of its subsidiaries or any other Holder (or its Affiliates). For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties acknowledge that this paragraph is intended to disclaim and renounce, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law , any right of PubCo or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the matters set forth herein, and this paragraph shall be construed to effect such disclaimer and renunciation to the fullest extent permitted by Law.

 

37

 

 

(b)               Each of the Parties hereby, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law:

 

(i)                 confirms that none of the Holders or any of their respective Affiliates have any duty to PubCo or any of its subsidiaries or to any other Holder other than the specific covenants and agreements set forth in this Investor Rights Agreement;

 

(ii)              acknowledges and agrees that (A) in the event of any conflict of interest between PubCo or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any of the Holders or any of their respective Affiliates (or any Joint Director, Seller Director or Sponsor Director acting in his or her capacity as such), on the other hand, such applicable Holder or applicable Affiliates (or any Joint Director, Seller Director or Sponsor Director acting in his or her capacity as a director) may act in its best interest and (B) none of the Holders or any of their respective Affiliates or any Joint Director, Seller Director or Sponsor Director acting in his or her capacity as a director or observer, shall be obligated (1) to reveal to PubCo or any of its subsidiaries confidential information belonging to or relating to the business of such Person or any of its Affiliates or (2) to recommend or take any action in its capacity as a direct or indirect stockholder or director, as the case may be, that prefers the interest of PubCo or its subsidiaries over the interest of such Person; and

 

(iii)            waives any claim or cause of action against any of the Holders and any of their respective Affiliates, and any officer, employee, agent or Affiliate of any such Person that may from time to time arise in respect of a breach by any such person of any duty or obligation disclaimed under Section 5.13(b)(i) or Section 5.13(b)(ii).

 

(c)               Each of the parties hereto agrees that the waivers, limitations, acknowledgments and agreements set forth in this Section 5.13 shall not apply to any alleged claim or cause of action against any of the Holders based upon the breach or nonperformance by such Person of this Investor Rights Agreement or any other agreement to which such Person is a party.

 

(d)               The provisions of this Section 5.13, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of any of the Holders or any of their respective Affiliates or any Joint Director, Seller Director or Sponsor Director otherwise existing at Law or in equity, are agreed by the Parties to replace such other duties and liabilities of the Holders or any of their respective Affiliates or any such Joint Director, Seller Director or Sponsor Director to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

38

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has duly executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the Effective Date.

  

   
  PUBCO:
   
  ROTH CH ACQUISITION III CO.
   
By:  /s/ Byron Roth
  Name: Byron Roth
  Title: Chairman & Co-Chief Executive Officer
   
  SPONSORS:
   
  CR FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.
   
By:  /s/ Byron Roth
  Name: Byron Roth
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
   
  ROTH CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC
   
By:   /s/ Byron Roth
  Name: Byron Roth
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
   
  BYRON ROTH
   
By:  /s/ Byron Roth
   
  GORDON ROTH
   
By:  /s/ Gordon Roth
   
  AARON GUREWITZ, AS TRUSTEE OF THE AMG TRUST ESTABLISHED JANUARY 23, 2007
   
  /s/ Aaron Gurewitz
   

 

 

 

 

   
  ANDREW COSTA
   
By:  /s/ Andrew Costa
   
  MATTHEW DAY
 
By:  /s/ Matthew Day
   
  THEODORE ROTH
   
By:  /s/ Theodore Roth
   
  JOHN LIPMAN
   
By:  /s/ John Lipman
   
  NAZAN AKDENIZ`
   
By:  /s/ Nazan Akdeniz
   
  LOUIS J. ELLIS III
   
By:  /s/ Louis J. Ellis III
   
  JAMES ZAVORAL
   
By:   /s/ James Zavoral
   
  KEVIN HARRIS
   
By:  /s/ Kevin Harris
   
  WILLIAM F. HARTFIEL III
   
By:  /s/ William F. Hartfiel
   
  BRAD BAKER
   
By:  /s/ Brad Baker
   

 

 

 

 

   
  GEORGE SUTTON
   
By:  /s/ George Sutton
   
  DAN KAPKE
   
By:  /s/ Dan Kapke
   
  STEVE DYER
   
By:  /s/ Steve Dyer
   
  MIKE ANDERSON
   
By:  /s/ Mike Anderson
   
  CHRISTIAN SCHWAB
   
By:  /s/ Christian Schwab
   
  DONALD HULTSTRAND
   
By:  /s/ Donald Hulstrand
   
  JAMES GOLD
   
By:  /s/ James Gold
   
  SAM CHAWLA
   
By:  /s/ Sam Chawla
   

 

 

 

 

   
  RX3 GROWTH PARTNERS
   
By:  /s/ Nate Raabe
  Name: Nate Raabe
  Title: Managing Partner
   
  MOLLY MONTGOMERY
   
  By: /s/ Molly Montgomery
   
  HAMPSTEAD PARK CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
   
By: /s/ Daniel M. Friedberg
  Name: Daniel M. Friedberg
  Title:   Managing Member
   
  ADAM ROTHSTEIN
   
  By: /s/ Adam Rothstein
   
  SPONSOR REPRESENTATIVE:
   
By:  /s/ John Lipman

 


 

 

 

  OTHER HOLDERS:
   
  CR FINANCIAL HOLDINGS, INC.
   
  By: /s/ Byron Roth
  Name: Byron Roth
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
   
  ROTH CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC
   
  By: /s/ Byron Roth
  Name: Byron Roth
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
   
  BYRON ROTH
   
  By: /s/ Byron Roth
   
  GORDON ROTH
   
  By: /s/ Gordon Roth
   
  AARON GUREWITZ, AS TRUSTEE OF THE AMG TRUST ESTABLISHED JANUARY 23, 2007
   
  /s/ Aaron Gurewitz
   
  ANDREW COSTA
   
  By: /s/ Andrew Costa
   
  MATTHEW DAY
   
  By: /s/ Matthew Day

 

 

 

 

  THEODORE ROTH
   
  By: /s/ Theodore Roth
   
  JOHN LIPMAN
   
  By: /s/ John Lipman
   
  NAZAN AKDENIZ`
   
  By: /s/ Nazan Akdeniz
   
  LOUIS J. ELLIS III
   
  By: /s/ Louis J. Ellis III
   
  JAMES ZAVORAL
   
  By: /s/ James Zavoral
   
  KEVIN HARRIS
   
  By: /s/ Kevin Harris
   
  WILLIAM F. HARTFIEL III
   
  By: /s/ William F. Hartfiel
   
  BRAD BAKER
   
  By: /s/ Brad Baker

 

 

 

 

  GEORGE SUTTON
   
  By: /s/ George Sutton
   
  DAN KAPKE
   
  By: /s/ Dan Kapke
   
  STEVE DYER
   
  By: /s/ Steve Dyer
   
  MIKE ANDERSON
   
  By: /s/ Mike Anderson
   
  CHRISTIAN SCHWAB
   
  By: /s/ Christian Schwab
   
  DONALD HULTSTRAND
   
  By: /s/ Donald Hulstrand
   
  JAMES GOLD
   
  By: /s/ James Gold
   
  SAM CHAWLA
   
  By: /s/ Sam Chawla

 

 

 

 

  RX3 GROWTH PARTNERS
   
  By: /s/ Nate Raabe
  Name: Nate Raabe
  Title: Managing Partner
   
  MOLLY MONTGOMERY
   
  By: /s/ Molly Montgomery
   
  HAMPSTEAD PARK CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, LLC
   
  By: /s/ Daniel M. Friedberg
  Name: Daniel M. Friedberg
  Title: Managing Member
   
  ADAM ROTHSTEIN
   
  By: /s/ Adam Rothstein

 

 

 

 

  EQUITYHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE:
   
  BCP QUALTEK, LLC
   
  By: Brightstar Capital Partners QualTek Holdings, L.P., its sole member
   
  By Brightstar Associates, L.P., its general partner
   
  By: Brightstar GP Investors, LLC, its general partner
   
  By: /s/ Andrew S. Weinberg
  Name: Andrew S. Weinberg
  Title: Managing Member
   
  SELLERS:
   
  BCP QUALTEK, LLC
   
  By: Brightstar Capital Partners QualTek Holdings, L.P., its sole member
   
  By Brightstar Associates, L.P., its general partner
   
  By: Brightstar GP Investors, LLC, its general partner
   
  By: /s/ Andrew S. Weinberg
  Name: Andrew S. Weinberg
  Title: Managing Member

 

 

 

 

  BCP QUALTEK II, LLC
   
  By: Brightstar Capital Partners QualTek Holdings, L.P., its sole member
   
  By Brightstar Associates, L.P., its sole member
   
  By: Brightstar GP Investors, LLC, its general partner
   
  By: /s/ Andrew S. Weinberg
  Name: Andrew S. Weinberg
  Title: Managing Member
   
  QUALTEK MANAGEMENT HOLDCO, LLC
   
  By: /s/C. Scott Hisey
  Name: C. Scott Hisey
  Title: Managing Member
   
  BCP AIV INVESTOR HOLDINGS-3, L.P.
   
  By Brightstar Associates, L.P., its general partner
   
  By: Brightstar GP Investors, LLC, general partner
   
  By: /s/ Andrew S. Weinberg
  Name: Andrew S. Weinberg
  Title: Managing Member

 

 

 

 

  BCP STRATEGIC AIV INVESTOR HOLDINGS-2, L.P.
   
  By Brightstar Associates, L.P., its general partner
   
  By: Brightstar GP Investors, LLC, its general partner
   
  By: /s/ Andrew S. Weinberg
  Name: Andrew S. Weinberg
  Title: Managing Member
   
  BCP QUALTEK INVESTOR HOLDINGS, L.P.
   
  By Brightstar Associates, L.P., its general partner
   
  By: Brightstar GP Investors, LLC, its general partner
   
  By: /s/ Andrew S. Weinberg
  Name: Andrew S. Weinberg
  Title: Managing Member

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Form of Joinder

 

This Joinder (this “Joinder”) to the Investor Rights Agreement, made as of                    , is between                     (“Transferor”) and                           (“Transferee”).

 

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, Transferee is acquiring                    Registrable Securities (the “Acquired Interests”) from Transferor;

 

WHEREAS, Transferor is a party to that certain Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2022, among Roth CH Acquisition III Co. (“PubCo”) and the other persons party thereto (the “Investor Rights Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, Transferee is required, at the time of and as a condition to such Transfer, to become a party to the Investor Rights Agreement by executing and delivering this Joinder, whereupon such Transferee will be treated as a Party (with the same rights and obligations as the Transferor) for all purposes of the Investor Rights Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Section 1.1 Definitions. To the extent capitalized words used in this Joinder are not defined in this Joinder, such words shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Investor Rights Agreement.

 

Section 1.2 Acquisition. The Transferor hereby Transfers to the Transferee all of the Acquired Interests.

 

Section 1.3 Joinder. Transferee hereby acknowledges and agrees that (a) such Transferee has received and read the Investor Rights Agreement, (b) such Transferee is acquiring the Acquired Interests in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Investor Rights Agreement and (c) such Transferee will be treated as a Party (with the same rights and obligations as the Transferor) for all purposes of the Investor Rights Agreement.

 

Section 1.4 Notice. Any notice, demand or other communication under the Investor Rights Agreement to Transferee shall be given to Transferee at the address set forth on the signature page hereto in accordance with Section 5.6 of the Investor Rights Agreement.

 

Section 1.5 Governing Law. This Joinder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Law of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 1.6 Counterparts; Electronic Delivery. This Joinder may be executed and delivered in one or more counterparts, by fax, email or other electronic transmission, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Joinder or any document to be signed in connection with this Joinder shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, and the parties hereto consent to conduct the transactions contemplated hereunder by electronic means.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Joinder has been duly executed and delivered by the parties as of the date first above written.

 

  [TRANSFEROR]
   
  By:                      
  Name:
  Title:
   
  [TRANSFEREE]
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
   
  Address for notices:
   
   
   
   
   
   

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

FINAL FORM

 

 

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

 

OF

 

QUALTEK HOLDCO, LLC

 

DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 14, 2022

 

THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY INTERESTS IN QUALTEK HOLDCO, LLC HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE, OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS, AND HAVE BEEN OR ARE BEING ISSUED IN RELIANCE UPON EXEMPTIONS FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND SUCH LAWS. SUCH INTERESTS MUST BE ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT ONLY AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, SOLD, ASSIGNED OR TRANSFERRED AT ANY TIME EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH (I) THE SECURITIES ACT, ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS; (II) THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT; AND (III) ANY OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS AGREED TO IN WRITING BETWEEN THE MANAGING MEMBER AND THE APPLICABLE MEMBER. THEREFORE, PURCHASERS AND OTHER TRANSFEREES OF SUCH LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY INTERESTS WILL BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE RISK OF THEIR INVESTMENT OR ACQUISITION FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME.

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

      Page
       
Article I DEFINITIONS 2
  1.1 Definitions 2
  1.2 Interpretive Provisions 17
       
Article II ORGANIZATION OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY 18
  2.1 Formation 18
  2.2 Filing 18
  2.3 Name 18
  2.4 Registered Office: Registered Agent 18
  2.5 Principal Place of Business 18
  2.6 Purpose; Powers 18
  2.7 Term 18
  2.8 Intent 19
       
Article III CLOSING TRANSACTIONS 19
  3.1 Business Combination Agreement Transactions 19
       
Article IV OWNERSHIP AND CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS 19
  4.1 Authorized Units; General Provisions with Respect to Units 19
  4.2 Capital Contributions 24
  4.3 Issuance of Additional Units 24
  4.4 Capital Accounts 24
  4.5 Other Matters Regarding Capital Contributions 25
  4.6 Exchange of Common Units 25
  4.7 Representations and Warranties of the Members 30
       
Article  V ALLOCATIONS OF PROFITS AND LOSSES 31
  5.1 Profits and Losses 31
  5.2 Special Allocations 32
  5.3 Allocations for Tax Purposes in General 34
  5.4 Other Allocation Rules 35
  5.5 Earnout Common Units 36
       
Article  VI DISTRIBUTIONS 36
  6.1 Distributions 36
  6.2 Tax-Related Distributions 38
  6.3 Distribution Upon Withdrawal 38
       
Article  VII MANAGEMENT 38
  7.1 Managing Member Rights; Member and Officer Duties 38
  7.2 Role of Officers 39
  7.3 Warranted Reliance by Officers on Others 40
  7.4 Indemnification 41
  7.5 Resignation or Termination of Managing Member 43
  7.6 Reclassification Events of PubCo 44

 

i 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)

 

      Page
  7.7 Transactions between Company and Managing Member 44
  7.8 Certain Costs and Expenses 44
       
Article  VIII ROLE OF MEMBERS 45
  8.1 Rights or Powers 45
  8.2 Various Capacities 45
  8.3 Investment Opportunities 45
       
Article  IX TRANSFERS OF UNITS 47
  9.1 Restrictions on Transfer 47
  9.2 Notice of Transfer 48
  9.3 Transferee Members 48
  9.4 Legend 48
       
Article  X ACCOUNTING 49
  10.1 Books of Account 49
  10.2 Tax Elections 49
  10.3 Tax Returns; Information 49
  10.4 Company Representative 50
  10.5 Withholding Tax Payments and Obligations 54
  10.6 Rights of the Continuing Members 54
       
Article  XI DISSOLUTION 55
  11.1 Liquidating Events 55
  11.2 Bankruptcy 55
  11.3 Procedure 56
  11.4 Rights of Members 57
  11.5 Notices of Dissolution 57
  11.6 Reasonable Time for Winding Up 57
  11.7 No Deficit Restoration 57
       
Article  XII GENERAL 57
  12.1 Amendments; Waivers 57
  12.2 Further Assurances 58
  12.3 Successors and Assigns 58
  12.4 Entire Agreement 59
  12.5 Rights of Members Independent 59
  12.6 Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction 59
  12.7 Headings 59
  12.8 Counterparts; Electronic Delivery 60
  12.9 Notices 60
  12.10 Representation by Counsel; Interpretation 62
  12.11 Severability 62
  12.12 Expenses 62
  12.13 No Third Party Beneficiaries 62
  12.14 Confidentiality 63
  12.15 No Recourse 63

 

ii 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT’D)

 

      Page

 

Exhibits

 

Exhibit A: Continuing Members’ Ownership
Exhibit B: Noteholder Members’ Ownership
Exhibit C: Exchange Notice
Exhibit D: Officers
Exhibit E: Form of Joinder

 

iii 

 

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

 

OF

 

QUALTEK HOLDCO, LLC

 

This THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, this “LLC Agreement”) of QualTek HoldCo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), is entered into as of February 13, 2022, by and among QualTek Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“PubCo”), as a Member and the Managing Member as of the date hereof, the Members set forth on Exhibit A hereto (the “Continuing Members”), the Members set forth on Exhibit B hereto (the “Noteholder Members”), and each other Person who is or at any time becomes a Member in accordance with the terms of this LLC Agreement and the Act. Capitalized terms used in this LLC Agreement shall have the respective meanings set forth in Section 1.1.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company was formed pursuant to a Certificate of Formation filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 15, 2018, and was originally governed by the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated as of May 15, 2018 (the “Initial LLC Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, certain of the Continuing Members entered into the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Company, effective as of July 18, 2018 (the “First A&R LLC Agreement”), which amended and restated the Initial LLC Agreement in its entirety;

 

WHEREAS, the Continuing Members entered into the Second Amended and Restated Operating Agreement, effective as of October 4, 2019 (the “Existing LLC Agreement”), which amended and restated the First A&R LLC Agreement in its entirety;

 

WHEREAS, immediately prior to giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement (as defined below), including the Pre-Closing Reorganization (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), the Company was wholly owned by the Continuing Members and, solely for income tax purposes, the Noteholder Members;

 

WHEREAS, on June 16, 2021, the Company, PubCo, Roth CH III Merger Sub, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company Merger Sub”) and the other parties thereto entered into that certain Business Combination Agreement (as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Business Combination Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, as of the Company Effective Time, Company Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company, with the Company surviving as a Subsidiary of PubCo, and each Member will receive or retain the number of Common Units set forth next to such Member’s name on Exhibit A hereto, in accordance with Section 3.1(c) of the Business Combination Agreement;

 

 

 

 

WHEREAS, on or around June 16, 2021, the Company issued to each of the Noteholders one or more convertible notes of the Company (collectively, notes as amended, the “Notes”), pursuant to which, among other things, as of the Company Effective Time, each Note automatically converted into Common Units (along with a corresponding number of shares of Class B Common Stock of PubCo) equal to the quotient that resulted from dividing the aggregate principal amount of the Note by $6.40 (subject to equitable and proportionate adjustment in the event of any stock splits, reverse splits or stock dividends), and each Noteholder Member received the number of Common Units as set forth next to such Member’s name on Exhibit B hereto, in accordance with the Notes;

 

WHEREAS, the Members desire to amend and restate the Existing LLC Agreement in its entirety as of the Company Effective Time to reflect: (a) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (as such term is defined in the Business Combination Agreement), including the conversion of units pursuant to Section 3.1(c)(ii) thereof and the admission of PubCo as a Member, (b) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Notes, including the conversion of the Notes into Common Units (and a corresponding number of Class B Common Stock of PubCo), (c) PubCo’s designation as the sole Managing Member of the Company, and (d) the rights and obligations of the Members and other terms and provisions, in each case as set forth in this LLC Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, following the Company Effective Time, each Common Unit (other than any Common Unit held by PubCo or its wholly owned Subsidiaries) may be exchanged, at the election of the holder of such Common Unit (together with the surrender and delivery by such holder of one (1) share of Class B Common Stock of PubCo), for one (1) share of Class A Common Stock of PubCo, in each case, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this LLC Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this LLC Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the Parties hereby agree to amend and restate the Existing LLC Agreement in its entirety as follows:

 

Article I

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1            Definitions. As used in this LLC Agreement and the Schedules and Exhibits attached to this LLC Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

 

Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. § 18-101, et seq.

 

Action” means any action, suit, charge, litigation, arbitration, notice of violation or citation received, or other proceeding at law or in equity (whether civil, criminal or administrative) by or before any Governmental Entity.

 

Adjusted Basis” has the meaning given to such term in Section 1011 of the Code.

 

2

 

 

Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” means the deficit balance, if any, in such Member’s Capital Account at the end of any Taxable Year or other taxable period, with the following adjustments:

 

 

(a)            credit to such Capital Account any amount that such Member is obligated to restore under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c), as well as any addition thereto pursuant to the next to last sentences of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5) after taking into account thereunder any changes during such year in Company Minimum Gain and Member Minimum Gain; and

 

(b)            debit to such Capital Account the items described in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6).

 

This definition of Adjusted Capital Account Deficit is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

Advancement of Expenses” is defined in Section 7.4(b).

 

Affiliate” of any particular Person means any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person, where “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, its capacity as a sole or managing member or otherwise. For purposes of this LLC Agreement, no Member shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any other Member solely as a result of membership in the Company.

 

Appraiser FMV” means the fair market value of any Equity Security as determined by an independent appraiser mutually agreed upon by the Managing Member and the relevant Transferor, whose determination shall be final and binding for those purposes for which Appraiser FMV is used in this LLC Agreement. If the Managing Member and the relevant Transferor cannot reach agreement on an independent appraiser, each of the Managing Member and the relevant Transferor shall designate a nationally recognized accounting firm and those two firms shall jointly select a third national recognized accounting firm to serve as the appraiser. Appraiser FMV shall be the fair market value determined without regard to any discounts for minority interest, illiquidity or other discounts. The cost of any independent appraisal in connection with the determination of Appraiser FMV in accordance with this LLC Agreement shall be borne by the Company.

 

Assumed Rate” means the highest marginal combined effective U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate (including, if applicable, under Section 1411 of the Code) applicable to the item of income based on the character of income and applicable to an individual resident in (or, if higher a corporation doing business exclusively in) New York, NY, in each case taking into account all jurisdictions in which the Company is required to file income tax returns and the relevant apportionment information, in effect for the applicable Taxable Year, taking into account the character of any income, gains, deductions, losses or credits, and the deductibility of state income taxes (to the extent deductible for purposes of the U.S. federal income tax). The Assumed Rate shall be the same for all Members regardless of the actual combined income tax rate of the Member or its direct or indirect owners.

 

3

 

 

Audit” is defined in Section 10.4(b).

 

BBA Rules” means Subchapter C of Chapter 63 of the Code (Sections 6221 et seq.) as amended by the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, and any Treasury Regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder, and any similar state or local legislation, regulations or guidance.

 

BCP” means BCP QualTek Investor Holdings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

 

beneficially own” and “beneficial owner” shall be as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the rules promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

Board” means the board of directors of PubCo, as constituted at any given time.

 

Business Combination Agreement” is defined in the recitals to this LLC Agreement.

 

Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks are required or authorized to close in the State of New York.

 

Business Opportunities Exempt Party” is defined in Section 8.3(a).

 

Capital Account” means, with respect to any Member, the capital account maintained for such Member in accordance with Section 4.4. The initial Capital Account of each Member as of the Company Effective Time (the “Closing Date Capital Account Balance”) is set forth next to such Member’s name on Exhibit A or Exhibit B hereto, as applicable.

 

Capital Contribution” means, with respect to any Member, the amount of cash and the Fair Market Value of any property (other than cash) contributed to the Company by such Member, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company for such Member in connection with such contribution, as set forth from time to time in the books and records of the Company. Any reference to the Capital Contribution of a Member will include any Capital Contributions made by a predecessor holder of such Member’s Units to the extent that such Capital Contribution was made in respect of Units Transferred to such Member. As of the Company Effective Time, each Member shall be deemed to have made Capital Contributions equal to the Closing Date Capital Account Balance of such Member set forth next to such Member’s name on Exhibit A or Exhibit B hereto, as applicable.

 

Cash Available for Tax Distributions” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

 

Cash Exchange Class A 5-Day VWAP” means the arithmetic average of the VWAP for each of the five (5) consecutive Trading Days ending on the Trading Day immediately prior to the Exchange Notice Date.

 

Cash Exchange Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(a)(ii).

 

4

 

 

Cash Exchange Payment” means with respect to a particular Exchange for which the Managing Member has elected on behalf of the Company to make a Cash Exchange Payment in accordance with Section 4.6(a)(ii):

 

(i)            if the Class A Common Stock trades on a National Securities Exchange or automated or electronic quotation system, an amount of cash equal to the product of (x) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that would have been received by the Exchanging Member in the Exchange for that portion of the Common Units subject to the Exchange set forth in the Cash Exchange Notice if PubCo had paid the Stock Exchange Payment with respect to such number of Common Units, and (y) the Cash Exchange Class A 5-Day VWAP; or

 

(ii)           if the Class A Common Stock is not then traded on a National Securities Exchange or automated or electronic quotation system, as applicable, an amount of cash equal to the product of (x) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that would have been received by the Exchanging Member in the Exchange for that portion of the Common Units subject to the Exchange set forth in the Cash Exchange Notice if PubCo had paid the Stock Exchange Payment with respect to such number of Common Units, for which PubCo has elected to make a Cash Exchange Payment and (y) the Appraiser FMV of one (1) share of Class A Common Stock that would be obtained in an arms-length transaction between an informed and willing buyer and an informed and willing seller, neither of whom is under any compulsion to buy or sell, respectively, and without regard to the particular circumstances of the buyer or seller.

 

Certificate Delivery” means, in the case of any shares of Class B Common Stock to be transferred and surrendered by an Exchanging Member in connection with an Exchange which are represented by a certificate or certificates, the process by which the Exchanging Member shall also present and surrender such certificate or certificates representing such shares of Class B Common Stock during normal business hours at the principal executive offices of PubCo, or if any agent for the registration or transfer of shares of Class B Common Stock is then duly appointed and acting, at the office of such transfer agent, along with any instruments of transfer reasonably required by the Managing Member or such transfer agent, as applicable, duly executed by the Exchanging Member or the Exchanging Member’s duly authorized representative.

 

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any transaction or series of related transactions in which: (a) any Person or any group of Persons (other than PubCo) acting together that would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of PubCo or the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of PubCo’s or the Company’s, as applicable, then outstanding voting securities (excluding a transaction or series of related transactions described in clause (b) that would not constitute a Change of Control), (b) a merger or consolidation of PubCo or the Company is consummated with any other Person, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, the outstanding voting securities of PubCo or the Company, as applicable, immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent or are not converted into, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if PubCo or the Company, as applicable (or its successor) is a Subsidiary of such Person, the ultimate parent thereof, or (c) an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or transfer, directly or indirectly, by PubCo or the Company of all or substantially all of its and its Subsidiaries’ assets (including, with respect to PubCo, the Company) is consummated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of related transactions immediately following which the record holders of the shares of PubCo immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in, and voting control over, and own substantially all of the shares of, an entity which owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the assets of PubCo immediately following such transaction or series of related transactions.

 

5

 

 

Class A Common Stock” means, as applicable, (a) the Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of PubCo or (b) following any consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event involving PubCo, any shares or other securities of PubCo or any other Person that become payable in consideration for the Class A Common Stock or into which the Class A Common Stock is exchanged or converted as a result of such consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event.

 

Class B Common Stock” means, as applicable, (a) the Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of PubCo or (b) following any consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event involving PubCo, any shares or other securities of PubCo or any other Person that become payable in consideration for the Class B Common Stock or into which the Class B Common Stock is exchanged or converted as a result of such consolidation, merger, reclassification or other similar event.

 

Closing Date Capital Account Balance” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Capital Account”.

 

Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, including any Governmental Entity succeeding to the functions thereof.

 

Common Units” means the common units of limited liability company interests issued under this LLC Agreement, including by way of dividend or other distribution, split, recapitalization, merger, rollup transaction, consolidation, conversion or reorganization, and any Earnout Common Units. For the avoidance of doubt, references to a Noteholder Member’s Common Units shall in no event be deemed to include Earnout Common Units.

 

Company” is defined in the preamble to this LLC Agreement.

 

Company Effective Time” has the meaning given to such term in the Business Combination Agreement.

 

Company Merger Sub” is defined in the recitals to this LLC Agreement.

 

Company Minimum Gain” has the meaning of “partnership minimum gain” set forth in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d).

 

Company Representative” shall mean the Person designated under this LLC Agreement in its capacity as the “partnership representative” (as such term is defined under the BBA Rules and any analogous provision of state or local tax Law) of the Company and as the “tax matters partner” (to the extent applicable for state and local tax purposes and for U.S. federal income tax purposes for Taxable Years beginning on or before December 31, 2017) of the Company, including, as the context requires, any “designated individual” through whom the Company Representative is permitted by applicable Law to act in accordance with the terms hereof, which Person shall be, as of the Company Effective Time, PubCo.

 

6

 

 

Confidential Information” means any and all confidential or proprietary information of the Company, PubCo or any of their respective Subsidiaries, which information includes ideas, financial information, products, services, business strategies, innovations, recipes and materials, all aspects of the Company’s business plan, proposed operation and products, corporate structure, board minutes and materials, financial and organizational information, analyses, proposed partners, software code and system and product designs, employees and their identities, equity ownership, the methods and means by which the Company plans to conduct its business, all trade secrets, trademarks, tradenames and all intellectual property associated with the Company’s business. With respect to any Member, Confidential Information does not include information that: (a) such Member can demonstrate with reasonable evidence is in the possession of such Member on a non-confidential basis at the time of disclosure by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Affiliates; (b) before or after it has been disclosed to such Member by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Affiliates, becomes part of public knowledge, not as a result of any action or inaction of such Member (other than PubCo) in violation of this LLC Agreement or applicable Law; (c) is approved for release by written authorization of the Board; (d) is disclosed to such Member or its representatives by a third party not, to the knowledge of such Member or such representative (after reasonable inquiry under the circumstances), respectively, in violation of any obligation of confidentiality owed to the Company or any of its Affiliates with respect to such information; or (e) such Member can demonstrate with reasonable evidence was independently developed by such Member or its representatives without use or reference to the Confidential Information.

 

Conversion Date” means, with respect to any Earnout Common Unit, the date on which a Triggering Event occurs for such Earnout Common Unit.

 

Continuing Members” is defined in the preamble to this LLC Agreement.

 

Covered Persons” is defined in Section 8.3(b).

 

Debt Securities” means, with respect to PubCo, any and all debt instruments or debt securities that are not convertible or exchangeable into Equity Securities of PubCo.

 

Depreciation” means, for each Taxable Year or other taxable period, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction allowable for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to an asset for such Taxable Year or other taxable period, except that (a) with respect to any such property the Gross Asset Value of which differs from its Adjusted Basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes and which difference is being eliminated by use of the “remedial method” pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(d), Depreciation for such Taxable Year or other taxable period shall be the amount of book basis recovered for such Taxable Year or other taxable period under the rules prescribed by Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(d)(2), and (b) with respect to any other such property the Gross Asset Value of which differs from its Adjusted Basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such Taxable Year or other taxable period, Depreciation shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Gross Asset Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such Taxable Year or other taxable period bears to such beginning Adjusted Basis; provided, however, for purposes of clause (b) of this definition, that if the Adjusted Basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes of an asset at the beginning of such Taxable Year or other taxable period is zero, Depreciation with respect to such asset shall be determined with reference to such beginning Gross Asset Value using any reasonable method selected by the Managing Member.

 

7

 

 

DGCL” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

Disinterested Majority” means a majority of the directors of the Board who are disinterested as determined by the Board in accordance with the DGCL with respect to the matter being considered by the Board; provided that to the extent a matter being considered by the Board is required to be considered by disinterested directors under the rules of the National Securities Exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is then listed, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, such rules with respect to the definition of disinterested director shall apply solely with respect to such matter.

 

Distributable Cash” means, as of any relevant date on which a determination is being made by the Managing Member regarding a potential distribution pursuant to Section 6.1(a), the amount of cash and other funds available for any such distribution.

 

DTC” is defined in Exhibit C.

 

Earnout Common Units” has the meaning given to such term in the Business Combination Agreement.

 

Equity Securities” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock or preferred interests or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock or equity of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, including convertible debt securities, or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares or equity (or such other interests), restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, equity appreciation rights, phantom equity rights, profit participation and all of the other ownership or profit interests of such Person (including partnership or member interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting.

 

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Security Act of 1974.

 

Exchange” means the exchange by the Company of Common Units held by a Member (together with the surrender and cancellation of the same number of outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock held by such Member) for either (a) a Stock Exchange Payment or (b) a Cash Exchange Payment.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

8

 

 

Exchange Date” means the latest of (a) the date that is five (5) Business Days after the Exchange Notice Date; (b) another date specified in the Exchange Notice; or (c) the date on which a contingency described in Section 4.6(a)(i) that is specified in the Exchange Notice is satisfied or the contingency specified in 4.1(g)(ii) is satisfied, as applicable; provided, that if the Exchange Date for any Exchange with respect to which PubCo elects to make a Stock Exchange Payment would otherwise fall within a blackout period, as determined by PubCo and communicated to its stockholders from time to time, then the Exchange Date shall occur on the next Business Day following the end of such blackout period; provided, further, that to the extent an Exchange is made in connection with an Exchanging Member’s proper exercise of its rights to participate in a Piggyback Registration pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Investor Rights Agreement, the Exchange Date shall be the date on which the offering with respect to such Piggyback Registration is completed.

 

Exchange Notice” means a written election of Exchange in the form of Exhibit C, duly executed by the Exchanging Member.

 

Exchange Notice Date” means, with respect to any Exchange Notice, the date such Exchange Notice is given to the Company in accordance with Section 12.9.

 

Exchanged Units” means, with respect to any Exchange, the Common Units being exchanged pursuant to a relevant Exchange Notice, and an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock held by the relevant Exchanging Member; provided, that, such amount of Common Units shall in no event be less than the Minimum Exchange Amount.

 

Exchanging Member” means any Member holding Common Units (other than PubCo and its wholly-owned Subsidiaries) whose Common Units are subject to an Exchange.

 

Existing LLC Agreement” is defined in the recitals to this LLC Agreement.

 

Fair Market Value” means the fair market value of any property as reasonably determined by the Managing Member in good faith consultation with the Member Representative after taking into account such factors as the Managing Member and the Member Representative shall reasonably deem appropriate.

 

Family Member” means with respect to any Person, a sibling, a spouse, lineal descendant (whether natural or adopted) or spouse of a lineal descendant of such Person or any trust created for the benefit of such Person or of which any of the foregoing is a beneficiary.

 

Final Adjudication” is defined in Section 7.4(b).

 

First A&R LLC Agreement” is defined in the recitals to this LLC Agreement.

 

GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles at the time.

 

Governmental Entity” means any nation or government, any state, province or other political subdivision thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any court, arbitrator (public or private) or other body or administrative, regulatory or quasi-judicial authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality of any federal, state, local or foreign jurisdiction.

 

9

 

 

Gross Asset Value” means, with respect to any asset, the asset’s Adjusted Basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, except as follows:

 

(a)            the initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the gross Fair Market Value of such asset as of the date of such contribution;

 

(b)            the Gross Asset Values of all Company assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross Fair Market Values (taking into account Section 7701(g) of the Code) in accordance with the rules set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), except as otherwise provided in this LLC Agreement, as of the following times: (i) the acquisition of a Unit (or additional Units) by any new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution to the Company; (ii) the grant of a Unit (other than a de minimis interest in the Company) as consideration for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the Company by an existing Member acting in a member capacity, or by a new Member acting in a member capacity or in anticipation of becoming a Member of the Company (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(d)); (iii) the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of Company assets; (iv) the liquidation of the Company (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g)(1)); or (v) any other event to the extent determined by the Managing Member with the approval of the Member Representative to be permitted and necessary or appropriate to properly reflect Gross Asset Values in accordance with the standards set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g); provided, however, that adjustments pursuant to clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (v) above shall be made only if the Managing Member reasonably determines that such adjustments are necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in the Company;

 

(c)            the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset distributed to any Member shall be adjusted to equal the gross Fair Market Value of such asset on the date of such distribution;

 

(d)            the Gross Asset Values of Company assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the Adjusted Basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m) and clause (f) in the definition of “Profits” or “Losses” below or Section 5.2(h); provided, however, that the Gross Asset Value of a Company asset shall not be adjusted pursuant to this clause to the extent the Managing Member determines that an adjustment pursuant to clause (b) of this definition is necessary or appropriate in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this clause (d); and

 

(e)            if the Gross Asset Value of a Company asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to clauses (a), (b) or (d) of this definition of Gross Asset Value, such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Profits, Losses and other items allocated pursuant to Article V.

 

HSR Act” is defined in Section 4.6(a)(iv).

 

10

 

 

Imputed Tax Underpayments” is defined in Section 10.4(c).

 

Indemnifiable Losses” is defined in Section 7.4(a).

 

Indemnitee” is defined in Section 7.4(a).

 

Initial LLC Agreement” is defined in the recitals to this LLC Agreement.

 

Investor Rights Agreement” means the Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among PubCo, the Continuing Members and the other parties thereto (together with any other parties that become a party thereto from time to time upon execution of a joinder in accordance with the terms thereof by any successor or assign to any party to such Investor Rights Agreement)

 

IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

 

Law” means all laws, acts, statutes, constitutions, treaties, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations, orders and rulings of a Governmental Entity, including common law. All references to “Laws” shall be deemed to include any amendments thereto, and any successor Law, unless the context otherwise requires.

 

Liability” means any debt, liability or obligation, whether accrued or fixed, asserted or unasserted, due or to become due, known or unknown, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured or determined or determinable.

 

Liquidating Event” is defined in Section 11.1.

 

Liquidity Limitations” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

 

LLC Agreement” is defined in the preamble to this LLC Agreement.

 

Lock-Up Period” shall have the meaning ascribed in the Investor Rights Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Lock-up Period does not apply to Noteholder Members.

 

Managing Member” means PubCo, in its capacity as the sole managing Member of the Company.

 

Member” means any Person that executes this LLC Agreement as a Member (including the Managing Member), and any other Person admitted to the Company as an additional or substituted Member, that has not made a disposition of all of such Person’s Units.

 

Member Minimum Gain” has the meaning ascribed to “partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain” set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i). It is further understood that the determination of Member Minimum Gain and the net increase or decrease in Member Minimum Gain shall be made in the same manner as required for such determination of Company Minimum Gain under Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(d) and 1.704-2(g)(3), as set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(3).

 

11

 

 

Member Nonrecourse Debt” has the meaning of “partner nonrecourse debt” set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

 

Member Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning of “partner nonrecourse deductions” set forth in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(i)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(2).

 

Member Representative” is defined in Section 8.4.

 

Minimum Exchange Amount” means a number of Common Units held by an Exchanging Member equal to the lesser of (a) 100,000 Common Units and (b) all of the Common Units then held by the applicable Exchanging Member.

 

National Securities Exchange” means a securities exchange registered with the Commission under Section 6 of the Exchange Act.

 

Non-Party Affiliate” is defined in Section 12.15.

 

Nonrecourse Deductions” has the meaning assigned that term in Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(b) and 1.704-2(c).

 

Nonrecourse Liability” is defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2 (b)(3).

 

Noteholder Members” is defined in the preamble to this LLC Agreement.

 

Officer” means each Person appointed as an officer of the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.2. The initial Officers are listed on Exhibit D attached hereto.

 

Party” and “Parties” means, individually or collectively, each Member and the Company.

 

Permitted Transfer” is defined in Section 9.1(b).

 

Permitted Transferee” means, with respect to any Member, (a) any Family Member of such Member and (b) any Affiliate of such Member (including any partner, shareholder or member controlling or under common control with such Member and Affiliated investment fund or vehicle of such Member), but excluding any Affiliate under this clause (b) who operates or engages in a business which competes with the business of PubCo or the Company; provided that, other than BCP’s portfolio companies, no Affiliated investment fund or vehicle of BCP shall be deemed to operate or engage in any such competing business.

 

Person” means any natural person, sole proprietorship, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated association, corporation, limited liability company, Governmental Entity or other entity.

 

Piggyback Registration” is defined in the Investor Rights Agreement.

 

12

 

 

 

Plan Asset Regulations” means the regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Labor at Section 2510.3-101 of Part 2510 of Chapter XXV, Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations.

 

Profits” or “Losses” means, for each Taxable Year or other taxable period, an amount equal to the Company’s taxable income or loss for such year or period, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(1) shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments (without duplication):

 

(a)            any income or gain of the Company that is exempt from U.S. federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses shall be added to such taxable income or loss;

 

(b)            any expenditures of the Company described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses, shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;

 

(c)            in the event the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to clause (b) or (c) of the definition of Gross Asset Value above, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the Gross Asset Value of the Company asset) or an item of loss (if the adjustment decreases the Gross Asset Value of the Company asset) from the disposition of such asset and shall, except to the extent allocated pursuant to Section 5.2, be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits or Losses;

 

(d)            gain or loss resulting from any disposition of Company assets with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall be computed with reference to the Gross Asset Value of the asset disposed of notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such asset differs from its Gross Asset Value;

 

(e)            in lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation for such period;

 

(f)            to the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4), to be taken into account in determining Capital Account balances as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Member’s interest in the Company, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or an item of loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) from the disposition of such asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits or Losses; and

 

(g)            any items of income, gain, loss or deduction which are specifically allocated pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.2 shall not be taken into account in computing Profits or Losses for any Taxable Year, but such items available to be specially allocated pursuant to Section 5.2 shall be determined by applying rules analogous to those set forth in clauses (a) through (f) above.

 

13

 

 

PubCo” is defined in the preamble to this LLC Agreement.

 

PubCo Call Notice” is defined in Section 4.6(f).

 

PubCo Call Right” means PubCo’s election, in accordance with Section 4.6(f), to directly purchase Exchanged Units described in an Exchange Notice given by an Exchanging Member.

 

PubCo Common Stock” means all classes of common stock of PubCo, including the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock.

 

PubCo Offer” is defined in Section 4.1(g)(ii).

 

PubCo Warrants” has the meaning given to “Buyer Warrants” in the Business Combination Agreement.

 

Push-Out Election” is defined in Section 10.4(b).

 

Reclassification Event” means any of the following: (a) any reclassification or recapitalization of PubCo Common Stock (other than the Domestication (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement), a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination or any transaction subject to Section 4.1(h)), (b) any merger, consolidation or other combination involving PubCo or (c) any sale, conveyance, lease, or other disposal of all or substantially all the properties and assets of PubCo to any other Person, in each of clauses (a), (b) or (c), as a result of which holders of PubCo Common Stock shall be entitled to receive cash, securities or other property for their shares of PubCo Common Stock.

 

Registration Statement” means any registration statement that PubCo files pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement.

 

Regulatory Allocations” is defined in Section 5.2(j).

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Specified Audit” is defined in Section 10.4(d).

 

Stock Exchange Payment” means, with respect to any Exchange of Common Units for which a Stock Exchange Payment is elected by the Managing Member on behalf of the Company, a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the number of Common Units so exchanged.

 

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other business entity of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power or equity is owned or controlled directly or indirectly by such Person, or one (1) or more of the Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof.

 

Tax Advances” is defined in Section 10.5(a).

 

14

 

 

Tax Amount” means, with respect to a Taxable Year commencing after the Company Effective Time (or, in the case of a Taxable Year that includes the Company Effective Time, the portion thereof after the Company Effective Time), the excess, if any, of (a) the product of (i) an amount, if positive, equal to the product of (A) the taxable income of the Company allocable to a Member pursuant to this LLC Agreement (taking into account corrective allocations made pursuant to Section 5.3(e)) with respect to the relevant Taxable Year (or portion thereof) (determined based upon a good faith estimate by the Managing Member and updated to reflect the final Company tax returns filed for such Taxable Year, and, for purposes of this definition, (w) including adjustments to taxable income in respect of Section 704(c) of the Code, (x) excluding adjustments to taxable income in respect of Section 743(b) of the Code, (y) calculated as if allocations of such taxable income were, for such Taxable Year (or portion thereof), the sole source of income and loss for such Member, (or, as appropriate, of its direct or indirect partners or members), and (z) taking into account the carryover of items of loss, deduction and expense, including the utilization of any excess business interest expense under Code Section 163(j), previously allocated to such Member for a Taxable Year (or portion thereof) that begins after the Company Effective Time to the extent not previously taken into account for purposes of determining the Tax Amount for a Taxable Year (or portion thereof)) times (B) one-fourth (1/4) in the case of the first quarter, one-half (1/2) in the case of the second quarter, three-fourths (3/4) in the case of the third quarter, and one (1) in the case of the fourth quarter times (ii) Tier 1 Assumed Rate with respect to such Taxable Year (or portion thereof), over (b) the amount of distributions previously made to such Member pursuant to Section 6.2 with respect to such Taxable Year (or portion thereof) after the Company Effective Time.

 

Tax Distribution” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

 

Tax Distribution Date” means April 10, June 10, September 10, and December 10 of each calendar year, which shall be adjusted by the Managing Member as reasonably necessary to take into account changes in estimated tax payment due dates for U.S. federal income taxes under applicable Law (but in no event shall the Managing Member make adjustments such that there are more than four (4) Tax Distribution Dates in any calendar year); provided, however, that if a Tax Distribution Date in a given calendar year is not a Business Day, such Tax Distribution Date shall be the Business Day immediately prior to such date.

 

Tax Receivable Agreement” means that certain tax receivable agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among PubCo, the Company, certain of the Continuing Members and the other parties thereto.

 

Taxable Year” means the Company’s taxable year for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which shall end on December 31 of each calendar year unless otherwise required by applicable Law.

 

Trading Day” means a day on which Nasdaq or such other principal United States securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed, quoted or admitted to trading and is open for the transaction of business (unless such trading shall have been suspended for the entire day).

 

15

 

 

Transfer” means, when used as a noun, any voluntary or involuntary, direct or indirect, transfer, sale, pledge, hedge, encumbrance, or hypothecation or other disposition, or legally binding agreement to undertake any of the foregoing, by the Transferor (whether through a change of control of the Transferor or any Person that controls the Transferor, the issuance or transfer of Equity securities of the Transferor, or by operation of law or otherwise) and, when used as a verb, the Transferor voluntarily or involuntarily, directly or indirectly, transfers, sells, pledges, hedges, encumbers or hypothecates or otherwise disposes of (whether through a change of control of the Transferor or any Person that controls the Transferor, the issuance or transfer of Equity securities of the Transferor, or by operation of law or otherwise), or agrees (in a legally binding manner) to do any of the foregoing, including, in each case, (a) the establishment or increase of a put equivalent position or liquidation with respect to, or decrease of a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act with respect to, any security or (b) entry into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another Person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such securities, in cash or otherwise; provided that any such indirect pledge, encumbrance or hypothecation that does not provide the counterparty thereto the right to (i) take direct possession, as the holder of record, of any Units shall not, (ii) direct the disposition of any such Units, or (iii) exercise any rights of a holder of such Units hereunder or under applicable Law, shall not, in any such case, be considered a “Transfer” for purposes of this Agreement. The terms “Transferee,” “Transferor,” “Transferred,” and other forms of the word “Transfer” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

Transferee” is defined in Exhibit E.

 

Transferor” is defined in Exhibit E.

 

Treasury Regulations” means pronouncements, as amended from time to time, or their successor pronouncements, which clarify, interpret and apply the provisions of the Code, and which are designated as “Treasury Regulations” by the United States Department of the Treasury.

 

Triggering Event” has the meaning given to such term in the Business Combination Agreement; provided that a Triggering Event with respect to any Earnout Shares (as defined in the Business Combination Agreement) shall be deemed to be a Triggering Event with respect to the Earnout Units held by PubCo corresponding to such Earnout Shares.

 

Undertaking” is defined in Section 7.4(b).

 

Unitholders” is defined in Exhibit C.

 

Units” means the Common Units, the Earnout Common Units, any other Equity Securities of the Company, and any rights to payments as a holder of any of the foregoing, but excluding any rights under any court-authorized charging order.

 

VWAP” means the daily per share volume-weighted average price of the Class A Common Stock, on Nasdaq or such other principal United States securities exchange on which the shares of Class A Common Stock are listed, quoted or admitted to trading, as displayed under the heading Bloomberg VWAP on the Bloomberg page designated for the Class A Common Stock (or the equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the open of trading on such Trading Day until the close of trading on such Trading Day (or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, (a) the per share volume-weighted average price of a share of Class A Common Stock, as applicable, on such Trading Day (determined without regard to afterhours trading or any other trading outside the regular trading session or trading hours), or (b) if such determination is not feasible, the market price per share of Class A Common Stock, in either case as determined by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained in good faith for this purpose by PubCo); provided, however, that if at any time for purposes of the Cash Exchange Class A 5-Day VWAP, shares of Class A Common Stock are not then listed, quoted or traded on a principal United States securities exchange or automated or electronic quotation system, then the VWAP shall mean the per share Appraiser FMV of one (1) share of Class A Common Stock (or such other Equity Security into which the Class A Common Stock was converted or exchanged).

 

16

 

 

1.2            Interpretive Provisions. For all purposes of this LLC Agreement, except as otherwise provided in this LLC Agreement or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)            the terms defined in Section 1.1 are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms;

 

(b)            an accounting term not otherwise defined in this LLC Agreement has the meaning assigned to it under GAAP;

 

(c)            all references to currency, monetary values and dollars set forth in this LLC Agreement shall mean United States (U.S.) dollars and all payments under this LLC Agreement shall be made in United States dollars;

 

(d)            when a reference is made in this LLC Agreement to an Article, Section, clause, Exhibit or Schedule, such reference is to an Article, Section or clause of, or an Exhibit or Schedule to, this LLC Agreement unless otherwise indicated;

 

(e)            whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this LLC Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”;

 

(f)            “or” is not exclusive;

 

(g)            pronouns of any gender or neuter shall include, as appropriate, the other pronoun forms;

 

(h)            references in this LLC Agreement to any Law shall be deemed also to refer to such Law, any amendments thereto, any successor provisions thereof, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

(i)            the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this LLC Agreement, refer to this LLC Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this LLC Agreement;

 

(j)            whenever this Agreement refers to a number of days, such number shall refer to calendar days unless Business Days are specified, and when counting days, the date of commencement will not be included as a full day for purposes of computing any applicable time periods (except as otherwise may be required under any applicable Law; and

 

(k)            if any action is to be taken or given on or by a particular calendar day, and such calendar ay is not a Business Day, then such action may be deferred until the next Business Day.

 

17

 

 

Article II
ORGANIZATION OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

 

2.1            Formation. The Company has heretofore been formed and shall continue its existence as a limited liability company subject to the provisions of the Act upon the terms, provisions and conditions set forth in this LLC Agreement.

 

2.2            Filing. The Company’s Certificate of Formation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Act. The Members shall execute such further documents (including amendments to such Certificate of Formation) and take such further action as is appropriate to comply with the requirements of Law for the operation of a limited liability company in all states and counties in which the Company may conduct business.

 

2.3            Name. The name of the Company is “QualTek HoldCo, LLC” and all business of the Company shall be conducted in such name or, in the discretion of the Managing Member, under any other name.

 

2.4            Registered Office: Registered Agent. The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be the office of the initial registered agent named in the Certificate of Formation or such other office (which need not be a place of business of the Company) as the Managing Member may designate from time to time in the manner provided by applicable law, and the registered agent for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware at such registered office shall be the registered agent named in the Certificate or such Person or Persons as the Board may designate from time to time in the manner provided by applicable law.

 

2.5            Principal Place of Business. The principal office of the Company shall be located at such place as the Managing Member may from time to time designate. The Company may maintain offices at such other place or places as the Managing Member deems advisable.

 

2.6            Purpose; Powers. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted by the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act. The Company shall have the power and authority to take any and all actions and engage in any and all activities necessary, appropriate, desirable, advisable, ancillary or incidental to the accomplishment of the foregoing purpose.

 

2.7            Term. The term of the Company commenced on the date of filing of the Certificate of Formation of the Company with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in accordance with the Act and shall continue indefinitely. The Company may be dissolved and its affairs wound up only in accordance with Article XI.

 

18

 

 

2.8            Intent. It is the intent of the Members that the Company be operated in a manner consistent with its treatment as a “partnership” for U.S. federal and applicable state and local income and franchise tax purposes. The Company and each Member shall file all tax returns and shall otherwise take all tax, financial and other reporting positions in a manner consistent with such treatment. Neither the Company nor any Member shall take any action inconsistent with the intent of the Parties set forth in this Section 2.8. No election (including an entity classification election for the Company) contrary to the intent of the Parties as set forth in this Section 2.8 shall be made by the Company or any Member, and the Company shall not convert into or merge into (with the Company not being the surviving entity in such merger) an entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal or applicable state and local income or franchise tax purposes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 2.8, this Section 2.8 shall not prevent the Company from entering into or consummating any transaction which constitutes a Change of Control to the extent such transaction is duly authorized by the Managing Member in accordance with this LLC Agreement, subject to the rights set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement, if any, applicable to such transaction.

 

Article III
CLOSING TRANSACTIONS

 

3.1            Business Combination Agreement Transactions. Pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement and for the consideration set forth in the Business Combination Agreement, as of the Company Effective Time, Company Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as the surviving entity and a Subsidiary of PubCo. Following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, (a) the total number of Common Units held by the Continuing Members and PubCo as of the Company Effective Time is set forth next to each such Member’s name on Exhibit A hereto under the headings “Effective Time Common Units” and “Effective Time Earnout Common Units” and (b) the total number of Common Units (which, pursuant to Section 5.5, do not include any Earnout Common Units) held by the Noteholder Members as of the Company Effective Time is set forth next to each such Member’s name on Exhibit B hereto. The number of shares of Class B Common Stock held by each Continuing Member and each Noteholder Member shall equal the number of Common Units held by such Continuing Member and such Noteholder Member, respectively.

 

Article IV
OWNERSHIP AND CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

 

4.1            Authorized Units; General Provisions with Respect to Units.

 

(a)            Units. Subject to the provisions of this LLC Agreement, the Company shall be authorized to issue from time to time such number of Common Units and such other Equity Securities of the Company as the Managing Member shall determine in accordance with and subject to the restrictions in this Section 4.1 and Section 4.3. Subject to this Section 4.1 and Section 4.3, each authorized Unit may be issued pursuant to such agreements as the Managing Member shall approve, including pursuant to warrants, options, or other rights or property to acquire Units or that may be converted into Units. The Company may reissue any Units that have been repurchased or acquired by the Company; provided that any such issuance, and the admission of any Person as a Member in connection therewith, is otherwise made in accordance with and subject to the restrictions in this LLC Agreement. The Units shall be uncertificated. The Company shall not, and the Managing Member shall not cause the Company to, issue any Units if such issuance would result in the Company having more than 100 partners, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h) (determined taking into account the rules of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)); provided that, for such purposes, the Company and the Managing Member shall be entitled to assume that each Continuing Member is treated as a single partner within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h) (determined taking into account the rules of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)), unless otherwise required by applicable Law.

 

19

 

 

(b)            Outstanding Units and Outstanding Notes. Each Continuing Member was previously admitted as a Member and shall remain a Member of the Company at the Company Effective Time. Each Noteholder Member is hereby admitted as a Member of the Company at the Company Effective Time. Immediately after the Company Effective Time, the Units will comprise a single class of Common Units. The Managing Member’s interest in its capacity as such shall be a non-economic interest in the Company, which does not entitle the Managing Member, solely in its capacity as such, to any Units, distributions or Tax Distributions.

 

(c)            Schedule of Members. The Company shall maintain schedules of the Continuing Members and the Noteholder Members, appended hereto as Exhibit A and Exhibit B. (as updated and amended from time to time in accordance with the terms of this LLC Agreement and current as of the date set forth therein), which shall include: (i) the name and address of each Member; (ii) the aggregate number of and type of Units issued and outstanding and held by each Member; and (iii) each Member’s Capital Contributions following the Company Effective Time.

 

(d)            New PubCo Issuances.

 

(i)            Subject to Section 4.6 and Section 4.1(d)(ii), if, at any time after the Company Effective Time, PubCo issues shares of its Class A Common Stock or any other Equity Security of PubCo (other than shares of Class B Common Stock), (x) the Company shall concurrently issue to PubCo an equal number of Common Units (if PubCo issues shares of Class A Common Stock), or an equal number of such other Equity Security of the Company corresponding to the Equity Securities issued by PubCo (if PubCo issues Equity Securities other than Class A Common Stock), and with the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distributions upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Equity Securities of PubCo so issued and (y) PubCo shall concurrently contribute to the Company the net proceeds or other property received by PubCo, if any, for such share of Class A Common Stock or other Equity Security, subject to the second proviso in Section 7.8.

 

(ii)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 4.1(d)(i) or Section 4.1(d)(iii), this Section 4.1(d) shall not apply to (x) the issuance and distribution to holders of shares of PubCo Common Stock of rights to purchase Equity Securities of PubCo under a “poison pill” or similar shareholder rights plan (and upon exchange of Common Units for Class A Common Stock, such Class A Common Stock shall be issued together with a corresponding right under such plan) or (y) the issuance under PubCo’s employee benefit plans of any warrants, options, stock appreciation right, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance based award or other rights to acquire Equity Securities of PubCo or rights or property that may be converted into or settled in Equity Securities of PubCo, but shall in each of the foregoing cases apply to the issuance of Equity Securities of PubCo in connection with the exercise or settlement of such warrants, options, stock appreciation right, restricted stock units, performance based awards or the vesting of restricted stock (including as set forth in Section 4.1(d)(iii) below, as applicable).

 

20

 

 

(iii)            In the event any outstanding Equity Security of PubCo is exercised or otherwise converted and, as a result, any shares of Class A Common Stock or other Equity Securities of PubCo are issued (including as a result of the exercise of PubCo Warrants), (x) the corresponding Equity Security outstanding at the Company and held by PubCo, if any, shall be similarly exercised or otherwise converted, if applicable, (y) an equivalent number of Common Units or equivalent Equity Securities of the Company shall be issued to PubCo as required by the first sentence of Section 4.1(d)(i), and (z) PubCo shall concurrently contribute to the Company the net proceeds received by PubCo from any such exercise or conversion, subject to the second proviso in Section 7.8.

 

(e)            PubCo Debt Issuance. If at any time PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) issues Debt Securities, PubCo or such Subsidiary shall transfer to the Company the net proceeds received by PubCo or such Subsidiary, as applicable, in exchange for such Debt Securities in a manner that directly or indirectly burdens the Company with the repayment of the Debt Securities, subject to the second proviso in Section 7.8.

 

(f)            New Company Issuances. Except pursuant to Section 4.6, (x) the Company may not issue any additional Units to PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) unless (i) substantially simultaneously therewith PubCo or such Subsidiary issues or transfers an equal number of newly-issued shares of Class A Common Stock (or relevant Equity Security of such Subsidiary) to another Person or Persons, and (ii) such issuance is in accordance with Section 4.1(d), and (y) the Company may not issue any other Equity Securities of the Company to PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) unless (i) substantially simultaneously therewith PubCo or such Subsidiary issues or transfers, to another Person, an equal number of newly-issued shares of Equity Securities of PubCo or such Subsidiary with substantially the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distributions upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Equity Securities of the Company, and (ii) such issuance is in accordance with Section 4.1(d).

 

(g)            Repurchases and Redemptions.

 

(i)            Subject to Section 4.1(g)(ii), PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) may redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire (A) shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to a Board approved repurchase plan or program (or otherwise in connection with a transaction approved by the Board) and, substantially simultaneously therewith, the Company shall redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire from PubCo or such Subsidiary an equal number of Common Units for the same price per security, if any, or (B) any other Equity Securities of PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) pursuant to a Board approved repurchase plan or program (or otherwise in connection with a transaction approved by the Board) and, substantially simultaneously therewith, the Company shall redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire from PubCo or such Subsidiary an equal number of the corresponding class or series of Equity Securities of the Company with the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distributions upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Equity Securities of PubCo or such Subsidiary for the same price per security, if any.

 

21

 

 

(ii)            In the event that a tender offer, share exchange offer, or take-over bid or similar transaction with respect to Class A Common Stock (a “PubCo Offer”) is proposed by PubCo or is proposed to PubCo or its stockholders, the holders of Common Units (other than Earnout Common Units that have not yet (and do not in connection therewith) become unrestricted Common Units in accordance with the terms of the BCA) shall be permitted to participate in such PubCo Offer by delivery of an Exchange Notice (which Exchange Notice shall be effective immediately prior to the consummation of such PubCo Offer (and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be contingent upon such PubCo Offer and not be effective if such PubCo Offer is not consummated)). In the case of a PubCo Offer proposed by PubCo, PubCo shall use its reasonable best efforts to take all such actions and do all such things as are necessary or desirable to enable and permit the holders of Common Units (other than Earnout Common Units that have not yet (and do not in connection therewith) become unrestricted Common Units in accordance with the terms of the BCA) to participate in such PubCo Offer to the same extent or on an economically equivalent basis as the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock without discrimination; provided that, without limiting the generality of this sentence (and without limiting the ability of any Member holding Common Units (other than Earnout Common Units that have not yet (and do not in connection therewith) become unrestricted Common Units in accordance with the terms of the BCA) to consummate an Exchange at any time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement), the Managing Member shall use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that such holders of Common Units (other than Earnout Common Units that have not yet (and do not in connection therewith)become unrestricted Common Units in accordance with the terms of the BCA) may participate in such PubCo Offer without being required to Exchange their Common Units (other than Earnout Common Units that have not yet (and do not in connection therewith) become unrestricted Common Units in accordance with the terms of the BCA) and cancel their shares of Class B Common Stock, as the case may be, (or, if so required, to ensure that any such Exchange and cancelation shall be effective only upon, and shall be conditional upon, the closing of the transactions contemplated by the PubCo Offer). For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the holders of Common Units (other than Earnout Common Units that have not yet (and do not in connection therewith) become unrestricted Common Units in accordance with the terms of the BCA) be entitled to receive in such PubCo Offer aggregate consideration for each Common Unit (other than Earnout Common Units that have not yet (and do not in connection therewith) become unrestricted Common Units in accordance with the terms of the BCA) and share of Class B Common Stock, taken together, that is greater than or less than the consideration payable in respect of each share of Class A Common Stock in connection with such PubCo Offer (it being understood that payments under or in respect of the Tax Receivable Agreement shall not be considered part of any such consideration).

 

(iii)            The Company may not redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire (x) any Common Units from PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) unless substantially simultaneously PubCo or such Subsidiary redeems, repurchases or otherwise acquires pursuant to a Board approved repurchase plan or program (or otherwise in connection with a transaction approved by the Board) an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock for the same price per security from holders thereof or (y) any other Equity Securities of the Company from PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) unless substantially simultaneously PubCo or such Subsidiary redeems, repurchases or otherwise acquires pursuant to a Board approved repurchase plan or program (or otherwise in connection with a transaction approved by the Board) for the same price per security an equal number of Equity Securities of PubCo (or such Subsidiary) of a corresponding class or series with substantially the same rights to dividends and distributions (including distributions upon liquidation) and other economic rights as those of such Equity Securities of PubCo or such Subsidiary.

 

22

 

 

(iv)            Notwithstanding the foregoing Sections 4.1(g)(i) - 4.1(g)(iii), to the extent that any consideration payable by PubCo in connection with the redemption, repurchase or acquisition of any shares of Class A Common Stock or other Equity Securities of PubCo or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) consists (in whole or in part) of shares of Class A Common Stock or such other Equity Securities of PubCo (including in connection with the cashless exercise of an option or warrant (or other convertible right or security)) other than under PubCo’s employee benefit plans for which there is no corresponding Common Units or other Equity Securities of the Company, then the redemption, repurchase or acquisition of the corresponding Common Units or other Equity Securities of the Company shall be effectuated in an equivalent manner.

 

(h)            Equity Subdivisions and Combinations.

 

(i)            The Company shall not in any manner effect any subdivision (by any equity split, equity distribution, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse equity split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of the outstanding Units unless concurrently accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination, as applicable, of the outstanding PubCo Common Stock or other related class or series of Equity Security of PubCo, with corresponding changes made with respect to any other exchangeable or convertible Equity Securities of the Company and Equity Securities of PubCo.

 

(ii)            Except in accordance with Section 4.6(c), PubCo shall not in any manner effect any subdivision (by any equity split, equity distribution, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse equity split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of the outstanding PubCo Common Stock or any other class or series of Equity Security of PubCo, unless concurrently accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination, as applicable, of the outstanding Units or other related class or series of Equity Security of the Company, with corresponding changes made with respect to any applicable exchangeable or convertible Equity Securities of the Company and Equity Securities of PubCo.

 

(i)            General Authority. For the avoidance of doubt, but subject to Sections 4.1(a), (d), (f), (g), (h) and Section 4.3, the Company and PubCo (including in its capacity as the Managing Member of the Company) shall be permitted to undertake all actions, including an issuance, redemption, reclassification, distribution, division or recapitalization, with respect to the Common Units to maintain at all times a one-to-one ratio between (i) the number of Common Units owned by PubCo, directly or indirectly, and the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, and (ii) the number of outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock held by any Person (other than PubCo) and the number of Common Units held by such Person disregarding, for purposes of maintaining the one-to-one ratios in clause (i) (A) options, rights or securities of PubCo issued under any plan involving the issuance of any Equity Securities of PubCo that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock, (B) treasury stock, or (C) preferred stock or other debt or equity securities (including warrants, options or rights) issued by PubCo that are convertible or into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock (but in each case prior to such conversion or exchange).

 

23

 

 

4.2            Capital Contributions. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this LLC Agreement, no Member shall be required to make additional Capital Contributions to the Company.

 

4.3            Issuance of Additional Units. Subject to the terms and conditions of this LLC Agreement (including Section 4.1 and this Section 4.3), the Managing Member shall have the right to authorize and cause the Company to issue on such terms (including price) as may be determined by the Managing Member (a) additional Common Units or Equity Securities in the Company having such rights, preferences and privileges as determined by the Managing Member, which rights, preferences and privileges may be senior to the Common Units, and (b) obligations, evidences of indebtedness or other securities or interests convertible or exchangeable for Units or other Equity Securities in the Company; provided that at any time following the date hereof, in each case the Company shall not issue Equity Securities in the Company to any Person other than PubCo or then-existing Members unless such Person shall have executed a counterpart to this LLC Agreement and all other documents, agreements or instruments deemed necessary or desirable in the reasonable discretion of the Managing Member. Upon any such issuance and execution, (a) such Person shall be admitted as a Member of the Company, and (b) the Managing Member shall update the Company’s books and records and amend Exhibit A and Exhibit B, as applicable, to reflect such issuance. Subject to Section 4.1, this Section 4.3 and Section 12.1, the Managing Member is hereby authorized to amend this LLC Agreement to set forth the designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties of such additional Common Units or other Equity Securities in the Company authorized or issued pursuant to this Section 4.3.

 

4.4            Capital Accounts. A Capital Account shall be maintained by the Managing Member for each Member in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) and, to the extent consistent with such regulations, the other provisions of this LLC Agreement. Each Member’s Capital Account balance as of the Company Effective Time shall be equal to the amount of its respective Closing Date Capital Account Balance set forth opposite such Member’s name on Exhibit A or Exhibit B, as applicable. Thereafter, each Member’s Capital Account shall be (a) increased by (i) allocations to such Member of Profits pursuant to Section 5.1 and any other items of income or gain allocated to such Member pursuant to Section 5.2, (ii) the amount of cash or the initial Gross Asset Value of any asset (net of any Liabilities assumed by the Company and any Liabilities to which the asset is subject) contributed to the Company by such Member, and (iii) any other increases allowed or required by Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv), and (b) decreased by (i) allocations to such Member of Losses pursuant to Section 5.1 and any other items of deduction or loss allocated to such Member pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.2, (ii) the amount of any cash or the Gross Asset Value of any asset (net of any Liabilities assumed by the Member and any Liabilities to which the asset is subject) distributed to such Member, and (iii) any other decreases allowed or required by Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). In the event of a Transfer of Units made in accordance with this LLC Agreement (including a deemed Transfer for U.S. federal income tax purposes as described in Section 4.6(i)), the Capital Account of the Transferor that is attributable to the Transferred Units shall carry over to the Transferee Member in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(l). This Section 4.4 and other provisions of this LLC Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Code Section 704(b), including Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv), and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury Regulations. In determining the amount of any Liability for purposes of calculating Capital Accounts, there shall be taken into account Section 752(c) of the Code and any other applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury Regulations. The Members’ Capital Accounts will normally be adjusted on an annual or other periodic basis as determined by the Managing Member, but the Capital Accounts may be adjusted more often if a new Member is admitted to the Company or if circumstances otherwise make it advisable in the judgment of the Managing Member.

 

24

 

 

4.5            Other Matters Regarding Capital Contributions.

 

(a)            The Company shall not be obligated to repay any Capital Contributions of any Member. Under circumstances requiring a return of any Capital Contributions, no Member has the right to receive property other than cash.

 

(b)            No Member shall receive any interest, salary, compensation or reimbursement with respect to its Capital Contributions or its Capital Account, or for services rendered or expenses incurred on behalf of the Company or otherwise in its capacity as a Member, except as otherwise provided in Section 7.8 or other provisions of this LLC Agreement.

 

(c)            A Member shall not be required to restore a deficit balance in such Member’s Capital Account, to lend any funds to the Company or to make any additional contributions or payments to the Company.

 

4.6            Exchange of Common Units.

 

(a)            Exchange Procedures.

 

(i)            Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 4.6, after the expiration of the applicable Lock-Up Period, if applicable, an Exchanging Member (together with its Affiliates, including other Continuing Members or Noteholder Members, as applicable, and their respective Permitted Transferees) shall be entitled to cause the Company to effect an Exchange up to two times per calendar quarter collectively (and no more frequently) plus, if necessary, any additional number of times as may be necessary to allow such Exchanging Member to participate in a transaction described in the penultimate sentence of this Section 4.6(a)(i) or in Section 4.6(h), in each case with respect to a number of Common Units at least equal to or exceeding the Minimum Exchange Amount, by delivering an Exchange Notice to the Company, with a copy to PubCo. Each Exchange Notice shall be in the form set forth on Exhibit C and shall include all information required to be included therein. An Exchange Notice may specify that the Exchange is to be contingent (including as to timing) upon the consummation of a purchase by another Person (whether in a tender offer or exchange offer, an underwritten offering or otherwise) of the shares of Class A Common Stock into which the Common Units are exchangeable, or contingent (including as to timing) upon the closing of an announced merger, consolidation or other transaction or event in which shares of Class A Common Stock would be exchanged or converted or become exchangeable for or convertible into cash or other securities or property. In the event that an Exchange is being exercised in order to participate in a Piggyback Registration, the Exchange Notice Date shall be prior to the expiration of the time period in which a holder of securities is required to notify PubCo that it wishes to participate in such Piggyback Registration in accordance with Section 3.2 of the Investor Rights Agreement.

 

25

 

 

(ii)            Within three (3) Business Days of the giving of an Exchange Notice, the Managing Member on behalf of the Company may, but shall not be required to, elect to settle all or a portion of the Exchange in cash in an amount equal to the Cash Exchange Payment (in lieu of shares of Class A Common Stock), exercisable by giving written notice of such election to the Exchanging Member within such three (3) Business Day period (such notice, the “Cash Exchange Notice”). The Cash Exchange Notice shall set forth the portion of the Common Units subject to the Exchange which shall be exchanged for cash in lieu of Class A Common Stock. To the extent such Exchange relates to the exercise of the Exchanging Member’s registration rights under Section 4.1 of the Investor Rights Agreement, PubCo and the Company shall cooperate in good faith with such Exchanging Member to exercise such Exchange in a manner which preserves such Exchanging Member’s rights thereunder. At any time following the giving of a Cash Exchange Notice and prior to the Exchange Date, the Managing Member may elect (exercisable by giving written notice of such election to the Exchanging Member) to revoke the Cash Exchange Notice with respect to all or any portion of the Exchanged Units and make the Stock Exchange Payment with respect to any such Exchanged Units on the Exchange Date.

 

(iii)            The Exchanging Member may elect to retract its Exchange Notice by giving written notice of such election to the Exchanging Member no later than (1) Business Day prior to the Exchange Date. The giving of any notice pursuant to this Section 4.6 shall terminate all of the Exchanging Member’s and the Company’s rights and obligations under this Section 4.6 arising from such retracted Exchange Notice (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, from any Exchange Notice not retracted or that may be delivered in the future).

 

(iv)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if, in connection with an Exchange in accordance with this Section 4.6, a filing is required under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 (“HSR Act”), then the Exchange Date with respect to all Exchanged Units which would be exchanged into an equal number of Class A Shares resulting from such Exchange shall be delayed until the earlier of (i) such time as the required filing under the HSR Act has been made and the waiting period applicable to such Exchange under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated or (ii) such filing is no longer required, at which time such Exchange shall automatically occur without any further action by the holders of any such Exchange Units. Each of the Members and PubCo agree to promptly take all actions required to make such filing under the HSR Act and the filing fee for such filing shall be paid by the Company.

 

(v)            Earnout Common Units that have not satisfied the earnout criteria set forth in the Business Combination Agreement are not permitted to be treated as Exchanged Units under this LLC Agreement, and in no event shall the Company or PubCo effect an Exchange of an Earnout Common Unit unless and until a Triggering Event has occurred with respect to such Earnout Common Unit and it has been converted to an unrestricted Common Unit in accordance with the terms of the Business Combination Agreement.

 

26

 

 

(b)            Exchange Payment. The Exchange shall be consummated on the Exchange Date. Unless PubCo has exercised its PubCo Call Right pursuant to Section 4.6(f), on the Exchange Date (to be effective immediately prior to the close of business on the Exchange Date) (i) PubCo shall contribute to the Company for delivery to the Exchanging Member (x) the Stock Exchange Payment with respect to any Exchanged Units not subject to a Cash Exchange Notice and (y) the Cash Exchange Payment with respect to any Exchanged Units subject to a Cash Exchange Notice, (ii) the Exchanging Member shall transfer and surrender the Exchanged Units to the Company, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, (iii) the Company shall issue to PubCo a number of Common Units equal to the number of Exchanged Units surrendered pursuant to clause (ii), (iv) solely to the extent necessary in connection with an Exchange, PubCo shall undertake all actions, including an issuance, reclassification, distribution, division or recapitalization, with respect to the Class A Common Stock to maintain a one-to-one ratio between the number of Common Units owned by PubCo, directly or indirectly, and the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, taking into account the issuance in clause (iii), any Stock Exchange Payment, and any other action taken in connection with this Section 4.6, (v) the Company shall (x) cancel the redeemed Common Units which were Exchanged Units held by the Exchanging Member and (y) transfer to the Exchanging Member the Cash Exchange Payment and/or the Stock Exchange Payment, as applicable, and (vi) PubCo shall cancel the surrendered shares of Class B Common Stock. On or prior to the Exchange Date, and as a condition to the Exchange, the Exchanging Member shall make any applicable Certificate Delivery. Upon the Exchange of all of a Member’s Units, such Member shall cease to be a Member of the Company.

 

(c)            Splits, Distributions and Reclassifications. If there is any reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction in which the shares of Class A Common Stock are converted or changed into another security, securities or other property, this Section 4.6 shall continue to be applicable, mutatis mutandis, with respect to such security or other property. This Section 4.6(c) is intended to preserve the intended economic effect of Section 4.1 and this Section 4.6 and to put each Member in the same economic position, to the greatest extent possible, with respect to Exchanges as if such reclassification, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar transaction had not occurred and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with such intent.

 

(d)            PubCo Covenants. PubCo shall at all times keep available, solely for the purpose of issuance upon an Exchange, out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock that shall be issuable upon the Exchange of all outstanding Common Units (including Earnout Common Units, and other than those Common Units held by PubCo or any Subsidiary of PubCo); provided that nothing contained in this LLC Agreement shall be construed to preclude PubCo from satisfying its obligations with respect to an Exchange by delivery of a Cash Exchange Payment or shares of Class A Common Stock that are held in treasury of PubCo. PubCo covenants that all shares of Class A Common Stock that shall be issued upon an Exchange shall, upon issuance thereof, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (except as such non-assessability may be limited by Sections 18-607 and 18-804 of the Act), free and clear of all liens and encumbrances. In addition, for so long as the shares of Class A Common Stock are listed on a stock exchange or automated or electronic quotation system, PubCo shall cause all shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon an Exchange to be listed on such stock exchange or automated or electronic quotation system at the time of such issuance. For purposes of this Section 4.6(d), references to the “Class A Common Stock” shall be deemed to include any Equity Securities issued or issuable as a result of any reclassification, combination, subdivision or similar transaction of the Class A Common Stock that any Member would be entitled to receive pursuant to Section 4.6(c).

 

27

 

 

(e)            Exchange Taxes. The issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock upon an Exchange shall be made without charge to the Exchanging Member for any stamp or other similar tax in respect of such issuance; provided, however, that if any such shares of Class A Common Stock are to be issued in a name other than that of the Exchanging Member (subject to the restrictions in Article IX), then the Person or Persons in whose name(s) the shares are to be issued shall pay to PubCo the amount of any additional tax that may be payable in respect of any Transfer involved in such issuance in excess of the amount otherwise due if such shares were issued in the name of the Exchanging Member or shall establish to the satisfaction of PubCo that such additional tax has been paid or is not payable.

 

(f)            PubCo Call Rights. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.6, with respect to any Exchange Notice, an Exchanging Member shall be deemed to have offered to sell its Exchanged Units as described in any Exchange Notice directly to PubCo (rather than to the Company), and PubCo may, by delivery of a written notice to the Exchanging Member no later than three (3) Business Days following the giving of an Exchange Notice, in accordance with, and subject to the terms of, this Section 4.6(f) (such notice, a “PubCo Call Notice”), elect to purchase directly and acquire such Exchanged Units on the Exchange Date by paying to the Exchanging Member (or such other Person specified in the Exchange Notice) the Stock Exchange Payment and/or the Cash Exchange Payment, whereupon PubCo shall acquire the Exchanged Units on the Exchange Date and be treated for all purposes of this LLC Agreement as the owner of such Common Units. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4.6(f), an exercise of the PubCo Call Right shall be consummated pursuant to the same timeframe and in the same manner as the relevant Exchange would have been consummated if PubCo had not given a PubCo Call Notice, in each case as relevant, including that Section 4.6(a)(ii) and Section 4.6(a)(iii) shall apply mutatis mutandis and that clauses (iv) and (vi) of Section 4.6(b) shall apply (notwithstanding that the other clauses thereof do not apply).

 

(g)            Distribution Rights. No Exchange shall impair the right of the Exchanging Member to receive any distributions payable on the Common Units redeemed pursuant to such Exchange in respect of a record date that occurs prior to the Exchange Date for such Exchange. No Exchanging Member, or a Person designated by an Exchanging Member to receive shares of Class A Common Stock, shall be entitled to receive, with respect to such record date, distributions or dividends both on Common Units redeemed by the Company from such Exchanging Member and on shares of Class A Common Stock received by such Exchanging Member, or other Person so designated, if applicable, in such Exchange.

 

28

 

 

 

(h)            Exchange Restrictions. The Managing Member may impose additional limitations and restrictions on Exchanges (including limiting Exchanges or creating priority procedures for Exchanges) to the extent it reasonably determines in good faith that such limitations and restrictions are necessary to avoid the Company being classified as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code; provided that, for such purposes, the Company and the Managing Member shall assume that each Continuing Member and Noteholder Member is treated as a single partner within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h) (determined taking into account the rules of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)), unless otherwise required by applicable Law.

 

(i)             Tax Matters. In connection with any Exchange, the Exchanging Member shall deliver to PubCo or the Company, as applicable, a certificate, dated as of the Exchange Date and sworn under penalties of perjury, in a form reasonably acceptable to PubCo or the Company, as applicable, certifying as to such Exchanging Member’s taxpayer identification number and, if applicable, that such Exchanging Member is a not a foreign person for purposes of Section 1445 and Section 1446(f) of the Code (which certificate may be an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 if then sufficient for such purposes under applicable Law). For U.S. federal and applicable state and local income tax purposes, each of the Exchanging Member, the Company and PubCo agree to treat each Exchange as a sale by the Exchanging Member of the Exchanging Member’s Common Units (together with an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock, which shares shall not be allocated any economic value) to PubCo in exchange for the payment by PubCo of the Stock Exchange Payment, the Cash Exchange Payment, or other applicable consideration to the Exchanging Member.

 

(j)             Representations and Warranties. In connection with any Exchange or exercise of a PubCo Call Right, (i) upon the acceptance of the Class A Common Stock or an amount of cash equal to the Cash Exchange Payment, the Exchanging Member shall represent and warrant that the Exchanging Member is the owner of the number of Common Units that the Exchanging Member is electing to Exchange and that such Common Units are not subject to any liens or restrictions on transfer (other than restrictions imposed by this LLC Agreement, the charter and governing documents of PubCo and applicable Law), and (ii) if the Managing Member elects a Stock Exchange Payment, the Managing Member shall represent that (A) the shares of Class A Common Stock issued to the Exchanging Member in settlement of the Stock Exchange Payment are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (except as such non-assessability may be limited by Sections 18-607 and 18-804 of the Act) and were issued in compliance in all material respects with applicable securities laws, and (B) the issuance of such shares of Class A Common Stock issued to the Exchanging Member in settlement of the Stock Exchange Payment does not conflict with or result in any breach of the organizational documents of PubCo.

 

29

 

 

4.7            Representations and Warranties of the Members. Each Member who acquires Units after the Company Effective Time severally (and not jointly) represents and warrants to the Company and each other Member as of the date of such Member’s admittance to the Company and as of each subsequent date that such Member acquires any additional Units (other than, in the case of acquisition of additional Units, Section 4.7(b) to the extent any conflict under Section 4.7(b) is related to the occurrence of a Change of Control resulting from such acquisition) that:

 

(a)            Organization; Authority.

 

(i)             To the extent such Member is not a natural person, (x) it is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing (if applicable) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of such Member’s formation, and if required by Law is duly qualified to conduct business and is in good standing in the jurisdiction of such Member’s principal place of business (if not formed in such jurisdiction), and (y) has full corporate, limited liability company, partnership, trust or other applicable power and authority to execute and deliver this LLC Agreement and to perform such Member’s obligations under this LLC Agreement and all necessary actions by the board of directors, shareholders, managers, members, partners, trustees, beneficiaries or other Persons necessary for the due authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this LLC Agreement by that Member have been duly taken.

 

(ii)            Such Member has duly executed and delivered this LLC Agreement, and this LLC Agreement is enforceable against such Member in accordance with such Member’s terms, subject to bankruptcy, moratorium, insolvency and other Laws generally affecting creditors’ rights and general principles of equity (whether applied in a proceeding in a court of law or equity).

 

(b)            Non-Contravention.

 

(i)             Such Member’s authorization, execution, delivery, and performance of this LLC Agreement does not breach or conflict with or constitute a default under (x) such Member’s charter or other governing documents to the extent such Member is not a natural person, (y) any material obligation under any other material agreement to which that Member is a party or by which such Member is bound or (z) applicable Law.

 

(ii)            No governmental, administrative or other material third party consents or approvals are required or necessary on the part of such Member in connection with such Member’s admittance as a Member or such Member’s ownership of such Member’s Units.

 

(c)            Due Inquiry.

 

(i)             Such Member has had, prior to the execution and delivery of this LLC Agreement, the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from representatives of the Company concerning an investment in the Company, as well as the finances, operations, business and prospects of the Company, and the opportunity to obtain additional information to verify the accuracy of all information so obtained, and received all such information about the Company and the Units as such Member has requested.

 

(ii)            In determining whether to enter into this LLC Agreement in respect of such Member’s Units, such Member has relied solely on such Member’s own knowledge and understanding of the Company and such Member’s business based upon such Member’s own due diligence investigation and the information furnished pursuant to this clause (c) and such Member has not relied on any other representations or information in making such Member’s investment decision, whether written or oral, relating to the Company, such Member’s operations and/or prospects;

 

30

 

 

(d)            Purpose of Investment. Such Member is acquiring and holding such Member’s Units solely for investment purposes, for such Member’s own account and not for the account or benefit of any other Person and not with a view towards the distribution or dissemination thereof in violation of applicable security laws, did not decide to enter into this LLC Agreement as a result of any general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502 of Regulation D under the Securities Act, and acknowledges and understands that no United States federal or state agency has passed upon or made any recommendation or endorsement of the offering of any Units;

 

(e)            Transfer Restrictions. Such Member understands the Units are being Transferred in a transaction not involving a public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Units will comprise “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act which shall not be sold, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise Transferred except in accordance with the terms of this LLC Agreement and applicable Law. Such Member agrees that, if in the future such Member decides to offer, resell, pledge or otherwise Transfer any portion of such Member’s Units, such Units may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise Transferred only pursuant to an effective Registration Statement under the Securities Act or an applicable exemption from registration and/or qualification under the Securities Act and applicable state securities Laws, and as a condition precedent to any such Transfer, such Member may be required to deliver to the Company an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, and agrees, absent registration or an exemption with respect to such Member’s Units, not to resell any such Units.

 

(f)            Investor Status. Such Member (i) has adequate means of providing for such Member’s current needs and possible contingencies, is able to bear the economic risks of such Member’s investment for an indefinite period of time and has a sufficient net worth to sustain a loss of such Member’s entire investment in the Company in the event such loss should occur, (ii) is sophisticated in financial matters and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Company, (iii) is, or is controlled by, an “accredited investor,” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D, promulgated under the Securities Act, and acknowledges the issuance of Units under this LLC Agreement is being made in reliance on a private placement exemption to “accredited investors” within the meaning of Section 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act or similar exemptions under federal and state Law, and (iv) is treated as a single partner within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h) (determined taking into account the rules of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)).

 

Article V
ALLOCATIONS OF PROFITS AND LOSSES

 

5.1            Profits and Losses. After giving effect to the allocations under Section 5.2 and subject to Section 5.2 and Section 5.4, Profits and Losses (and, to the extent reasonably determined by the Managing Member to be necessary and appropriate to achieve the resulting Capital Account balances described below, any allocable items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit includable in the computation of Profits and Losses) for each Taxable Year or other taxable period shall be allocated among the Members during such Taxable Year or other taxable period in a manner such that, after giving effect to all distributions through the end of such Taxable Year or other taxable period, the Capital Account balance of each Member, immediately after making such allocation, is, as nearly as possible, equal to (a) the amount such Member would receive pursuant to Section 11.3(b)(iii) if all assets of the Company on hand at the end of such Taxable Year or other taxable period were sold for cash equal to their Gross Asset Values, all liabilities of the Company were satisfied in cash in accordance with their terms (limited with respect to each nonrecourse liability to the Gross Asset Value of the assets securing such liability), and all remaining or resulting cash was distributed, in accordance with Section 11.3(b)(iii), to the Members immediately after making such allocation, minus (b) such Member’s share of Company Minimum Gain and Member Minimum Gain, computed immediately prior to the hypothetical sale of assets, and (without duplication) the amount any such Member is treated as obligated to contribute to the Company, computed immediately after the hypothetical sale of assets.

 

31

 

 

5.2            Special Allocations.

 

(a)            Nonrecourse Deductions for any Taxable Year or other taxable period shall be specially allocated to the Members on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of Common Units owned by each Member. The amount of Nonrecourse Deductions for a Taxable Year or other taxable period shall equal the excess, if any, of the net increase, if any, in the amount of Company Minimum Gain during that Taxable Year or other taxable period over the aggregate amount of any distributions during that Taxable Year or other taxable period of proceeds of a Nonrecourse Liability that are allocable to an increase in Company Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(d).

 

(b)            Any Member Nonrecourse Deductions for any Taxable Year or other taxable period shall be specially allocated to the Member who bears economic risk of loss with respect to the Member Nonrecourse Debt to which such Member Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i). If more than one (1) Member bears the economic risk of loss for such Member Nonrecourse Debt, the Member Nonrecourse Deductions attributable to such Member Nonrecourse Debt shall be allocated among the Members according to the ratio in which they bear the economic risk of loss. This Section 5.2(b) is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

(c)            Notwithstanding any other provision of this LLC Agreement to the contrary, if there is a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain during any Taxable Year or other taxable period (or if there was a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain for a prior Taxable Year or other taxable period and the Company did not have sufficient amounts of income and gain during prior periods to allocate among the Members under this Section 5.2(c)), each Member shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain for such Taxable Year or other taxable period in an amount equal to such Member’s share of the net decrease in Company Minimum Gain during such taxable period (as determined pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(g)(2)). This Section 5.2(c) is intended to constitute a minimum gain chargeback under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

(d)            Notwithstanding any other provision of this LLC Agreement except Section 5.2(c), if there is a net decrease in Member Minimum Gain during any Taxable Year or other taxable period (or if there was a net decrease in Member Minimum Gain for a prior Taxable Year or other taxable period and the Company did not have sufficient amounts of income and gain during prior periods to allocate among the Members under this Section 5.2(d)), each Member shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain for such taxable period in an amount equal to such Member’s share of the net decrease in Member Minimum Gain (as determined pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4)). This Section 5.2(d) is intended to constitute a partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain chargeback under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

32

 

 

(e)            Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary except Section 5.2(a) and Section 5.2(b), no Losses or other items of loss or expense shall be allocated to any Member to the extent that such allocation would cause such Member to have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit (or increase any existing Adjusted Capital Account Deficit) at the end of such Taxable Year or other taxable period. All Losses and other items of loss and expense in excess of the limitation set forth in this Section 5.2(e) shall be allocated to the Members who do not have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit in proportion to their relative positive Capital Accounts but only to the extent that such Losses and other items of loss and expense do not cause any such Member to have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit.

 

(f)            Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary except Section 5.2(c) and Section 5.2(d), in the event any Member unexpectedly receives any adjustment, allocation or distribution described in paragraph (4), (5) or (6) of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d), items of income and gain (consisting of a pro rata portion of each item of income, including gross income, and gain for the Taxable Year or other taxable period) shall be specially allocated to such Member in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate any Adjusted Capital Account Deficit of that Member as quickly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.2(f) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit after all other allocations provided for in Section 5.1 and Section 5.2 have been tentatively made as if this Section 5.2(f) were not in this LLC Agreement. This Section 5.2(f) is intended to constitute a qualified income offset under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

(g)            If any Member has a deficit balance in its Capital Account at the end of any Taxable Year or other taxable period that is in excess of the amount that the Member is deemed to be obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentence of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-2(g)(1) and (i)(5), that Member shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.2(g) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have a deficit balance in its Capital Account in excess of such sum after all other allocations provided for in Section 5.1 and Section 5.2 have been made as if Section 5.2(f) and this Section 5.2(g) were not in this LLC Agreement.

 

(h)            To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Code Sections 734(b) or 743(b) is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1 (b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) or 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution to any Member in complete or partial liquidation of such Member’s Units in the Company, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) and such item of gain or loss shall be allocated to the Members in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(2) if such Section applies or to the Member to whom such distribution was made if Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) applies.

 

33

 

 

(i)            The allocations set forth in Sections 5.2(a) through 5.2(h) (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Treasury Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article V (other than the Regulatory Allocations), the Regulatory Allocations (and anticipated future Regulatory Allocations) shall be taken into account in allocating other items of income, gain, loss and deduction among the Members so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of such allocation of other items and the Regulatory Allocations to each Member should be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each such Member if the Regulatory Allocations had not occurred. In general, the Members anticipate that this shall be accomplished by specially allocating other Profits and Loss among the Members so that the net amount of Regulatory Allocations and such special allocations to each such Member is zero. This Section 5.2(i) is intended to minimize to the extent possible and to the extent necessary any economic distortions that may result from application of the Regulatory Allocations and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

 

5.3            Allocations for Tax Purposes in General.

 

(a)            Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.3, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction of the Company for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall be allocated among the Members in the same manner as such item is allocated under Sections 5.1 and 5.2.

 

(b)            In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (including the Treasury Regulations applying the principles of Code Section 704(c) to changes in Gross Asset Values), items of income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any Company property having a Gross Asset Value that differs from such property’s adjusted U.S. federal income tax basis shall, solely for U.S. federal income tax purposes, be allocated among the Members to account for any such difference using (i) with respect to any such differences that exist at the Company Effective Time, the “traditional method” without curative allocations under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(b) and (ii) with respect to any other such differences, any other permissible method or methods determined by the Managing Member (with the prior written consent of the Member Representative) to be appropriate and in accordance with the applicable Treasury Regulations.

 

(c)            Any (i) recapture of depreciation or any other item of deduction shall be allocated, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Sections 1.1245-1(e) and 1.1254-5, to the Members who received the benefit of such deductions and (ii) tax credits, tax credit recapture, and any items related thereto shall be allocated to the Members according to their interests in such items as reasonably determined by the Managing Member taking into account the principles of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(ii), 1.704-1(b)(3)(iv), and 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii).

 

(d)            Allocations pursuant to this Section 5.3 are solely for purposes of U.S. federal, state and local income taxes and shall not affect or in any way be taken into account in computing any Member’s Capital Account or share of Profits, Losses, other items or distributions pursuant to any provision of this LLC Agreement.

 

(e)            If, as a result of an exercise of a non-compensatory option to acquire an interest in the Company, a Capital Account reallocation is required under Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(s)(3), the Company shall make corrective allocations pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(x). If, pursuant to Section 5.2(i), the Managing Member causes a Capital Account reallocation in accordance with principles similar to those set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(s)(3), the Managing Member shall make corrective allocations in accordance with principles similar to those set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(x).

 

34

 

  

(f)            Any adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of Company property pursuant to Code Section 743(b) resulting from a transfer of Units shall be handled in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.743-1(j).

 

5.4            Other Allocation Rules.

 

(a)            The Members are aware of the income tax consequences of the allocations made by this Article V and the economic impact of the allocations on the amounts receivable by them under this LLC Agreement. The Members hereby agree to be bound by the provisions of this Article V in reporting their share of Company income and loss for U.S. federal and applicable state and local income tax purposes.

 

(b)            The provisions regarding the establishment and maintenance for each Member of a Capital Account as provided by Section 4.4 and the allocations set forth in Sections 5.1, 5.2 and 5.3 are intended to comply with the Treasury Regulations and to reflect the intended economic entitlement of the Members. If the Managing Member reasonably determines that the application of the provisions in Sections 4.4, 5.1, 5.2 or 5.3 would result in non-compliance with the Treasury Regulations or would be inconsistent with the intended economic entitlement of the Members, the Managing Member is authorized to make any appropriate adjustments to such provisions to the extent permitted by applicable Law, including to allocate properly items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit to those Members who bear the economic burden or benefit associated therewith, or to otherwise cause the Members to achieve the economic objectives underlying this LLC Agreement and the Business Combination Agreement. The Managing Member also shall (i) make any adjustments that it reasonably determines are necessary or appropriate to maintain equality between the Capital Accounts of the Members and the amount of Company capital reflected on the Company’s balance sheet, as computed for book purposes, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(iv)(g) and (ii) make any reasonable and appropriate modifications in the event unanticipated events would reasonably be expected to otherwise cause this LLC Agreement not to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such adjustments to the allocations shall be made under this Section 5.4(b) that would have a material adverse effect on the Continuing Members or the Noteholder Members without the Member Representative’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), and (b) no Tax Distributions (or downward (but not below zero) or upward adjustment to any Tax Distributions) shall be made other than on a pro rata basis in proportion to the Members’ respective number of Common Units.

 

(c)            With regard to PubCo’s acquisition of Common Units, Profits or Losses shall be allocated to the Members of the Company so as to take into account the varying interests of the Members in the Company using an “interim closing of the books” method in a manner that complies with the provisions of Section 706 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder. If during any Taxable Year there is any other change in any Member’s Units in the Company, the Managing Member shall consult in good faith with the Member Representative and the tax advisors to the Company and allocate the Profits or Losses to the Members of the Company so as to take into account the varying interests of the Members in the Company using an “interim closing of the books” method in a manner that complies with the provisions of Section 706 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder; provided, however, that such allocations may instead be made in another manner that complies with the provisions of Section 706 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder and that is selected by the Managing Member (with the prior written consent of the Member Representative, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

35

 

 

(d)            Solely for purposes of determining a Member’s proportionate share of the “excess nonrecourse liabilities” of the Company, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Managing Member shall allocate such liabilities in such manner that complies with the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder and that the Managing Member reasonably determines, in a manner intended to minimize any gain of the Members to the greatest extent possible under Section 731 of the Code.

 

5.5            Earnout Common Units. The Parties intend that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (a) the Earnout Common Units received by the Continuing Members in connection with the Business Combination Agreement not be treated as being received in connection with the performance of services, (b) no such Member be treated as having taxable income or gain as a result of such receipt of such Earnout Common Units or as a result of holding any such Earnout Common Units at the time of any Triggering Event (other than as a result of corrective allocations made pursuant to Section 5.2(i)), (c) for purposes of the allocations described in this Article V and the determination and maintenance of Capital Accounts, each Earnout Common Unit shall be treated in the same manner as an unrestricted Common Unit. The Company shall prepare and file all tax returns consistent with such intended treatment unless otherwise required by a “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313 of the Code. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties acknowledge and agree that the Noteholder Members have not been issued, and do not have any right to issuance of, any Earnout Common Units in connection with the Business Combination Agreement, the related transactions contemplated thereby or otherwise.

 

Article VI
DISTRIBUTIONS

 

6.1            Distributions.

 

(a)            Distributions.

 

(i)            To the extent permitted by applicable Law, distributions to Members may be declared by the Managing Member out of Distributable Cash in such amounts, at such time and on such terms (including the payment dates of such distributions) as the Managing Member shall determine using such record date as the Managing Member may designate. All distributions made under this Section 6.1(a) shall be made to the Members as of the close of business on such record date on a pro rata basis (except that, for the avoidance of doubt, repurchases or redemptions made in accordance with Section 4.1(f) or payments made in accordance with Section 7.4 or Section 7.8 need not be on a pro rata basis, as long as such payments are otherwise made in accordance with the terms of this LLC Agreement) based on the number of Common Units held or deemed to be held by each such holder as of the close of business on such record date; provided, that the Managing Member shall have the obligation to make distributions as set forth in Section 6.2 and Section 11.3(b)(iii); provided, further, that notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, no distributions shall be made to any Member to the extent such distribution would render the Company insolvent or violate the Act. For purposes of this Section 6.1(a) and Section 6.2(a), insolvent means the inability of the Company to meet its payment obligations when due.

 

36

 

 

(ii)            Promptly following the designation of a record date and the declaration of a distribution pursuant to this Section 6.1(a), the Managing Member shall give notice to each Member of the record date, the amount and the terms of the distribution and the payment date thereof.

 

(b)            Successors. For purposes of determining the amount of distributions (including Tax Distributions), each Member shall be treated as having made the Capital Contributions made by, been allocated the net taxable income of the Company (in accordance with the definition of Tax Amount) allocated to, and received the distributions made to or received by its predecessors in respect of any of such Member’s Units.

 

(c)            Distributions In-Kind. Except as otherwise provided in this LLC Agreement, any distributions may be made in cash or in kind, or partly in cash and partly in kind, as reasonably determined by the Managing Member. In the event of any distribution of (i) property in kind or (ii) both cash and property in kind, each Member shall be distributed its proportionate share of any such cash so distributed and its proportionate share of any such property so distributed in kind (based on the Fair Market Value of such property). To the extent that the Company distributes property in-kind to the Members, the Company shall be treated as making a distribution equal to the Fair Market Value of such property for purposes of Section 6.1(a) and such property shall be treated as if it were sold for an amount equal to its Fair Market Value; provided that none of the following shall be a distribution for purposes of this LLC Agreement: (a) any recapitalization that does not result in the distribution of cash or property to Members or any exchange of securities of the Company, and any subdivision (by Unit split or otherwise) or any combination (by reverse Unit split or otherwise) of any outstanding Units or (b) any other payment made by the Company to a Member that is not properly treated as a “distribution” for purposes of Sections 731, 732, or 733 or other applicable provisions of the Code. Any resulting gain or loss shall be allocated to the Member’s Capital Accounts in accordance with Section 5.1 and Section 5.2.

 

37

 

 

6.2            Tax-Related Distributions.  Effective upon the Company Effective Time, prior to making any other distributions under this LLC Agreement, on each Tax Distribution Date, unless prohibited by applicable Law, the Managing Member shall cause the Company, from available cash, available borrowings and other funds legally available therefor, including legally made distributions from available cash of the Company’s Subsidiaries (taking into account any restrictions applicable to tax distributions contained in the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ then applicable bank financing agreements by which the Company or its Subsidiaries are bound) (collectively, “Cash Available For Tax Distributions”) to make distributions of cash (each, a “Tax Distribution”) to the Members holding Common Units, pro rata in proportion to their respective number of Common Units in an amount such that the Member with the highest Tax Amount per Common Unit receives an amount equal to such Member’s Tax Amount; provided, that if the amount of Tax Distributions actually made with respect to a quarter or a Taxable Year is greater than or less than the Tax Distributions that would have been made under this Section 6.2 for such period based on subsequent tax information and assuming no limitations based on prohibitions under applicable Law, Cash Available For Tax Distributions, or insolvency under this Section 6.2 (such limitations, the “Liquidity Limitations”) (e.g., because the estimated Tax Distributions for a Taxable Year were greater than or less than the amount calculated based on actual taxable income for such Taxable Year or because such Tax Distribution would have rendered the Company insolvent (as defined in Section 6.1(a))), then, on subsequent Tax Distribution Dates, starting with the next Tax Distribution Date, and prior to any additional distributions pursuant to Section 6.1, the Managing Member shall, subject to the Liquidity Limitations, cause the Company to adjust the next Tax Distribution and subsequent Tax Distributions downward (but not below zero) or upward (but in any event pro rata in proportion to the Members’ respective number of Common Units) to reflect such excess or shortfall; and provided, further, that notwithstanding any other provision in this LLC Agreement to the contrary, (A) Tax Distributions shall not be required to the extent any such distribution would render the Company insolvent (as defined in Section 6.1(a)), and (B) the Managing Member shall not be required to cause the Company to make any Tax Distributions on any date other than a Tax Distribution Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this LLC Agreement, (a) the Managing Member shall make, in its reasonable discretion, equitable adjustments (downward (but not below zero) or upward) to the Members’ Tax Distributions (but in any event pro rata in proportion to the Members’ respective number of Common Units) to take into account increases or decreases in the number of Common Units held by each Member during the relevant period; provided that no such adjustments shall be made that would have a material adverse effect on the Continuing Members or the Noteholder Members without the Member Representative’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed), and (b) no Tax Distributions (or downward (but not below zero) or upward adjustment to any Tax Distributions) shall be made other than on a pro rata basis in proportion to the Members’ respective number of Common Units.

 

6.3            Distribution Upon Withdrawal. No withdrawing Member shall be entitled to receive any distribution or the value of such Member’s Units in the Company as a result of withdrawal from the Company prior to the liquidation of the Company, except as provided in this LLC Agreement.

 

Article VII
MANAGEMENT

 

7.1            Managing Member Rights; Member and Officer Duties.

 

(a)            PubCo shall be the sole Managing Member of the Company and, pursuant to the governing documents of PubCo, the business and affairs of PubCo shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board. Except as otherwise required by Law or provided in this LLC Agreement, (i) the Managing Member shall have full and complete charge of all affairs of the Company, (ii) the management and control of the Company’s business activities and operations shall rest exclusively with the Managing Member, and (iii) the Members, other than the Managing Member (in its capacity as such), shall not participate in the control, management, direction or operation of the activities or affairs of the Company and shall have no power to act for or bind the Company. Nothing set forth in this LLC Agreement shall reduce or restrict the rights set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions thereof.

 

38

 

 

(b)            Except as otherwise required by the Act, no current or former Member (including a current or former Managing Member) or any current or former Officer shall be obligated personally for any Liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Member or, with respect to the Managing Member, acting as Managing Member of the Company, or, with respect to an Officer, acting in his or her capacity as an Officer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this LLC Agreement, the failure of the Company to observe any formalities or requirements relating to the exercise of its powers or management of its business and affairs under this LLC Agreement or the Act shall not be grounds for imposing personal liability on the Managing Member for liabilities of the Company.

 

(c)            In connection with the performance of its duties as the Managing Member of the Company, the Managing Member (solely in its capacity as such) will owe to the other Members the same fiduciary duties as it would owe to the stockholders of a Delaware corporation if it were a member of the board of directors of such a corporation and the other Members were stockholders of such corporation. To the extent that, at Law or in equity, any Subsidiary of the Company or any manager, director (or equivalent), officer, employee or agent of any Subsidiary of the Company has duties (including fiduciary duties) to the Company, to a Member (other than the Managing Member) or to any Person who acquires Units, all such duties (including fiduciary duties) are hereby limited solely to those expressly set forth in this Agreement (if any), to the fullest extent permitted by Law. The limitation of duties (including fiduciary duties) to the Company, each Member (other than the Managing Member) and any Person who acquires Units set forth in the preceding sentence is approved by the Company, each Member and any Person who acquires Units.

 

7.2            Role of Officers.

 

(a)            The Managing Member may appoint, employ or otherwise contract with any Person for the transaction of the business of the Company or the performance of services for or on behalf of the Company, and the Managing Member may delegate to any such Persons such authority to act on behalf of the Company as the Managing Member may from time to time deem appropriate.

 

(b)            The Officers of the Company as of the Company Effective Time are set forth on Exhibit D attached hereto.

 

(c)            The Managing Member shall appoint a Chief Executive Officer who will be responsible for the general and active management of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries. The Chief Executive Officer will report to the Managing Member and have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of chief executive officer of a corporation organized under the DGCL, subject to the terms of this LLC Agreement and as may be prescribed by the Managing Member, and will have such other powers and duties as may be reasonably prescribed by the Managing Member or set forth in this LLC Agreement.

 

39

 

 

(d)            Except as set forth in this LLC Agreement, the Managing Member may appoint Officers at any time, and the Officers may include, in addition to the Chief Executive Officer, a president, one or more vice presidents, a secretary, one or more assistant secretaries, a chief financial officer, a general counsel, a treasurer, one or more assistant treasurers, a chief operating officer, an executive chairman, and any other officers that the Managing Member deems appropriate. Except as set forth in this LLC Agreement, the Officers will serve at the pleasure of the Managing Member, subject to all rights, if any, of such Officer under any contract of employment. Any individual may hold any number of offices, and an Officer may, but need not, be a Member of the Company. The Officers will exercise such powers and perform such duties as specified in this LLC Agreement or as reasonably determined from time to time by the Managing Member.

 

(e)            Subject to this LLC Agreement and to the rights, if any, of an Officer under a contract of employment, any Officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Managing Member. Any Officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Managing Member. Any resignation will take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation will not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the Officer is a party. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause will be filled in the manner prescribed in this LLC Agreement for regular appointments to that office.

 

7.3            Warranted Reliance by Officers on Others. In exercising their authority and performing their duties under this LLC Agreement, the Officers shall be entitled to rely on information, opinions, reports, or statements of the following Persons or groups unless they have actual knowledge concerning the matter in question that would cause such reliance to be unwarranted:

 

(a)            one or more employees or other agents of the Company or its Subsidiaries whom the Officer reasonably believes to be reliable and competent in the matters presented; and

 

(b)            any attorney, public accountant, or other Person as to matters which the Officer reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence.

 

40

 

 

7.4            Indemnification.

 

(a)            Right to Indemnification. Each Person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise subject to or involved in any Action, by reason of the fact that he, she or it is or was a Member (including the Managing Member), is or was serving as the Company Representative (including any “designated individual”) or the Member Representative or an officer, manager or director (or equivalent) or, at the discretion of the Managing Member, any employee or agent, of the Managing Member, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or is or was an officer, manager or director (or equivalent) or, at the discretion of the Managing Member, any employee or agent, of the Managing Member, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries serving at the request of the Managing Member or the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as an officer, manager or director (or equivalent) or, at the discretion of the Managing Member, any employee or agent, of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other entity or which relates to or arises out of the property, business or affairs of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (an “Indemnitee”), whether the basis of such Action is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, manager, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as an officer, manager, director, employee or agent, shall be indemnified by the Company against all expense, Liability and loss (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith (“Indemnifiable Losses”); provided, however, that, such Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification if such Indemnitee’s conduct constituted fraud, willful misconduct, or a knowing violation of Law; provided, further, however, except as provided in Section 7.4(d) with respect to Actions to enforce rights to indemnification, the Company shall indemnify any such Indemnitee pursuant to this Section 7.4 in connection with an Action (or part thereof but excluding any compulsory counterclaim) initiated by such Indemnitee only if such Action (or part thereof but excluding any compulsory counterclaim) was authorized by the Board.

 

(b)            Right to Advancement of Expenses. The right to indemnification conferred in Section 7.4(a) shall include the right to advancement by the Company of any and all expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in participating in or defending any such Action in advance of its final disposition or in connection with a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expense (an “Advancement of Expenses”); provided, however, that if (a) the Act requires or (b) in the case of an Advancement of Expenses made in a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement, an Advancement of Expenses incurred by an Indemnitee shall be made pursuant to this Section 7.4(b) only upon delivery to the Company of an undertaking (an “Undertaking”), by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay, without interest, all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (a “Final Adjudication”) that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 7.4(b). An Indemnitee’s right to an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to this Section 7.4(b) is not subject to the satisfaction of any standard of conduct and is not conditioned upon any prior determination that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under Section 7.4(a) with respect to the related Action or the absence of any prior determination to the contrary.

 

(c)            Contract Rights. The rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses conferred in Sections 7.4(a) and (b) shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, manager, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, estate, executors, administrators and legal representatives.

 

41

 

 

(d)            Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. If a claim under Sections 7.4(a) or (b) is not paid in full by the Company within sixty (60) calendar days after a written claim has been received by the Company, except in the case of a claim for an Advancement of Expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be thirty (30) calendar days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Company to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification under this LLC Agreement (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an Advancement of Expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit brought by the Company to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the Company shall be entitled to recover such expenses, without interest, upon a Final Adjudication that, the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Act. Neither the failure of the Company (including its Managing Member or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Act, nor an actual determination by the Company (including the Managing Member or independent legal counsel) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by an Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an Advancement of Expenses under this LLC Agreement, or brought by the Company to recover an Advancement of Expenses under this LLC Agreement pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such Advancement of Expenses, shall be on the Company.

 

(e)            Appearance as a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 7.4, the Company shall pay or reimburse out of pocket expenses incurred by any Person entitled to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 7.4 in connection with such Person’s appearance as a witness or other participation in an Action at a time when such Person is not a named defendant or respondent in the Action.

 

(f)             Nonexclusivity of Rights. The rights to indemnification and the Advancement of Expenses conferred in this Section 7.4 shall not be exclusive of any other right which a Person may have or hereafter acquire under any Law, this LLC Agreement, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. Nothing contained in this Section 7.4 shall limit or otherwise affect any such other right or the Company’s power to confer any such other right.

 

(g)            Payments. Given that certain jointly indemnifiable claims (as defined below) may arise due to the service of the Indemnitee as Managing Member and/or officer of the Company or as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at the request of the indemnitee-related entities (as defined below), the Company shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or Advancement of Expenses in connection with any such jointly indemnifiable claims, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 7.4, irrespective of any right of recovery the Indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities. Under no circumstance shall the Company be entitled to any right of subrogation against or contribution by the indemnitee-related entities and no right of advancement, indemnification or recovery the Indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the indemnitee or the obligations of the Company under this Section 7.4. In the event that any of the indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or Advancement of Expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee against the Company, and the Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

42

 

 

(i)            The term “indemnitee-related entities” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Company or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for which the Indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Company or at the Company’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described herein) from whom an Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or Advancement of Expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Company may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation.

 

(ii)            The term “jointly indemnifiable claims” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification or Advancement of Expenses from both the indemnitee-related entities and the Company pursuant to applicable law, any agreement, certificate of incorporation, by-laws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Company or the indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.

 

(h)            Maintenance of Insurance. The Company or PubCo shall maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance from a financially sound and reputable insurer (at a minimum, in such amounts as are standard in the industry) to protect directors and officers of the Company and its Subsidiaries against Indemnifiable Losses of such Indemnitee, whether or not the Company has the authority to indemnify such Indemnitee against such Indemnifiable Losses under this Section 7.4, in each case to the extent available under the directors’ and officers’ insurance policy of PubCo.

 

7.5            Resignation or Termination of Managing Member. PubCo shall not, by any means, resign as, cease to be or be replaced as Managing Member except in compliance with this Section 7.5. No termination or replacement of PubCo as Managing Member shall be effective unless proper provision is made, in compliance with this LLC Agreement, so that the obligations of PubCo, its successor (if applicable) and any new Managing Member and the rights of all Members under this LLC Agreement and applicable Law remain in full force and effect. No appointment of a Person other than PubCo (or its successor, as applicable) as Managing Member shall be effective unless (a) the new Managing Member executes a joinder to this LLC Agreement and agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions in this LLC Agreement, and (b) PubCo (or its successor, as applicable) and the new Managing Member (as applicable) provide all other Members with contractual rights, directly enforceable by such other Members against PubCo (or its successor, as applicable) and the new Managing Member (as applicable), to cause (i) PubCo to comply with all PubCo’s obligations under this LLC Agreement (including its obligations under Section 4.6) other than those that must necessarily be taken solely in its capacity as Managing Member and (ii) the new Managing Member to comply with all the Managing Member’s obligations under this LLC Agreement.

 

43

 

 

7.6            Reclassification Events of PubCo. If a Reclassification Event occurs, the Managing Member or its successor as a result of such Reclassification Event, as the case may be, shall, as and to the extent necessary, amend this LLC Agreement in compliance with Section 12.1, and enter into any necessary supplementary or additional agreements, to ensure that, following the effective date of the Reclassification Event: (a) the exchange rights of holders of Units set forth in Section 4.6 provide that each Common Unit (together with the surrender and delivery of one (1) share of Class B Common Stock) is exchangeable for the same amount and same type of property, securities or cash (or combination thereof) that one (1) share of Class A Common Stock becomes exchangeable for or converted into as a result of the Reclassification Event and (b) PubCo or the successor to PubCo as a result of such Reclassification Event, as applicable, is obligated to deliver such property, securities or cash upon such exchange. PubCo shall not consummate or agree to consummate any Reclassification Event unless the successor Person as a result of such Reclassification Event, if any, becomes obligated to comply with the obligations of PubCo (in whatever capacity) under this LLC Agreement.

 

7.7            Transactions between Company and Managing Member. The Managing Member may cause the Company to contract and deal with the Managing Member, or any Affiliate of the Managing Member; provided such contracts and dealings (other than contracts and dealings between the Company and its Subsidiaries) are (a) on terms comparable to and competitive with those available to the Company from others dealing at arm’s length or are approved by the Members or (b) are approved by the Disinterested Majority.

 

7.8            Certain Costs and Expenses. The Managing Member shall not be compensated for its services as Managing Member of the Company. The Company shall (a) pay, or cause to be paid, all costs, fees, operating expenses and other expenses of the Company (including the costs, fees and expenses of attorneys, accountants or other professionals and the compensation of all personnel providing services to the Company) incurred in pursuing and conducting, or otherwise related to, the activities of the Company and (b) upon the good faith determination of the Managing Member, reimburse the Managing Member for any costs, fees or expenses incurred by it in connection with serving as the Managing Member. To the extent that the Managing Member determines in good faith that such expenses are related to the business and affairs of the Managing Member that are conducted through the Company and/or its Subsidiaries (including expenses that relate to the business and affairs of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries and that also relate to other activities of the Managing Member), the Managing Member may cause the Company to pay or bear such expenses of the Managing Member, including costs of securities offerings not borne directly by Members, board of directors compensation and meeting costs, costs of periodic reports to its stockholders, litigation costs and damages arising from litigation, accounting and legal costs; provided that the Company shall not pay or bear any income tax obligations owed by PubCo or the cost of any Tax Benefit Payment (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement) or any amounts owed by PubCo under the Tax Receivable Agreement; provided, further, that in the event any cost or expense incurred by the Managing Member is paid by the Managing Member from the gross proceeds received by PubCo in connection with an offering, issuance, exercise or conversion of Equity Securities or Debt Securities and only the net amount of such proceeds is contributed to the Company, such costs or expenses shall not be reimbursed under this Section 7.8.

 

44

 

 

Article VIII

ROLE OF MEMBERS

 

8.1           Rights or Powers. Other than the Managing Member, the Members, acting in their capacity as Members, shall not have any right or power to take part in the operation, management or control of the Company or its business and affairs, transact any business in the Company’s name or to act for or bind the Company in any way and shall not have any voting rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Members have all the rights and powers set forth in this LLC Agreement and, to the extent not inconsistent with this LLC Agreement, in the Act, and each Unit, if and as required by the Act only, will entitle the holder thereof to one vote on all matters to be permitted to be voted on by such holder. Any Member, its Affiliates and its and their employees, managers, owners, agents, directors and officers may also be an employee or be retained as an agent of the Company. Nothing in this Article VIII shall in any way limit any Member’s rights pursuant to, and subject to the terms and conditions of, the Tax Receivable Agreement.

 

8.2           Various Capacities. The Members acknowledge and agree that the Members or their Affiliates will from time to time act in various capacities, including as a Member or, in the case of PubCo, the Managing Member or the Company Representative, or, in the case of BCP or an Affiliate thereof, the Member Representative.

 

8.3           Investment Opportunities.

 

(a)            To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to (a) any Member (other than PubCo in its capacity as the Managing Member, the Managing Member (if not PubCo) and Members who are officers or employees of the Company, PubCo or any of their respective Subsidiaries, in which case solely acting in their capacity as such), (b) any of their respective Affiliates (other than the Company, the Managing Member or any of their respective Subsidiaries), (c) each Noteholder Member or any of its respective Affiliates, (d) each Continuing Member or any of its respective Affiliates (including its respective investors and equityholders and any associated Persons or investment funds or any of their respective portfolio companies or investments) or (e) any of the respective officers, managers, directors, agents, shareholders, members, and partners of any of the foregoing, including any such Person acting as a director of PubCo at the request of such Member (each, a “Business Opportunities Exempt Party”). The Company and each of the Members, on its own behalf and on behalf of their respective Affiliates and equityholders, hereby renounces any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to any Business Opportunities Exempt Party and irrevocably waives any right to require any Business Opportunity Exempt Party to act in a manner inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 8.3. No Business Opportunities Exempt Party who acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for PubCo, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries, Affiliates or equityholders shall have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to the Company and none of PubCo, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries, Affiliates or equityholders will acquire or be entitled to any interest or participation in any such transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter or opportunity as a result of participation therein by a Business Opportunity Exempt Party. This Section 8.3 shall not apply to, and no interest or expectancy of the Company is renounced with respect to, any opportunity offered to any director of PubCo if such opportunity is expressly offered or presented to, or acquired or developed by, such Person in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company.

 

45

 

 

(b)            In furtherance of the foregoing, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, neither BCP nor any of their respective Affiliates (other than PubCo) (or any partner, officer, employee, investor, or other representative of any of the foregoing Persons) (collectively, the “Covered Persons”) shall be liable to the Company or any other Person for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (i) the investment by any Covered Person in any entity competitive with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) actions taken by any Covered Person to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a member of the board of directors of such competitive company or otherwise, and whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on the Company or its Subsidiaries; provided that such Covered Person complies with any fiduciary relationship or duties owed to PubCo, the Company or its Subsidiaries in such Covered Person’s capacity as an officer or director of PubCo, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. For the avoidance of doubt, none of the Member Representative or any Affiliate thereof (or any partner, officer, employee, investor, or other representative of any of the foregoing Persons) will be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship or duties to the other Continuing Members or any of the Noteholder Members by virtue of ownership of Units.

 

(c)            No amendment or repeal of this Section 8.3 shall apply to or have any effect on the Liability or alleged Liability of any Business Opportunities Exempt Party or any Covered Person for or with respect to any opportunities of which any such Person becomes aware, or any investment or action, prior to such amendment or repeal. Any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any Units shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 8.3. Neither the amendment or repeal of this Section 8.3, nor the adoption of any provision of this LLC Agreement inconsistent with this Section 8.3, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Section 8.3 in respect of any business opportunity first identified or any other matter occurring, or any cause of action that, but for this Section 8.3, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption. No action or inaction taken by any Business Opportunities Exempt Party or any Covered Person in a manner consistent with this Section 8.3 shall be deemed to be a violation of any fiduciary or other duty owed to any Person.

 

8.4           Authorization of Member Representative. The “Member Representative” shall be a Person designated in writing by BCP to PubCo, the Company and each of the Continuing Members and Noteholder Members and who is either BCP itself or an Affiliate of BCP. The initial Member Representative is BCP who hereby accepts its appointment as the initial Member Representative. Each Continuing Member and Noteholder Member hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Member Representative as his, her or its agent and representative for the purposes contemplated by this Agreement including, without limitation, the approval of certain actions by the Managing Member or the Company. Each Continuing Member and Noteholder Member shall be bound by all actions taken and documents executed by the Member Representative in accordance with this Agreement. The Company, the Managing Member, and each other Member shall be entitled to rely on any action or decision of the Member Representative pursuant to this Agreement, without any duty of inquiry or investigation as to the authority or propriety of any such action or decision of the Member Representative. Each Continuing Member’s and Noteholder Member’s appointment of the Member Representative pursuant to this Section 8.4 is coupled with an interest and shall be not be revocable by any or all of the Continuing Members or Noteholder Members in any manner or for any reason.

 

46

 

 

Article IX
TRANSFERS OF UNITS

 

9.1           Restrictions on Transfer.

 

(a)            No Member shall Transfer all or any portion of its Units, except Transfers made in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.1(b). If, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9.1(a), all or any portion of a Member’s Units are Transferred by such Member in violation of this Section 9.1(a), involuntarily, by operation of Law or otherwise, then without limiting any other rights and remedies available to the other Parties under this LLC Agreement, the Transferee of such Units (or portion thereof) shall not be admitted to the Company as a Member nor be entitled to any rights as a Member under this LLC Agreement, and the Transferor will continue to be bound by all obligations under this LLC Agreement. Any attempted or purported Transfer of all or a portion of a Member’s Units in violation of this Section 9.1(a) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, be null and void and of no force or effect whatsoever. Subject to the restrictions set forth herein, (i) no shares of Class B Common Stock may be Transferred by a Member unless an equal number of Common Units are Transferred therewith in accordance with this LLC Agreement (including in respect of those Transfers permitted by Section 9.1(b)), and (ii) no Common Units may be Transferred by a Member holding Class B Common Stock unless an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock are Transferred therewith in accordance with this LLC Agreement (including in respect of those Transfers permitted by Section 9.1(b)).

 

(b)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Business Combination Agreement, the restrictions contained in Section 9.1(a) shall not apply to any Transfer (each, a “Permitted Transfer”): (i) in connection with an “Exchange” made in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.6, (ii) by a Member to PubCo or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries, or (iii) by a Member to any of such Member’s Permitted Transferees; provided, however, if a Transfer pursuant to clause (iii) would result in a Change of Control, such Member must provide the Managing Member with written notice of such Transfer at least sixty (60) calendar days prior to the consummation of such Transfer; provided further, that the restrictions contained in this LLC Agreement will continue to apply to Units after any Permitted Transfer of such Units, and the Transferees of the Units so Transferred shall agree in writing to be bound by the provisions of this LLC Agreement. In the case of a Permitted Transfer of any Common Units by a Continuing Member or Noteholder Member, such Transferring Member shall be required to Transfer an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock corresponding to the number of such Member’s Common Units that were Transferred in the transaction to such Transferee. All Permitted Transfers are subject to the additional limitations set forth in Section 9.1(c).

 

(c)            In addition to any other restrictions on Transfer contained in this Article IX, in no event may any Transfer or assignment of Units by any Member be made, in the reasonable determination of the Managing Member, (i) to any Person who lacks the legal right, power or capacity to own Units; (ii) if such Transfer would (A) be considered to be effected on or through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof” as such terms are used in Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1, (B) result in the Company having more than 100 partners, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h) (determined taking into account the rules of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)), (C) cause the Company to be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Section 7704 of the Code or to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation pursuant to the Code, or (D) cause the Company to have a withholding obligation under Section 1446(f) of the Code; (iii) if such Transfer would cause the Company to become, with respect to any employee benefit plan subject to Title I of ERISA, a “party-in-interest” (as defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA) or a “disqualified person” (as defined in Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code); (iv) if such Transfer would, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, cause any portion of the assets of the Company to constitute assets of any employee benefit plan pursuant to the Plan Asset Regulations or otherwise cause the Company to be subject to regulation under ERISA; (v) if such Transfer requires the registration of any equity securities issued upon any exchange of such Units, pursuant to any applicable U.S. federal or state securities Laws, and no registration statement covering such securities is then in effect; or (vi) if such Transfer subjects the Company to regulation under the Investment Company Act or the Investment Advisors Act of 1940. Any attempted or purported Transfer of all or a portion of a Member’s Units in violation of this Section 9.1(c) shall be null and void and of no force or effect whatsoever.

 

47

 

 

9.2           Notice of Transfer. Other than in connection with Transfers made pursuant to Section 4.6, each Member shall, after complying with the provisions of this LLC Agreement, but prior to any Transfer of Units, give written notice to the Company of such proposed Transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the Transfer and include a representation from the Transferring Member that such Transfer was made in accordance with applicable securities Laws.

 

9.3           Transferee Members. A Transferee of Units pursuant to this Article IX shall have the right to become a Member only if (a) the requirements of this Article IX are met, (b) such Transferee executes a joinder in the form attached to this LLC Agreement as Exhibit E, and (c) if such Transferee or his or her spouse is a resident of a community property jurisdiction, then such Transferee’s spouse shall also execute an instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Member agreeing to be bound by the terms and provisions of this LLC Agreement to the extent of his or her community property or quasi-community property interest, if any, in such Member’s Units. Unless agreed to in writing by the Managing Member, the admission of a Member shall not result in the release of the Transferor from any Liability as of the date of transfer that the Transferor may have to each remaining Member or to the Company under this LLC Agreement or any other contract between the Managing Member, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and such Transferor, on the other hand. Written notice of the admission of a Member shall be sent promptly by the Company to each remaining Member.

 

9.4            Legend. Each certificate representing a Unit, if any, will be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

48

 

 

THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER SUCH ACT.

 

THE TRANSFER AND VOTING OF THESE SECURITIES IS SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THE THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF QUALTEK HOLDCO, LLC, DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 14, 2022, AMONG THE MEMBERS LISTED THEREIN, AS IT MAY BE AMENDED, SUPPLEMENTED AND/OR RESTATED FROM TIME TO TIME IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH AGREEMENT (COPIES OF WHICH ARE ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY AND SHALL BE PROVIDED FREE OF CHARGE TO ANY MEMBER MAKING A REQUEST THEREFOR), AND NO TRANSFER OF THESE SECURITIES WILL BE VALID OR EFFECTIVE UNTIL SUCH CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN FULFILLED.”

 

Article X
ACCOUNTING

 

10.1         Books of Account. The Company shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to, maintain true books and records of account in which complete and correct entries shall be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP, and shall set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as shall be required under GAAP.

 

10.2         Tax Elections. The Company Representative shall cause the Company and any eligible Subsidiary to make an election (or continue a previously made election) pursuant to Section 754 of the Code (and any analogous provision of any applicable state, local or non-U.S. Law) for the Taxable Year that includes the date hereof and for each Taxable Year in which an Exchange occurs, and shall not thereafter revoke any such election. In addition, the Company shall make the following elections on the appropriate forms or tax returns:

 

(i)            to adopt the accrual method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

(ii)           to elect to amortize the organizational expenses of the Company as permitted by Section 709(b) of the Code; and

 

(iii)          except as otherwise provided in this LLC Agreement, any other election the Company Representative may deem appropriate and in the best interests of the Company.

 

10.3         Tax Returns; Information.

 

(a)            The Company Representative shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all income and other tax and informational returns of the Company. The Company shall prepare and deliver (or cause to be prepared and delivered) to each Person who was a Member at any time during the relevant quarter of the relevant Taxable Year an estimated K-1, including reasonable quarterly estimates of such Member’s state tax apportionment information and the allocations to such Member of taxable income, gains, losses, deductions or credits for such Taxable Year for U.S. federal, and applicable state and local, income tax reporting purposes at least fifteen (15) days prior to the individual or corporate quarterly estimate payment deadline for U.S. federal income taxes for calendar year filers (whichever is earlier). As promptly as reasonably practicable following the end of each Taxable Year, the Company shall prepare and deliver (or cause to be prepared and delivered) to each Person who was a Member at any time during such Taxable Year (i) in no event later than forty-five (45) days after the end of each Taxable Year, an estimated IRS Schedule K-1 (and any similar form prescribed for applicable state and local income tax purposes) or similar documents with such information of the Company and all relevant information regarding the Company reasonably necessary for the Members to estimate their taxable income for such Taxable Year, and (ii) in no event later than seventy-five (75) days after the end of each Taxable Year, a final IRS Schedule K-1 (and any similar form prescribed for applicable state and local income tax purposes) and all relevant information regarding the Company reasonably necessary for the Members to file their tax returns on a timely basis (including extensions) for such Taxable Year. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to furnish to each Member and former Member, as soon as reasonably practicable after an applicable request, all information relating to the Company and in the Company’s possession reasonably requested by such Member and that is reasonably necessary for such Member to prepare and file its own tax returns and pay its own taxes or make distributions to its members in order for them to pay their taxes (including copies of the Company’s federal, state and local income tax returns). Each Member and former Member shall furnish to the Company all pertinent information in its possession that is reasonably necessary to enable the Company’s tax returns to be prepared and filed. Each Member further agrees (including with respect to the Taxable Year that such Member becomes a former Member) that such Member shall notify the Company and consult with the Company regarding a position on its tax return in the event such Member intends to file its tax returns in a manner that is inconsistent with the Schedule K-1 or other statements furnished by the Company to such Member for purposes of preparing tax returns.

 

49

 

 

(b)            In addition to each Member’s rights to information pursuant to and in accordance with Section 18-305 of the Act, each Member shall be entitled to examine, either directly or through its representatives, the books and records of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at the principal office of the Company or such other location as the Managing Member shall reasonably approve during normal business hours for any purpose reasonably related to such Member’s interest as a Member of the Company with the information to which such Member shall be entitled about the Company or any of its Subsidiaries being the same information to which a stockholder of a Delaware corporation would have with respect to such corporation; provided that, in any event, the Managing Member has a right to keep confidential from the Members certain information in accordance with Section 18-305 of the Act.

 

10.4         Company Representative.

 

(a)            PubCo is hereby designated as the Company Representative. In addition, PubCo is hereby authorized to designate or remove any other Person selected by PubCo as the Company Representative; provided that all actions taken by the Company Representative pursuant to this Section 10.4 shall be subject to the overall oversight and authority of the Board. For each Taxable Year in which the Company Representative is an entity, the Company shall appoint the “designated individual” identified by the Company Representative and approved by the Board to act on its behalf in accordance with the applicable Treasury Regulations or analogous provisions of state or local Law. Each Member hereby expressly consents to such designations and agrees to take, and that the Managing Member is authorized to take (or cause the Company to take), such other actions as may be necessary or advisable pursuant to Treasury Regulations or other Internal Revenue Service or Treasury guidance or state or local Law to cause such designations or evidence such Member’s consent to such designations, including removing any Person designated as the Company Representative (including any “designated individual”) prior to the date of this LLC Agreement.

 

50

 

 

(b)            Subject to this Section 10.4, the Company Representative shall have the sole authority to act on behalf of the Company in connection with, make all relevant decisions regarding application of, and to exercise the rights and powers provided for in the BBA Rules, including making any elections under the BBA Rules or any decisions to settle, compromise, challenge, litigate or otherwise alter the defense of any Action, audit or examination before the Internal Revenue Service or any other tax authority (each an “Audit”), and to reasonably expend Company funds for professional services and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Subject to the provisions of Section 10.4(d), the Company Representative will have sole discretion to determine whether the Company (either on its own behalf or on behalf of the Members) will contest or continue to contest any tax deficiencies assessed or proposed to be assessed by any tax authority; provided, that, except as provided in Section 10.4(h), the Company Representative shall obtain the prior written consent of the Member Representative (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) before (i) making an election under Section 6226(a) of the Code (or any analogous provision of state or local Law) (a “Push-Out Election”) or (ii) taking any material action under the BBA Rules that would reasonably be expected to have a disproportionate (compared to PubCo) and material adverse effect on the Continuing Members or the Noteholder Members.

 

(c)            The Company Representative is authorized, to the extent permissible under applicable Law, to cause the Company to pay any imputed underpayment of taxes and any related interest, penalties and additions to tax determined in accordance with Code Section 6225 that may from time to time be required to be made under Code Section 6232 and to pay any similar amounts arising under state, local, or foreign tax Laws (together, “Imputed Tax Underpayments”). Imputed Tax Underpayments also shall include any imputed underpayment within the meaning of Code Section 6225 (any similar amounts arising under state, local, or foreign tax Laws) paid (or payable) by any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes in which the Company holds (or has held) a direct or indirect interest other than through entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent that the Company bears the economic burden of such amounts, whether by Law or contract. To the extent permissible under applicable Law, the Company Representative may cause the Company to allocate the amount of any Imputed Tax Underpayment among the Members (including any former Members) in an equitable manner, taking into account, among other factors, the magnitude of the Imputed Tax Underpayment, the nature of the tax items that are the subject of the adjustment giving rise to the Imputed Tax Underpayment, the classification of the Members for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the Persons who received (and the proportions in which they received) the benefits of the activities that gave rise to that Imputed Tax Underpayment. To the extent that the Company Representative elects to cause the Company to pay an Imputed Tax Underpayment, the Company Representative shall use commercially reasonable efforts to pursue available procedures under applicable Law to reduce such Imputed Tax Underpayment on account of its Members’ (or any of the Members’ direct or indirect beneficial owners’) tax status, with any corresponding reduction being credited to the applicable Member for purposes of allocating such Imputed Tax Underpayment among the relevant Members or former Members to the extent relevant.

 

51

 

 

(d)            Without limiting the foregoing, the Company Representative shall give prompt written notice to the Member Representative of the commencement of any income tax Audit of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Members or the Noteholder Members (or their respective owners), other than any Audit that is the subject of Section 10.1(g) of the Business Combination Agreement to the extent that such Audit is governed by such provisions of the Business Combination Agreement (any such Audit that is not the subject of Section 10.1(g) of the Business Combination Agreement, a “Specified Audit”). The Company Representative shall (i) keep the Member Representative reasonably informed of the material developments and status of any such Specified Audit, (ii) permit the Member Representative (or its designee) to participate (including using separate counsel), in each case at the Members’ and the Noteholder Members' sole cost and expense, in any such Specified Audit, to the extent permitted under applicable tax Law, and (iii) promptly notify the Member Representative of receipt of a notice of a final partnership adjustment (or equivalent under applicable Laws) or a final decision of a court or IRS Appeals panel (or equivalent body under applicable Laws) with respect to such Specified Audit. The Company Representative or the Company shall promptly provide the Member Representative with copies of all material correspondence between the Company Representative or the Company (as applicable) and any Governmental Entity in connection with such Specified Audit and shall give the Member Representative a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on any material, non-ministerial correspondence, submission (including settlement or compromise offers) or filing in connection with any such Specified Audit. The Company Representative shall not (and the Company shall not (and shall not authorize the Company Representative to)) settle, compromise or abandon any Specified Audit in a manner that would reasonably be expected to have a disproportionate (compared to PubCo) and material adverse effect on the Members or the Noteholder Members without the Member Representative’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). The obligations of the Company and the Company Representative under this Section 10.4(d) with respect to any Specified Audit affecting Members or the Noteholder Members as a result of their prior ownership of Units shall continue after the Members or the Noteholder Members, as applicable, Transfer any or all of such Units.

 

(e)            If the Company Representative causes the Company to make a Push-Out Election, each Member who was a Member of the Company for U.S. federal income tax purposes for the “reviewed year” (within the meaning of Code Section 6225(d)(1) or similar concept under applicable state, local, or non-U.S. Law), shall take any adjustment to income, gain, loss, deduction, credit or otherwise (as determined in the notice of final partnership adjustment or similar concept under applicable state, local, or non-U.S. Law) into account as provided for in Code Section 6226(b) (or similar concept under applicable state, local, or non-U.S. Law). The Company shall consult in good faith with the Member Representative with respect to any material tax election with respect to the Company that could reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on the Members or the Noteholder Members.

 

52

 

 

(f)             Promptly following the written request of the Company Representative, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, reimburse and indemnify the Company Representative (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any “designated individual”) for all reasonable expenses, including reasonable legal and accounting fees, claims, liabilities, losses and damages incurred by the Company Representative in connection with the exercise of its rights and fulfillment of its duties under this Section 10.4. Nothing in this LLC Agreement will be construed to restrict the Company or the Company Representative from engaging an accounting firm or legal counsel to assist the Company Representative in discharging its duties under this LLC Agreement.

 

(g)            Each Member agrees to cooperate in good faith with the Company Representative and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably requested by the Company Representative with respect to this Section 10.4, including timely providing any information reasonably necessary or advisable for the Company Representative to comply with its obligations under Section 10.4(c), that is or are reasonably necessary or advisable to reduce the amount of any tax, interest, penalties or similar amounts the cost of which is (or would otherwise be) borne by the Company (directly or indirectly) or to make any election permitted by this LLC Agreement and the Code or other relevant tax Law unless such Member is restricted from providing such information under any applicable Law or contract. Each Member acknowledges that any action taken by the Company Representative in its capacity as such may be binding upon such Members and that such Member shall not independently act with respect to Audits affecting the Company or its Subsidiaries (but the Member and the Noteholder Members shall in all events retain all rights provided to it under this LLC Agreement, including Section 10.4(d)). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this LLC Agreement, no provision of this LLC Agreement shall require, or give any Person the right to require, PubCo or the Members or the Noteholder Members to file any amended tax return.

 

(h)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this LLC Agreement, in the event of any conflict between Section 14.1 of the Business Combination Agreement and this LLC Agreement, Section 14.1 of the Business Combination Agreement shall control. The Company, the Company Representative, the Managing Member, and the Members hereby acknowledge and agree to the foregoing sentence and expressly agree to be bound by the terms of Section 14.1 of the Business Combination Agreement, including that with respect to any Audit of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for any taxable period ending before or including the date of the Company Effective Time and for which a Push-Out Election is available, all such available elections shall be made in accordance with applicable Laws.

 

(i)             This Section 10.4 shall be interpreted to apply to Members and former Members and shall survive the Transfer of a Member’s Units and the termination, dissolution, liquidation and winding up of the Company and, for this purpose to the extent not prohibited by applicable Law, the Company shall be treated as continuing in existence.

 

53

 

 

10.5         Withholding Tax Payments and Obligations.

 

(a)            If the Company or any other Person in which the Company holds an interest is required by Law to withhold or to make tax payments on behalf of or with respect to any Member, or the Company is subjected to tax itself (including any amounts withheld from amounts directly or indirectly payable to the Company or to any other Person in which the Company holds an interest) by reason of the status of any Member as such or that is specifically attributable to a Member (including federal, state, local or foreign withholding, personal property, unincorporated business or other taxes, the amount of any Imputed Tax Underpayments allocated to a Member in accordance with Section 10.4, and any interest, penalties, additions to tax, and expenses related to any such amounts) (“Tax Advances”), the Managing Member may cause the Company to withhold such amounts and cause the Company to make such tax payments as so required, and each Member hereby authorizes the Company to do so; provided, the Company and Managing Member shall cooperate in good faith with the Member Representative to minimize, to the extent permissible under applicable Law, the amount of any such withholding which relates to any Member or Noteholder Member. All Tax Advances made on behalf of a Member shall be repaid by reducing the amount of the current or next succeeding Tax Distribution or Tax Distributions and, if applicable, the proceeds of liquidation that would otherwise have been made to such Member under this LLC Agreement; provided, that if a Tax Advance is made on behalf of a former Member, then such former Member shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company for the entire amount of such Tax Advance. For all purposes of this LLC Agreement, such Member shall be treated as having received the amount of the distribution, if applicable, that is equal to the Tax Advance at the time of such Tax Advance and (if applicable) as having paid such Tax Advance to the relevant taxing jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the aggregate amount of Tax Advances for any period made on behalf of a Member exceeds the actual Tax Distributions that would have otherwise been made to such Member during the fifteen (15) months following such Tax Advances, then such Member shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company for the entire amount of such excess (which has not offset Tax Distributions pursuant to this Section 10.5); provided, that such indemnification obligation shall be the several obligation of such Member and shall not be treated as Capital Contributions. For the avoidance of doubt, any income taxes, penalties, additions to tax and interest payable by the Company or any fiscally transparent entity in which the Company owns an interest shall be treated as specifically attributable to the Members and shall be allocated among the Members such that the burden of (or any diminution in distributable proceeds resulting from) any such amounts is borne by those Members to whom such amounts are specifically attributable or their successors in interest (whether as a result of their status, actions, inactions or otherwise, including pursuant to an allocation made under Section 10.4(c)), in each case as reasonably determined by the Company Representative.

 

(b)            This Section 10.5 shall be interpreted to apply to Members and former Members and shall survive the Transfer of a Member’s Units and the termination, dissolution, liquidation and winding up of the Company and, for this purpose, to the extent not prohibited by applicable Law, the Company shall be treated as continuing in existence.

 

10.6         Rights of the Members. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Company Representative, the Managing Member, nor the Company shall make, change or revoke any tax election or allocation (including any allocation of Imputed Tax Underpayment), or take any tax position on any tax return or otherwise, in each case, including in connection with a tax audit or other tax proceeding, that could have a disproportionate, material and adverse effect on the Members or their direct or indirect owners without the prior written consent of the Member Representative.

 

54

 

 

Article XI
DISSOLUTION

 

11.1         Liquidating Events. The Company shall dissolve and commence winding up and liquidating upon the first to occur of the following (each, a “Liquidating Event”):

 

(a)            the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company;

 

(b)            the determination of the Managing Member, with the consent of the Member Representative for so long as the Continuing Members or Noteholder Members and their Permitted Transferees hold two percent (2%) or more of the Common Units held by the Continuing Members and Noteholder Members on the date of this Agreement;

 

(c)            the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining Member of the Company or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of the last remaining Member in the Company unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner permitted by this LLC Agreement or the Act; and

 

(d)            the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under Section 18-802 of the Act.

 

The Members hereby agree that the Company shall not dissolve prior to the occurrence of a Liquidating Event. In the event of a dissolution pursuant to Section 11.1, the relative economic rights of each class of Units immediately prior to such dissolution shall be preserved to the greatest extent practicable with respect to distributions made to Members pursuant to Section 11.3 in connection with such dissolution, taking into consideration tax and other legal constraints that may adversely affect one or more Members and subject to compliance with applicable Laws, unless, with respect to any class of Units, (x) for so long as the Continuing Members or Noteholder Members and their Permitted Transferees hold two percent (2%) or more of the Common Units held by the Continuing Members and Noteholder Members on the date of this Agreement, the Member Representative and (y) holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Units of such class consent in writing to a treatment other than as described above.

 

11.2         Bankruptcy. For purposes of this LLC Agreement, the “bankruptcy” of a Member shall mean the occurrence of any of the following: (a) (i) any Governmental Entity shall take possession of any substantial part of the property of that Member or shall assume control over the affairs or operations thereof, or (ii) a receiver or trustee shall be appointed, or a writ, order, attachment or garnishment shall be issued with respect to any substantial part thereof, and such possession, assumption of control, appointment, writ or order shall continue for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days, (b) a Member shall (i) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts when due, or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) apply for or consent to the appointment of any receiver, trustee or similar officer or for all or any substantial part of its property or (iii) institute (by petition, application, answer, consent or otherwise) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debts, dissolution, liquidation, or similar proceeding under the Laws of any jurisdiction or (c) a receiver, trustee or similar officer shall be appointed for such Member or with respect to all or any substantial part of its property without the application or consent of that Member, and such appointment shall continue undischarged or unstayed for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days or any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution, liquidation or similar proceedings shall be instituted (by petition, application or otherwise) against that Member and shall remain undismissed for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days.

 

55

 

 

11.3         Procedure.

 

(a)            In the event of the dissolution of the Company for any reason, the Managing Member (or in the event that there is no Managing Member or the Managing Member is in bankruptcy, any Person selected by the majority of Members holding Common Units) shall commence to wind up the affairs of the Company and, subject to Section 11.4(a), the Managing Member shall have full right to determine in good faith the time, manner and terms of any sale or sales of the property or other assets pursuant to such liquidation, having due regard to the activity and condition of the relevant market and general financial and economic conditions. The Members shall continue to share Profits and Losses during the period of liquidation in the same manner and proportion as immediately prior to the Liquidating Event. The Company shall engage in no further business except as may be necessary to preserve the value of the Company’s assets during the period of dissolution and liquidation.

 

(b)            Following the payment of all expenses of liquidation and allocation of all Profits and Losses as provided in Article V, the net proceeds of the liquidation and any other funds of the Company shall be distributed in the following order of priority:

 

(i)            first, to the payment and discharge of all expenses of liquidation and discharge of all of the Company’s Liabilities to creditors (whether third parties or, to the fullest extent permitted by law, Members), in the order of priority as provided by Law, except any obligations to the Members in respect of their Capital Accounts or liabilities under 18-601 or 18-604 of the Act;

 

(ii)           second, to set up such cash reserves which the Managing Member reasonably deems necessary for contingent, conditional or unmatured Liabilities or future payments described in this Section 11.3(b) (which reserves when they become unnecessary shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of clause (iii), below); and

 

(iii)          third, the balance to the Members in accordance with Section 6.1(a).

 

(c)            Except as provided in Section 11.4(b), no Member shall have any right to demand or receive property other than cash upon dissolution and termination of the Company.

 

(d)            Upon the completion of the liquidation of the Company and the distribution of all Company funds, the Company shall terminate and the Managing Member shall have the authority to execute and record a certificate of cancellation of the Company, as well as any and all other documents required to effectuate the dissolution and termination of the Company.

 

(e)            Prior to the distribution of the proceeds of the liquidation and any other funds of the Company in liquidation, a proper accounting shall be made from the date of the last previous accounting to the date of dissolution, and a final allocation of all items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit in accordance with Article V shall be made in such a manner that, immediately before distribution of assets pursuant to Section 11.3(b)(iii), the positive balance of the Capital Account of each Member shall, to the greatest extent possible, be equal to the net amount that would so be distributed to such Member (and any non-cash assets to be distributed will first be written up or down to their Fair Market Value, thus creating hypothetical gain or loss (if any), which resulting hypothetical gain or loss shall be allocated to the Members’ Capital Accounts in accordance with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b) and other applicable provisions of the Code and this LLC Agreement).

 

56

 

 

11.4         Rights of Members.

 

(a)            Each Member irrevocably waives any right that it may have to maintain an action for partition with respect to the property of the Company.

 

(b)            Except as otherwise provided in this LLC Agreement, (i) each Member shall look solely to the assets of the Company for the return of its Capital Contributions, and (ii) no Member shall have priority over any other Member as to the return of its Capital Contributions, distributions or allocations. The right to a return of Capital Contributions shall be solely to the extent set forth in this LLC Agreement.

 

11.5         Notices of Dissolution. In the event a Liquidating Event occurs, the Company shall, within thirty (30) days thereafter, (a) provide written notice thereof to each of the Members and to all other parties with whom the Company regularly conducts business (as reasonably determined by the Managing Member), and (b) comply, in a timely manner, with all filing and notice requirements under the Act or any other applicable Law.

 

11.6         Reasonable Time for Winding Up. A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding up of the business and affairs of the Company and the liquidation of its assets in order to minimize any losses that might otherwise result from such winding up.

 

11.7         No Deficit Restoration. No Member shall be personally liable for a deficit Capital Account balance of that Member, it being expressly understood that the distribution of liquidation proceeds shall be made solely from existing Company assets.

 

Article XII
GENERAL

 

12.1         Amendments; Waivers.

 

(a)            Except as otherwise provided in this LLC Agreement, the terms and provisions of this LLC Agreement may be altered, modified or amended (including by means of merger, consolidation or other business combination to which the Company is a party) only with the approval of the Managing Member; provided, that no alteration, modification or amendment shall be effective until written notice has been provided to the Members, and, for the avoidance of doubt, any Member, shall have the right to file an Exchange Notice prior to the effectiveness of such alteration, modification or amendment with respect to all of such Member’s remaining Common Units; provided, further, that no amendment to this LLC Agreement may (v) disproportionately and adversely affect, or remove a right or privilege granted to, a Member who also holds Class B Common Stock or a Member who also holds Earnout Common Units without such Member’s prior written consent, or (w) disproportionately and adversely affect a Member or remove a right or privilege granted to a Member, without such Member’s prior written consent (provided that the creation or issuance of any new Unit or Equity Security of the Company permitted pursuant to Section 4.1 and Section 4.3 and any amendments or modifications to this LLC Agreement to the extent necessary to reflect such creation or issuance shall not be deemed to disproportionately and adversely affect a Member or remove a right or privilege specifically granted to a Member in any event); or (x) modify the limited liability of any Member, or increase the Liabilities of any Member, in each case, without the prior written consent of each such affected Member; or (y) alter or change any rights, preferences or privileges of any Units in a manner that is different or prejudicial relative to any other Units in the same class of Units, without the prior written consent of each such affected Member; or (z) modify the requirement that any action, election, decision or determination that is required to be approved or made by the Disinterested Majority be so approved or made by the Disinterested Majority, without the prior written approval of the Disinterested Majority serving on the Board at such time as such modification is proposed to be made.

 

57

 

 

(b)            Notwithstanding the foregoing clause (a), the Managing Member, acting alone, may amend this LLC Agreement, including Exhibit A, (i) to reflect the admission of new Members, Transfers of Units, the issuance of additional Units, in each case in accordance with the terms of this LLC Agreement, and, subject to Section 12.1(a), subdivisions or combinations of Units made in accordance with Section 4.1(h) and (ii) as necessary, and solely to the extent necessary, based on the reasonable written advice of legal counsel or a qualified tax advisor (including any nationally recognized accounting firm) to the Company, to avoid the Company being classified as a “publicly traded partnership” within the meaning of Section 7704(b) of the Code.

 

(c)            No waiver of any provision or default under, nor consent to any exception to, the terms of this LLC Agreement shall be effective unless in writing and signed by the Party to be bound and then only to the specific purpose, extent and instance so provided.

 

12.2         Further Assurances. Each Party agrees that it will from time to time, upon the reasonable request of another Party, execute such documents and instruments and take such further action as may be reasonably required to carry out the provisions of this LLC Agreement. The consummation of Transfers, Exchanges and issuances of Equity Securities pursuant to this LLC Agreement shall be subject to, and conditioned on, the completion of any required regulatory filings with any applicable Governmental Entity (or the termination or expiration of any waiting period in connection therewith), including the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting period, if any, under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, to the extent required in connection with such Transfer, Exchange or issuance. The Members shall reasonably cooperate in connection with any such filing.

 

12.3         Successors and Assigns. All of the terms and provisions of this LLC Agreement shall be binding upon the Parties and their respective successors and assigns, but shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the successors and assigns of any Member only to the extent that they are permitted successors and assigns pursuant to the terms of this LLC Agreement. No Party may assign its rights under this LLC Agreement except as permitted pursuant to this LLC Agreement, including assignment of such rights to a Permitted Transferee and a Transferee of Units pursuant to and in accordance with Section 9.3.

 

58

 

 

12.4         Entire Agreement. This LLC Agreement, together with all Exhibits and Schedules to this LLC Agreement, the Business Combination Agreement, the Investor Rights Agreement, the Tax Receivable Agreement and all other Ancillary Agreements (as such term is defined in the Business Combination Agreement), constitute the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings and discussions, whether oral or written, relating to such subject matter in any way and there are no warranties, representations or other agreements between the Parties in connection with such subject matter except as set forth in this LLC Agreement and therein.

 

12.5         Rights of Members Independent. The rights available to the Members under this LLC Agreement and at Law shall be deemed to be several and not dependent on each other and each such right accordingly shall be construed as complete in itself and not by reference to any other such right. Any one or more or any combination of such rights may be exercised by a Member or the Company from time to time and no such exercise shall exhaust the rights or preclude another Member from exercising any one or more of such rights or combination thereof from time to time thereafter or simultaneously.

 

12.6         Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction. The Law of the State of Delaware shall govern (a) all Actions, claims or matters related to or arising from this LLC Agreement (including any tort or non-contractual claims) and (b) any questions concerning the construction, interpretation, validity and enforceability of this LLC Agreement, and the performance of the obligations imposed by this LLC Agreement, in each case without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the Law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware. EACH PARTY TO THIS LLC AGREEMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION BROUGHT TO RESOLVE ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN OR AMONG ANY OF THE PARTIES (WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THIS LLC AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS LLC AGREEMENT AND/OR THE RELATIONSHIPS ESTABLISHED AMONG THE PARTIES UNDER THIS LLC AGREEMENT. THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER WARRANT AND REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. Each of the Parties submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of first, the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware or if such court declines jurisdiction, then to the Federal District Court for the District of Delaware, in any Action arising out of or relating to this LLC Agreement, agrees that all claims in respect of the Action shall be heard and determined in any such court and agrees not to bring any Action arising out of or relating to this LLC Agreement in any other courts. Nothing in this Section 12.6, however, shall affect the right of any Party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by Law or at equity. Each Party agrees that a final judgment in any Action so brought shall be conclusive and may be enforced by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by Law or at equity.

 

12.7         Headings. The descriptive headings of the Articles, Sections and clauses of this LLC Agreement are for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this LLC Agreement.

 

59

 

 

12.8         Counterparts; Electronic Delivery. This LLC Agreement and any amendment hereto or any other agreements delivered pursuant to this LLC Agreement may be executed and delivered in one or more counterparts and by fax, .pdf, email or other electronic transmission, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement. No Party shall raise the use of a fax machine or email to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through the use of a fax machine or email as a defense to the formation or enforceability of a contract and each Party forever waives any such defense.

 

12.9         Notices. All notices, demands and other communications to be given or delivered under this LLC Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when personally delivered (or, if delivery is refused, upon presentment) or received by email (with confirmation of transmission) prior to 5:00 p.m. eastern time on a Business Day and, if otherwise, on the next Business Day, (b) one (1) Business Day following sending by reputable overnight express courier (charges prepaid) or (c) three (3) calendar days following mailing by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested. Unless another address is specified in writing pursuant to the provisions of this Section 12.9, notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the addresses indicated below:

 

If to the Pubco or the Managing Member:

 

CR Financial Holdings, Inc.
888 San Clemente Drive, Suite 400
Newport Beach, CA 92660 

Attention:####
Email:####

 

60

 

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Loeb & Loeb LLP 

345 Park Avenue 

New York, New York 10154 

Attention:Mitchell Nussbaum, Esq.
E-mail:mnussbaum@loeb.com
Attention:Mitchell Nussbaum, Esq.
E-mail:mnussbaum@loeb.com

 

If to the Company,

 

QualTek Holdco, LLC
475 Sentry Parkway E
Blue Bell, PA 19422 

Attention:####
Email:####

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York

Attention:

Michael E. Weisser, P.C.

Matthew S. Arenson, P.C.

Tim Cruickshank, P.C.

Erika P. López

 

E-mail:

michael.weisser@kirkland.com

matthew.arenson@kirkland.com

tim.cruickshank@kirkland.com

erika.lopez@kirkland.com

 

If to any Continuing Member, to the address for such Continuing Member set forth on Exhibit A.

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 

Attention:

Michael E. Weisser, P.C.

Matthew S. Arenson, P.C.

Tim Cruickshank, P.C.

Erika P. López

 

E-mail:michael.weisser@kirkland.com
matthew.arenson@kirkland.com
tim.cruickshank@kirkland.com
erika.lopez@kirkland.com

 

61

 

 

If to any Noteholder Member, to the address for such Noteholder Member set forth on Exhibit B.

 

12.10   Representation by Counsel; Interpretation. The Parties acknowledge that each Party to this LLC Agreement has been represented by counsel in connection with this LLC Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this LLC Agreement. Accordingly, any rule of Law, or any legal decision that would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this LLC Agreement against the Party that drafted it has no application and is expressly waived.

 

12.11   Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this LLC Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable Law, but if any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any Person or circumstance shall be held to be prohibited by or invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable Law in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this LLC Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision, there shall be added automatically as a part of this LLC Agreement a legal, valid and enforceable provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision as may be possible.

 

12.12   Expenses. Except as otherwise provided in this LLC Agreement (or as set forth in the Business Combination Agreement with respect to expenses incurred in connection with the entry into this LLC Agreement), each Party shall bear its own expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated by this LLC Agreement.

 

12.13   No Third Party Beneficiaries. Except as provided in Section 7.4 and Section 10.3(a), this LLC Agreement is for the sole benefit of the Parties and their permitted assigns and nothing herein, express or implied, shall give or be construed to give any Person, other than the Parties and such permitted assigns, any legal or equitable rights under this LLC Agreement.

 

62

 

 

12.14   Confidentiality. Except as required by applicable Law, each Member (other than the Managing Member) agrees to hold the Company’s Confidential Information in confidence and shall not, unless authorized in writing by the Managing Member, (a) disclose any Confidential Information to any third party or (b) use such information except in furtherance of the business of the Company; provided, however, that (i) each Member may disclose Confidential Information to such Member’s Affiliates, attorneys, accountants, consultants and other advisors who are bound by an obligation of confidentiality with respect to such Confidential Information; provided such Member will be responsible for any violation by any of its Affiliates, attorneys, accountants, consultants or other advisors of the confidentiality provisions in this Section 12.14, (ii) each Member may disclose Confidential Information as required in response to any summons, subpoena or other legal requirement, provided that such Member shall promptly notify the Managing Member in writing so the Company may seek a protective order or appropriate remedy, (iii) each Member may disclose Confidential Information to a proposed Transferee if such disclosure is reasonably required in connection with any proposed Transfer of Units to such Transferee pursuant to the terms of this LLC Agreement, provided, that such Transferee executed and delivers to the Company a customary non-disclosure agreement and (iv) each Member may disclose Confidential Information to the extent necessary for such Member to prepare and file its tax returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding such tax returns from any taxing authority or to prosecute or defend any action, proceeding or audit by any taxing authority with respect to such tax returns. In addition, each of the Continuing Members or Noteholder Members that is private equity, venture capital or other investment firm or similarly regulated entity (x) may disclose Confidential Information in connection with routine supervisory audit or regulatory examinations (including by regulatory or self-regulatory bodies) to which they are subject in the course of their respective businesses without liability hereunder and (y) shall not be required to provide notice to any party in the course of any such routine supervisory audit or regulatory examination, provided that such routine audit or examination does not specifically target PubCo, any of its subsidiaries or the Confidential Information, and (z) may provide information about the subject matter of this Agreement to prospective and existing investors in connection with fund raising, marketing, informational, transactional or reporting activities. Each Member and the Company acknowledges and agrees that the certain of the Continuing Members and Noteholder Members and their respective Affiliates may currently be invested in, may invest in, or may consider investments in companies that compete either directly or indirectly with PubCo and its Subsidiaries, or operate in the same or similar business as PubCo and its Subsidiaries, and that nothing herein shall be in any way construed to prohibit or such Continuing Members or Noteholder Members or their respective Affiliates’ ability to maintain, make or consider such other investments; provided, however, that no Confidential Information is used or disclosed in connection with such activities.

 

12.15   No Recourse. Notwithstanding anything that may be expressed or implied in this LLC Agreement (except in the case of the immediately succeeding sentence) or any document, agreement, or instrument delivered contemporaneously herewith, and notwithstanding the fact that any Party may be a partnership or limited liability company, each Party hereto, by its acceptance of the benefits of this LLC Agreement, covenants, agrees and acknowledges that no Persons other than the Parties shall have any obligation hereunder and that it has no rights of recovery hereunder against, and no recourse hereunder or under any documents, agreements, or instruments delivered contemporaneously herewith or in respect of any oral representations made or alleged to be made in connection herewith or therewith shall be had against, any former, current or future director, officer, agent, Affiliate, manager, assignee, incorporator, controlling Person, fiduciary, representative or employee of any Party (or any of their successors or permitted assignees), against any former, current, or future general or limited partner, manager, stockholder or member of any Party (or any of their successors or permitted assignees) or any Affiliate thereof or against any former, current or future director, officer, agent, employee, Affiliate, manager, assignee, incorporator, controlling Person, fiduciary, representative, general or limited partner, stockholder, manager or member of any of the foregoing, but in each case not including the Parties (each, but excluding for the avoidance of doubt, the Parties, a “Non-Party Affiliate”), whether by or through attempted piercing of the corporate veil, by or through a claim (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) by or on behalf of such Party against the Non-Party Affiliates, by the enforcement of any assessment or by any Action, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable Law, or otherwise; it being expressly agreed and acknowledged that no personal Liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on, or otherwise be incurred by any Non-Party Affiliate, as such, for any obligations of the applicable Party under this LLC Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this LLC Agreement, under any documents or instruments delivered contemporaneously herewith, in respect of any oral representations made or alleged to be made in connection herewith or therewith, or for any claim (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Non-Party Affiliate may have obligations under any documents, agreements or instruments delivered contemporaneously herewith or otherwise required by this LLC Agreement if such Non-Party Affiliate is party to such document, agreement or instrument. Except to the extent otherwise expressly set forth in, and subject in all cases to the terms and conditions of and limitations herein, this LLC Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claim or cause of action of any kind based upon, arising out of, or related to this LLC Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this LLC Agreement, may only be brought against the Persons that are expressly named as Parties hereto and then only with respect to the specific obligations set forth herein with respect to such Party. Each Non-Party Affiliate is expressly intended as a third party beneficiary of this Section 12.15.

 

[Signatures on Next Page]

 

63

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties hereto has caused this Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  COMPANY:
   
  QUALTEK HOLDCO, LLC
   
  By: /s/ Andrew S. Weinberg

  Name: Andrew S. Weinberg
  Title: President
   
  MEMBER REPRESENTATIVE:
   
  BCP QUALTEK INVESTOR HOLDINGS, L.P.
   
  By: Brightstar Associates, L.P., its general partner
   
  By: Brightstar GP Investors, LLC, its general partner

 

  By: /s/ Andrew S. Weinberg

  Name: Andrew S. Weinberg
  Title: President
   
  CONTINUING MEMBERS:
   
  BCP QUALTEK, LLC
   
  By: Brightstar Capital Partners QualTek Holdings, L.P., its sole member
   
  By: Brightstar Associates, L.P., its general partner
   
  By: Brightstar GP Investors, LLC, its general partner

 

  By: /s/ Andrew S. Weinberg

  Name: Andrew S. Weinberg
  Title: Managing Member

 

 

 

 

  BCP QUALTEK II, LLC
   
  By: Brightstar Capital Partners QualTek Holdings, L.P., its sole member
   
  By: Brightstar Associates, L.P., its general partner
   
  By: Brightstar GP Investors, LLC, its general partner
   
  By: /s/ Andrew S. Weinberg

  Name: Andrew S. Weinberg
  Title: Managing Member
   
  QUALTEK MANAGEMENT HOLDCO, LLC

   
  By: /s/ C. Scott Hisey

  Name: C. Scott Hisey
  Title: Managing Member
   
  PUBCO:
   
  QUALTEK SERVICES INC.

   
  By: /s/ C. Scott Hisey

  Name: C. Scott Hisey
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

  MANAGING MEMBER:
   
  QUALTEK SERVICES INC.
   
  By: /s/ C. Scott Hisey
    Name: C. Scott Hisey
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

  NOTEHOLDER MEMBERS:
   
  ACT Capital Partners, LP
   
  By:  /s/ Amir L. Ecker
  Name: Amir L. Ecker
  Title: Managing Partner
      
  The Ecker Family Partnership
   
  By:  /s/ Amir L. Ecker
  Name: Amir L. Ecker
  Title: General Partner
      
  Gingko Fund, LLC
   
  By:  /s/ Amir L. Ecker
  Name: Amir L. Ecker
  Title: Authorized Person
      
  Whitethorne Fund, LLC
   
  By:  /s/ Amir L. Ecker
  Name: Amir L. Ecker
  Title: Managing Member

 

 

 

 

  CVI Investments, Inc.
  By: Heights Capital Management, Inc.
  Its: Authorized Agent
      
  By:  /s/ Martin Kobinger
  Name: Martin Kobinger
  Title: President

 

 

 

 

  Monashee Solitario Fund LP
      
  By:  /s/ Jeff Muller
  Name: Jeff Muller
  Title: CCO, Monashee Investment Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

  DS Liquid Div RVA MON LLC
      
  By:  /s/ Jeff Muller
  Name: Jeff Muller
  Title: CCO, Monashee Investment Management, LLC

 

 

 

 

  Emerson 1993 Family Trust
      
  By:  /s/ Steven Emerson
  Name: Steven Emerson
      

 

 

 

 

  Emerson Partners
      
  By:  /s/ Steven Emerson
  Name: Steven Emerson
  Title: Authorized Person
      

 

 

 

 

  Granite Point Capital Scorpion Focused Ideas Fund
      
  By:  /s/ R. Scott Bushley
  Name: R. Scott Bushley
  Title: Chief Operation Officer

 

 

 

 

  Granite Point Capital Master Fund, LP
      
  By:  /s/ R. Scott Bushley
  Name: R. Scott Bushley
  Title: Chief Operation Officer

 

 

 

 

  Millrace Fund, LP
      
  By:  /s/ William L. Kitchell III
  Name: William L. Kitchell III
  Title: Authorized Signer for the General Partner
      
  Millrace Capital, LP
      
  By:  /s/ William L. Kitchell III
  Name: William L. Kitchell III
  Title: Authorized Signer for the General Partner

 

 

 

 

  David S. Zelman
      
  By:  /s/ David S. Zelman
  Name: David S. Zelman

 

 

 

 

  PACERA LARSON VENTURES LLC
      
  By:  /s/ Don Peyton
  Name: Don Peyton
  Title: Chief Investment Officer

 

 

 

 

  SNP Family Partnership
      
  By:  /s/ Paul S. Bachow
  Name: Paul S. Bachow
  Title: Partner
 

 

 

  Victoria Partners, LP
  By: Fiume Capital
  Its: General Partner
      
  By:  /s/ Kirk D. Homeyer
  Name: Kirk D. Homeyer
  Title: Chief Legal Officer
 

 

 

  ZCA PRIVATE INVESTMENTS FUND II, L.P.
  By: ZCA LLC
  Its: General Partner
      
  By:  /s/ Edward N. Antoian
  Name: Edward N. Antoian
  Title: Managing Member

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Continuing Members’ Ownership

 

See attached.

 

Exhibit A

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Noteholder Members’ Ownership

 

Exhibit B

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

Exchange Notice

 

Dated: _____________

 

QualTek HoldCo, LLC
[________]
[________]
[________]

Attention:[________]

 

copy to:

 

[●]
[________]
[________]
[________]

Attention:[________]

 

Reference is hereby made to the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of QualTek HoldCo, LLC, dated as of February 14, 2022 (as amended from time to time in accordance with its terms, the “LLC Agreement”) of QualTek HoldCo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), by and among QualTek Services Inc., a Delaware corporation, the other Members set forth on Exhibit A to the LLC Agreement (the “Continuing Members”) and the Members set forth on Exhibit B to the LLC Agreement (the “Noteholder Members”) and each other Person who is or at any time becomes a Member in accordance with the terms of this LLC Agreement and the Act (such Persons, together with PubCo and the Continuing Members, the “Unitholders”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the LLC Agreement.

 

Effective as of the Exchange Date as determined in accordance with the LLC Agreement, the undersigned Unitholder hereby transfers and surrenders to the Company the number of Common Units set forth below and an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock held by such Unitholder in Exchange for the issuance to the undersigned Unitholder of that number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the number of Common Units so exchanged (to be issued in its name as set forth below), or, at the election of PubCo, for a Cash Exchange Payment to the account set forth below, in each case in accordance with the LLC Agreement. The undersigned hereby acknowledges that the Exchange of Common Units shall include the cancellation of an equal number of outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock held by the undersigned that have been surrendered in such Exchange.

 

Legal Name of Unitholder:  

 

Address:  

 

Number of Common Units to be Exchanged:  

 

Cash Exchange Payment instructions:  

 

Exhibit C-1

 

 

If the Unitholder desires the shares of Class A Common Stock be settled through the facilities of The Depositary Trust Company (“DTC”), please indicate the account of the DTC participant below.

 

In the event PubCo elects to certificate the shares of Class A Common Stock issued to the Unitholder, please indicate the following:

 

Legal Name for Certificate Delivery:  

 

Address for Certificate Delivery:  

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned is the owner of the number of Common Units the undersigned is electing to Exchange pursuant to this Exchange Notice, and that such Common Units are not subject to any liens or restrictions on transfer (other than restrictions imposed by the LLC Agreement, the charter and governing documents of PubCo and applicable Law).

 

The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints any officer of PubCo, as applicable, as the attorney of the undersigned, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in the premises, solely to do any and all things and to take any and all actions necessary to effect the Exchange elected hereby.

 

[Signatures on Next Page]

 

Exhibit C-2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned has caused this Exchange Notice to be executed and delivered as of the date first set forth above.

 

  [Unitholder]
   
  By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

Exhibit C-3

 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

Officers

 

Christopher S. Hisey - Chief Executive Officer

 

Elizabeth Downey - Chief Administrative Officer

 

Michael B. Williams - Chief Business Officer

 

Adam Spittler - Chief Financial Officer

 

Exhibit D

 

 

EXHIBIT E

 

Form of Joinder

 

This Joinder (this “Joinder”) to the LLC Agreement (as defined below), made as of                     , is between                     (“Transferor”) and                   (“Transferee”).

 

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, Transferee is acquiring                                       (the “Acquired Interests”) from Transferor;

 

WHEREAS, Transferor is a party to that certain Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of QualTek HoldCo, LLC (the “Company”), dated as of February 14, 2022, by and among the Company, QualTek Services Inc., a Delaware corporation (“PubCo”), the Members set forth on Exhibit A and Exhibit B to the LLC Agreement, and each other Person who is or at any time becomes a Member in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement (as the same may be amended or restated from time to time, the “LLC Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, Transferee is required, at the time of and as a condition to such Transfer, to become a party to the LLC Agreement by executing and delivering this Joinder, whereupon such Transferee will be treated as a Party (with the rights and obligations as a Member) for all purposes of the LLC Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Section 1.1            Definitions. To the extent capitalized words used in this Joinder are not defined in this Joinder, such words shall have the respective meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

 

Section 1.2            Acquisition. Transferor hereby Transfers to Transferee all of the Acquired Interests.

 

Section 1.3            Joinder. Transferee hereby acknowledges and agrees that (a) such Transferee has received and read the LLC Agreement, (b) such Transferee is acquiring the Acquired Interests in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement and (c) such Transferee will be treated as a Party (with the same rights and obligations as the Transferor) for all purposes of the LLC Agreement.

 

Section 1.4            Notice. Any notice, demand or other communication under the LLC Agreement to Transferee shall be given to Transferee at the address set forth on the signature page hereto in accordance with Section 12.9 of the LLC Agreement.

 

Section 1.5            Governing Law. This Joinder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 1.6            Counterparts; Electronic Delivery. This Joinder may be executed and delivered in one or more counterparts, by fax, email or other electronic transmission, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement.

 

[Signatures on Next Page]

 

Exhibit E-1

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Joinder has been duly executed and delivered by the parties as of the date first above written.

 

  [TRANSFEROR]
   
   
  By:              
  Name:  
  Title:  
   
  [TRANSFEREE]
   
   
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  Address for notices:

 

Exhibit E-2

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

QualTek Services Inc.

 

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

 

AND

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

as Trustee

 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of February 14, 2022

 

Senior Unsecured Convertible Notes due 2027

 

 

 

  

QUALTEK SERVICES INC.

 

RECONCILIATION AND TIE BETWEEN TRUST INDENTURE ACT 

OF 1939 AND INDENTURE, DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 14, 2022

 

TRUST INDENTURE ACT SECTION   INDENTURE SECTION
310 (a)(1)   7.08
  (a)(2)   7.08
  (b)   7.09
312 (a)   5.01
  (c)   5.02
313 (a)   5.03
  (c)   5.03
314 (a)(4)   4.07
  (c)(1)   17.05
  (c)(2)   17.05
  (e)   17.05
315 (a)   7.01
  (b)   6.10
  (c)   7.01
  (d)   7.02
316 (a)(last sentence)   1.01 (“Outstanding”)
  (a)(1)(A)   6.02, 6.09
  (a)(1)(B)   6.09
  (b)   6.06
  (c)   8.01
317 (a)(1)   6.04
  (a)(2)   6.04
  (b)   4.04
318 (a)   17.04

 

 i 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    PAGE
Article 1 DEFINITIONS 1
     
Section 1.01 Definitions 1
Section 1.02 References to Interest 35
Section 1.03 Accounting Terms; Pro Forma Calculations; Limited Condition Transactions 35
Section 1.04 . 35
     
Article 2 ISSUE, DESCRIPTION, EXECUTION, REGISTRATION AND EXCHANGE OF NOTES 37
     
Section 2.01 Designation and Amount 37
Section 2.02 Form of Notes 37
Section 2.03 Date and Denomination of Notes; Payments of Interest and Defaulted Amounts 38
Section 2.04 Execution, Authentication and Delivery of Notes 39
Section 2.05 Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Notes; Restrictions on Transfer; Depositary. 39
Section 2.06 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes 46
Section 2.07 Temporary Notes 46
Section 2.08 Cancellation of Notes Paid, Converted, Etc. 47
Section 2.09 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers 47
Section 2.10 Additional Notes; Repurchases 47
     
Article 3 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 48
     
Section 3.01 Satisfaction and Discharge 48
     
Article 4 PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY 48
     
Section 4.01 Payment of Principal and Interest 48
Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency 48
Section 4.03 Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office 49
Section 4.04 Provisions as to Paying Agent 49
Section 4.05 Existence 50
Section 4.06 Annual Reports 51
Section 4.07 Compliance Certificate; Statements as to Defaults 51
Section 4.08 Limitation on Certain Restricted Payments 51
Section 4.09 Limitations on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock 55
Section 4.10 Limitation on Liens 60
Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates 63
Section 4.12 Material Intellectual Property 66
Section 4.13 Registration Rights 66
Section 4.14 Additional Guarantors; Prohibition on Certain Subsidiaries 66
Section 4.15 Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions 67
Section 4.16 Further Instruments and Acts 68

 

ii 

 

     
Article 5 LISTS OF HOLDERS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE 68
     
Section 5.01 Lists of Holders 68
Section 5.02 Preservation and Disclosure of Lists 68
Section 5.03 Reports by Trustee. 68
     
Article 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 69
     
Section 6.01 Events of Default 69
Section 6.02 Acceleration; Rescission and Annulment 70
Section 6.03 Additional Interest 71
Section 6.04 Payments of Notes on Default; Suit Therefor 71
Section 6.05 Application of Monies Collected by Trustee 73
Section 6.06 Proceedings by Holders 73
Section 6.07 Proceedings by Trustee 74
Section 6.08 Remedies Cumulative and Continuing 74
Section 6.09 Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Holders 75
Section 6.10 Notice of Defaults 75
Section 6.11 Undertaking to Pay Costs 75
     
Article 7 CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE 76
     
Section 7.01 Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee 76
Section 7.02 Reliance on Documents, Opinions, Etc. 77
Section 7.03 No Responsibility for Recitals, Etc. 79
Section 7.04 Trustee, Paying Agents, Conversion Agents or Note Registrar May Own Notes 79
Section 7.05 Monies and Shares of Common Stock to Be Held in Trust 79
Section 7.06 Compensation and Expenses of Trustee 79
Section 7.07 Officer’s Certificate as Evidence 80
Section 7.08 Eligibility of Trustee 80
Section 7.09 Resignation or Removal of Trustee 80
Section 7.10 Acceptance by Successor Trustee 81
Section 7.11 Succession by Merger, Etc. 82
Section 7.12 Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Company 82
     
Article 8 CONCERNING THE HOLDERS 83
     
Section 8.01 Action by Holders 83
Section 8.02 Proof of Execution by Holders 83
Section 8.03 Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners 83
Section 8.04 Company-Owned Notes Disregarded 83
Section 8.05 Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound 84
     
Article 9 HOLDERS’ MEETINGS 84
     
Section 9.01 Purpose of Meetings 84
Section 9.02 Call of Meetings by Trustee 84
Section 9.03 Call of Meetings by Company or Holders 85
Section 9.04 Qualifications for Voting 85

 

iii 

 

 

Section 9.05 Regulations 85
Section 9.06 Voting 85
Section 9.07 No Delay of Rights by Meeting 86
     
Article 10 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES 86
     
Section 10.01 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders 86
Section 10.02 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders 87
Section 10.03 Effect of Supplemental Indentures 88
Section 10.04 Notation on Notes 89
Section 10.05 Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to Be Furnished Trustee 89
     
Article 11 CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE 89
     
Section 11.01 Company and Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc. on Certain Terms. 89
Section 11.02 Successor Corporation to Be Substituted 90
Section 11.03 Opinion of Counsel to Be Given to Trustee 91
     
Article 12 IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS 91
     
Section 12.01 Indenture, Notes and Guarantees Solely Corporate Obligations 91
     
Article 13 guarantee 91
     
Section 13.01 Guarantee 91
Section 13.02 Guarantee Unconditional 91
Section 13.03 Discharge; Reinstatement 92
Section 13.04 Waiver by the Guarantors 92
Section 13.05 Subrogation and Contribution 92
Section 13.06 Stay of Acceleration 92
Section 13.07 Limitation on Amount of Guarantee 92
Section 13.08 Execution and Delivery of Guarantee 93
Section 13.09 Benefits Acknowledged 93
Section 13.10 Release of Guarantee 93
     
Article 14 CONVERSION OF NOTES 93
     
Section 14.01 Conversion Privilege 93
Section 14.02 Conversion Procedure; Settlement Upon Conversion 94
Section 14.03 Company’s Mandatory Conversion Option 96
Section 14.04 Adjustment of Conversion Rate 97
Section 14.05 Adjustments of Prices 106
Section 14.06 Shares to Be Fully Paid 106
Section 14.07 Effect of Recapitalizations, Reclassifications and Changes of the Common Stock 106
Section 14.08 Certain Covenants 108
Section 14.09 Responsibility of Trustee 108
Section 14.10 Notice to Holders Prior to Certain Actions 108
Section 14.11 Stockholder Rights Plans 109

 

iv 

 

 

Section 14.12 Exchange in Lieu of Conversion 109
Section 14.13 Limits Upon Issuance of Shares of Common Stock Upon Conversion 110
Section 14.14 Increased Conversion Rate Applicable to Certain Notes Surrendered in Connection with Make-Whole Fundamental Changes or Mandatory Conversion 111
     
Article 15 REPURCHASE OF NOTES AT OPTION OF HOLDERS 113
     
Section 15.01 [Intentionally Omitted] 113
Section 15.02 Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change 113
Section 15.03 Withdrawal of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice 116
Section 15.04 Deposit of Fundamental Change Repurchase Price 116
Section 15.05 Repurchase of Notes 117
     
Article 16 NO REDEMPTION 117
     
Section 16.01 No Redemption 117
     
Article 17 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 117
     
Section 17.01 Provisions Binding on Company’s and the Guarantors’ Successors 117
Section 17.02 Official Acts by Successor Entity 117
Section 17.03 Addresses for Notices, Etc. 117
Section 17.04 Governing Law; Jurisdiction 118
Section 17.05 Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent; Certificates and Opinions of Counsel to Trustee 119
Section 17.06 Legal Holidays 119
Section 17.07 No Security Interest Created 119
Section 17.08 Benefits of Indenture 119
Section 17.09 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc. 119
Section 17.10 Authenticating Agent 119
Section 17.11 Execution in Counterparts 120
Section 17.12 Severability 121
Section 17.13 Waiver of Jury Trial 121
Section 17.14 Force Majeure 121
Section 17.15 Calculations 121
Section 17.16 USA PATRIOT Act 121
Section 17.17 Tax Withholding 122

 

EXHIBIT

 

Exhibit A Form of Note A-1
     
Exhibit B Form of Supplemental Indenture B-1

 

v 

 

 

INDENTURE dated as of February 14, 2022 among QualTek Services Inc., a Delaware corporation, as issuer (the “Company,” as more fully set forth in Section 1.01), the Guarantors party hereto from time to time and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as Trustee (the “Trustee,” as more fully set forth in Section 1.01).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, for its lawful corporate purposes, the Company has duly authorized the issuance of its Senior Unsecured Convertible Notes due 2027 (the “Notes”), initially in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $124,685,000, and each of the Guarantors has duly authorized the issuance of its Guarantee, and in order to provide the terms and conditions upon which the Notes are to be authenticated, issued and delivered, the Company and the Guarantors have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, the Form of Note, the certificate of authentication to be borne by each Note, the Form of Notice of Conversion, the Form of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice and the Form of Assignment and Transfer to be borne by the Notes are to be substantially in the forms hereinafter provided; and

 

WHEREAS, all acts and things necessary to make the Notes, when executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or a duly authorized authenticating agent, as provided in this Indenture, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Company, and this Indenture the valid, binding and legal agreement of the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, have been done and performed, and the execution of this Indenture and the issuance hereunder of the Notes and the Guarantees have in all respects been duly authorized.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

 

That in order to declare the terms and conditions upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated, issued and delivered, and in consideration of the premises and of the purchase and acceptance of the Notes by the Holders thereof, each of the Company and the Guarantors covenants and agrees with the Trustee for the equal and proportionate benefit of the respective Holders from time to time of the Notes (except as otherwise provided below), as follows:

 

Article 1
DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01            Definitions. The terms defined in this Section 1.01 (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires) for all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto shall have the respective meanings specified in this Section 1.01. The words “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision. The terms defined in this Article include the plural as well as the singular.

 

60-Day ADTV” means, as of any date and with respect to any shares of Common Stock, an amount equal to the arithmetic average of the products, for each Trading Day in the sixty (60) Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding such date, of (i) the daily trading volume in such shares of Common Stock on the applicable exchange for such Trading Day and (ii) the Daily VWAP for such Trading Day; provided that in the case of calculating the amount in this clause (ii) with respect to any shares of Common Stock, in respect of any Trading Day occurring on or subsequent to the Ex-Dividend Date for such dividend or distribution, such amount shall be increased by an amount of cash in U.S. dollars per share of Common Stock distributed, or to be distributed, in such dividend or distribution, net of any applicable withholding taxes, as determined by the Conversion Agent, unless such dividend or distribution does not occur, in which case such amount shall be reduced to the amount that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.

 

  

 

 

Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, (a) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming, a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and (b) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

Acquisition” means the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions, including pursuant to any merger or consolidation) of all or substantially all the issued and outstanding Capital Stock in, or all or substantially all the assets of (or all or substantially all the assets constituting a business unit, division, product line or line of business of), any Person.

 

Acquisition Consideration” means, with respect to any Acquisition, (a) the purchase consideration for such Acquisition, whether paid in cash or other property (valued at the fair value thereof, as determined reasonably and in good faith by an Officer of the Company), but excluding any component thereof consisting of Capital Stock in the Company (other than Disqualified Equity Interests), and whether payable at or prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or deferred for payment at any future time, whether or not any such future payment is subject to the occurrence of any contingency, and including any earn-outs and other agreements to make any payment the amount of which is, or the terms of payment of which are, in any respect subject to or contingent upon the revenues, income, cash flow or profits (or the like) of the Person or assets acquired, provided that any such future payment that is subject to a contingency shall be considered Acquisition Consideration only to the extent of the reserve, if any, required under GAAP to be established by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect thereof at the time of the consummation of such Acquisition, and (b) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Acquisition.

 

Additional Interest” means all amounts, if any, payable pursuant to Section 6.03.

 

Additional Shares” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.14(a).

 

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the determination of whether one Person is an “Affiliate” of another Person for purposes of this Indenture shall be made based on the facts at the time such determination is made or required to be made, as the case may be, hereunder.

 

 2 

 

 

Applicable Conversion Price” means the lowest of (i) $10.00 (subject to adjustment in an inverse manner, and at the same time, as the Conversion Rate is adjusted under Sections 14.04(a)-(e)), (ii) 115% of the arithmetic average of the Daily VWAPs for the 10-Trading Day period commencing on the first Trading Day after the public release of the Company’s first quarterly earnings announcement following the Issue Date, (ii) 115% of the arithmetic average of the Daily VWAPs for the 10-Trading Day period commencing on the first Trading Day after the public release of the Company’s second quarterly earnings announcement following the Issue Date, (iii) 115% of the arithmetic average of the Daily VWAPs for the 10-Trading Day period commencing on the first Trading Day immediately following the first anniversary of the date of this Indenture and (iv) 115% of the arithmetic average of the Daily VWAPs for the 10-Trading Day period commencing on the first Trading Day after the closing date of the applicable Conversion Reset Offering by the Company; provided that the Applicable Conversion Price may not be less than $5.50 per share (subject to adjustment in an inverse manner, and at the same time, as the Conversion Rate is adjusted under Sections 14.04(a)-(e)) for purposes of clauses (ii), (iii) or (iv).

 

Applicable Interest Rate” means the rate of interest payable on the Notes for any Interest Period, as determined in good faith by the Company based on the table in the Form of Note attached hereto and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee and written notice delivered to any paying agent and the Holders of the Notes.

 

Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to a Depositary, as to any matter at any time, the policies and procedures of such Depositary, if any, that are applicable to such matter at such time.

 

Attribution Parties” means, collectively, the following Persons and entities: (i) any investment vehicle, including, any funds, feeder funds or managed accounts, currently, or from time to time after the issue date of the Notes, directly or indirectly managed or advised by a Holder’s investment manager or any of its Affiliates or principals, (ii) any direct or indirect Affiliates of such Holder or any of the foregoing, (iii) any Person acting or who could be deemed to be acting as a Group together with such Holder or any of the foregoing and (iv) any other Persons whose beneficial ownership of the Common Stock would or could be aggregated with such Holder’s and the other Attribution Parties for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act. For clarity, the purpose of the foregoing is to subject collectively such Holder and all other Attribution Parties to the Maximum Percentage.

 

BCA” means the agreement and plan of merger by and among Roth CH Acquisition III Co., Roth CH III Blocker Merger Sub, LLC, BCP QualTek Investors, LLC, Roth CH III Merger Sub, LLC, BCP QualTek HoldCo LLC and BCP QualTek, LLC, dated as of June 16, 2021, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified on or prior to the date hereof.

 

Board of Directors” means, with respect to any Person, the board of directors (or similar body) of such Person or a committee thereof duly authorized to act for it hereunder.

 

Board Resolution” means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution certified by an Officer of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors, and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification.

 

Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to close or be closed; provided, however, for clarification, commercial banks shall not be deemed to be authorized or required by law to remain closed due to “stay at home,” “shelter-in-place,” “non-essential employee” or any other similar orders or restrictions or the closure of any physical branch locations at the direction of any governmental authority so long as the electronic funds transfer systems (including for wire transfers) of commercial banks in The City of New York generally are open for use by customers on such day

 

Capital Stock” means, for any entity, any and all shares, interests (including partnership, limited liability company or membership interests), rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity issued by that entity; provided that debt securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock (including the Notes) shall not constitute Capital Stock prior to their conversion or exchange, as the case may be.

 

 3 

 

 

Capitalized Lease Obligation” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease (and, for the avoidance of doubt, not a straight-line or operating lease) for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. The amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that all obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries that are or would be characterized as an operating lease as determined in accordance with GAAP as in effect on January 1, 2015 (whether or not such operating lease was in effect on such date) shall continue to be accounted for as an operating lease (and not as a Capitalized Lease Obligation) for purposes of this Indenture regardless of any change in GAAP following January 1, 2015 (that would otherwise require such obligation to be recharacterized as a Capitalized Lease Obligation).

 

Cash Equivalents means, as at any date of determination, any of the following: (a) marketable securities (i) issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed as to interest and principal by the United States of America or (ii) issued by any agency of the United States of America, in each case maturing within two years after such date; (b) marketable direct obligations issued by any State of the United States of America or the District of Columbia or any political subdivision of any such State or District or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case maturing within two years after such date and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; (c) commercial paper maturing no more than 270 days from the date of creation thereof and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; (d) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one year after such date and issued or accepted by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia that (i) is at least “adequately capitalized” (as defined in the regulations of its primary Federal banking regulator) and (ii) has Tier 1 capital (as defined in such regulations) of not less than $1,000,000,000; (e) fully collateralized repurchase agreements with a term of not more than 30 days for securities described in clause (a) above and entered into with a financial institution satisfying the criteria of clause (d) above; (f) shares of any money market mutual fund that (i) has substantially all its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clauses (a) through (d) above, (ii) has net assets of not less than $5,000,000,000 and (iii) has the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s; (g) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, other short-term investments that are analogous to the foregoing, are of comparable credit quality and are customarily used by companies in the jurisdiction of such Foreign Subsidiary for cash management purposes; and (h) marketable corporate bonds for which an active trading market exists and price quotations are available, in each case maturing within two years after such date and issued by Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company and where such Persons have a long-term credit rating of at least AA- from S&P or Aa3 from Moody’s, provided that the portfolio of any such bonds included as Cash Equivalents at any time shall have a weighted average maturity of not more than 360 days.

 

CFC” means a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Clause A Distribution” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

 

Clause B Distribution” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

 

Clause C Distribution” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

 

close of business” means 5:00 p.m. (New York City time).

 

 4 

 

 

Commission” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or, if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.

 

Common Equity” of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person that is generally entitled (a) to vote in the election of directors of such Person or (b) if such Person is not a corporation, to vote or otherwise participate in the selection of the governing body, partners, managers, trustees or others that will control the management or policies of such Person.

 

Common Stock” means the Class A Common Stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share, subject to Section 14.07.

 

Company” shall have the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this Indenture, and subject to the provisions of Article 11, shall include its successors and assigns.

 

Company Mandatory Conversion Condition” means the conditions required for the Company to cause Notes to be converted pursuant to ‎Section 14.03(a).

 

Company Transaction Expenses” means all accrued fees, costs and expenses of the Company and its Subsidiaries incurred in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of the Transaction Agreements, the performance and compliance with all Transaction Agreements and conditions contained herein to be performed or complied with at or before the Issue Date, and the consummation of the Transactions, including the fees, costs, expenses and disbursements of counsel, accountants, advisors and consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries, whether paid or unpaid prior to the Issue Date.

 

Company Order” means a written order of the Company, signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer.

 

Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” means, for any period:

 

  (a)            Consolidated Net Income for such period; plus

 

  (b)            an amount which, in the determination of Consolidated Net Income for such period, has been deducted (or, in the case of amounts pursuant to clause (viii) below, not already included in Consolidated Net Income) for, without duplication:

 

(i)            total interest expense determined in conformity with GAAP (including (A) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (B) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances, (C) non-cash interest payments, (D) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, (E) net payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any, received) pursuant to interest rate hedging agreements with respect to Indebtedness, (F) amortization or write-off of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses, including commitment, letter of credit and administrative fees and charges with respect to Indebtedness permitted to be incurred hereunder, and (G) any expensing of commitment and other financing fees) and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, any losses on hedging obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of interest income and gains on such hedging obligations, and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities (whether amortized or immediately expensed), for such period,

 

 5 

 

 

(ii)            provision for taxes based on income, revenues, profits or capital, including Federal, foreign, state, local, franchise, excise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes paid or accrued during such period, including (A) penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from any tax examinations and (B) in respect of repatriated funds, for such period,

 

(iii)           total depreciation expense and total amortization expense (including amortization of intangible assets and amortization of capitalized consulting fees and organization costs) for such period,

 

(iv)           extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring charges, expenses or losses for such period, (Y) in an amount not to exceed 20% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in such period and (Z) in an aggregate amount when taken together with amounts under clause (vi) below not to exceed 30% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in such period,

 

(v)            non-cash charges, expenses or losses for such period, including (A) impairment charges and reserves and any other write-down or write-off of assets, (B) non-cash fair value adjustments of Investments and (C) non-cash compensation expense, but excluding (1) any such non-cash charge, expense or loss to the extent that it represents an amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid and not expensed in a prior period or write-down or write-off or reserves with respect to accounts receivable (including any addition to bad debt reserves or bad debt expense) or inventory and (2) any non-cash charge, expense or loss to the extent it represents an accrual of or a reserve for cash expenditures in any future period, provided that, at the option of the Company, notwithstanding the exclusion in this clause (2) any such non-cash charge, expense or loss may be added back in determining Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the period in which it is recognized, so long as any cash expenditure made on account thereof in any future period is deducted pursuant to clause (d) of this definition,

 

(vi)           restructuring costs, integration costs, opening, pre-opening, consolidation and closing costs for facilities, transactions fees and expenses, (Y) in an amount not to exceed 20% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in such period and (Z) in an aggregate amount when taken together with amounts under clause (iv) above not to exceed 30% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in such period,

 

(vii)          the amount of pro forma “run rate” net cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and synergies (collectively, “Expected Cost Savings”) projected by the Company in good faith to be realized (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such items had been realized on the first day of the applicable Four Quarter Period) as a result of actions taken or to be taken in connection with any Pro Forma Event, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period that are otherwise included in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA from such actions, provided that (A) such cost savings, operating expense reductions, other operating improvements and synergies are reasonably identifiable, factually supportable and projected by the Company in good faith to result from actions that have been taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken (including prior to the Issue Date) or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Company) within 18 months after the consummation of such Pro Forma Event, which is expected to result in the Expected Cost Savings, (B) no Expected Cost Savings shall be added pursuant to this clause (viii) to the extent duplicative of any items otherwise added in calculating Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period (it being understood and agreed that “run rate” shall mean the full annual recurring benefit that is associated with any action taken) and (C) the aggregate amount of Expected Cost Savings added in reliance on this clause (viii) for any Four Quarter Period shall not exceed 5% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such Four Quarter Period (calculated after giving effect to any such add-backs and excluding from such cap any such add-backs related to the Transactions or add-backs determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act),

 

 6 

 

 

(viii)         fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions during such period,

 

(ix)           transaction fees and expenses incurred, or amortization thereof, during such period in connection with, to the extent permitted hereunder, any Acquisition or other Investment, any Disposition (other than in the ordinary course of business), any incurrence of Indebtedness (including the Notes), any issuance of Capital Stock or any amendments or waivers of this Indenture, the Credit Agreements or instruments relating to any other Indebtedness permitted hereunder, in each case, whether or not consummated,

 

(x)            transaction fees and expenses incurred, or amortization thereof, during such period in connection with, to the extent permitted hereunder, (X) any Permitted Investment (other than in the ordinary course of business), in an aggregate amount not to exceed 10% of the transaction value of such Permitted Investment, (Y) any incurrence of Indebtedness (including the Notes), in an aggregate amount not to exceed 6% of the principal amount of such incurred Indebtedness, or (Z) any amendments or waivers of this Indenture, the Credit Agreements or instruments relating to any other Indebtedness permitted hereunder, in an aggregate amount not to exceed 6% of the amount of such incurred Indebtedness,

 

(xi)            cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenses) during such period not included in Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in any prior period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such receipts were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA pursuant to clause (c) below for any prior period and not added back,

 

(xii)           non-cash accruals relating to contingent or deferred payments in connection with any Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder or any acquisition or investment consummated prior to the Issue Date (including earn-outs, non-compete payments, consulting payments and similar obligations) and any adjustments thereof and any purchase price adjustments for such period,

 

(xiii)          any costs or expenses incurred pursuant to any management equity plan, long term incentive plan or share or unit option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or share or unit subscription or shareholder or similar agreement, during such period, in each case, to the extent such costs or expenses are non-cash or, if paid in cash, such costs or expenses shall have been funded with cash proceeds contributed to the Company or the net proceeds of any issuance of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) in the Company, and

 

 7 

 

 

 

(xiv)           any net loss associated with any Restricted Subsidiary that is attributable to any non-controlling interest and/or minority interest of any third party pursuant to the application of FASB Accounting Standards Codification 810; minus

 

(c)           an amount which, in the determination of Consolidated Net Income for such period, has been included for, without duplication:

 

(i)               all extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains and items of income during such period,

 

(ii)              any non-cash gains or income (other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course) during such period, but excluding any such items in respect of which cash was received in a prior period or will be received in a future period, and

 

(iii)             the amount of income or gain associated with any Restricted Subsidiary that is attributable to any non-controlling interest and/or minority interest of any third party; minus

 

(d)           to the extent not deducted in Consolidated Net Income during such period, all cash payments made during such period on account of non-cash charges that were added back in calculating Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for a prior period in reliance on the proviso to clause (b)(vi) above.

 

Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (or loss) of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP and to the extent attributable to the Company, provided that:

 

(a)           any net income (or loss) of any Person (including any Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Person accounted for by the equity method of accounting) that is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded, except to the extent of amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (or of other assets, but only to the extent of cash and Cash Equivalents received during the same accounting period as such distribution of such assets as a result of a conversion of such assets into cash or Cash Equivalents) actually distributed during such period by any such Person to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or similar distribution (and except that the provisions of this clause (a) will not apply to the extent inclusion of such net income (or loss) of such Person is required for any calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA on a Pro Forma Basis),

 

(b)           the net income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged or consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded (except to the extent inclusion of such net income (or loss) of such Person is required for any calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA on a Pro Forma Basis),

 

(c)           the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period shall be excluded,

 

(d)           the accounting effects during such period of adjustments to inventory, property and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets and deferred revenue required or permitted by GAAP (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries), shall be excluded,

 

(e)            the net after-tax gains, income, losses, expenses or charges for such period attributable to (i) disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations (other than assets held for sale) and (ii) any Disposition of assets by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than Dispositions of inventory and other Dispositions in the ordinary course of business as determined in good faith by an authorized officer of the Company, shall be excluded,

 

 8 

 

 

(f)            any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down (including related to intangible assets (including goodwill), long-lived assets, and investments in debt and equity securities), in each case pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangible assets arising pursuant to GAAP, shall be excluded,

 

(g)           any non-cash charges or expenses resulting from any employee benefit or management compensation plan, other non-cash compensation or the grant of stock and stock options or other equity and equity based interests to employees of the Company (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to a written plan or agreement or the treatment of such options or other equity and equity based interests under variable plan accounting, for such period shall be excluded,

 

(h)           any charges, expenses, losses and lost profits for such period to the extent indemnified or insured by a third party, including expenses covered by indemnification provisions in connection with any Acquisition or Disposition permitted by this Indenture and lost profits covered by business interruption insurance, in each case, shall be excluded to the extent that coverage has not been denied and only so long as such amounts are either actually reimbursed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period,

 

(i)            any net after-tax income or losses for such period attributable to early extinguishment of Indebtedness or obligations under any hedging agreement or other derivative instrument shall be excluded, and

 

(j)            any realized or unrealized gains or losses during such period (i) resulting from fair value accounting required by FASB Accounting Standards Codification 815, (ii) relating to mark-to-market of amounts denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of FASB Accounting Standards Codification 830 or (iii) attributable to foreign currency translation, in each case, shall be excluded. For the avoidance of doubt, Consolidated Net Income for any period prior to the Issue Date shall be determined on a Pro Forma Basis giving effect to the Transactions as if they had been consummated on the first day of such period.

 

Consolidated Secured Net Debt” means, as of any date, (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date, solely to the extent such Indebtedness is secured by a Lien, plus (b) Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the type (whether or not secured) described in clause (a) above of any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case only if such Guarantees are secured by a Lien, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash as of such date (but disregarding the proceeds of Indebtedness that is incurred on such date).

 

Consolidated Total Debt” means, as of any date, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date, in the amount that would be reflected on a balance sheet prepared as of such date on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP (but without giving effect to any accounting principle that results in the amount of any such Indebtedness (other than zero coupon Indebtedness) as reflected on such balance sheet to be below the stated principal amount of such Indebtedness), consisting solely of Indebtedness for borrowed money, unreimbursed drawings under letters of credit, obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, Capitalized Lease Obligations and purchase money Indebtedness.

 

 9 

 

 

Consolidated Total Net Debt” means, as of any date, (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date, plus (b) Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the type described in clause (a) of any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash as of such date (but disregarding the proceeds of Indebtedness that is incurred on such date).

 

Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 

(a)           to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;

 

(b)           to advance or supply funds:

 

(i)            for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or

 

(ii)           to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

 

(c)           to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

 

Conversion Agent” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.02.

 

Conversion Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.02(c).

 

Conversion Obligation” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.01(a).

 

Conversion Price” means as of any time, $1,000, divided by the Conversion Rate as of such time.

 

Conversion Rate” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.01(a).

 

Conversion Reset Offering” means any offering or series of related offerings of Common Stock by the Company with gross proceeds to the Company of at least $10,000,000 in cash (or, in the case of non-cash consideration, consideration with a fair market value of at least $10,000,000, as determined by the Company in good faith), other than (a) registered offerings pursuant to a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 promulgated by the SEC or any successor or similar forms and (b) for the avoidance of doubt, any offering described in Sections 14.04(j)(i), (ii) or (iii).

 

Convertible Note Subscription Agreement” means, collectively, the Subscription Agreements dated as of February 14, 2022, each between the Company and the Subscriber defined therein.

 

Corporate Trust Office” means the corporate trust office of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at a) for the purposes of presentment of Notes for registration, transfer, exchange and payment, Wilmington Trust, National Association, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890, Attention: Workflow Management, 5th Floor and b) for all other purposes, Wilmington Trust, National Association, Global Capital Markets, 50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402, Attention: QualTek Notes Administrator, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor trustee (or such other address as such successor trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

 

 10 

 

 

Credit Agreements” means (i) that certain ABL Credit And Guaranty Agreement dated as of July 18, 2018, among BCP QualTek Buyer, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, BCP QualTek Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, to be merged with and into QualTek USA, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, certain subsidiaries of the borrower party hereto, as guarantors, the lenders party thereto and PNC Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent and (ii) the Term Loan Credit Agreement, each as amended, amended and restated, supplemented, replaced, extended, refinanced, waived and/or otherwise modified.

 

Credit Facility” or “Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries, one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreements) or other financing arrangements (including, without limitation, commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted under Section 4.09) or adds Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders.

 

Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian for The Depository Trust Company, with respect to the Global Notes, or any successor entity thereto.

 

Daily VWAP” means the per share volume-weighted average price as displayed under the heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on Bloomberg page “OTEK<equity> AQR” (or its equivalent successor if such page is not available) in respect of the period from the scheduled open of trading until the scheduled close of trading of the primary trading session on such Trading Day up to and including the final closing print (which is indicated by Condition Code “6” in Bloomberg) (or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, the market value of one share of the Common Stock on such Trading Day determined, using a volume-weighted average method, by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained for this purpose by the Company). The “Daily VWAP” shall be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside of the regular trading session trading hours.

 

Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time, or both, would be, an Event of Default; provided that any Default that results solely from the taking of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default will be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event of Default.

 

Defaulted Amounts” means any amounts on any Note (including, without limitation, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, principal and interest) that are payable but are not punctually paid or duly provided for.

 

 11 

 

 

Depositary” means, with respect to each Global Note, the Person specified in Section 2.05(b) as the Depositary with respect to such Notes, until a successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter, “Depositary” shall mean or include such successor.

 

Disposition” means any sale, transfer, lease or other disposition (including any sale or issuance of Capital Stock in a Restricted Subsidiary) of any property by any Person, including any sale, transfer or other disposition, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith. “Dispose” has the meaning correlative thereto.

 

Disqualified Stock” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature (other than, in each case, any provision requiring an offer to purchase or redeem such Capital Stock as a result of a change of control, delisting, asset sale or similar provision or any other provision permitting holders to convert such Capital Stock so long as any right of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control, delisting, asset sale or similar provision shall be subject to the prior repayment in full in cash of the Notes and the other Note Obligations); provided that if such Capital Stock are issued pursuant to a plan for the benefit of any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager, contractor, consultant or advisor (or their respective Immediate Family Members) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such Persons, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations. The amount of Disqualified Stock deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum amount that the Company and its Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Disqualified Stock or portion thereof, plus accrued dividends.

 

Distributed Property” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

 

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company incorporated or organized under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof, the District of Columbia.

 

Effective Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.14(b), except that, as used in Section 14.04 and Section 14.05, “Effective Date” means the first date on which shares of the Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, reflecting the relevant share split or share combination, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, any alternative trading convention on the applicable exchange or market in respect of shares of the Common Stock under a separate ticker symbol or CUSIP number will not be considered “regular way” for this purpose.

 

Eligible Market” means The New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE American, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market.

 

 12 

 

 

Equity Conditions” means, with respect to a given date of determination: (i) on each day during the period beginning thirty (30) days prior to such applicable date of determination and ending on and including such applicable date of determination (the “Equity Conditions Measuring Period”) either (x) one or more registration statements filed with the Commission pursuant to the Convertible Note Subscription Agreement shall be effective and the prospectus contained therein shall be available on such applicable date of determination (with, for the avoidance of doubt, any shares of Common Stock previously sold pursuant to such prospectus deemed unavailable) for the resale of all shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with the event requiring this determination (without regard to any limitations on conversion set forth herein) (a “Required Minimum Securities Amount”) or (y) all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the applicable Notes shall be eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and the Company is then current with its required filings with the Commission; (ii) on each day during the Equity Conditions Measuring Period, the Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Notes) is listed or designated for quotation (as applicable) on an Eligible Market and shall not have been suspended from trading on an Eligible Market (other than suspensions of not more than two (2) days and occurring prior to the applicable date of determination due to business announcements by the Company) nor shall delisting or suspension by an Eligible Market have been threatened (with a reasonable prospect of delisting occurring after giving effect to all applicable notice, appeal, compliance and hearing periods) or pending as evidenced by (A) a writing by such Eligible Market or (B) the Company falling below the minimum listing maintenance requirements of the Eligible Market on which the Common Stock is then listed or designated for quotation, as applicable; (iii) during the Equity Conditions Measuring Period, the Company shall have delivered all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes on a timely basis in accordance herewith and to the extent required hereby in all material respects; (iv) [reserved]; (v) any shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with the event requiring determination (or issuable upon conversion of the portion of the Notes being redeemed in the event requiring this determination (without regards to any limitations on conversion set forth herein)) may be issued in full without violating the rules or regulations of the Eligible Market on which the Common Stock is then listed or designated for quotation (as applicable); (vi) on each day during the Equity Conditions Measuring Period, no public announcement of a pending, proposed or intended Fundamental Change (as defined in the Indenture) shall have occurred which has not been abandoned, terminated or consummated; (vii) the Company shall have no knowledge of any fact that would reasonably be expected to cause (1) any registration statement required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the Convertible Note Subscription Agreement to not be effective or the prospectus contained therein to not be available for the resale of the applicable Required Minimum Securities Amount of all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the applicable Notes in accordance with the terms of the Convertible Note Subscription Agreement or (2) any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the applicable Notes to not be eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144 and the Company is then current with its filings with the Commission; (viii) [reserved]; (ix) [reserved]; (x) [reserved]; (xi) on the applicable date of determination all shares of Common Stock to be issued in connection with the event requiring this determination (or issuable upon conversion of the portion of this Note being redeemed in the event requiring this determination (without regards to any limitations on conversion set forth herein)) may be issued in full from the authorized and available shares of Common Stock of the Company; (xii) on each day during the Equity Conditions Measuring Period, there shall not have occurred and there shall not exist an Event of Default (as defined in the Indenture); (xiii) to the knowledge of the Company, the applicable Holder is not in possession of any information provided by the Company or any of its officers, directors, employees or agents, that constitutes material non-public information with respect to the Company; or (xiv) the shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the event requiring the satisfaction of the Equity Conditions are duly authorized and will be listed and eligible upon issuance for trading on an Eligible Market.

 

Equity Conditions Failure” means, with respect to any date of determination, the Equity Conditions have not been satisfied (or waived in writing by the applicable Holder).

 

Equity Conditions Measuring Period” shall have the meaning specified in the definition of “Equity Conditions.”

 

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

 

 13 

 

 

Event of Default” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.01.

 

Ex-Dividend Date” means the first date on which shares of the Common Stock trade on the applicable exchange or in the applicable market, regular way, without the right to receive the issuance, dividend or distribution in question, from the Company or, if applicable, from the seller of Common Stock on such exchange or market (in the form of due bills or otherwise) as determined by such exchange or market. For the avoidance of doubt, any alternative trading convention on the applicable exchange or market in respect of shares of the Common Stock under a separate ticker symbol or CUSIP number will not be considered “regular way” for this purpose.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Exchange Election” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.12.

 

Excluded Entity” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary (i) that is (or that is a Subsidiary of) a CFC, (ii) substantially all of the assets of which consist of equity interest and/or indebtedness of one or more CFCs or other Subsidiaries described in this clause (ii), or (iii) that is not a Material Subsidiary; provided that any Subsidiary that provides a guarantee of the Obligations of the Company or the Guarantors, as applicable, under the Credit Agreements or any other Indebtedness of the Company or of any Guarantor shall not be an Excluded Entity.

 

Expiration Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(e).

 

Fair Market Value” means the value that would be paid by a willing buyer to an unaffiliated willing seller in an arm’s length transaction not involving distress or necessity of either party, determined in good faith by (unless otherwise provided in this Indenture) the Board of Directors of the Company, taking into account all relevant factors determinative of value, including, without limitation, preference rights, lack of liquidity, control and restrictions on marketability and transferability.

 

Foreign Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company or any Guarantor that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

 

Form of Assignment and Transfer” means the “Form of Assignment and Transfer” attached as Attachment 3 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

Form of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice” means the “Form of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice” attached as Attachment 2 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

Form of Note” means the “Form of Note” attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

Form of Notice of Conversion” means the “Form of Notice of Conversion” attached as Attachment 1 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

Four Quarter Period” means a period of four consecutive full fiscal quarters, treated as one period.

 

FPAs” means those certain Forward Share Purchase Agreements, by and between the Company and each of the several investors party thereto.

 

 14 

 

 

Fundamental Change” shall be deemed to have occurred at the time after the Notes are originally issued if any of the following occurs prior to the Maturity Date:

 

(a)            a “person” or “group” within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, other than the Company, its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries and any Permitted Holders, files a Schedule TO (or any successor schedule, form or report) or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such person or group has become the direct or indirect “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of the Common Stock representing more than 50% of the voting power of the Common Stock or, after the Issue Date, any Permitted Holders file a Schedule TO (or any successor schedule, form or report) or any schedule, form or report under the Exchange Act disclosing that such person or group has become the direct or indirect “beneficial owner,” as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of the Common Stock representing more than 65% of the voting power of the Common Stock;

 

(b)            the consummation of (A) any recapitalization, reclassification or change of the Common Stock (other than changes resulting from a subdivision or combination or changes solely in par value) as a result of which the Common Stock would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, other property and/or assets; (B) any share exchange, consolidation or merger of the Company pursuant to which the Common Stock will be converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property or assets; or (C) any sale, lease or other transfer in one transaction or a series of transactions of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than one or more of the Company’s direct or indirect Wholly Owned Subsidiaries; provided, however, that neither (x) a transaction described in clause (A) or (B) in which the holders of all classes of the Common Equity immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of all classes of Common Equity of the continuing or surviving corporation or transferee or the parent thereof immediately after such transaction in substantially the same proportions (relative to each other) as such ownership immediately prior to such transaction nor (y) any merger of the Company solely for the purpose of changing its jurisdiction of incorporation that results in a reclassification, conversion or exchange of outstanding shares of Common Stock solely into shares of Common Stock of the surviving entity shall be a Fundamental Change pursuant to this clause (b);

 

(c)            the Company’s stockholders approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

 

(d)            the Common Stock (or other Common Equity underlying the Notes) ceases to be listed or quoted on any of The New York Stock Exchange, The Nasdaq Global Select Market, The Nasdaq Global Market or The Nasdaq Capital Market (or any of their respective successors);

 

provided, however, that a transaction or transactions described in clauses (a) or (b) above shall not constitute a Fundamental Change, if at least 90% of the consideration received or to be received by the common stockholders of the Company, excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments made in respect of dissenters’ appraisal rights, in connection with such transaction or transactions consists of shares of common stock that are listed or quoted on any of The New York Stock Exchange, The Nasdaq Global Select Market or The Nasdaq Global Market (or any of their respective successors) or will be so listed or quoted when issued or exchanged in connection with such transaction or transactions and as a result of such transaction or transactions such consideration becomes Reference Property for the Notes, excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments made in respect of dissenters’ appraisal rights (subject to the provisions of Section 14.02(a)).

 

Any event, transaction or series of related transactions that constitute a Fundamental Change under both clause (a) and clause (b) above (determined without regard to the proviso in clause (b) above) shall be deemed to be a Fundamental Change solely under clause (b) above (and, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be subject to the proviso in clause (b) above).

 

 15 

 

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the transactions contemplated by the BCA and the other Transactions shall not constitute a “Fundamental Change.”

 

Fundamental Change Company Notice” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.02(d).

 

Fundamental Change Repurchase Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.02(a).

 

Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.02(c)(i).

 

Fundamental Change Repurchase Price” shall have the meaning specified in Section 15.02(a).

 

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time; provided, however, that, subject to Section 1.04, if the Company notifies the Trustee that the Company requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the issuance of the Notes in GAAP or in the application thereof (including through conforming changes made consistent with IFRS) on the operation of such provision, regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof (including through conforming changes made consistent with IFRS), then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. The amount of any Indebtedness under GAAP with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations shall be determined in accordance with the definition of Capitalized Lease Obligations.

 

Global Note” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b).

 

Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, provincial, territorial, municipal, national, supranational or other government, governmental department, commission, board, bureau, court, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof or any entity, officer or examiner exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to any government or any court, in each case whether associated with the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia or a foreign entity or government.

 

Group” means a “group” as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and as defined in Rule 13d-5 thereunder.

 

Guarantee” means the joint and several guarantees of the Company’s payment obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, issued by the Guarantors pursuant to Article 13 of this Indenture.

 

Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that becomes a guarantor of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, in each case until released from its Guarantee pursuant to the terms of this Indenture; provided, that an Excluded Entity shall not be required to become a Guarantor.

 

Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such person pursuant to any interest rate agreement, currency agreement or commodity agreement.

 

 16 

 

 

Holder,” as applied to any Note, or other similar terms, means any Person in whose name at the time a particular Note is registered on the Note Register (and in the case of a Global Note and solely with respect to Section 6.12 and Section 14.13, the indirect holder of Notes held through its participant).

 

Immediate Family Member” means, with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, domestic partner, former domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships), any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals, such individual’s estate (or an executor or administrator acting on its behalf), heirs or legatees or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

 

Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication:

 

(a)           all obligations of such Person for borrowed money,

 

(b)           all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments,

 

(c)           all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property acquired by such Person (excluding trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business and not past due by more than ninety (90) days),

 

(d)           all obligations of such Person in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding (x) current accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business and not past due by more than ninety (90) days and (y) deferred compensation payable to directors, officers or employees of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries and (z) any purchase price adjustment or earn-out obligation incurred in connection with an acquisition, except to the extent that the amount payable pursuant to such purchase price adjustment or earn-out obligation is, or becomes, a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and such amount is not paid by or on behalf of such Person within thirty (30) days after becoming due and payable),

 

(e)           all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person,

 

(f)            the maximum aggregate amount (determined after giving effect to any prior drawings or reductions that have been reimbursed) of all letters of credit and letters of guaranty in respect of which such Person is an account party,

 

(g)           the principal component of all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances,

 

(h)            all Indebtedness of others secured by any Lien on any property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed by such Person, valued, as of any date of determination, at the lesser of (x) the principal amount of such Indebtedness and (y) the fair market value of such property (as determined in good faith by such Person),

 

(i)            all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, and

 

(j)            all Disqualified Stock in such Person, valued, as of the date of determination, at the greater of (i) the maximum aggregate amount that would be payable upon maturity, redemption, repayment or repurchase thereof (or of Disqualified Stock or Indebtedness into which such Disqualified Stock are convertible or exchangeable) and (ii) the maximum liquidation preference of such Disqualified Stock.

 

 17 

 

 

The Indebtedness of any Person (A) shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership in which such Person is a general partner to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in such other Person, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness provide that such Person is not liable therefor, (B) shall exclude (x) trade related letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business and Guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of or to (other than obligations for borrowed money) suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors, licensees, sublicensees or distribution partners, (y) prepaid or deferred revenue arising in the ordinary course of business and (z) purchase price holdbacks arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy unperformed obligations of the seller of such asset and (C) in the case of the Company and the Guarantors, shall exclude all intercompany Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business.

 

Indenture” means this instrument as originally executed or, if amended or supplemented as herein provided, as so amended or supplemented.

 

Independent Financial Advisor” means a third-party accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant, in each case, of national standing, that is, in the good faith determination of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged; provided that such firm or appraiser is not an Affiliate of the Company.

 

Intellectual Property” means the rights in and to (a) all inventions and discoveries (whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice), all improvements thereto, and all patents, patent applications and patent disclosures, together with all reissuances, continuations, continuations-in-part, revisions, extensions and reexaminations thereof, (b) all trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, trade names and corporate names, together with all translations, adaptations, derivations and combinations thereof and including all goodwill associated therewith, (c) all copyrightable works, all copyrights and all applications, registrations and renewals in connection therewith, (d) all know-how, trade secrets and confidential business information, whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice (including ideas, research and development, know-how, formulas, compositions and manufacturing and production process and techniques, technical data, drawings, specifications, customer and supplier lists, pricing and cost information and business and marketing plans and proposals), (e) designs, (f) all computer software (including data and related documentation), (g) all other proprietary rights and (h) all licenses and agreements in connection therewith.

 

Interest Payment Date” means each March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on June 15, 2022.

 

Interest Period” means, with respect to any Interest Payment Date, the period commencing on the previous Interest Payment Date and ending on the day prior to the applicable Interest Payment Date.

 

Investment” means, with respect to a specified Person, any Capital Stock, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities (including any option, warrant or other right to acquire any of the foregoing) of, or any capital contribution or loans or advances (other than advances made in the ordinary course of business that would be recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in conformity with GAAP) to, Guarantees of any Indebtedness of (including any such Guarantees arising as a result of the specified Person being a co-maker of any note or other instrument or a joint and several co-applicant with respect to any letter of credit or letter of guaranty), or any investment in the form of transfer of property for consideration that is less than the fair value thereof (as determined reasonably and in good faith by an authorized officer of the Company) to, any other Person that are held or made by the specified Person. The amount, as of any date of determination, of (a) any Investment in the form of a loan or an advance shall be the aggregate principal amount thereof made on or prior to such date of determination, minus the amount, as of such date of determination, of any Returns with respect thereto, but without any adjustment for write-downs or write-offs (including as a result of forgiveness of any portion thereof) with respect to such loan or advance after the date thereof, (b) any Investment in the form of a Guarantee shall be determined in accordance with the definition of the term “Guarantee”, (c) any Investment in the form of a purchase or other acquisition for value of any Capital Stock, evidences of Indebtedness or other Securities of any Person shall be the fair value (as determined reasonably and in good faith by an authorized officer of the Company) of the consideration therefor (including any Indebtedness assumed in connection therewith), plus the fair value (as so determined) of all additions, as of such date of determination, thereto, and minus the amount, as of such date of determination, of any Returns with respect thereto, but without any other adjustment for increases or decreases in value of, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to, such Investment after the time of such Investment and (d) any Investment (other than any Investment referred to in clause (a), (b) or (c) above) in the form of a transfer of Capital Stock or other property by the investor to the investee, including any such transfer in the form of a capital contribution, shall be the fair value (as determined reasonably and in good faith by an authorized officer of the Company) of such Capital Stock or other property as of the time of such transfer (less, in the case of any investment in the form of transfer of property for consideration that is less than the fair value thereof, the fair value (as so determined) of such consideration as of the time of the transfer), minus the amount, as of such date of determination, of any Returns with respect thereto, but without any other adjustment for increases or decreases in value of, or write-ups, write-downs or write-offs with respect to, such Investment after the time of such transfer.

 

 18 

 

 

Issue Date” means February 14, 2022.

 

Joint Venture” means any joint venture entity in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries holds Capital Stock (but which is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary).

 

Last Reported Sale Price” of the Common Stock (or other security for which a closing sale price must be determined) on any date means the closing sale price per share (or if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average bid and the average ask prices) on that date as reported in composite transactions for the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock (or such other security) is traded. If the Common Stock (or such other security) is not listed for trading on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange on the relevant date, the “Last Reported Sale Price” shall be the last quoted bid price per share for the Common Stock (or such other security) in the over-the-counter market on the relevant date as reported by OTC Markets Group Inc. or a similar organization. If the Common Stock (or such other security) is not so quoted, the “Last Reported Sale Price” shall be the average of the mid-point of the last bid and ask prices per share for the Common Stock (or such other security) on the relevant date from each of at least three nationally recognized independent investment banking firms selected by the Company for this purpose. The “Last Reported Sale Price” shall be determined without regard to after-hours trading or any other trading outside of regular trading session hours.

 

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset and (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset.

 

 19 

 

 

Limited Condition Transaction” means any (i) acquisition of any assets, business or Person or Investment not prohibited by this Indenture (including acquisitions subject to a letter of intent or purchase agreement), in each case, the consummation of which is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, financing, (ii) redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness requiring irrevocable notice in advance of such redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment, (iii) Disposition or (iv) Restricted Payment.

 

Make-Whole Fundamental Change” means any transaction or event that constitutes a Fundamental Change (as defined above and determined after giving effect to any exceptions to or exclusions from such definition, but without regard to the proviso in clause (b) of the definition thereof).

 

Make-Whole Fundamental Change Period” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.03(a).

 

Mandatory Conversion” means a conversion pursuant to ‎Section 14.03(a).

 

Mandatory Conversion Date” means the Conversion Date for a Mandatory Conversion, as provided in ‎Section 14.03(c).

 

Market Disruption Event” means, for the purposes of determining amounts due upon conversion (a) a failure by the primary U.S. national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading to open for trading during its regular trading session or (b) the occurrence or existence prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on any Scheduled Trading Day for the Common Stock for more than one half-hour period in the aggregate during regular trading hours of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the relevant stock exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or in any options contracts or futures contracts relating to the Common Stock.

 

Master Services Agreements” means master services agreements or similar agreements that provide the agreed terms of service pursuant to which the Company or any Subsidiary fulfills purchase orders, service orders or similar orders.

 

Material Domestic Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, each of Domestic Subsidiary of the Company (a) whose total assets at the last day of the most recent Four Quarter Period for which consolidated financial statements are available were equal to or greater than 5.00% of the consolidated total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries at such date or (b) whose gross revenues for such Four Quarter Period were equal to or greater than 5.00% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period, in each case, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that if, at any time and from time to time after the Issue Date, Domestic Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors solely because they do not meet the thresholds set forth in clauses (a) or (b) comprise in the aggregate more than 7.50% of the consolidated total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements are available or more than 7.50% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the most recent Four Quarter Period for which financial statements are available, then the Company shall, not later than 60 days after the date by which financial statements for such fiscal quarter are available, (i) designate one or more of such Domestic Subsidiaries as “Material Domestic Subsidiaries” to the extent required such that the foregoing condition ceases to be true and (ii) comply with the provisions of Section 4.14 applicable to such Subsidiary.

 

 20 

 

 

Material Foreign Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, each Foreign Subsidiary of the Company (a) whose total assets at the last day of the most recent Four Quarter Period for which consolidated financial statements are available were equal to or greater than 5.00% of the consolidated total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries at such date or (b) whose gross revenues for such Four Quarter Period were equal to or greater than 5.00% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such period, in each case, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that if, at any time and from time to time after the Issue Date, Foreign Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors solely because they do not meet the thresholds set forth in clauses (a) or (b) comprise in the aggregate more than 7.50% of the consolidated total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements are available or more than 7.50% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the most recent Four Quarter Period for which financial statements are available, then the Company shall, not later than 60 days after the date by which financial statements for such fiscal quarter are available, (i) designate one or more of such Foreign Subsidiaries as “Material Foreign Subsidiaries” to the extent required such that the foregoing condition ceases to be true and (ii) comply with the provisions of Section 4.14 applicable to such Subsidiary.

 

Material Intellectual Property” means Intellectual Property that is material to the operation in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

Material Subsidiary” means any Material Domestic Subsidiary or any Material Foreign Subsidiary.

 

Maturity Date” means February 15, 2027.

 

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor to its rating agency business.

 

Note” or “Notes” shall have the meaning specified in the first paragraph of the recitals of this Indenture.

 

Note Register” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a).

 

Note Registrar” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a).

 

Notice of Conversion” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.02(a)(ii).

 

Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

 

Officer” means, with respect to the Company, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, the Secretary, any assistant Treasurer, any assistant Secretary, General Counsel, any Assistant General Counsel, any Executive or Senior Vice President or any Vice President (whether or not designated by a number or numbers or word or words added before or after the title “Vice President”).

 

Officer’s Certificate,” when used with respect to the Company, means a certificate that is delivered to the Trustee and that is signed on behalf of the Company by an Officer of the Company that meets the requirements of Section 17.05.

 

open of business” means 9:00 a.m. (New York City time).

 

 21 

 

 

 

Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion in writing signed by legal counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, that is delivered to the Trustee.

 

Organizational Documents” means (a) with respect to any corporation or company, its certificate or articles of incorporation, organization or association, as amended, and its bylaws, as amended, (b) with respect to any limited partnership, its certificate or declaration of limited partnership, as amended, and its partnership agreement, as amended, (c) with respect to any general partnership, its partnership agreement, as amended, and (d) with respect to any limited liability company, its certificate of formation or articles of organization, as amended, and its operating agreement, as amended, and in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, any analogous organizational documents.

 

outstanding,” when used with reference to Notes, shall, subject to the provisions of Section 8.04, mean, as of any particular time, all Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee under this Indenture, except:

 

(a)            Notes theretofore canceled by the Trustee or accepted by the Trustee for cancellation;

 

(b)            Notes, or portions thereof, that have become due and payable and in respect of which monies in the necessary amount shall have been deposited in trust with the Trustee or with any Paying Agent (other than the Company) or shall have been set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent);

 

(c)            Notes that have been paid pursuant to Section 2.06 or Notes in lieu of which, or in substitution for which, other Notes shall have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to the terms of Section 2.06 unless proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Notes are held by protected purchasers in due course;

 

(d)            Notes surrendered for purchase in accordance with Article 15 for which Paying Agent holds money sufficient to pay the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, in accordance with Section 15.04(b);

 

(e)            Notes converted pursuant to Article 14 and required to be cancelled pursuant to Section 2.08; and

 

(f)            Notes repurchased by the Company pursuant to the last sentence of Section 2.10 after the Company surrenders them to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 2.08.

 

Paying Agent” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.02.

 

Permitted Acquisition means any Acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that:

 

(a) (i) on the date the definitive agreement for such Acquisition is executed, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, and (ii) if such Acquisition constitutes a Limited Condition Transaction, on the date such Acquisition is consummated, no Event of Default under Section 6.01(a), (b), (h) or (j) shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom; and

 

(b)(i) in the case of any Acquisition of Capital Stock in a Person, each of such Person and its Subsidiaries will become a Restricted Subsidiary (or will be merged or consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, with the continuing or surviving Person being the Company (in the case of any such transaction involving the Company) or a Restricted Subsidiary) and (ii) in the case of any Acquisition of other assets, such assets will be owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

 22 

 

 

Permitted Encumbrances” means:

 

(a)            Liens imposed by law for Taxes, assessments or governmental charges that are (i) not overdue by more than 30 days, (ii) being contested in good faith, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained by the applicable Person in conformity with GAAP or (iii) not required to be paid;

 

(b)            carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, construction contractors’ and other like Liens imposed by law arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that (i) are not overdue by more than 30 days (or, if such obligations are more than 30 days overdue, are unfiled (or if filed have been discharged or stayed) and no other action has been taken to enforce such Liens), (ii) are being contested in good faith, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained by the applicable Person in conformity with GAAP or (iii) with respect to which the failure to make payment could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (taken as a whole);

 

(c)            Liens incurred (i) in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or premiums related thereto and other social security laws pension obligations, vacation pay, health, disability or other employee benefits (other than any Lien imposed pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 303(k) of ERISA or a violation of Section 436 of the Internal Revenue Code) and (ii) in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued for the account of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business supporting obligations of the type set forth in clause (i) above;

 

(d)            Liens incurred (i) in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability or other insurance to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued for the account of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business supporting obligations of the type set forth in clause (i) above;

 

(e)            Liens incurred (i) in the ordinary course of business to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for payment of Indebtedness for borrowed money), governmental contracts, leases (other than capital leases), statutory obligations (other than any Lien imposed pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 303(k) of ERISA or a violation of Section 436 of the Internal Revenue Code), surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance and return-of-money bonds, completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) and (ii) in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued for the account of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business supporting obligations of the type set forth in clause (i) above;

 

(f)            judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 6.01(h);

 

(g)            easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way, encroachments, protrusions and similar encumbrances on real property and minor title defects imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure monetary obligations and do not in the aggregate materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company and the other Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

 23 

 

 

(h)            (i) zoning, building, entitlement and other land use regulations by Governmental Authorities with which the normal operation of the business complies, and (ii) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any real property that does not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

(i)            ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary are located;

 

(j)            banker’s liens, rights of setoff or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with depository institutions that are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

 

(k)            Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

 

(l)            Liens of a collection bank arising under Section 4-208 of the UCC on the items in the course of collection;

 

(m)            (i) Liens arising by virtue of precautionary UCC financing statement filings (or similar filings under applicable law) regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and (ii) Liens arising from equipment or other materials which are not owned by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary located on the premises of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary (but not in connection with, or as part of, the financing thereof) from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

 

(n)            Liens representing any interest or title of a licensor, lessor or sublicensor or sublessor, or a licensee, lessee or sublicensee or sublessee, in the property subject to any lease (other than any capital lease), license or sublicense or concession agreement permitted by this Indenture (and all encumbrances and other matters affecting such interest or title);

 

(o)            Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

 

(p)            (i) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods in the ordinary course of business and bailment arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business (excluding any general inventory financing) and permitted by this Indenture and (ii) Liens arising by operation of law under Article 2 of the UCC (and any similar provision of any other requirement of law) in favor of a seller or buyer of goods;

 

(q)            Liens that are customary contractual rights of set-off;

 

(r)            Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds thereof securing obligations in respect of documentary letters of credit issued to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or such other goods;

 

(s)            deposits of cash with the owner or lessor of premises leased and operated by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to secure the performance of its obligations under the lease for such premises, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

 24 

 

 

(t)            leases, nonexclusive licenses, subleases or nonexclusive sublicenses granted to others in the ordinary course of business that do not interfere in any material respect with the ordinary course of business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

(u)            any Lien deemed to exist in connection with any software escrow arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(v)            Liens securing obligations (other than obligations representing Indebtedness for borrowed money) under operating, reciprocal easement or similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Company and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(w)            Liens on Securities that are the subject of repurchase agreements constituting Investments permitted under Section 4.08 arising out of such repurchase transaction; and

 

(x)            trustees’ Liens granted pursuant to any indenture governing any Indebtedness not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture in favor of the trustee under such indenture and securing only obligations to pay compensation to such trustee, to reimburse such trustee of its expenses and to indemnify such trustee under the terms of such indenture.

 

Permitted Factoring Transactions” means, collectively, any factoring program in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the greater of $10,000,000 and 16.7% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the last Four Quarter Period (provided that the outstanding amount of such Permitted Factoring Transaction for the purposes of this definition shall be deemed to be equal to the Permitted Factoring Net Investment for the last Four Quarter Period) so long as such transactions are (i) non-recourse to the Company and any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (except for any customary limited recourse obligations and any performance undertaking or Guarantee that is no more extensive in any material respect than customary performance undertakings) and (ii) subject to lien release agreements.

 

Permitted Factoring Net Investment” means the aggregate cash amount paid by the purchasers under any Permitted Factoring Transactions in connection with their purchase of accounts receivable and customary related assets or interests therein, as the same may be reduced from time to time by collections with respect to such accounts receivable and related assets or otherwise in accordance with the terms of such Permitted Factoring Transactions (but excluding any such collections used to make payments of commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges incurred in connection with any Permitted Factoring Transactions which are payable to any Person other than the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries).

 

Permitted Holders” means, collectively, (i) the Sponsor and its Affiliates, including any funds, partnerships or other investment vehicles or Subsidiaries managed or directly or indirectly controlled by them but not including, however, any portfolio companies of the foregoing, (ii) any Person who is acting solely as an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of the Company, acting in such capacity and (iii) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members and any members of such group; provided that, in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, Persons referred to in clause (i), collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Capital Stock of the Company held by such group.

 

Permitted Incurred Acquisition Indebtedness” means Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 4.09(b)(xv).

 

 25 

 

 

Permitted Investment” means (in each case, by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary):

 

(a)            Investments in (a) a Restricted Subsidiary (including the Capital Stock of, or guarantees of obligations of, a Restricted Subsidiary) or the Company or (b) a Person (including the Capital Stock of any such Person) that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(b)            Investments in another Person if such Person is engaged, directly or through entities that will be Restricted Subsidiaries, in any Similar Business and as a result of such Investment such other Person, in one transaction or a series of transactions, is merged, amalgamated, consolidated or otherwise combined with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets (or such division, business unit, product line or business) to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, combination, transfer or conveyance;

 

(c)            Investments in cash, Cash Equivalents or investment grade securities;

 

(d)            Investments in receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(e)            Investments in payroll, travel, entertainment, relocation, moving related and similar advances that are made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(f)            Investments in loans or advances to directors, officers, employees, managers, partners, consultants or independent contractors (or, in the case of clause (iii) below, any future, current or former officer, director, employee, manager, partner, consultant or independent contractor (or their respective estates, heirs, family members, spouses and former spouses, domestic partners and former domestic partners or beneficiaries under their respective estates)) of the Company (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) for travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes in the ordinary course of business, (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Capital Stock in the Company, provided that no cash or Cash Equivalents are actually advanced pursuant to this clause (ii) other than to pay Taxes due in connection with such purchase unless such cash or Cash Equivalents are promptly repaid or contributed to the Company in cash as common equity, and (iii) for other purposes, provided that, in the case of any such Investment made in reliance on this clause (iii), such Investment shall not cause the aggregate amount of Investments outstanding in reliance on this clause (iii), measured at the time such Investment is made, to exceed the greater of (x) $3,750,000 and (y) 6.25% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recently ended Four Quarter Period;

 

(g)            Investments (including debt obligations and equity interests) (a) received in settlement, compromise or resolution of debts created in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, (b) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable, endorsements for collection or deposit held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary, (c) as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien, (d) in satisfaction of judgments or (e) pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement including upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor or litigation, arbitration or other disputes or otherwise with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

(h)            Investments made as a result of the receipt of promissory notes or other non-cash consideration (including earn-outs) from a sale or other disposition of property or assets;

 

 26 

 

 

(i)            Investments existing or pursuant to binding commitments, agreements or arrangements in effect on the Issue Date and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any such Investment may not be increased except (i) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Issue Date (including in respect of any unused commitment), plus any accrued but unpaid interest (including any accretion of interest, original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities) and premium payable by the terms of such Indebtedness thereon and fees and expenses associated therewith as of the Issue Date or (ii) as otherwise permitted under the Indenture;

 

(j)            permitted Hedging Obligations;

 

(k)            pledges or deposits with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business;

 

(l)            any Investment to the extent made using Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary as consideration;

 

(m)            Investments consisting of purchases or other acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials, equipment and similar assets or leases and subleases of equipment and similar assets in the ordinary course of business and any other Investments made in connection therewith;

 

(n)            Guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09, guarantees, keepwells and similar arrangements in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(o)            Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture;

 

(p)            Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged or amalgamated into or consolidated with the Company or merged or amalgamated into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

 

(q)            any Investment in any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice in connection with any cash management arrangements, cash pooling arrangements, intercompany loans and activities related thereto;

 

(r)            repurchases of Notes;

 

(s)            guaranty and indemnification obligations arising in connection with surety bonds issued in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(t)            Investments (a) consisting of purchases and acquisitions of assets or services in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, (b) made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing client, franchisee and customer contacts and loans or (c) advances, loans, extensions of credit (including the creation of receivables) or prepayments made to, and guarantees with respect to obligations of, franchisees, distributors, suppliers, lessors, licensors and licensees in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

(u)            Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

 

 27 

 

 

(v)            Investments consisting of UCC Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Article 4 trade arrangements with customers (or any comparable or similar provisions in other applicable jurisdictions) in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practices;

 

(w)            additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause that are at that time outstanding (without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or have not been subsequently sold or transferred for cash or marketable securities), not to exceed the greater of (i) $10,000,000 and (ii) 16.7% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recently ended Four Quarter Period (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), plus the amount of any Returns in respect of such Investments with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause is made in any Person that is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (a) or (b) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause;

 

(x)            Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsdiary pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”; and

 

(y)            any other Acquisition or other Investment, provided that (i) no Event of Default under Section 6.01(a), (b), (h) or (j) shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and (ii) immediately after giving effect to the making thereof on a Pro Forma Basis (including any related incurrence of Indebtedness), the Total Net Leverage Ratio, determined as of the last day of the then most recently ended Four Quarter Period, shall not exceed 3.00:1.00.

 

Permitted Ratio Indebtedness means Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09(b)(ix).

 

Permitted Refinancing” and “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” means, in respect of any Indebtedness (or unutilized commitment in respect of Indebtedness) existing on the Issue Date or incurred (or established) in compliance with the Indenture (including Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness) (the “Original Indebtedness”), any Indebtedness that is incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) such Original Indebtedness provided that:

 

(a)            the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (plus all accrued and unpaid interest, dividends, premiums (including tender premiums), defeasance costs, underwriting discounts, fees, costs and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) in connection with such refinancing;

 

(b)            such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date the same as or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged;

 

 28 

 

 

(c)            if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is Subordinated Indebtedness, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged (provided that payments necessary to avoid such Subordinated Indebtedness being classified as applicable high yield discount obligation for purposes of Code Section 163(i) shall be required even if the Indebtedness being so refinanced did not expressly provide for such payments);

 

(d)            if the Indebtedness being renewed, refunded, refinanced, replaced, defeased or discharged is unsecured Indebtedness, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is unsecured Indebtedness;

 

(e)            such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is not incurred by a Person other than the Company and any of the Guarantors to renew refund, refinance, replace, defease or discharge any Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor; and

 

(f)            is not secured by a Lien on any assets other than the assets securing the Indebtedness being Refinanced plus property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto and additions, improvements, accessions, proceeds, dividends or distributions thereof (including after-acquired property that is (A) affixed or incorporated into the property or assets covered by such Lien, (B) after-acquired property or assets subject to a Lien securing such Indebtedness, the terms of which Indebtedness require or include a pledge of after-acquired property or assets and (C) the proceeds and products thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations relating to any Indebtedness or other obligations to which such Liens relate, unless otherwise permitted by Section 4.10;

 

provided, that clause (b) above will not apply to any refinancing of any Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted by this Indenture.

 

Person” means an individual, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a partnership, a joint venture, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or a government or an agency or a political subdivision thereof.

 

Physical Notes” means permanent certificated Notes in registered form issued in minimum denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples in excess thereof.

 

Physical Settlement” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.02(a).

 

Physical Settlement Method” means, with respect to any conversion of Notes, the Physical Settlement.

 

Predecessor Note” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.06 in lieu of or in exchange for a mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note that it replaces.

 

Pro Forma Basis,” “pro forma effect” and “pro forma adjustments” means, with respect to compliance with any test or covenant or calculation of any ratio hereunder, the determination or calculation of such test, covenant or ratio in accordance with Section 1.03.

 

 29 

 

 

Pro Forma Event” means (a) any Acquisition by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, or any other Investment that results in a Person becoming a Subsidiary, (b) any Disposition of a business unit, division, product line or line of business of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and any other Disposition that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary, (c) the cessation of the operations of a business unit, division, product line or line of business of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, (d) any restructuring, operational change or implementation of any similar initiative (including any cost saving or strategic initiative and the modification and renegotiation of contracts and other arrangements) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and (e) any incurrence or issuance or repayment, retirement, redemption, satisfaction and discharge or defeasance of Indebtedness or any Restricted Payment where the consummation thereof, or the determination of whether such transaction is permitted to be consummated under this Indenture, requires that a test be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis or after giving Pro Forma Effect to such transaction.

 

Record Date” means, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of Common Stock (or other applicable security) have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which the Common Stock (or such other security) is exchanged for or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for determination of holders of the Common Stock (or such other security) entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property (whether such date is fixed by the Board of Directors of the Company, by statute, by contract or otherwise).

 

Reference Property” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.07(a).

 

Refunding Capital Stock” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.08(b)(xi).

 

Registrable Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the Convertible Note Subscription Agreement.

 

refinance” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell, extend or increase (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism) and the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Indenture shall have a correlative meaning.

 

Regular Record Date,” with respect to any Interest Payment Date, means the March 1, June 1, September 1 or December 1 (whether or not such day is a Business Day) immediately preceding the applicable March 15, June 15, September 15 or December 15 Interest Payment Date, respectively.

 

Reset Date” means the 11th Trading Day after each of (i) the date of the public release of the Company’s quarterly earnings announcement for the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2022, (ii) the date of the public release of the Company’s quarterly earnings announcement for the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2022, (iii) the first anniversary of the date of this Indenture and (iv) the closing date of any Conversion Reset Offering.

 

Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter relating to this Indenture is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and, in each case, who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

 

 30 

 

 

Restricted Cash” means cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that would appear as “restricted” on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Restricted Investment” means any Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

Restricted Securities” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(c).

 

Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Restrictive Legend” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(c).

 

Returns” means (a) with respect to any Investment in the form of a loan or advance, the repayment to the investor in cash and/or Cash Equivalents of principal thereof and (b) with respect to any acquisition or other Investment, any return of capital (including dividends, distributions and similar payments and profits on sale to a Person other than the Company or a Subsidiary) received by the investor in cash and/or Cash Equivalents in respect of such acquisition or other Investment.

 

Rule 144” means Rule 144 as promulgated under the Securities Act (including any successor rule thereto), as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Financial Services, a division of McGraw-Hill Financial, Inc., or any successor to its rating agency business.

 

Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary Disposes of such property to any Person and the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary leases such property, or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property Disposed of, from such Person or its Affiliates.

 

Scheduled Trading Day” means a day that is scheduled to be a Trading Day on the principal U.S. national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading. If the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted for trading, “Scheduled Trading Day” means a Business Day.

 

Secured Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Secured Net Debt as of such date to (b) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the Four Quarter Period most recently ended on or prior to such date.

 

Securities” means any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any profit sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as “securities” or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Settlement Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 14.02(a)(i).

 

 31 

 

 

Share Exchange Event” has the meaning specified in Section 14.07(a).

 

Significant Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company that meets the definition of “significant subsidiary” in Article 1, Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date of this Indenture; provided that, in the case of a Subsidiary of the Company that meets the criteria of clause (3) of the definition thereof but not clause (1) or (2) thereof, such Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be a Significant Subsidiary.

 

Similar Business” means (a) any businesses, services or activities engaged in by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, (b) any businesses, services and activities engaged in by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that are related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing or are extensions or developments of any thereof and (c) a Person conducting a business, service or activity specified in clauses (a) and (b), and any subsidiary thereof.

 

Spin-Off” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

 

Sponsor” means Brightstar GP Investors, LLC and its Affiliates.

 

Stock Price” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.03(b).

 

Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Notes,

 

(a)            any Indebtedness of the Company which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and

 

(b)            any Indebtedness of any Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.

 

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers, general partners or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person; (ii) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; or (iii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Company.

 

Successor Company” shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.01(a)(i).

 

Swap Agreement” means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, spot, future, credit default or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Company or the Subsidiaries shall be a Swap Agreement.

 

Tax” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

 32 

 

 

Tax Receivable Agreement” means that certain Tax Receivable Agreement, by and among the Blocker Owners (as defined in the BCA), the Company Unitholders (as defined in the BCA) and the Company, dated as of the Closing Date.

 

Term Loan Credit Agreement” means that certain Term Credit And Guaranty Agreement dated as of July 18, 2018, among BCP QualTek Buyer, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, BCP QualTek Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, to be merged with and into QualTek USA, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, certain subsidiaries of the borrower party hereto, as guarantors, the lenders party thereto and Fifth Third Bank, as administrative agent and collateral agent.

 

Total Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Net Debt as of such date to (b) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the Four Quarter Period most recently ended on or prior to such date.

 

Trading Day” means a day on which (i) trading in the Common Stock (or other security for which a closing sale price must be determined) generally occurs on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC or, if the Common Stock (or such other security) is not then listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, on the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock (or such other security) is then listed or, if the Common Stock (or such other security) is not then listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, on the principal other market on which the Common Stock (or such other security) is then traded and (ii) a Last Reported Sale Price for the Common Stock (or closing sale price for such other security) is available on such securities exchange or market; provided that if the Common Stock (or such other security) is not so listed or traded, “Trading Day” means a Business Day; and provided, further, that for purposes of determining amounts due upon conversion only, “Trading Day” means a day on which (x) there is no Market Disruption Event and (y) trading in the Common Stock generally occurs on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC or, if the Common Stock is not then listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, on the principal other U.S. national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed or, if the Common Stock is not then listed on a U.S. national or regional securities exchange, on the principal other market on which the Common Stock is then listed or admitted for trading, except that if the Common Stock is not so listed or admitted for trading, “Trading Day” means a Business Day.

 

Transactions” means the Mergers (as defined in the BCA), any transactions directly or indirectly related to the consummation of the Mergers pursuant to the BCA, the issuance of the Notes, consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements, the consummation of any other transaction in connection with the foregoing and the payment of expenses related to the foregoing.

 

Transaction Agreements” shall mean this Indenture, the BCA, the Investor Rights Agreement, the Sponsor Agreement, the Voting and Support Agreement, the Amended and Restated Note Subscription Agreements, the FPAs, the Amended and Restated Charter of Roth CH Acquisition III Co., the Amended and Restated Bylaws of Roth CH Acquisition III Co. and the Confidentiality Agreement (all as defined in the BCA) and all the other written agreements, documents, instruments and certificates entered into in connection herewith or therewith or required to be delivered hereunder or thereunder and any and all exhibits and schedules hereto or thereto.

 

transfer” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(d).

 

Treasury Capital Stock” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.08(b)(xi).

 

 33 

 

 

Treasury Management Arrangement” means any agreement or other arrangement governing the provision of treasury or cash management services, including, without limitation, deposit accounts, overdraft, overnight draft, credit cards, debit cards, p-cards (including purchasing cards, employee credit card programs and commercial cards), funds transfer, automated clearinghouse, direct debit, zero balance accounts, returned check concentration, controlled disbursement, lockbox, account reconciliation and reporting and trade finance services, netting services, cash pooling arrangements, credit and debit card acceptance or merchant services and other treasury or cash management services.

 

Trigger Event” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

 

Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as it was in force at the date of execution of this Indenture; provided, however, that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after the date hereof, the term “Trust Indenture Act” shall mean, to the extent required by such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as so amended.

 

Trustee” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder.

 

UCC means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or equivalent legislation) as in effect from time to time in any applicable jurisdiction.

 

unit of Reference Property” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.07(a).

 

Unrestricted Cash” means cash and Cash Equivalents in excess of any Restricted Cash that would be stated on the balance sheet of a Person and its Subsidiaries.

 

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (a) any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in the manner provided below and not subsequently redesignated as a “Restricted Subsidiary” in the manner provided below and (b) each Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

The Company may designate any Subsidiary to be an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” by delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate of the Company specifying such designation and certifying that such designated Subsidiary satisfies the requirements set forth in this definition; provided that (i) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless (a) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (b) such Subsidiary does not own any Capital Stock in any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, (c) such Subsidiary does not own (or hold or control by lease, exclusive license or otherwise) any asset (including any Intellectual Property) that is material to the operation in the ordinary course of business of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (d) each Subsidiary of such Subsidiary has been designated as (and, for so long as it is a Subsidiary of the Company, continues as) an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” in accordance with this definition, (e) the Investments in such Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries (including, after giving effect to the next sentence, those resulting from such designation) are permitted under Section 4.08, and (f) such Subsidiary has not previously been designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (ii) no Restricted Subsidiary that owns any Material Intellectual Property or Master Services Agreements may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Upon the designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed to have made an Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount equal at the time of such designation to the fair value of such Subsidiary (as determined reasonably and in good faith by an Officer of the Company). The Company shall cause each Unrestricted Subsidiary to satisfy at all times the requirements set forth in subclauses (i)(b) and (i)(c) above.

 

 34 

 

 

The Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a “Restricted Subsidiary” by delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate of the Company specifying such redesignation and certifying that such redesignation satisfies the requirements set forth in this paragraph; provided that (a) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom and (b) the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute the incurrence, at the time of such redesignation, of any Indebtedness and Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time.

 

Valuation Period” shall have the meaning specified in Section 14.04(c).

 

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

 

(a)            the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then-remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect of such Indebtedness, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

 

(b)            the then-outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

 

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of such Person, except that, solely for purposes of this definition, the reference to “more than 50%” in the definition of “Subsidiary” shall be deemed replaced by a reference to “100%,” the calculation of which shall exclude nominal amounts of the voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests in the relevant Subsidiary not held by such person to the extent required to satisfy local minority interest requirements outside of the United States.

 

Section 1.02      References to Interest. Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to interest on, or in respect of, any Note in this Indenture shall be deemed to include Additional Interest if, in such context, Additional Interest is, was or would be payable pursuant to Section 6.03. Unless the context otherwise requires, any express mention of Additional Interest in any provision hereof shall not be construed as excluding Additional Interest in those provisions hereof where such express mention is not made.

 

Section 1.03      Accounting Terms; Pro Forma Calculations; Limited Condition Transactions.

 

(a)            Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed in conformity with GAAP as in effect from time to time; provided that (a) if the Company, by notice to the Trustee, shall request an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision, regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith and (b) notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, (i) without giving effect to any election under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, or any successor thereto (including pursuant to the Accounting Standards Codification), to value any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein, (ii) without giving effect to any treatment of Indebtedness in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Indebtedness in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Indebtedness shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof, and (iii) without giving effect to any change in accounting for leases pursuant to GAAP resulting from the implementation of FASB ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) to the extent such change would require treating any lease (or similar arrangement conveying the right to use) as a capital lease where such lease (or similar arrangement) would not have been required to be so treated under GAAP as in effect on December 31, 2015. Where reference is made to “the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis” or similar language, such consolidation shall not include any Subsidiaries of the Company other than the Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

 35 

 

 

 

(b)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any test or covenant contained in this Indenture, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and any other financial ratio or test shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to each Pro Forma Event occurring during the applicable Four Quarter Period to which such calculation relates or after the end of such Four Quarter Period but not later than the date of such calculation (notwithstanding that such ratio or test may be said to be determined as of the end of a Four Quarter Period).

 

(c)           In connection with any action being taken solely in connection with a Limited Condition Transaction (including any contemplated incurrence or assumption of Indebtedness in connection therewith), for the purposes of testing availability under baskets set forth in this Indenture (including baskets determined by reference to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and baskets subject to Default or Event of Default conditions), at the option of the Company (the Company’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, an “LCT Election”), the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder (or any such representation, warranty, requirement or condition therefor is complied with or satisfied (including as to the absence of any continuing Default or Event of Default)) shall be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Transaction are entered into (the “LCT Test Date”), and if, after giving pro forma effect to the Limited Condition Transaction (and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith), the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries would have been permitted to take such action on the relevant LCT Test Date in compliance with such ratio, test or basket (and any related representations, warranties, requirements and conditions), such ratio, test or basket (and any related representations, warranties, requirements and conditions) shall be deemed to have been complied with (or satisfied). For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company has made an LCT Election and any of the ratios, tests or baskets for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCT Test Date would have failed to have been complied with as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio, test or basket, including due to fluctuations in Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of the Company or the Person subject to such Limited Condition Transaction, at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets, tests or ratios will not be deemed to have failed to have been complied with as a result of such fluctuations; provided that if such ratios improved as a result of such fluctuations, the Company may utilize such improved ratios. If the Company has made an LCT Election for any Limited Condition Transaction, then in connection with any calculation of any ratio, test or basket availability with respect to the incurrence of Indebtedness or Liens, the making of Restricted Payments, the consummation of any Acquisition or Investment, mergers, any Disposition, the prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other satisfaction of Indebtedness, or the designation of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or as a Restricted Subsidiary (each, a “Subsequent Transaction”) following the relevant LCT Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated (so long as the consummation thereof occurs within 180 days following the execution of definitive documentation for such Limited Condition Transaction) or the date that the definitive agreement or irrevocable notice for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of determining whether such Subsequent Transaction is permitted under this Indenture, any such ratio, test or basket shall be required to be satisfied assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) have not been consummated.

 

 36 

 

 

Article 2
ISSUE, DESCRIPTION, EXECUTION, REGISTRATION AND EXCHANGE OF NOTES

 

Section 2.01           Designation and Amount. The Notes shall be designated as the “Senior Unsecured Convertible Notes due 2027.” The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is initially limited to $124,685,000, subject to Section 2.10 and except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration or transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of other Notes to the extent expressly permitted hereunder.

 

Section 2.02           Form of Notes. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication to be borne by such Notes shall be substantially in the respective forms set forth in Exhibit A, the terms and provisions of which shall constitute, and are hereby expressly incorporated in and made a part of this Indenture. To the extent applicable, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. In the case of any conflict between this Indenture and a Note, the provisions of this Indenture shall control and govern to the extent of such conflict.

 

Any Global Note may be endorsed with or have incorporated in the text thereof such legends or recitals or changes not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture as may be required by the Custodian or the Depositary, or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or any regulation thereunder or with the rules and regulations of any securities exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Notes may be listed or traded or designated for issuance or to conform with any usage with respect thereto, or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Notes are subject.

 

Any of the Notes may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such notations, legends or endorsements as the Officer executing the same may approve (execution thereof to be conclusive evidence of such approval) and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, or as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Notes may be listed or designated for issuance, or to conform to usage or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular Notes are subject.

 

Each Global Note shall represent such principal amount of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be increased or reduced to reflect repurchases, cancellations, conversions, transfers or exchanges permitted hereby. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in such manner and upon instructions given by the Holder of such Notes in accordance with this Indenture. Payment of principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, a Global Note shall be made to the Holder of such Note on the date of payment, unless a record date or other means of determining Holders eligible to receive payment is provided for herein.

 

 37 

 

 

Section 2.03           Date and Denomination of Notes; Payments of Interest and Defaulted Amounts. (a) The Notes shall be issuable in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples in excess thereof. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication and shall bear interest from the date specified on the face of such Note. Accrued interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months and, for partial months, on the basis of the number of days actually elapsed in a 30-day month. The Company shall pay cash amounts in money of the United States of that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

(b)           The Person in whose name any Note (or its Predecessor Note) is registered on the Note Register at the close of business on any Regular Record Date with respect to any Interest Payment Date shall be entitled to receive the interest payable on such Interest Payment Date. The principal amount of any Note (x) in the case of any Physical Note, shall be payable upon presentment of the Physical Note at the office or agency of the Company maintained by the Company for such purposes in the contiguous United States, which shall initially be the Corporate Trust Office and (y) in the case of any Global Note, shall be payable by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. The Company shall pay, or cause the Paying Agent to pay, interest (i) on any Physical Notes, either by check mailed to each Holder at their address as it appears in the Note Register or, upon written application by such a Holder to the Note Registrar not later than the relevant Regular Record Date, by wire transfer in immediately available funds to that Holder’s account within the United States, if such Holder has provided the Trustee or the Paying Agent (if other than the Trustee) with the requisite information necessary to make such wire transfer, which application shall remain in effect until the Holder notifies, in writing, the Note Registrar to the contrary or (ii) on any Global Note by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee.

 

(c)           Any Defaulted Amounts shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the relevant payment date but shall accrue interest per annum at the rate borne by the Notes, subject to the enforceability thereof under applicable law, from, and including, such relevant payment date, and such Defaulted Amounts together with such interest thereon shall be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (i) or (ii) below:

 

(i)           The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Amounts to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Amounts, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of the Defaulted Amounts proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment (which shall be not less than twenty-five (25) days after the receipt by the Trustee of such notice, unless the Trustee shall consent to an earlier date), and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Amounts or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit on or prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Amounts as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Company shall fix a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Amounts which shall be not more than fifteen (15) days and not less than ten (10) days prior to the date of the proposed payment, and not less than ten (10) days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of such special record date and the Trustee, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Amounts and the special record date therefor to be delivered to each Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to such special record date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Amounts and the special record date therefor having been so delivered, such Defaulted Amounts shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such special record date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (ii) of this Section 2.03(c). The Trustee shall have no responsibility for the calculation of the Defaulted Amounts.

 

 38 

 

 

(ii)           The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Amounts in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Notes may be listed or designated for issuance, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange or automated quotation system, if, after written notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

 

Section 2.04           Execution, Authentication and Delivery of Notes. The Notes shall be signed in the name and on behalf of the Company by the manual, facsimile or other electronic signature of one of its Officers.

 

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Notes executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Notes, and the Trustee in accordance with such Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Notes, without any further action by the Company hereunder.

 

Only such Notes as shall bear thereon a certificate of authentication substantially in the form set forth on the Form of Note attached as Exhibit A hereto, executed manually by an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee as provided by Section 17.10), shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. Such certificate by the Trustee (or such an authenticating agent) upon any Note executed by the Company shall be conclusive evidence that the Note so authenticated has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and that the Holder is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

 

In case any Officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Notes shall cease to be such Officer before the Notes so signed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, or disposed of by the Company, such Notes nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered or disposed of as though the person who signed such Notes had not ceased to be such Officer of the Company; and any Note may be signed on behalf of the Company by such persons as, at the actual date of the execution of such Note, shall be the Officers of the Company, although at the date of the execution of this Indenture any such person was not such an Officer.

 

Section 2.05           Exchange and Registration of Transfer of Notes; Restrictions on Transfer; Depositary.

 

(a)           The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office a register (the register maintained in such office or in any other office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 4.02, the “Note Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Notes and of transfers of Notes. Such register shall be in written form or in any form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable period of time. The Trustee is hereby initially appointed the “Note Registrar” for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes as herein provided. The Company may appoint one or more co-Note Registrars in accordance with Section 4.02.

 

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note to the Note Registrar or any co-Note Registrar, and satisfaction of the requirements for such transfer set forth in this Section 2.05, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and bearing such legends as may be required by this Indenture.

 

 39 

 

 

Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at any such office or agency maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 4.02. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive, bearing registration numbers not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

All Notes presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange, repurchase or conversion shall (if so required by the Company, the Trustee, the Note Registrar or any co-Note Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee or Note Registrar and duly executed, by the Holder thereof or its attorney-in-fact duly authorized in writing.

 

No service charge shall be imposed on a Holder by the Company, the Trustee, the Note Registrar, any co-Note Registrar or the Paying Agent for any exchange or registration of transfer of Notes, but the Company may require a Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax required in connection therewith as a result of the name of the Holder of new Notes issued upon such exchange or registration of transfer being different from the name of the Holder of the old Notes surrendered for exchange or registration of transfer.

 

None of the Company, the Trustee, the Note Registrar or any co-Note Registrar shall be required to exchange or register a transfer of (i) any Notes surrendered for conversion or, if a portion of any Note is surrendered for conversion, such portion thereof surrendered for conversion or (ii) any Notes, or a portion of any Note, surrendered for repurchase (and not withdrawn) in accordance with Article 15.

 

All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes in accordance with this Indenture shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

(b)           So long as the Notes are eligible for book-entry settlement with the Depositary, unless otherwise required by law, subject to the fourth paragraph from the end of Section 2.05(d), all Notes shall be represented by one or more Notes in global form (each, a “Global Note”) registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary. Each Global Note shall bear the legend required on a Global Note set forth in Exhibit A hereto. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in a Global Note that does not involve the issuance of a Physical Note shall be effected through the Depositary (but not the Trustee or the Custodian) in accordance with this Indenture (including the restrictions on transfer set forth herein) and the Applicable Procedures.

 

(c)           Every Note that bears or is required under this Section 2.05(c) to bear the Restrictive Legend (together with any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Notes that is required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.05(d), collectively, the “Restricted Securities”) shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.05(c) (including the legend set forth below) or Section 2.05(d) (including the legend set forth therein), as applicable, unless such restrictions on transfer shall be eliminated or otherwise waived by written consent of the Company, and the Holder of each such Restricted Security, by such Holder’s acceptance thereof, agrees to be bound by all such restrictions on transfer. As used in this Section 2.05(c) and Section 2.05(d), the term “transfer” encompasses any sale, pledge, transfer or other disposition whatsoever of any Restricted Security.

 

 40 

 

 

Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (the “Restrictive Legend”) (or any similar legend, not inconsistent with this Indenture, required by the Depositary for such Global Note):

 

THIS SECURITY AND THE COMMON STOCK, IF ANY, ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS SECURITY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE (NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THIS SECURITY AND THE COMMON STOCK, IF ANY, ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES). BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF QUALTEK SERVICES INC. (THE “COMPANY”) THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS THE LATER OF (X) TO THE EXTENT RULE 144 IS AVAILABLE ON SUCH DATE, ONE YEAR AFTER THE ISSUE DATE HEREOF OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THERETO AND (Y) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EXCEPT:

 

(A)           TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF;

 

(B)           PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IS EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER;

 

(C)           PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; OR

 

(D)           PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE (2)(D) ABOVE, THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER FOR THE COMPANY TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

Any Note (or security issued in exchange or substitution therefor) (i) as to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms, (ii) that has been transferred pursuant to a registration statement that has become effective or been declared effective under the Securities Act and that continues to be effective at the time of such transfer or (iii) that has been sold pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act, may, upon surrender of such Note for exchange to the Note Registrar in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.05, be exchanged for a new Note or Notes, of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, which shall not bear the Restrictive Legend required by this Section 2.05(c) and shall not be assigned (or deemed assigned) a restricted CUSIP number. The Restrictive Legend set forth above and affixed on any Note will be deemed, in accordance with the terms of the certificate representing such Note, to be removed therefrom upon the Company’s delivery to the Trustee of written notice to such effect, without further action by the Company, the Trustee, the Holder(s) thereof or any other Person; at such time, such Note will be deemed to be assigned an unrestricted CUSIP number as provided in the certificate representing such Note; provided, however, if such Note is a Global Note and the Depositary thereof requires a mandatory exchange or other process to cause such Global Note to be identified by an unrestricted CUSIP number in the facilities of such Depositary, then the Company will effect such exchange or procedures as soon as reasonably practicable. Without limiting the generality of any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive an instruction letter from the Company before taking any action with respect to effecting any such mandatory exchange or other process. The Company and the Trustee reserve the right to require the delivery of such legal opinions, certifications or other evidence as may reasonably be required in order to determine that any proposed transfer of any Note is being made in compliance with the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

 

 41 

 

 

The Company shall be entitled to instruct the Custodian in writing to so surrender any Global Note as to which any of the conditions set forth in clause (i) through (iii) of the first sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph have been satisfied, and, upon such instruction, the Custodian shall so surrender such Global Note for exchange; and any new Global Note so exchanged therefor shall not bear the Restrictive Legend specified in this Section 2.05(c) and shall not be assigned (or deemed assigned) a restricted CUSIP number (such new unrestricted Global Note, an “Unrestricted Global Note”).

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture (other than the provisions set forth in this Section 2.05(c)), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole or in part except (i) by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary and (ii) for exchange of a Global Note or a portion thereof for one or more Physical Notes in accordance with the second immediately succeeding paragraph.

 

The Depositary shall be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act. The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company to act as Depositary with respect to each Global Note. Initially, each Global Note shall be issued to the Depositary, registered in the name of Cede & Co., as the nominee of the Depositary, and deposited with the Trustee as custodian for Cede & Co.

 

If (i) the Depositary notifies the Company at any time that the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global Notes and a successor depositary is not appointed within ninety (90) days, (ii) the Depositary ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed within ninety (90) days or (iii) an Event of Default with respect to the Notes has occurred and is continuing and a beneficial owner of any Note requests that its beneficial interest therein be issued as a Physical Note, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Officer’s Certificate and a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of Notes, shall authenticate and deliver (x) in the case of clause (iii), a Physical Note to such beneficial owner in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Note corresponding to such beneficial owner’s beneficial interest and (y) in the case of clause (i) or (ii), Physical Notes to each beneficial owner of the related Global Notes (or a portion thereof) in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Global Notes in exchange for such Global Notes, and upon delivery of the Global Notes to the Trustee such Global Notes shall be canceled.

 

Physical Notes issued in exchange for all or a part of the Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.05(c) shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, or, in the case of clause (iii) of the immediately preceding paragraph, the relevant beneficial owner, shall instruct the Trustee. Upon execution and authentication, the Trustee shall deliver such Physical Notes to the Persons in whose names such Physical Notes are so registered.

 

 42 

 

 

None of the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and any agent of the Company, the Guarantors or the Trustee shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Note or maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests. None of the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee shall have any responsibility or liability for any act or omission of the Depositary.

 

At such time as all interests in a Global Note have been converted, canceled, repurchased or transferred, such Global Note shall be, upon receipt thereof, canceled by the Trustee in accordance with standing procedures and existing instructions between the Depositary and the Custodian. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Physical Notes, converted, canceled, repurchased or transferred to a transferee who receives Physical Notes therefor or any Physical Note is exchanged or transferred for part of such Global Note, the principal amount of such Global Note shall, in accordance with the standing procedures and instructions existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, be appropriately reduced or increased, as the case may be, and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, to reflect such reduction or increase.

 

None of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Conversion Agent or any other agent of the Company or the Trustee shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Note or maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

 

Neither the Company nor the Trustee shall have any responsibility or liability for any act or omission of the Depositary. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in respect of the Notes shall be given or made only to, or upon the order of, the registered Holder(s) (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note).

 

The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

 

(d)           Any stock certificate representing Common Stock issued upon conversion of a Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (unless such Common Stock has been transferred pursuant to a registration statement that has become or been declared effective under the Securities Act and that continues to be effective at the time of such transfer, or pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act, or such Common Stock has been issued upon conversion of a Note that has been transferred pursuant to a registration statement that has become or been declared effective under the Securities Act and that continues to be effective at the time of such transfer, or pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act, or unless otherwise agreed by the Company with written notice thereof to the Trustee and any transfer agent for the Common Stock):

 

 43 

 

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE (NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THIS SECURITY MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES). BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF QUALTEK SERVICES INC. (THE “COMPANY”) THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS THE LATER OF (X) TO THE EXTENT RULE 144 IS AVAILABLE ON SUCH DATE, ONE YEAR AFTER THE ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTES UPON THE CONVERSION OF WHICH THIS SECURITY WAS ISSUED OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THERETO AND (Y) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EXCEPT:

 

(A)           TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF;

 

(B)           PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IS EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER;

 

(C)           PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; OR

 

(D)           PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE (2)(D) ABOVE, THE COMPANY, THE TRUSTEE AND THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE COMPANY’S COMMON STOCK RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER FOR THE COMPANY TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

Any such Common Stock (i) as to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms, (ii) that has been transferred pursuant to a registration statement that has become or been declared effective under the Securities Act and that continues to be effective at the time of such transfer or (iii) that has been sold pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 or any similar provision then in force under the Securities Act, may, upon surrender of the certificates representing such shares of Common Stock for exchange in accordance with the procedures of the transfer agent for the Common Stock, be exchanged for a new certificate or certificates for a like aggregate number of shares of Common Stock, which shall not bear the restrictive legend required by this Section 2.05(d).

 

 44 

 

 

(e)           Upon the Issuer’s satisfaction that the Restrictive Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, beneficial interests in a Global Note bearing the Restricted Legend (a “Restricted Note”) may be automatically exchanged into beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note without any action required by or on behalf of the Holder (the “Automatic Exchange”) at any time determined by the Issuer on or after the date that is the 366th calendar day after the Issue Date, if such day is not a business day, on the next succeeding business day (such date determined by the Issuer, the “Automatic Exchange Date”). Upon the Issuer’s satisfaction that the Restricted Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act, the Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, pursuant to the Applicable Procedures (i) provide written notice to DTC at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, instructing DTC to exchange all of the outstanding beneficial interests in a particular Global Note to the Unrestricted Global Note, which the Issuer shall have previously otherwise made eligible for exchange with the DTC, (ii) provide prior written notice (the “Automatic Exchange Notice”) to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the register of Holders at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange Date (the “Automatic Exchange Notice Date”), which notice must include (x) the Automatic Exchange Date, the CUSIP number of the Global Note from which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred and (z) the CUSIP number of the Unrestricted Global Note into which such Holder’s beneficial interests will be transferred, and (iii) on or prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, deliver to the Trustee for authentication one or more Unrestricted Global Notes, duly executed by the Issuer, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Global Notes to be exchanged. Upon receipt by the Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer setting forth the information to be stated in such Automatic Exchange Notice, which Officer’s Certificate must be received by the Trustee, on no less than five (5) calendar days prior to the Automatic Exchange Notice Date, the Trustee shall deliver, in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense, the Automatic Exchange Notice to each Holder at such Holder’s address appearing in the register of Holders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.05(e), during the fifteen (15) day period prior to the Automatic Exchange Date, no transfers or exchanges other than pursuant to this Section 2.05(e) shall be permitted without the prior written consent of the Issuer. As a condition to any Automatic Exchange, the Issuer shall provide, and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon, an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, each to the effect that the Automatic Exchange shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and that the aggregate principal amount of the particular Global Note is to be transferred to the particular Unrestricted Global Note by adjustment made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary to reflect the Automatic Exchange. Upon such exchange of beneficial interests pursuant to this Section 2.05(e), the aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes shall be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary, to reflect the relevant increase or decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note resulting from the applicable exchange. The Notes from which beneficial interests are transferred pursuant to an Automatic Exchange shall be canceled following the Automatic Exchange.

 

(f)           Any Note or Common Stock issued upon conversion or exchange of a Note that is repurchased or owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company (or any Person who was an Affiliate of the Company at any time during the three months immediately preceding) may not be resold by the Company or such Affiliate (or such Person, as the case may be) unless registered under the Securities Act or resold pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in a transaction that results in such Note or Common Stock, as the case may be, no longer being a “restricted security” (as defined under Rule 144).

 

 45 

 

 

(g)           Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, neither the Trustee nor the Note Registrar shall be responsible for ascertaining whether any transfer complies with the registration provisions of, or exemptions from, the Securities Act, applicable state securities laws or other applicable law.

 

Section 2.06           Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. In case any Note shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company in its discretion may execute, and upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, a new Note, bearing a registration number not contemporaneously outstanding, in exchange and substitution for the mutilated Note, or in lieu of and in substitution for the Note so destroyed, lost or stolen. In every case the applicant for a substituted Note shall furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless from any loss, liability, cost or expense caused by or connected with such substitution, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, the applicant shall also furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and of the ownership thereof.

 

The Trustee or such authenticating agent may authenticate any such substituted Note and deliver the same upon the receipt of such security or indemnity as the Trustee, the Company and, if applicable, such authenticating agent may require. No service charge shall be imposed by the Company, the Trustee, the Note Registrar, any co-Note Registrar or the Paying Agent upon the issuance of any substitute Note, but the Company may require a Holder to pay a sum sufficient to cover any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax required in connection therewith as a result of the name of the Holder of the new substitute Note being different from the name of the Holder of the old Note that became mutilated or was destroyed, lost or stolen. In case any Note that has matured or is about to mature or has been surrendered for required repurchase or is about to be converted in accordance with Article 14 shall become mutilated or be destroyed, lost or stolen, the Company may, in its sole discretion, instead of issuing a substitute Note, pay or authorize the payment of or convert or authorize the conversion of the same (without surrender thereof except in the case of a mutilated Note), as the case may be, if the applicant for such payment or conversion shall furnish to the Company, to the Trustee and, if applicable, to such authenticating agent such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless for any loss, liability, cost or expense caused by or connected with such substitution, and, in every case of destruction, loss or theft, evidence satisfactory to the Company, the Trustee and, if applicable, any Paying Agent or Conversion Agent of the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and of the ownership thereof.

 

Every substitute Note issued pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.06 by virtue of the fact that any Note is destroyed, lost or stolen shall constitute an additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be found at any time, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of (but shall be subject to all the limitations set forth in) this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder. To the extent permitted by law, all Notes shall be held and owned upon the express condition that the foregoing provisions are exclusive with respect to the replacement, payment, conversion or repurchase of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and shall preclude any and all other rights or remedies notwithstanding any law or statute existing or hereafter enacted to the contrary with respect to the replacement, payment, conversion or repurchase of negotiable instruments or other securities without their surrender.

 

Section 2.07           Temporary Notes. Pending the preparation of Physical Notes, the Company may execute and the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a Company Order, authenticate and deliver temporary Notes (printed or lithographed). Temporary Notes shall be issuable in any authorized denomination, and substantially in the form of the Physical Notes but with such omissions, insertions and variations as may be appropriate for temporary Notes, all as may be determined by the Company. Every such temporary Note shall be executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee or such authenticating agent upon the same conditions and in substantially the same manner, and with the same effect, as the Physical Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee or such authenticating agent Physical Notes (other than any Global Note) and thereupon any or all temporary Notes (other than any Global Note) may be surrendered in exchange therefor, at each office or agency maintained by the Company pursuant to Section 4.02 and the Trustee or such authenticating agent shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for such temporary Notes an equal aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes upon the written request of the Company. Such exchange shall be made by the Company at its own expense and without any charge therefor. Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits and subject to the same limitations under this Indenture as Physical Notes authenticated and delivered hereunder.

 

 46 

 

 

Section 2.08           Cancellation of Notes Paid, Converted, Etc. The Company shall cause all Notes surrendered for the purpose of payment at maturity, repurchase upon a Fundamental Change, registration of transfer or exchange or conversion (other than any Notes exchanged pursuant to Section 14.12), if surrendered to any Person that the Company controls other than the Trustee, to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation and they will no longer be considered outstanding under this Indenture upon their payment at maturity, registration of transfer or exchange or conversion. All Notes delivered to the Trustee shall be canceled promptly by it. Except for any Notes surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, or as otherwise expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Indenture, no Notes shall be authenticated in exchange for any Notes surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures. After such cancellation, the Trustee shall deliver a certificate of such cancellation to the Company, at the Company’s written request in a Company Order. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that have been paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

Section 2.09           CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in all notices issued to Holders as a convenience to such Holders; provided that the Trustee shall have no liability for any defect in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers as they appear on any Note, notice or elsewhere and that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or on such notice and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers.

 

Section 2.10           Additional Notes; Repurchases. The Company may, at any time and from time to time without the consent of the Holders, reopen this Indenture and issue additional Notes hereunder with the same terms as the Notes initially issued hereunder (other than differences in the issue date, the issue price and interest accrued prior to the issue date of such additional Notes and, if applicable, restrictions on transfer of such additional Notes) in an unlimited aggregate principal amount; provided that if any such additional Notes are not fungible with the Notes initially issued hereunder for U.S. federal income tax or securities laws purposes or would cause the Notes initially issued hereunder to be subject to an extended time period for restrictions on transfer, such additional Notes shall have one or more separate CUSIP, ISIN or other identifying numbers. Prior to the issuance of any such additional Notes, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a Company Order, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, such Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to cover such matters, in addition to those required by Sections 10.05 and 17.05, as the Trustee shall reasonably request. In addition, the Company may, without the consent of Holders, and directly or indirectly (regardless of whether such Notes are surrendered to the Company), repurchase Notes in the open market or otherwise, whether by the Company or its Subsidiaries or through a private or public tender or exchange offer or through counterparties to private agreements or otherwise, including by cash-settled swaps or other derivatives. The Company may, at its option, reissue, resell, hold or surrender to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 2.08 any Notes that the Company may repurchase, in the case of a reissuance or resale; provided that if any such reissued or resold Notes are not fungible with the Notes initially issued hereunder for U.S. federal income tax or securities law purposes, such reissued or resold Notes shall have one or more separate CUSIP numbers. Any Notes that the Company may repurchase shall be considered outstanding for all purposes under this Indenture (other than, at any time when such Notes are held by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or its Affiliates, for the purpose of determining whether Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, consent, waiver or other action under this Indenture) unless and until such time the Company surrenders them to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 2.08 and, upon receipt of a written order from the Company, the Trustee shall cancel all Notes so surrendered.

 

 47 

 

 

Article 3
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 3.01           Satisfaction and Discharge. This Indenture and the Notes shall upon request of the Company contained in an Officer’s Certificate cease to be of further effect, and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments reasonably requested by the Company acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the Notes, when (a) (i) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced, paid or converted as provided in Section 2.06) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or (ii) after the Notes have (x) become due and payable, whether on the Maturity Date, on any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or otherwise and/or (y) been converted (and the related consideration due upon conversion has been determined), the Company or any Guarantor has deposited with the Trustee cash and/or has delivered to Holders shares of Common Stock, as applicable, (in the case of Common Stock, solely to satisfy the Company’s Conversion Obligation) sufficient, without consideration of reinvestment, to pay all of the outstanding Notes and all other sums due and payable under this Indenture or the Notes by the Company and the Guarantors; and (b) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the Notes have been complied with. Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors to the Trustee under Section 7.06 shall survive.

 

Article 4
PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

 

Section 4.01           Payment of Principal and Interest. The Company covenants and agrees that it will pay or cause to be paid the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) and premium, if any, of the Settlement Amounts owed upon conversion of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, each of the Notes at the places, at the respective times and in the manner provided herein and in the Notes.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Company or Paying Agent may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from principal, premium or Interest or Defaulted Amounts payments hereunder.

 

Section 4.02           Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company will maintain in the contiguous United States an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee) where the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment or repurchase (“Paying Agent”) or for conversion (“Conversion Agent”) and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be made. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made at the Corporate Trust Office.

 

 48 

 

 

The Company may also from time to time designate as co-Note Registrars one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the contiguous United States for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. The terms “Paying Agent” and “Conversion Agent” include any such additional or other offices or agencies, as applicable.

 

The Company hereby initially designates the Trustee as the Paying Agent, Note Registrar, Custodian and Conversion Agent and the Corporate Trust Office as a place where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment or repurchase (if applicable) or for conversion and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be made; provided that no office of the Trustee shall be a place for service of legal process on the Company.

 

Section 4.03           Appointments to Fill Vacancies in Trustee’s Office. The Company, whenever necessary to avoid or fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee, will appoint, in the manner provided in Section 7.09, a Trustee, so that there shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder.

 

Section 4.04           Provisions as to Paying Agent.

 

(a) If the Company shall appoint a Paying Agent other than the Trustee, the Company will cause such Paying Agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 4.04:

 

(i)           that it will hold all sums held by it as such agent for the payment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Holders;

 

(ii)           that it will give the Trustee prompt written notice of any failure by the Company to make any payment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) and premium, if any of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes when the same shall be due and payable; and

 

(iii)           that at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, upon request of the Trustee, it will forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust;

 

provided, that a Paying Agent appointed as contemplated under Section 15.02(f) shall not be required to deliver any such instrument.

 

The Company shall, on or before each due date of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, or accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes, deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) or such accrued and unpaid interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any failure to take such action; provided that if such deposit is made on the due date, such deposit must be made in immediately available funds and received by the Paying Agent by 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date.

 

 49 

 

 

(b)           If the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes, set aside, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes a sum sufficient to pay such principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, so becoming due and will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any failure to take such action and of any failure by the Company to make any payment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, or accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes when the same shall become due and payable.

 

(c)           Anything in this Section 4.04 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, or for any other reason, pay, cause to be paid or deliver to the Trustee all sums or amounts held in trust by the Company or any Paying Agent hereunder as required by this Section 4.04, such sums or amounts to be held by the Trustee upon the trusts herein contained and upon such payment or delivery by the Company or any Paying Agent to the Trustee, the Company or such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability but only with respect to such sums or amounts.

 

(d)           Subject to applicable law, any money deposited with the Trustee, the Conversion Agent or any Paying Agent, or any money and shares of Common Stock then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, accrued and unpaid interest on and the consideration due upon conversion of any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable), interest or consideration due upon conversion has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on request of the Company contained in an Officer’s Certificate, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust and the Trustee shall have no further liability with respect to such funds; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company and the Guarantors for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee, the Conversion Agent or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee with respect to such trust money and shares of Common Stock, shall thereupon cease.

 

Section 4.05           Existence. Except as otherwise permitted hereunder, the Company will, and the Company will cause each of its Guarantors to, at all times preserve and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, franchises, licenses and permits necessary in the normal conduct of its business except to the extent (i) other than with respect to the preservation of the existence of the Company, that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on the business of the Company and the Guarantors (taken as a whole) or (ii) pursuant to any merger, consolidation, liquidation, dissolution, Disposition or other transaction permitted by Article 11; provided that neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors shall be required to preserve any such existence (other than with respect to the preservation of existence of the Company), right, franchise, license or permit if an Officer of such Person or such Person’s Board of Directors (or similar governing body) determines that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of such Person or that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Company and the Guarantors (taken as a whole).

 

 50 

 

 

 

Section 4.06         Annual Reports. (a) [Reserved.]

 

(b)         The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within fifteen (15) days after the same are required to be filed with the Commission, copies of any documents or reports that the Company is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (giving effect to any grace period, including those provided by Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act (or any successor thereto)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall in no event be required to deliver to, or otherwise provide or disclose to, the Trustee or any Holder any information for which the Company is requesting (assuming such request has not been denied), or has received, confidential treatment from the Commission, or any correspondence with the Commission. Any such document or report that the Company files with the Commission via the Commission’s EDGAR system (or any successor thereto) shall be deemed to be delivered to the Trustee for purposes of this Section 4.06(b) at the time such documents are filed via the EDGAR system (or such successor); provided that the Trustee shall have no obligation to determine whether such documents or reports have been filed via the EDGAR system.

 

(c)         Delivery of the reports, information and documents described in subsection (b) above to the Trustee is for informational purposes only, and the information and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s and/or the Guarantors’ compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to conclusively rely on an Officer’s Certificate).

 

Section 4.07         Compliance Certificate; Statements as to Defaults. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (beginning with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2022) an Officer’s Certificate stating whether the signers thereof have knowledge of any failure by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with all conditions and covenants then required to be performed under this Indenture and, if so, specifying each such failure and the nature thereof.

 

In addition, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee within thirty (30) days after an Officer of the Company becomes aware of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Default, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the details of such Event of Default or Default, its status and the action that the Company is taking or proposing to take in respect thereof; provided that the Company is not required to deliver such notice if such Default has been cured.

 

Section 4.08         Limitation on Certain Restricted Payments.

 

(a)         The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

(i)           declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution (x) on account of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Capital Stock (including any payment made in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or (y) to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Capital Stock in their capacity as holders, other than (A) dividends, payments or distributions by the Company payable solely in Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or (B) dividends, payments or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (and in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Capital Stock in such class or series of securities);

 

 51 

 

 

(ii)         purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including any payment made in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) any Capital Stock of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(iii)         purchase, repay, prepay, repurchase, redeem, defease, acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than (A) Indebtedness permitted under clause (ii) of Section 4.09(b) or (B) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase or acquisition; or

 

(iv)         make any Restricted Investment;

 

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment, the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date (and not returned or rescinded) (including Permitted Payments made pursuant to clause (b)(i) (without duplication) below, but excluding all other Permitted Payments) would exceed the Available Basket Amount (as defined in the Term Loan Credit Agreement, as in effect on the Issue Date).

 

(b)         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contain herein, so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof, the provisions of this Section 4.08 will not prohibit any of the following (collectively, “Permitted Payments”):

 

(i)           the payment of any dividend or distribution or consummation of any redemption within sixty (60) days after the date of declaration thereof or the giving of a redemption notice related thereto, if at the date of declaration or notice such payment would have complied with any provision of this Section 4.08; provided that the making of such payment will reduce capacity for Restricted Payments pursuant such provisions when so made;

 

(ii)          a Restricted Payment to pay for the prepayment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, discharge, retirement or other acquisition of Capital Stock of the Company held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, member of management, operating partner, manager, contractor, service provider, consultant or advisor (or their respective Immediate Family Members) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to any management equity plan, stock option plan, phantom equity plan or any other management, employee benefit or other compensatory plan or agreement (and any successor plans or arrangements thereto), employment, termination or severance agreement, or any stock subscription or equityholder agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any Indebtedness issued by the Company in connection with such prepayment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, discharge, retirement or other acquisition), including any Capital Stock rolled over, accelerated or paid out by or to any employee, director, officer, manager, contractor, consultant or advisor (or their respective Immediate Family Members) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any transaction; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause do not exceed $5,500,000 in any fiscal year (with unused amounts in any fiscal year being carried over to succeeding fiscal years); provided, further, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 

 52 

 

 

(A)        the cash proceeds from the sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company to any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager, contractor, consultant or advisor (or their respective Immediate Family Members) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock have not otherwise been applied to the making of Restricted Payments pursuant to this Section 4.08; plus

 

(B)         the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company after the Issue Date; and in addition, cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager, contractor, consultant or advisor (or their respective Immediate Family Members) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any permitted transferees thereof) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in connection with a repurchase of Capital Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company from such Persons will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.08 or any other provisions of this Indenture;

 

(iii)         cashless repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock if such Capital Stock represent a portion of the exercise, conversion or exchange price thereof;

 

(iv)        each Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may make Restricted Payments to the Company or any Guarantor or to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which is the immediate parent of the Restricted Subsidiary making such Restricted Payment;

 

(v)         payments made or expected to be made by the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable in connection with the exercise or vesting of Capital Stock or any other equity award by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, manager, contractor, consultant or advisor (or their respective Immediate Family Members) of the Company or any Subsidiary and purchases, repurchases, redemptions, defeasances or other acquisitions or retirements of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of stock options, warrants, equity-based awards or other rights in respect thereof if such Capital Stock represents payments in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable upon exercise or vesting thereof;

 

(vi)         the making of cash payments in connection with any conversion or redemption of the Notes, in each case, pursuant to the terms of this Indenture;

 

(vii)        any non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company may make Restricted Payments (which may be in cash) to its shareholders, members or partners generally, so long as the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary which owns the Capital Stock in the Restricted Subsidiary making such Restricted Payment receives at least its proportionate share thereof (based upon its relative holding of the Capital Stock in the Restricted Subsidiary making such Restricted Payment and taking into account the relative preferences, if any, of the various classes of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary);

 

 53 

 

 

(viii)      the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares of Capital Stock in connection with any dividend or split of, or upon exercise or conversion of warrants, options or other securities exercisable or convertible into, Capital Stock of the Company or in connection with the issuance of any dividend otherwise permitted to be made under this Section 4.08;

 

(ix)         any payments made pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement;

 

(x)          any Restricted Payment made in connection with the Transactions, including any Restricted Payment made in connection with the FPAs;

 

(xi)         (a) any prepayment, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, discharge, retirement or other acquisition of Capital Stock, including any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon (“Treasury Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares) for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Capital Stock of the Company (in each case, other than Disqualified Stock or Designated Preferred Stock) (“Refunding Capital Stock”), and (b) the declaration and payment of dividends on Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) of Refunding Capital Stock;

 

(xii)        any prepayment, purchase, repurchase, exchange, redemption, defeasance, discharge, retirement or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Refinancing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09;

 

(xiii)       payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law (including in connection with, or as a result of, exercise of dissenters’ or appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or action (whether actual, contingent or potential)), pursuant to or in connection with a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or transfer of assets not prohibited by this Indenture;

 

(xiv)       the payment by QualTek Holdco, LLC or any of its Subsidiaries of any dividend or distribution described in Section 6.2 of the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of QualTek Holdco, LLC (and any successor thereto) (in each case as determined without reference to any restrictions applicable to tax distributions contained in any then applicable bank financing agreements), as in effect on the Issue Date; and

 

(xv)        any Restricted Payment provided that (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and (ii) immediately after giving effect to the making thereof on a Pro Forma Basis (including any related incurrence of Indebtedness), the Total Net Leverage Ratio, determined as of the last day of the then most recently ended Four Quarter Period (or in the case of any Restricted Payment of the type described in clause (a) of the definition thereof, the Four Quarter Period most recently ended prior to the time of the declaration thereof), shall not exceed 2.50:1.00.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.08, if any Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) would be permitted pursuant to one or more provisions described above, the Company may divide such Restricted Payment in any manner that complies with this covenant.

 

 54 

 

 

Section 4.09         Limitations on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock.

 

(a)           The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, enter into a guarantee of or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), and the Company will not issue any Disqualified Stock and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Preferred Stock.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary therein, Section 4.09(a) will not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness or the issuance of any of the following Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (collectively, “Permitted Indebtedness”):

 

(i)           (A) the incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to Credit Facilities by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, immediately after giving effect to any such incurrence and the use of proceeds thereof, on a Pro Forma Basis, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness incurred under this Section 4.09(b)(i) (including any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) does not exceed the sum of $483,500,000 plus (A) if such Indebtedness is secured by Liens, an amount equal to the maximum principal amount of Indebtedness that could be incurred such that after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, on a Pro Forma Basis, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio of the Company for the most recently ended Four Quarter Period as of such date would not exceed 4.75:1.00 or (B) if such Indebtedness is unsecured, an amount equal to the maximum principal amount of Indebtedness that could be incurred such that after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof, on a Pro Forma Basis, the Total Net Leverage Ratio for the most recently ended Four Quarter Period as of such date would not exceed 5.25:1.00; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness then outstanding under this clause (i) incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, together with the aggregate principal amount of Refinancing Indebtedness then outstanding under clause (xv) below, shall not exceed the greater of (x) $15,000,000 and (y) 25.0% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recently ended Four Quarter Period, and (B) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Indebtedness permitted under clause (A) above or under this clause (B);

 

(ii)          Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Indebtedness shall not have been transferred to any Person other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) such Indebtedness owing by the Company or any Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor shall be unsecured and subordinated in right of payment to the payment in full of the Notes and (iii) such Indebtedness owing by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to any Guarantor or the Company is permitted as an Investment under Section 4.08;

 

(iii)         Guarantees incurred in compliance with clause (n) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

 

(iv)         (A) Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date, or incurred pursuant to Credit Facilities existing on the Issue Date (in an aggregate amount not greater than the aggregate amount outstanding or available for borrowing under such Credit Facilities on the Issue Date), (B) the Notes and the Guarantees, and (C) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Indebtedness permitted under clauses (A) or (B) above or under this clause (C);

 

 55 

 

 

(v)         (A) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (a) incurred to finance the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of any fixed or capital assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including Capitalized Lease Obligations, provided that such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 270 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement and the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets, or (b) assumed in connection with the acquisition of any fixed or capital assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, provided, in the case of this clause (A), that at the time of incurrence or assumption of such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect thereto and the use of the proceeds thereof, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness then outstanding under this clause (A), together with the aggregate principal amount of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness then outstanding under clause (B) below, shall not exceed the greater of (x) $20,000,000 and (y) 33.4% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recently ended Four Quarter Period; and (B) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Indebtedness permitted under clause (A) above or under this clause (B);

 

(vi)        (A) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Person that becomes (other than as a result of a redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary) a Restricted Subsidiary (or of any Person not previously a Subsidiary that is merged or consolidated with or into a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction permitted hereunder) after the Issue Date, or Indebtedness of any Person that is assumed after the Issue Date by any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets by such Restricted Subsidiary in an Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, provided that (a) such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred exists at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or is so merged or consolidated) or such assets are acquired and is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (or such merger or consolidation) or such assets being acquired, and (b) immediately after giving effect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary becoming liable with respect to such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (whether as a result of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (or such merger or consolidation) or such assumption), and after giving pro forma effect thereto, (x) if such Indebtedness is secured by Liens, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio of the Company for the most recently ended Four Quarter Period as of such date would not exceed the greater of 4.75:1.00 and the Secured Net Leverage Ratio of the Company in effect immediately prior to the assumption or incurrence of such Indebtedness or (y) if such Indebtedness is unsecured, the Total Net Leverage Ratio for the most recently ended Four Quarter Period as of such date would not exceed the greater of 5.25:1.00 and the Total Net Leverage Ratio of the Company in effect immediately prior to the assumption or incurrence of such Indebtedness, and (B) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Indebtedness permitted under clause (A) above or under this clause (B);

 

(vii)        Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary arising from any agreement in the form of purchase price adjustments, earn-outs, non-competition agreements, indemnification obligations or other arrangements representing Acquisition Consideration or deferred payments of a similar nature incurred in connection with any Acquisition or other Investment permitted by Section 4.08 or any Disposition permitted by Section 11.01, and Indebtedness arising from guarantees, letters of credit, bank guarantees, surety bonds, performance bonds or similar instruments securing the performance of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any such agreement; provided that, with respect to any Indebtedness existing or incurred pursuant to this clause (vii) with respect to unpaid earn-outs, the amount of any unpaid earn-out shall not exceed 35% of the Acquisition Consideration of the Acquisition or Investment to which such unpaid earn-out relates;

 

 56 

 

 

(viii)      (A) Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, provided that at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect thereto and the use of the proceeds thereof, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness then outstanding under this clause (A), together with the aggregate principal amount of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness then outstanding under clause (B) below, shall not exceed the greater of (x) $15,000,000 and (y) 25.0% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recently ended Four Quarter Period; and (B) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Indebtedness permitted under clause (A) above or under this clause (B);

 

(ix)         (A) Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect thereto and the use of the proceeds thereof, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness then outstanding under this clause (A), together with the aggregate principal amount of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness then outstanding under clause (B) below, shall not exceed the greater of (x) $15,000,000 and (y) 25.0% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recently ended Four Quarter Period; and (B) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Indebtedness permitted under clause (A) above or under this clause (B);

 

(x)          Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and otherwise arising from treasury, depository, credit card, debit cards and cash management services or in connection with any automated clearing-house transfers of funds, overdraft or any similar services, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xi)         Indebtedness incurred in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances, surety bonds, performance bonds or similar instruments issued or created by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money or any Hedging Obligations, including in respect of workers’ compensation claims, unemployment insurance (including premiums related thereto), vacation pay, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims;

 

(xii)        Indebtedness in respect of, or in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, surety bonds, performance bonds or similar instruments relating to, tenders, statutory obligations, performance, bid, appeal, stay, customs, surety and return-of-money bonds, performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business (including relating to any litigation being contested in good faith and not constituting an Event of Default hereunder) and not in connection with the borrowing of money or any Hedging Obligations;

 

(xiii)       Indebtedness owed to current or former officers, directors or employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (or their respective estates, heirs, family members, spouses and former spouses, domestic partners and former domestic partners or beneficiaries under their respective estates) to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock in the Company permitted by Section 4.08;

 

(xiv)       Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums or take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements that do not constitute Guarantees, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

 57 

 

 

(xv)        (A) Indebtedness of the Company and/or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in connection with an Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder, provided that, immediately after giving effect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary becoming liable with respect to such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (whether as a result of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (or such merger or consolidation) or such assumption), and after giving pro forma effect thereto, (x) if such Indebtedness is secured by Liens, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio of the Company for the most recently ended Four Quarter Period as of such date would not exceed the greater of 4.75:1.00 and the Secured Net Leverage Ratio of the Company in effect immediately prior to the assumption or incurrence of such Indebtedness or (y) if such Indebtedness is unsecured, the Total Net Leverage Ratio for the most recently ended Four Quarter Period as of such date would not exceed the greater of 5.25:1.00 and the Total Net Leverage Ratio of the Company in effect immediately prior to the assumption or incurrence of such Indebtedness; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness then outstanding under this clause (xv) incurred by Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, together with the aggregate principal amount of Refinancing Indebtedness then outstanding under clause ((i) above, shall not exceed the greater of (x) $15,000,000 and (y) 25.0% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recently ended Four Quarter Period, and (B) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Indebtedness permitted under clause (A) above or under this clause (B);

 

(xvi)       (A) Capitalized Lease Obligations arising under any Sale/Leaseback Transaction permitted under Section 4.10(n); provided that at the time of consummation of such Sale/Leaseback Transaction and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness then outstanding under this clause (A), together with the aggregate principal amount of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness then outstanding under clause (B) below, shall not exceed the greater of (x) $5,000,000 and (y) 8.4% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recently ended Four Quarter Period; and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any Indebtedness permitted under clause (A) above or under this clause (B);

 

(xvii)      Indebtedness consisting of obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under deferred compensation or other similar arrangements incurred by such Person in connection with the Transactions, Permitted Acquisitions or any other Investment expressly permitted hereunder;

 

(xviii)     to the extent constituting Indebtedness, all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in this Section 4.09;

 

(xix)       (A) Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the obligations of suppliers, customers and licensees in the ordinary course of business, (B) Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay the deferred purchase price of goods or services or progress payments in connection with such goods and services and (C) Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, bank guarantees or similar instruments supporting trade payables, warehouse receipts or similar facilities entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xx)        Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of obligations owing under incentive, supply, license or similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

 58 

 

 

(xxi)       Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary representing deferred compensation to current or former directors, officers, employees, members of management, managers and consultants of the Company (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(xxii)      unfunded pension fund and other employee benefit plan obligations and liabilities incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business to the extent that the unfunded amounts would not otherwise cause an Event of Default hereunder;

 

(xxiii)     to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations arising under agreements governing any Permitted Factoring Transactions; and

 

(xxiv)     the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that: (x) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock that results in any such Preferred Stock being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; and (y) any sale or other transfer of any such Preferred Stock to a Person that is not the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, will be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such Preferred Stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not permitted by this clause (xxiv).

 

(c)            For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(b) above, the Company will be permitted to classify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock on the date of its incurrence in any manner that complies with this covenant; provided that any Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreements on the Issue Date will be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under Section 4.09(b)(i). The accrual of interest, the accrual of dividends, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the amortization of debt discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant.

 

(d)           The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date will be:

 

(i)           the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount;

 

(ii)          the principal amount of the Indebtedness, in the case of any other Indebtedness; and

 

(iii)         in respect of Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on the assets of the specified Person, the lesser of: (x) the Fair Market Value of such assets at the date of determination; and (y) the amount of the Indebtedness of the other Person.

 

(e)           Accrual of interest, accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness, the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the reclassification of commitments or obligations not treated as Indebtedness due to a change in GAAP, will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Indenture.

 

 59 

 

 

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that the Company may incur pursuant to this Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

 

Section 4.10         Limitation on Liens.

 

Neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary will, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on or with respect to any asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or licensed, or assign or sell any income, profits or revenues (including accounts receivable and royalties) or rights in respect of any thereof, except (i) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; and (ii) in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured.

 

The foregoing provisions of this Section 4.10 shall not apply to:

 

(a)           (i) Liens securing the Notes and the related Guarantees and (ii) Liens securing Indebtedness and other Obligations permitted to be incurred under (or secured pursuant to) Credit Facilities, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(i);

 

(b)           Permitted Encumbrances;

 

(c)           any Lien on any asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Issue Date, and any extensions, renewals and replacements thereof; provided that (i) such Lien shall not apply to any other asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than to proceeds and products of, and after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into, the assets covered by such Lien (it being understood that individual financings of the type permitted under Section 4.09(b)(v) provided by any Person (or its Affiliates) may be cross-collateralized to other such financings provided by such Person (or its Affiliates)), and (ii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations that it secures on the Issue Date and any extensions, renewals and refinancings thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof (except by an amount not greater than accrued and unpaid interest on such obligations, any original issue discount and any reasonable fees, premiums and expenses relating to such extension, renewal or refinancing) and, in the case of any such obligations constituting Indebtedness, that are permitted under Section 4.09(b)(iv) as Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof;

 

(d)           Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed, repaired, replaced or improved by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Liens secure only Indebtedness permitted by Section 4.09(b)(v) and obligations relating thereto not constituting Indebtedness and (ii) such Liens shall not apply to any other asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than to proceeds and products of, and after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into, the assets covered by such Liens; provided further that individual financings of equipment or other fixed or capital assets otherwise permitted to be secured hereunder provided by any Person (or its Affiliates) may be cross-collateralized to other such financings provided by such Person (or its Affiliates);

 

 60 

 

 

(e)            any Lien existing on any asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Company or any Subsidiary or existing on any asset of any Person that becomes (other than as a result of a redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary) a Restricted Subsidiary (or of any Person not previously a Subsidiary that is merged or consolidated with or into a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction permitted hereunder) after the Issue Date prior to the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or is so merged or consolidated), and any extensions, renewals and replacements thereof; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary (or such merger or consolidation), (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than, in the case of any such merger or consolidation, the assets of any special purpose merger Restricted Subsidiary that is a party thereto), other than to proceeds and products of, and after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into, the assets covered by such Lien or becomes subject to such Lien pursuant to an after-acquired property clause as in effect on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or is so merged or consolidated) (it being understood that individual financings of the type permitted under Section 4.09(b)(v) provided by any Person (or its Affiliates) may be cross-collateralized to other such financings provided by such Person (or its Affiliates)), and (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations that it secures on the date of such acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or is so merged or consolidated), and any extensions, renewals and refinancing thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof (except by an amount not greater than accrued and unpaid interest on such obligations, any original issue discount or upfront fees and any fees, premiums and expenses relating to such extension, renewal or refinancing);

 

(f)            in connection with any Disposition permitted under Section 11.01, customary rights and restrictions contained in agreements relating to such Disposition pending the completion thereof;

 

(g)           in the case of (A) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or (B) the Capital Stock in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (including any Unrestricted Subsidiary), any encumbrance, restriction or other Lien, including any put and call arrangements, related to the Capital Stock in such Restricted Subsidiary or such other Person set forth in (a) its Organizational Documents or any related joint venture, shareholders’ or similar agreement, in each case so long as such encumbrance or restriction is applicable to all holders of the same class of Capital Stock or is otherwise of the type that is customary for agreements of such type, or (b) in the case of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary, in any agreement or document governing Indebtedness of such Person;

 

(h)           any Lien on assets and Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors (including Capital Stock owned by such Persons); provided that such Lien shall secure only Indebtedness or other obligations of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors;

 

(i)             Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits, escrow arrangements or similar arrangements made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement for any Acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder;

 

 61 

 

 

(j)            nonexclusive outbound licenses of Intellectual Property granted by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business that do not materially detract from the value of the affected asset or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(k)           any Lien in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Liens on assets of the Company or any Guarantor in favor of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor);

 

(l)            (A) deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure obligations to insurance carriers providing casualty, liability or other insurance to the Company and the Subsidiaries and (B) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

 

(m)           receipt of progress payments and advances from customers in the ordinary course of business to the extent the same creates a Lien;

 

(n)           Liens on fixed or capital assets subject to any Sale/Leaseback Transaction; provided that (i) such Liens secure only Indebtedness permitted by Section 4.09(b)(xvi) and obligations relating thereto not constituting Indebtedness and (ii) such Liens shall not apply to any other asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than to proceeds and products of, and after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into, the assets covered by such Liens;

 

(o)           Liens on cash and Cash Equivalents securing obligations in respect of any Hedging Obligations permitted hereunder and entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that at the time of the incurrence of such Liens, the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents secured by Liens permitted by this clause does not exceed the greater of (i) $7,500,000 and (ii) 12.5% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recently ended Four Quarter Period;

 

(p)           Liens securing Permitted Ratio Indebtedness and obligations relating thereto not constituting Indebtedness;

 

(q)           Liens securing Permitted Incurred Acquisition Indebtedness and obligations relating thereto not constituting Indebtedness;

 

(r)            Liens on the Capital Stock of joint ventures or Unrestricted Subsidiaries securing capital contributions to, or obligations of, such Persons;

 

(s)           Liens on receivables and related assets incurred in connection with Permitted Factoring Transactions (including Liens on such receivables resulting from precautionary UCC filings or from recharacterization or any such with Permitted Factoring Transactions as a financing or a loan); and

 

(t)            other Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations, provided that at the time of the incurrence of such Liens and the related Indebtedness and other obligations and after giving pro forma effect thereto and the use of proceeds thereof, the aggregate outstanding amount of Indebtedness and other obligations secured by Liens permitted by this clause does not exceed the greater of (i) $15,000,000 and (ii) 25.0% of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the most recently ended Four Quarter Period.

 

 62 

 

 

Section 4.11         Transactions with Affiliates.

 

(a)           The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $2,000,000, unless:

 

(i)           the Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are substantially as favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary, taken as a whole, as those that would have been obtained at the time in a comparable arms-length transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(ii)          the Company delivers to the Trustee, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10,000,000, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.11 and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company; and

 

(iii)         with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $25,000,000, the Company obtains a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor to the effect that the consideration to be paid or received in connection with such Affiliate Transaction or Affiliate Transactions is fair, from a financial point of view, to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

(b)         The following items will be deemed not to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, will not be subject to the provisions of Section 4.11(a):

 

(i)           any collective bargaining, consulting or employment agreement or compensation plan, stock option, stock ownership plan, management equity plan, phantom equity plan or any other management, employee benefit or other compensatory plan or agreement (and any successor plans or arrangements thereto), termination or severance agreement, or officer or director indemnification arrangement entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business for the benefit of any future, current or former employee, director, officer, member of management, manager, contractor, consultant or advisor (or their respective Immediate Family Members) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and payments and transactions pursuant thereto, including (A) any issuance, transfer or sale of Capital Stock, options, other equity-related interests or other securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise to any future, current or former employee, director, officer, manager, contractor, consultant or advisor (or their respective Immediate Family Members,) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (B) the payment of compensation, fees, costs and expenses to, and indemnities (including under insurance policies) and reimbursements, employment and severance arrangements, and employee benefit and pension expenses provided on behalf of, or for the benefit of, future, current or former employees, directors, officers, members of management, managers, contractors, consultants, distributors or advisors (or their respective Immediate Family Members) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (whether directly or indirectly and including by their Immediate Family Members); (C) any subscription agreement or similar agreement pertaining to the repurchase of Capital Stock pursuant to put/call rights or similar rights with current or former officers, directors, members of management, managers, employees, consultants or independent contractors; and (D) transactions pursuant to any employee compensation, benefit plan, stock option plan or arrangement, any health, disability or similar insurance plan which covers current or former officers, directors, members of management, managers, employees, consultants or independent contractors or any employment contract or arrangement;

 

 63 

 

 

(ii)          transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries (or a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction);

 

(iii)         payment of fees and reimbursement of expenses and indemnities provided to any future, current or former employee, director, officer, member of management, manager, contractor, consultant or advisor (or their respective Immediate Family Members) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(iv)        any transaction in which the only consideration paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consists of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any contribution of capital to the Company;

 

(v)         any payments made pursuant to the Tax Receivable Agreement;

 

(vi)        Restricted Payments that do not violate the provisions of Section 4.08 of this Indenture;

 

(vii)       transactions pursuant to agreements or arrangements as in effect on the Issue Date, or any amendment, modification, or supplement thereto or replacement thereof (so long as such agreement or arrangement, as so amended, modified or supplemented or replaced, is not materially more disadvantageous, taken as a whole, than such agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Issue Date, as determined in good faith by the Company);

 

(viii)      purchases or sales of goods and/or services with customers, clients, suppliers, joint ventures, purchasers, sales agents or sellers of goods and services or providers of employees or other labor entered into in the ordinary course of business on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained at the time in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company;

 

(ix)         (A) if such Affiliate Transaction is with an Affiliate in its capacity as a holder of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, a transaction in which such Affiliate is treated no more favorably than the other holders of Indebtedness of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; (B) any purchases by the Company’s Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates; provided that such purchases by the Company’s Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such Persons who are not the Company’s Affiliates; and (C) (i) investments by Affiliates in securities or loans of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the investment is being offered by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary generally to other non-affiliated third party investors on the same or more favorable terms and (ii) payments to Affiliates in respect of securities or loans of the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries contemplated in the foregoing subclause (i) or that were acquired from Persons other than the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, in accordance with the terms of such securities or loans;

 

 64 

 

 

(x)            the formation and maintenance of any consolidated group or subgroup for tax, accounting or cash pooling or management purposes in the ordinary course of business or transactions undertaken in good faith for the purpose of improving the consolidated tax efficiency of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and not for the purpose of circumventing any provision of this Indenture;

 

(xi)           to the extent permitted under this Indenture, including in compliance with Article 11, any merger, consolidation or reorganization of the Company with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of (i) forming or collapsing a holding company structure or (ii) reincorporating the Company in a new jurisdiction;

 

(xii)          entering into and the payment of costs and expenses and indemnities pursuant to one or more agreements that provide registration rights to the security holders of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or amending such agreement with security holders of the Company or any direct or any indirect parent of the Company and the performance of such agreements on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained at the time in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company and that have been approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;

 

(xiii)         fees, indemnities and reimbursements may be paid to directors, officers, employees, members of management, managers, consultants independent contractors of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(xiv)         Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company may pay management fees, licensing fees and similar fees to the Company or to any Guarantor;

 

(xv)          advances to employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary made in the ordinary course of business, in a manner that is consistent with past practice;

 

(xvi)         the Transactions and the payment of all fees, costs and expenses (including all legal, accounting and other professional fees, costs and expenses) related to the Transactions;

 

(xvii)        the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any equityholders, limited liability company agreement, limited partnership agreement, investor rights or similar agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreements related thereto) to which it is party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreement that it may enter into thereafter; provided that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date will only be permitted under this clause to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise, when taken as a whole, more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect in the reasonable determination of the Company than those in effect on the Issue Date;

 

(xviii)       transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of Section 4.11(a)(i); and

 

 65 

 

 

(xix)         transactions entered into by an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the designation of any such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”, provided that such transactions were not entered into in contemplation of or in connection with such designation.

 

In addition, if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) purchases or otherwise acquires assets or properties from a Person which is not an Affiliate, the purchase or acquisition by an Affiliate of the Company of an interest in all or a portion of the assets or properties acquired shall not be deemed an Affiliate Transaction (or cause such purchase or acquisition by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to be deemed an Affiliate Transaction) or (ii) sells or otherwise disposes of assets or other properties to a Person who is not an Affiliate, the sale or other disposition by an Affiliate of the Company of an interest in all or a portion of the assets or properties sold shall not be deemed an Affiliate Transaction (or cause such sale or other disposition by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to be deemed an Affiliate Transaction).

 

Section 4.12           Material Intellectual Property. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Indenture, interests in the Material Intellectual Property shall be held at all times by the Company or a Guarantor and the Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, (a) sell or transfer its interest, in one or a series of transactions, in any of the Material Intellectual Property to a Person that is not the Company or a Guarantor, (b) exclusively or co-exclusively licenses any Material Intellectual Property to a Person that is not the Company or a Guarantor (other than (i) non-perpetual licenses that are exclusive solely with respect to a customized software or software enhancement entered into in the ordinary course of business and in connection with the provision of services by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the provision, directly or together with the Company, of services by any third party with whom the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has a commercial arrangement to provide services or technology to enable the provision of such services to its customers; provided that, (i) at the time such license is entered into, in the judgment of the Company, the granting of such license does not materially and adversely affect the business or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole), or (c) sell or transfer any interest in any Guarantor holding interests in Material Intellectual Property to a Person that is not the Company or a Guarantor, provided that, in each case, any Lien permitted by this Indenture shall not be prohibited by this Section 4.12.

 

Section 4.13           Registration Rights. The Company agrees that the Holders from time to time of Registrable Securities are entitled to the benefits of Section 5 of the Convertible Note Subscription Agreement. By its acceptance thereof, the Holder of Registrable Securities will have agreed to be bound by the terms of the applicable Convertible Note Subscription Agreement relating to such Registrable Securities.

 

Section 4.14           Additional Guarantors; Prohibition on Certain Subsidiaries. (a) If, after the date of this Indenture, (i) the Company or any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company forms or acquires any Restricted Subsidiary which guarantees the Obligations of the Company and the Guarantors, as applicable, under the Credit Agreements or any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor, other than an Excluded Entity, then the Company will promptly (and in any event within 60 days) after the date of formation or acquisition cause such Restricted Subsidiary to provide a Guarantee hereunder by executing a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit B; or (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is an Excluded Entity ceases to be an Excluded Entity, then the Company will promptly (and in any event within 60 days) thereafter cause such Restricted Subsidiary to provide a Guarantee hereunder by executing a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

 

 66 

 

 

(b)           The Company shall not form or organize any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary other than direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company which, at the time of such formation or organization, become Guarantors pursuant to this Section 4.14 to the extent required hereby.

 

(c)           If any Guarantor becomes an Excluded Entity, the Company shall have the right, by delivery of a supplemental indenture executed by the Company to the Trustee, to cause such Excluded Entity to automatically and unconditionally cease to be a Guarantor, subject to the requirement described in Section 4.14(a) that such Restricted Subsidiary shall be required to become a Guarantor if it ceases to be an Excluded Entity; provided that such Excluded Entity shall not be permitted to guarantee the Company’s obligations under the Credit Agreements or other Indebtedness of the Company or the other Guarantors, unless it again becomes a Guarantor.

 

Section 4.15           Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions. Neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary will, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary (a) to pay dividends or make other distributions on its Capital Stock owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (b) to repay or prepay any Indebtedness owing by such Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (c) to make loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or to Guarantee the Obligations or (d) to transfer, lease or license any of its assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to (i) restrictions and conditions imposed by law, (ii) restrictions and conditions existing on the Issue Date, and amendments, modifications, extensions or renewals thereof (including any such extension or renewal arising as a result of an extension, renewal or refinancing of any Indebtedness containing such restriction or condition), provided, in each case, that the scope of any such restriction or condition shall not have been expanded as a result thereof, (iii) in the case of (A) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary or (B) in the case of restrictions and conditions referred to in clause (d) above, the Capital Stock in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (including any Unrestricted Subsidiary), restrictions imposed by the Organizational Documents of such Restricted Subsidiary or such other Person or contained in any related joint venture, shareholders’ or similar agreement or, in the case of clause (B), in any agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of such Person, provided in each case that such restrictions and conditions apply only to such Restricted Subsidiary and to any Capital Stock in such Restricted Subsidiary or to the Capital Stock in such other Person (including any Unrestricted Subsidiary), as applicable, (iv) in the case of restrictions and conditions referred to clause in (d) above, restrictions and conditions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted by Section 4.09 and Section 4.10, provided that such restrictions and conditions apply only to the assets securing such Indebtedness or subject to such Liens and proceeds and products of, and after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into, such assets, (v) restrictions and conditions imposed by any agreement or document governing Indebtedness permitted by Section 4.09(b)(vi), provided that such restrictions and conditions apply only to Persons that are permitted under such Section to be obligors in respect of such Indebtedness and are not less favorable to the Holders than the restrictions and conditions imposed by such Indebtedness (or, in the case of any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, by the applicable Original Indebtedness) at the time such Indebtedness first became subject to Section 4.09, (vi) in connection with the sale of any Capital Stock in a Subsidiary or any other assets, customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to such sale pending the completion thereof, provided that such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary or the other assets to be sold, (vii) restrictions and conditions imposed by any agreement or document governing Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not, and is not required to become, a Guarantor hereunder, provided that such restrictions and conditions apply only to such Restricted Subsidiary, (viii) in the case of restrictions and conditions referred to in clause (d) above, restrictions and conditions imposed by customary provisions in leases, licenses and other agreements restricting the assignment thereof or, in the case of any lease or license, permitting to exist any Lien on the assets leased or licensed thereunder, (ix) restrictions on cash or deposits or net worth covenants imposed by customers, suppliers or landlords under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, (x) in the case of restrictions and conditions referred to in clause (d) above, customary restrictions in respect of Intellectual Property contained in licenses or sublicenses of, or other grants of rights to use or exploit, such Intellectual Property, (xi) restrictions contained in any Indebtedness as in effect on the Issue Date and amendments, modifications, extensions and renewals thereof, provided, in each case, that the scope of any such restriction or condition shall not have been expanded as a result thereof, (xii) restrictions contained in any agreement or instrument in effect at the time any Person becomes a Subsidiary, or any agreement or instrument assumed in connection with any acquisition of assets from any Person, provided that such agreements and instruments were not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary or of such acquisition of assets from such Person, and amendments, modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof (including any such renewals or extension arising as a result of a renewal, extension or refinancing of any Indebtedness containing such restriction), provided, in each case, that the scope of any such restriction shall not have been expanded as a result thereof and (xiii) restrictions permitted under Section 4.10.

 

 67 

 

 

Section 4.16           Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent, the Company will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts, at its sole expense, as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Indenture.

 

Article 5
LISTS OF HOLDERS AND REPORTS BY THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE

 

Section 5.01           Lists of Holders. The Company covenants and agrees that it will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee, quarterly, not more than ten (10) days after each March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 in each year beginning with June 15, 2022, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of any such request (or such lesser time as the Trustee may reasonably request in order to enable it to timely provide any notice to be provided by it hereunder), a list in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders as of a date not more than ten (10) days (or such other date as the Trustee may reasonably request in order to so provide any such notices) prior to the time such information is furnished, except that no such list need be furnished so long as the Trustee is acting as Note Registrar.

 

Section 5.02           Preservation and Disclosure of Lists. The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, all information as to the names and addresses of the Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to it as provided in Section 5.01 or maintained by the Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar, if so acting. Every Holder, by receiving and holding Notes, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that none of the Company or the Trustee or any agent of any of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Holders in accordance with TIA Section 312, regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under TIA Section 312(b). The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 5.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

 

Section 5.03           Reports by Trustee. Within 60 days after February 15 of each year commencing with February 15, 2023, the Trustee shall transmit to the Holders, in the manner and to the extent provided in TIA Section 313(c), a brief report dated as of such reporting date if required by TIA Section 313(a).

 

 68 

 

 

Article 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01           Events of Default. Each of the following events shall be an “Event of Default” with respect to the Notes:

 

(a)           default in any payment of interest on any Note when due and payable, and the default continues for a period of thirty (30) days;

 

(b)           default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, of any Note when due and payable on the Maturity Date, upon any required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;

 

(c)            failure by the Company to comply with its obligation to convert the Notes in accordance with this Indenture, and such failure continues for three (3) Business Days;

 

(d)           failure by the Company to issue a Fundamental Change Company Notice in accordance with Section 15.02(d) when due, and such failure continues for five (5) Business Days;

 

(e)           failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Article 11;

 

(f)            failure by the Company for sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of written notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding has been received by the Company to comply with any of its other agreements contained in the Notes or this Indenture;

 

(g)           default by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company with respect to any mortgage, agreement or other instrument under which there may be outstanding, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any indebtedness for money borrowed in excess of $25,000,000 (or its foreign currency equivalent) in the aggregate of the Company and/or any such Significant Subsidiary, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created (i) resulting in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity or (ii) constituting a failure to pay the principal of any such indebtedness when due and payable at its stated maturity, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, in each case, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, if such acceleration shall not have been rescinded or annulled or such failure to pay or default shall not have been cured or waived, or such indebtedness shall not have been paid or discharged, as the case may be, within thirty (30) days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding in accordance with this Indenture;

 

(h)           a final judgment or judgments for the payment of $25,000,000 (or its foreign currency equivalent) or more (excluding any amounts covered by insurance policies issued by insurers believed by the Company in good faith to be credit-worthy) in the aggregate rendered against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company, which judgment is not discharged or stayed within 60 days after (i) the date on which the right to appeal thereof has expired if no such appeal has commenced, or (ii) the date on which all rights to appeal have been extinguished;

 

(i)             the Company or any Significant Subsidiary shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other similar relief with respect to the Company or any such Significant Subsidiary or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the Company or any such Significant Subsidiary or any substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

 69 

 

 

(j)            an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary seeking liquidation, reorganization or other similar relief with respect to the Company or such Significant Subsidiary or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the Company or such Significant Subsidiary or any substantial part of its property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or

 

(k)           any Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect, other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee or gives notice to such effect.

 

Section 6.02           Acceleration; Rescission and Annulment. If one or more Events of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then, and in each and every such case (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(i) or Section 6.01(j) with respect to the Company), unless the principal of all of the Notes shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04, by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), may declare 100% of the principal of, premium, if any, of and accrued and unpaid interest on, all the Notes to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become and shall automatically be immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(i) or Section 6.01(j) with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, 100% of the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, all Notes shall become and shall automatically be immediately due and payable.

 

The immediately preceding paragraph, however, is subject to the conditions that if, at any time after the principal or interest of the Notes shall have been so declared due and payable, and before any judgment or decree for the payment of the monies due shall have been obtained or entered as hereinafter provided, the Company shall pay or shall deposit with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay installments of accrued and unpaid interest upon all Notes and the principal of any and all Notes that shall have become due otherwise than by acceleration (with interest on overdue installments of accrued and unpaid interest to the extent that payment of such interest is enforceable under applicable law, and on such principal at the rate borne by the Notes at such time) and amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.06, and if (1) rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) any and all existing Events of Default under this Indenture, other than the uncured nonpayment of the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on Notes that shall have become due solely by such acceleration, shall have been cured or waived pursuant to Section 6.09, then and in every such case (except as provided in the immediately succeeding sentence) the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by written notice to the Company and to the Trustee, may waive all Defaults or Events of Default with respect to the Notes and rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences and such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent Default or Event of Default, or shall impair any right consequent thereon. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no such waiver or rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any Default or Event of Default resulting from (i) the nonpayment of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, or accrued and unpaid interest on, any Notes, (ii) a failure to repurchase any Notes when required or (iii) a failure to pay and/or deliver, as the case may be, the consideration due upon conversion of the Notes.

 

 70 

 

 

Section 6.03           Additional Interest. Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture or in the Notes to the contrary, to the extent the Company elects, the sole remedy for an Event of Default relating to the Company’s failure to comply with its obligations as set forth in Section 4.06(b) shall after the occurrence of such an Event of Default consist exclusively of the right to receive Additional Interest on the Notes at a rate equal to 2.00% per annum of the principal amount of the Notes outstanding for each day during the period beginning on, and including, the date on which such Event of Default first occurs and ending on the earlier of (x) the date on which such Event of Default is cured or validly waived in accordance with this Article 6 and (y) the three hundred sixtieth (360th) day immediately following, and including, the date on which such Event of Default first occurs. If the Company so elects, such Additional Interest shall be payable in the same manner and on the same dates as the stated interest payable on the Notes and shall accrue on all outstanding Notes from, and including, the date on which the Event of Default relating to the Company’s failure to comply with its obligations as set forth in Section 4.06(b) first occurs to, and including, the three hundred sixtieth (360th) day thereafter (or such earlier date on which such Event of Default is cured or validly waived in accordance with this Article 6). On the three hundred sixty-first (361st) day after such Event of Default (if the Event of Default relating to the Company’s failure to comply with its obligations as set forth in Section 4.06(b) is not cured or validly waived in accordance with this Article 6 prior to such three hundred sixty-first (361st) day), such Additional Interest shall cease to accrue and the Notes shall be immediately subject to acceleration as provided in Section 6.02. The provisions of this paragraph will not affect the rights of Holders in the event of the occurrence of any Event of Default other than the Company’s failure to comply with its obligations as set forth in Section 4.06(b). In the event the Company does not elect to pay Additional Interest following an Event of Default in accordance with this Section 6.03 or the Company has elected to make such payment but does not pay the Additional Interest when due, the Notes shall be immediately subject to acceleration as provided in Section 6.02.

 

In order to elect to pay Additional Interest as the sole remedy during the first three hundred sixty (360) days after the occurrence of any Event of Default described in the immediately preceding paragraph, the Company must notify all Holders of the Notes, the Trustee and the Paying Agent in an Officer’s Certificate of such election on or before the open of business on the Business Day immediately succeeding the date on which such Event of Default first occurs. Upon the failure to timely give such notice, the Notes shall be immediately subject to acceleration as provided in Section 6.02. The Officer’s Certificate under this Section 6.03 shall state (i) the amount of such Additional Interest that is payable and (ii) the date on which such Additional Interest is payable. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives at the Corporate Trust Office such Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that no such Additional Interest is payable.

 

Section 6.04           Payments of Notes on Default; Suit Therefor. If an Event of Default described in clause (a) or (b) of Section 6.01 shall have occurred and be continuing, the Company shall, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, the whole amount then due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, if any, with interest on any overdue principal and interest, if any, at the rate borne by the Notes at such time, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover any amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.06. If the Company shall fail to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes, wherever situated.

 

 71 

 

 

In the event there shall be pending proceedings for the bankruptcy or for the reorganization of the Company or any other obligor on the Notes under Title 11 of the United States Code, or any other applicable law, or in case a receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official shall have been appointed for or taken possession of the Company or such other obligor, the property of the Company or such other obligor, or in the event of any other judicial proceedings relative to the Company or such other obligor, or to the creditors or property of the Company or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of the Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section 6.04, shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise, to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, in respect of the Notes, and, in case of any judicial proceedings, to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents and to take such other actions as it may deem necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceedings relative to the Company or any other obligor on the Notes, its or their creditors, or its or their property, and to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and to distribute the same after the deduction of any amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.06; and any receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, custodian or similar official is hereby authorized by each of the Holders to make such payments to the Trustee, as administrative expenses, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for reasonable compensation, expenses, advances and disbursements, including agents and counsel fees, and including any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.06, incurred by it up to the date of such distribution. To the extent that such payment of reasonable compensation, expenses, advances and disbursements out of the estate in any such proceedings shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, monies, securities and other property that the Holders of the Notes may be entitled to receive in such proceedings, whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.

 

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting such Holder or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes, or the production thereof at any trial or other proceeding relative thereto, and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

 

In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and in any proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party) the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders of the Notes, and it shall not be necessary to make any Holders of the Notes parties to any such proceedings.

 

 72 

 

 

In case the Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned because of any waiver pursuant to Section 6.09 or any rescission and annulment pursuant to Section 6.02 or for any other reason or shall have been determined adversely to the Trustee, then and in every such case the Company, the Guarantors, the Holders and the Trustee shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored respectively to their several positions and rights hereunder, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Company, the Holders and the Trustee shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

Section 6.05           Application of Monies Collected by Trustee. Any monies collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 6 with respect to the Notes shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee for the distribution of such monies, upon presentation of the several Notes, and stamping thereon the payment, if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof, if fully paid:

 

First, to the payment of all amounts due the Trustee, including its agents and counsel, under Section 7.06;

 

Second, in case the principal of the outstanding Notes shall not have become due and be unpaid, to the payment of any interest on, and any cash due upon conversion of, the Notes in default in the order of the date due of the payments of such interest and cash due upon conversion, as the case may be, with interest (to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee) payable upon such overdue payments at the rate borne by the Notes at such time, such payments to be made ratably to the Holders based on the aggregate principal amount of Notes held thereby;

 

Third, in case the principal of the outstanding Notes shall have become due, by declaration or otherwise, and be unpaid to the payment of the whole amount (including, if applicable, the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and any cash due upon conversion) then owing and unpaid upon the Notes for principal and interest, if any, with interest on the overdue principal and, to the extent that such interest has been collected by the Trustee, upon overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by the Notes at such time, and in case such monies shall be insufficient to pay in full the whole amounts so due and unpaid upon the Notes, then to the payment of such principal (including, if applicable, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and any cash due upon conversion) and interest without preference or priority of principal over interest, or of interest over principal or of any installment of interest over any other installment of interest, or of any Note over any other Note, ratably to the aggregate of such principal (including, if applicable, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and any cash due upon conversion) and accrued and unpaid interest; and

 

Fourth, to the payment of the remainder, if any, to the Company.

 

Section 6.06           Proceedings by Holders. Except to enforce (x) the right to receive payment of principal (including, if applicable, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price), premium or interest when due, or (y) the right to receive payment or delivery of the consideration due upon conversion and/or the conversion mechanics, no Holder of any Note shall have any right by virtue of or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to institute any suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, custodian or other similar official, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

 

(a)            such Holder previously shall have given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default and of the continuance thereof, as herein provided;

 

 73 

 

 

(b)            Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have made written request upon the Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name as Trustee hereunder;

 

(c)            such Holders shall have offered, and, if requested, provided, to the Trustee such security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense to be incurred therein or thereby;

 

(d)            the Trustee for sixty (60) days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of such security or indemnity, shall have neglected or refused to institute any such action, suit or proceeding; and

 

(e)            no direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such written request shall have been given to the Trustee by the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding within such sixty (60) day period pursuant to Section 6.09,

 

it being understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted by the taker and Holder of every Note with every other taker and Holder and the Trustee that no one or more Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of or by availing of any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are prejudicial to any other Holder), or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such Holder, or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all Holders (except as otherwise provided herein). For the protection and enforcement of this Section 6.06, each and every Holder and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture and any provision of any Note, each Holder shall have the contractual right to receive payment or delivery, as the case may be, of (x) the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, (y) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, and (z) the consideration due upon conversion of, such Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in such Note or in this Indenture, and the contractual right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment or delivery, as the case may be, on or after such respective dates, shall not be amended without the consent of each Holder.

 

Section 6.07           Proceedings by Trustee. In case of an Event of Default, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce the rights vested in it by this Indenture by such appropriate judicial proceedings as are necessary to protect and enforce any of such rights, either by suit in equity or by action at law or by proceeding in bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted in this Indenture, or to enforce any other legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

 

Section 6.08           Remedies Cumulative and Continuing. Except as provided in the last paragraph of Section 2.06, all powers and remedies given by this Article 6 to the Trustee or to the Holders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be deemed cumulative and not exclusive of any thereof or of any other powers and remedies available to the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes, by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to enforce the performance or observance of the covenants and agreements contained in this Indenture, and no delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any of the Notes to exercise any right or power accruing upon any Default or Event of Default shall impair any such right or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such Default or Event of Default or any acquiescence therein; and, subject to the provisions of Section 6.06, every power and remedy given by this Article 6 or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as shall be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders. The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any Notes or does not produce any Notes in the proceeding.

 

 74 

 

 

Section 6.09           Direction of Proceedings and Waiver of Defaults by Majority of Holders. The Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04 shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes or the Guarantees; provided, however, that (a) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, and (b) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. The Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that it determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability or for which it has not received indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against loss, liability or expense (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to determine whether any direction is prejudicial to any Holder). The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04 may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes (x) waive any past Default or Event of Default hereunder and its consequences except any continuing defaults relating to (i) a default in the payment of the principal (including any Fundamental Change Repurchase Price) of, the Notes when due that has not been cured pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.01, (ii) a failure by the Company to pay or deliver, as the case may be, the consideration due upon conversion of the Notes or (iii) a default in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article 10 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected; and (y) rescind any resulting acceleration of the Notes and its consequences if (i) such rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all existing Events of Default (other than nonpayment of the principal of, and interest on, the Notes that have become due solely by such acceleration) have been cured or waived. Upon any such waiver the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Whenever any Default or Event of Default hereunder shall have been waived as permitted by this Section 6.09, said Default or Event of Default shall for all purposes of the Notes and this Indenture be deemed to have been cured and to be not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.10           Notice of Defaults. The Trustee shall, after the occurrence and continuance of a Default of which a Responsible Officer has actual knowledge, deliver to all Holders notice of such Default within ninety (90) days after such Responsible Officer obtains such knowledge, unless such Defaults shall have been cured or waived before the giving of such notice; provided that, except in the case of a Default in the payment of the principal of (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable), or accrued and unpaid interest on, any of the Notes or a Default in the payment or delivery of the consideration due upon conversion, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders.

 

Section 6.11           Undertaking to Pay Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note by its acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may, in its discretion, require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided that the provisions of this Section 6.11 (to the extent permitted by law) shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined in accordance with Section 8.04, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on any Note (including, but not limited to, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) on or after the due date expressed or provided for in such Note or to any suit for the enforcement of the right to convert any Note, or receive the consideration due upon conversion, in accordance with the provisions of Article 14.

 

 75 

 

 

Article 7
CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01           Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee. The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing or waiver of all Events of Default that may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs; provided that the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered, and if requested, provided to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(a)            prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default that may have occurred:

 

(i)             the duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee shall not be liable except for the performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(ii)            in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein);

 

(b)           the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

 

(c)            the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding determined as provided in Section 8.04 relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture;

 

 76 

 

 

(d)           whether or not therein provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section;

 

(e)            the Trustee shall not be liable in respect of any payment (as to the correctness of amount, entitlement to receive or any other matters relating to payment) or notice effected by the Company or any Paying Agent or any records maintained by any co-Note Registrar with respect to the Notes;

 

(f)            if any party fails to deliver a notice relating to an event the fact of which, pursuant to this Indenture, requires notice to be sent to the Trustee, the Trustee may conclusively rely on its failure to receive such notice as reason to act as if no such event occurred;

 

(g)           in the absence of written investment direction from the Company, all cash received by the Trustee shall be placed in a non-interest bearing trust account, and in no event shall the Trustee be liable for the selection of investments or for investment losses incurred thereon or for losses incurred as a result of the liquidation of any such investment prior to its maturity date or the failure of the party directing such investments prior to its maturity date or the failure of the party directing such investment to provide timely written investment direction, and the Trustee shall have no obligation to invest or reinvest any amounts held hereunder in the absence of such written investment direction from the Company; and

 

(h)           in the event that the Trustee is also acting as Custodian, Note Registrar, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent or transfer agent hereunder, the rights and protections afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this Article 7 shall also be afforded to such Custodian, Note Registrar, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent or transfer agent.

 

None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers.

 

Section 7.02           Reliance on Documents, Opinions, Etc. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01:

 

(a)            The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, judgment, order, bond, note, coupon or other paper or document believed by it in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

 

(b)            Any request, direction, order or demand of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed); and any Board Resolution may be evidenced to the Trustee by a copy thereof certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company. Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

 

 77 

 

 

(c)                The Trustee may consult with counsel and require an Opinion of Counsel and any advice of such counsel or Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance on such advice or Opinion of Counsel.

 

(d)                The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, judgment, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine in its reasonable judgment to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, at a reasonable time on any Business Day after reasonable notice, to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the expense of the Company and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

(e)                The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, custodians, nominees or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent, custodian, nominee or attorney appointed by it with due care hereunder, and the permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein shall not be construed as duties.

 

(f)                 The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trusts and powers under this Indenture.

 

(g)                The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any Person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

 

(h)                The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default (except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of scheduled principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note) unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default (and stating the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default) is actually received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture and states that it is a “Notice of Default”.

 

(i)                 The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers.

 

(j)                 The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith at the direction of the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes as to the time, method and place of conducting any proceedings for any remedy available to the Trustee or the exercising of any power conferred by this Indenture.

 

(k)                Neither the Trustee nor any of its directors, officers, employees, agents or affiliates shall be responsible for nor have any duty to monitor the performance or any action of the Company, or any of their respective directors, members, officers, agents, affiliates or employee, nor shall it have any liability in connection with the malfeasance or nonfeasance by such party. The Trustee shall not be responsible for any inaccuracy in the information obtained from the Company or for any inaccuracy or omission in the records which may result from such information or any failure by the Trustee to perform its duties as set forth herein as a result of any inaccuracy or incompleteness.

 

 78 

 

 

(l)                 In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for punitive, special, indirect, incidental or any consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action other than any such loss or damage caused by the Trustee’s willful misconduct or gross negligence as determined by a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes, unless either (1) a Responsible Officer shall have actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (2) written notice of such Default or Event of Default shall have been actually received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, from the Company or any Holder of the Notes, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture and states that is a “Notice of Default.”

 

(m)              Neither the Trustee nor any agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

 

Section 7.03            No Responsibility for Recitals, Etc. The recitals contained herein and in the Notes (except in the Trustee’s certificate of authentication) shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the same. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes or other transaction documents relating to the Notes and this Indenture. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any Notes or the proceeds of any Notes authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture.

 

Section 7.04            Trustee, Paying Agents, Conversion Agents or Note Registrar May Own Notes. The Trustee, any Paying Agent, any Conversion Agent or Note Registrar (in each case, if other than an Affiliate of the Company), in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent or Note Registrar.

 

Section 7.05            Monies and Shares of Common Stock to Be Held in Trust. All monies and shares of Common Stock received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received. Money and shares of Common Stock held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as may be agreed from time to time by the Company and the Trustee.

 

Section 7.06            Compensation and Expenses of Trustee. The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, covenant and agree to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to, compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder in any capacity (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) as mutually agreed to in writing between the Trustee and the Company, and the Company will pay or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Indenture in any capacity hereunder (including the compensation and the reasonable expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel and of all Persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as shall have been caused by its gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction. The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, also covenant to indemnify, jointly and severally, the Trustee in any capacity under this Indenture and any other document or transaction entered into in connection herewith and its agents and any authenticating agent for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred without gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, its officers, directors, agents or employees, or such agent or authenticating agent, as the case may be, as determined by a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction, and arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this Indenture or in any other capacity hereunder (whether such claims arise by or against the Company, any Guarantor, or a third person), including the reasonable costs and expenses of defending themselves against any claim of liability in the premises or enforcing the Company’s or Guarantors’ obligations hereunder. The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.06 to compensate or indemnify the Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall be secured by a senior lien to which the Notes are hereby made subordinate on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except, subject to the effect of Section 6.05, funds held in trust herewith for the benefit of the Holders of particular Notes. The Trustee’s right to receive payment of any amounts due under this Section 7.06 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or indebtedness of the Company. The obligation of the Company under this Section 7.06 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the payment or conversion of the Notes and the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The indemnification provided in this Section 7.06 shall extend to the officers, directors, agents and employees of the Trustee.

 

 79 

 

 

Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee and its agents and any authenticating agent incur expenses or render services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(i) or Section 6.01(j) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws.

 

Section 7.07            Officer’s Certificate as Evidence. Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01, whenever in the administration of the provisions of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it necessary or desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking or omitting any action hereunder, such matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee, and such Officer’s Certificate, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, shall be full warrant to the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it under the provisions of this Indenture upon the faith thereof.

 

Section 7.08            Eligibility of Trustee. There shall be at all times a Trustee hereunder which shall be eligible to act as Trustee under TIA Section 310(a), and which shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 (or in the case of a corporation included in a bank holding company system, the related bank holding company shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000). If such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of any supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

 

Section 7.09            Resignation or Removal of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may at any time resign by giving written notice of such resignation to the Company. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly notify all Holders and appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor trustee. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within sixty (60) days after the giving of such notice of resignation to the Company, the resigning Trustee may, upon ten Business Days’ notice to the Company and the Holders and at the expense of the Company, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee, or any Holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Note or Notes for at least six months (or since the date of this Indenture) may, subject to the provisions of Section 6.11, on behalf of himself or herself and all others similarly situated, petition any such court for the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, appoint a successor trustee.

 

 80 

 

 

(a)                In case at any time any of the following shall occur:

 

(i)                 the Trustee shall fail to comply with the provisions of TIA Section 310(b) after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder for at least six months, or

 

(ii)               the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.08 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder, or

 

(iii)             the Trustee shall become incapable of acting, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

 

then, in either case, the Company may by a Board Resolution remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, executed by order of the Board of Directors, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee, or, subject to the provisions of Section 6.11, any Holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Note or Notes for at least six months (or since the date of this Indenture) may, on behalf of himself or herself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor trustee. Such court may thereupon, after such notice, if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe, remove the Trustee and appoint a successor trustee.

 

(b)                The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, as determined in accordance with Section 8.04, may at any time remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee that shall be deemed appointed as successor trustee unless within ten (10) days after notice to the Company of such nomination the Company objects thereto, in which case the Trustee so removed or any Holder, upon the terms and conditions and otherwise as in Section 7.09(a) provided, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for an appointment of a successor trustee.

 

(c)                Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 7.09 shall become effective upon acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in Section 7.10.

 

Section 7.10            Acceptance by Successor Trustee. Any successor trustee appointed as provided in Section 7.09 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Trustee herein; but, nevertheless, on the written request of the Company or of the successor trustee, the trustee ceasing to act shall, upon payment of any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.06, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor trustee all the rights and powers of the trustee so ceasing to act. Upon request of any such successor trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments in writing for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor trustee all such rights and powers. Any trustee ceasing to act shall, nevertheless, retain a senior lien to which the Notes are hereby made subordinate on all money or property held or collected by such trustee as such, except for funds held in trust for the benefit of Holders of particular Notes, to secure any amounts then due it pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.06.

 

 81 

 

 

No successor trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section 7.10 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor trustee shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 7.08.

 

Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee as provided in this Section 7.10, each of the Company and the successor trustee, at the written direction and at the expense of the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered notice of the succession of such trustee hereunder to the Holders. If the Company fails to deliver such notice within ten (10) days after acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee, the successor trustee shall cause such notice to be delivered at the expense of the Company.

 

Section 7.11            Succession by Merger, Etc. Any corporation or other entity into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation or other entity resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation or other entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee (including the administration of this Indenture), shall be the successor to the Trustee hereunder without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided that in the case of any corporation or other entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee such corporation or other entity shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 7.08.

 

In case at the time such successor to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee or authenticating agent appointed by such predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee or an authenticating agent appointed by such successor trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor trustee hereunder or in the name of the successor trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have; provided, however, that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee or to authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

 

Section 7.12            Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Company. Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Company (other than with regard to any action proposed to be taken or omitted to be taken by the Trustee that affects the rights of the Holders of the Notes under this Indenture) may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The Trustee shall not be liable to the Company for any action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than three (3) Business Days after the date any officer that the Company has indicated to the Trustee should receive such application actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date), unless, prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of any omission), the Trustee shall have received written instructions in accordance with this Indenture in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

 

 82 

 

 

Article 8
CONCERNING THE HOLDERS

 

Section 8.01            Action by Holders. Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the Holders of a specified percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes may take any action (including the making of any demand or request, the giving of any notice, consent or waiver or the taking of any other action), the fact that at the time of taking any such action, the Holders of such specified percentage have joined therein may be evidenced (a) by any instrument or any number of instruments of similar tenor executed by Holders in person or by agent or proxy appointed in writing, or (b) by the record of the Holders voting in favor thereof at any meeting of Holders duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article 9, or (c) by a combination of such instrument or instruments and any such record of such a meeting of Holders. Whenever the Company or the Trustee solicits the taking of any action by the Holders of the Notes, the Company or the Trustee, as applicable, may, but shall not be required to, fix in advance of such solicitation, a date as the record date for determining Holders entitled to take such action. The record date if one is selected shall be not more than fifteen (15) days prior to the date of commencement of solicitation of such action.

 

Section 8.02            Proof of Execution by Holders. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, Section 7.02 and Section 9.05, proof of the execution of any instrument by a Holder or its agent or proxy shall be sufficient if made in accordance with such reasonable rules and regulations as may be prescribed by the Trustee or in such manner as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee. The holding of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register or by a certificate of the Note Registrar. The record of any Holders’ meeting shall be proved in the manner provided in Section 9.06.

 

Section 8.03            Who Are Deemed Absolute Owners. The Company, the Trustee, any authenticating agent, any Paying Agent, any Conversion Agent and any Note Registrar may deem the Person in whose name a Note shall be registered upon the Note Register to be, and may treat it as, the absolute owner of such Note (whether or not such Note shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon made by any Person other than the Company or any Note Registrar) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal (including any Fundamental Change Repurchase Price) of and (subject to Section 2.03) accrued and unpaid interest on such Note, for conversion of such Note and for all other purposes; and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any Paying Agent nor any Conversion Agent nor any Note Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. The sole registered holder of a Global Note shall be the Depositary or its nominee. All such payments or deliveries so made to any Holder for the time being, or upon its order, shall be valid, and, to the extent of the sums or shares of Common Stock so paid or delivered, effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability for monies payable or shares deliverable upon any such Note. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or the Notes following an Event of Default, any holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note may directly enforce against the Company, without the consent, solicitation, proxy, authorization or any other action of the Depositary or any other Person, such holder’s right to exchange such beneficial interest for a Note in certificated form in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Section 8.04            Company-Owned Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, consent, waiver or other action under this Indenture, Notes that are owned by the Company, by any Subsidiary thereof or by any Affiliate of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for the purpose of any such determination; provided that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, consent, waiver or other action only Notes that a Responsible Officer actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as outstanding for the purposes of this Section 8.04 if the pledgee shall establish to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to so act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company, a Subsidiary thereof or an Affiliate of the Company or a Subsidiary thereof. In the case of a dispute as to such right, any decision by the Trustee taken upon the advice of counsel shall be full protection to the Trustee. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee promptly an Officer’s Certificate listing and identifying all Notes, if any, known by the Company to be owned or held by or for the account of any of the above described Persons; and, subject to Section 7.01, the Trustee shall be entitled to accept such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive evidence of the facts therein set forth and of the fact that all Notes not listed therein are outstanding for the purpose of any such determination.

 

 83 

 

 

Section 8.05            Revocation of Consents; Future Holders Bound. At any time prior to (but not after) the evidencing to the Trustee, as provided in Section 8.01, of the taking of any action by the Holders of the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes specified in this Indenture in connection with such action, any Holder of a Note that is shown by the evidence to be included in the Notes the Holders of which have consented to such action may, by filing written notice with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office and upon proof of holding as provided in Section 8.02, revoke such action so far as concerns such Note. Except as aforesaid, any such action taken by the Holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders and owners of such Note and of any Notes issued in exchange or substitution therefor or upon registration of transfer thereof, irrespective of whether any notation in regard thereto is made upon such Note or any Note issued in exchange or substitution therefor or upon registration of transfer thereof.

 

Article 9
HOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

Section 9.01            Purpose of Meetings. A meeting of Holders may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to the provisions of this Article 9 for any of the following purposes:

 

(a)                to give any notice to the Company or to the Trustee or to give any directions to the Trustee permitted under this Indenture, or to consent to the waiving of any Default or Event of Default hereunder (in each case, as permitted under this Indenture) and its consequences, or to take any other action authorized to be taken by Holders pursuant to any of the provisions of Article 6;

 

(b)                to remove the Trustee and nominate a successor trustee pursuant to the provisions of Article 7;

 

(c)                to consent to the execution of an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.02; or

 

(d)                to take any other action authorized to be taken by or on behalf of the Holders of any specified aggregate principal amount of the Notes under any other provision of this Indenture or under applicable law.

 

Section 9.02            Call of Meetings by Trustee. The Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Holders to take any action specified in Section 9.01, to be held at such time and at such place as the Trustee shall determine. Notice of every meeting of the Holders, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting and the establishment of any record date pursuant to Section 8.01, shall be delivered to Holders of such Notes. Such notice shall also be delivered to the Company. Such notices shall be delivered not less than twenty (20) nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

 

 84 

 

 

Any meeting of Holders shall be valid without notice if the Holders of all Notes then outstanding are present in person or by proxy or if notice is waived before or after the meeting by the Holders of all Notes then outstanding, and if the Company and the Trustee are either present by duly authorized representatives or have, before or after the meeting, waived notice.

 

Section 9.03            Call of Meetings by Company or Holders. In case at any time the Company or the Holders of at least twenty-five (25%) of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of Holders, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have delivered the notice of such meeting promptly and in any event within twenty (20) days after receipt of such request, then the Company or such Holders may determine the time and the place for such meeting and may call such meeting to take any action authorized in Section 9.01, by delivering notice thereof as provided in Section 9.02.

 

Section 9.04            Qualifications for Voting. To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders a Person shall (a) be a Holder of one or more Notes on the record date pertaining to such meeting or (b) be a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by a Holder of one or more Notes on the record date pertaining to such meeting. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel and any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

 

Section 9.05            Regulations. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee may make such reasonable regulations as it may deem advisable for any meeting of Holders, in regard to proof of the holding of Notes and of the appointment of proxies, and in regard to the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it shall think fit.

 

The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Holders as provided in Section 9.03, in which case the Company or the Holders calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner appoint a temporary chairman. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented at the meeting and entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 8.04, at any meeting of Holders each Holder or proxyholder shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes held or represented by him or her; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Note challenged as not outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote other than by virtue of Notes held by it or instruments in writing as aforesaid duly designating it as the proxy to vote on behalf of other Holders. Any meeting of Holders duly called pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.02 or Section 9.03 may be adjourned from time to time by the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented at the meeting, whether or not constituting a quorum, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

 

Section 9.06            Voting. The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders shall be by written ballot on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Holders or of their representatives by proxy and the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Notes held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in duplicate of all votes cast at the meeting. A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more Persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was delivered as provided in Section 9.02. The record shall show the aggregate principal amount of the Notes voting in favor of or against any resolution. The record shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be delivered to the Company and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting.

 

 85 

 

 

Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

 

Section 9.07            No Delay of Rights by Meeting. Nothing contained in this Article 9 shall be deemed or construed to authorize or permit, by reason of any call of a meeting of Holders or any rights expressly or impliedly conferred hereunder to make such call, any hindrance or delay in the exercise of any right or rights conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders under any of the provisions of this Indenture or of the Notes. Nothing contained in this Article 9 shall be deemed or construed to limit any Holder’s actions pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Depositary so long as the Notes are Global Notes.

 

Article 10
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

 

Section 10.01        Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders. Without the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Guarantors, when authorized by the resolutions of their respective Boards of Directors (or similar governing body) and the Trustee, at the Company’s sole expense, may from time to time and at any time amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes in writing for one or more of the following purposes:

 

(a)                to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

 

(b)                to provide for the assumption by a successor Person of the obligations of the Company or a Guarantor under this Indenture or the Notes in accordance with this Indenture or to provide for the release of any Guarantor in accordance with Section 13.10;

 

(c)                to add additional guarantees with respect to the Notes;

 

(d)                to secure the Notes or the Guarantees;

 

(e)                to add to the covenants or Events of Default of the Company for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company;

 

(f)                 to make any change that, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder;

 

(g)                in connection with any Share Exchange Event, to provide that the notes are convertible into Reference Property, subject to the provisions of Section 14.02, and make such related changes to the terms of the Notes to the extent expressly required by Section 14.07;

 

 86 

 

 

(h)                comply with any requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act to the extent this Indenture is qualified thereunder;

 

(i)                 [reserved];

 

(j)                 provide for the appointment of a successor Trustee, Note Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent;

 

(k)                comply with the rules of any applicable securities depositary in a manner that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder;

 

(l)                 [reserved];

 

(m)              increase the Conversion Rate as provided in this Indenture; or

 

(n)                to make any change to comply with rules of the Depositary, so long as such change does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder, as certified in good faith by the Company in an Officer’s Certificate.

 

Upon the written request of the Company and subject to Section 10.05, the Trustee is hereby authorized to, and shall, join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any such supplemental indenture, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to, but may in its discretion, enter into any supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

 

Any supplemental indenture authorized by the provisions of this Section 10.01 may be executed by the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee without the consent of the Holders of any of the Notes at the time outstanding, notwithstanding any of the provisions of Section 10.02.

 

Section 10.02        Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Holders. With the consent (evidenced as provided in Article 8) of the Holders of at least a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (determined in accordance with Article 8 and including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a repurchase of, or tender or exchange offer for, Notes), the Company and the Guarantors, when authorized by the resolutions of their respective Boards of Directors (or similar governing body) and the Trustee, at the Company’s sole expense, may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture, any supplemental indenture or the Notes or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders;

 

provided, however, that, without the consent of (i) in the case of clause (j) below, holders of at least 75% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then Outstanding (determined in accordance with Article 8 and including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a repurchase of, or tender or exchange offer for, Notes) or (y) in all other cases, each Holder of an outstanding Note affected, no such supplemental indenture shall:

 

(a)                reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

 

(b)                reduce the rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest, including any default interest, on any Note;

 

 87 

 

 

(c)                reduce the principal amount of any Notes, reduce the premium payable upon the conversion of the Notes, or extend the Maturity Date of any Note;

 

(d)                make any change that adversely affects the conversion rights of any Notes other than as expressly permitted or required by this Indenture;

 

(e)                reduce the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price of any Note or amend or modify in any manner adverse to the Holders the Company’s obligation to make such payments, whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the covenants, definitions or otherwise;

 

(f)                 make any Note payable in a currency, in a form, or at a place of payment, other than that stated in the Note;

 

(g)                change the ranking or priority of the Notes;

 

(h)                impair the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement right to receive payment or delivery, as the case may be, of the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, and the consideration due upon conversion of, its Notes, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Notes or this Indenture;

 

(i)                 make any change in this Article 10 that requires each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions in Section 6.02 or Section 6.09;

 

(j)                 release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Guarantee otherwise than in accordance with the terms contained in this Indenture; or

 

(k)                provide for the issuance of additional Notes except as permitted herein.

 

Upon the written request of the Company, and upon the delivery to the Trustee of evidence of the consent of Holders as aforesaid and subject to Section 10.05, the Trustee shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.

 

Holders do not need under this Section 10.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture. It shall be sufficient if such Holders approve the substance thereof. After any such supplemental indenture becomes effective, the Company shall deliver to the Holders a notice briefly describing such supplemental indenture. However, the failure to give such notice to all the Holders, or any defect in the notice, will not impair or affect the validity of the supplemental indenture.

 

Section 10.03        Effect of Supplemental Indentures. Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article 10, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith and the respective rights, limitation of rights, obligations, duties and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the Company, the Guarantors and the Holders shall thereafter be determined, exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications and amendments and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.

 

 88 

 

 

Section 10.04        Notation on Notes. Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of this Article 10 may, at the Company’s expense, bear a notation as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company or the Trustee shall so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company, to any modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may, at the Company’s expense, be prepared and executed by the Company, authenticated, upon receipt of a Company Order, by the Trustee (or an authenticating agent duly appointed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 17.10) and delivered in exchange for the Notes then outstanding, upon surrender of such Notes then outstanding.

 

Section 10.05        Evidence of Compliance of Supplemental Indenture to Be Furnished Trustee. In addition to the documents required by Section 17.05, the Trustee shall receive an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive evidence that any supplemental indenture executed pursuant hereto complies with the requirements of this Article 10 and is permitted or authorized by this Indenture and such Opinion of Counsel shall include a customary legal opinion stating that such supplemental indenture is the valid and binding obligation of the Company and the Guarantors, subject to customary exceptions and qualifications.

 

Article 11
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE, CONVEYANCE AND LEASE

 

Section 11.01        Company and Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc. on Certain Terms.

 

(a)                Subject to the provisions of Section 11.02, the Company shall not consolidate with, merge with or into, or sell, convey, transfer or lease, all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to another Person, unless:

 

(i)                 the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”), if not the Company, shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and the Successor Company (if not the Company) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture all of the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture;

 

(ii)               immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing under this Indenture; and

 

(iii)             if the Company is not the Successor Company, the Successor Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease complies with this Indenture and that such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the supplemental indenture is the valid and binding obligation of the Successor Company, subject to customary exceptions and qualifications.

 

For purposes of this Section 11.01(a), the sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company to another Person, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company to another Person.

 

 89 

 

 

(b)                Subject to the provisions of Section 13.10, no Guarantor shall consolidate with, merge with or into, or sell, convey, transfer or lease, all or substantially all of its assets to, another Person, unless:

 

(i)                 the other Person is the Company or a Guarantor or becomes a Guarantor concurrently with the transaction;

 

(ii)               either (x) the Company or a Guarantor is the continuing Person or (y) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Guarantor under this Indenture by the execution of a supplemental indenture; or

 

(iii)             the transaction constitutes a sale or other disposition or transfer (including by way of consolidation, merger or amalgamation) of the Guarantor or the sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all the assets of the Guarantor (in each case other than to the Company or a Guarantor) otherwise not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may (a) consolidate or otherwise combine with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Company, (b) consolidate or otherwise combine with or merge into an Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of changing the legal domicile of the Guarantor, reincorporating the Guarantor in another jurisdiction or changing the legal form of the Guarantor, (c) convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor and (d) liquidate or dissolve or change its legal form if the Company determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

Section 11.02        Successor Corporation to Be Substituted. In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease and upon the assumption by the Successor Company (if other than the Company), by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and reasonably satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of and accrued and unpaid interest on all of the Notes, the due and punctual delivery and/or payment, as the case may be, of any consideration due upon conversion of the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Company, such Successor Company (if not the Company) shall succeed to and, except in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, shall be substituted for the Company, with the same effect as if it had been named herein as the party of the first part, and the Company shall be discharged from its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (except in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries, taken as a whole). Such Successor Company thereupon may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Company any or all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such Successor Company instead of the Company and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver, or cause to be authenticated and delivered, any Notes that previously shall have been signed and delivered by the Officers of the Company to the Trustee for authentication, and any Notes that such Successor Company thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee for that purpose. All the Notes so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Notes theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Notes had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. In the event of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or transfer (but not in the case of a lease), upon compliance with this Article 11 the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this Indenture (or any successor that shall thereafter have become such in the manner prescribed in this Article 11) may be dissolved, wound up and liquidated at any time thereafter and, except in the case of a lease, such Person shall be released from its liabilities as obligor and maker of the Notes and from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

 90 

 

 

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, transfer or lease, such changes in phraseology and form (but not in substance) may be made in the Notes thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.

 

Section 11.03        Opinion of Counsel to Be Given to Trustee. The Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger, combination, sale, lease or other transfer or disposition complies with the requirements of this Indenture.

 

Article 12
IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

 

Section 12.01        Indenture, Notes and Guarantees Solely Corporate Obligations. No recourse for the payment of the principal of or accrued and unpaid interest on, or the payment or delivery of consideration due upon conversion of, any Note or any Guarantee, nor for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company or any Guarantor in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture or in any Note, nor because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, agent, Officer or director or Subsidiary, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or any Guarantor or of any successor corporation, either directly or through the Company or any Guarantor or any successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that all such liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the Notes.

 

Article 13
guarantee

 

Section 13.01        Guarantee. Subject to the provisions of this Article 13, each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, jointly and severally, on a senior basis, the full and punctual payment (whether at the Maturity Date, by acceleration, upon repurchase or otherwise) of the principal of and interest on the Notes and the Settlement Amounts upon conversion, and all other payment obligations of the Company under this Indenture. Upon failure by the Company to pay punctually any such amount, each Guarantor shall forthwith on demand pay the amount not so paid at the place and in the manner specified in this Indenture.

 

Section 13.02        Guarantee Unconditional. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are unconditional and absolute and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall not be released, discharged or otherwise affected by:

 

(a)                any extension, renewal, settlement, compromise, waiver or release in respect of any obligation of the Company under this Indenture or any Note, by operation of law or otherwise;

 

(b)                any modification or amendment of or supplement to this Indenture or any Note;

 

 91 

 

 

(c)                any change in the existence, structure or ownership of the Company, or any insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization or other similar proceeding affecting the Company or its assets or any resulting release or discharge of any obligation of the Company contained in this Indenture or any Note;

 

(d)                the existence of any claim, set-off or other rights which the Guarantor may have at any time against the Company, the Trustee or any other Person, whether in connection with this Indenture or any unrelated transactions; provided that nothing herein prevents the assertion of any such claim by separate suit or compulsory counterclaim;

 

(e)                any invalidity or unenforceability relating to or against the Company for any reason of this Indenture or any Note, or any provision of applicable law or regulation purporting to prohibit the payment by the Company of the principal of or interest on any Note or any other amount payable by the Company under this Indenture; or

 

(f)                 any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind by the Company, the Trustee or any other Person or any other circumstance whatsoever which might, but for the provisions of this Section 13.02, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of or defense to such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Guarantees with respect to a Note are not exchangeable and shall automatically terminate when such Note is exchanged in accordance with this Indenture.

 

Section 13.03        Discharge; Reinstatement. Subject to Section 13.10, each Guarantor’s obligations hereunder shall remain in full force and effect until the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Company under this Indenture have been paid in full. If at any time any payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note or any other amount payable by the Company under this Indenture is rescinded or must be otherwise restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise, each Guarantor’s obligations hereunder with respect to such payment shall be reinstated as though such payment had been due but not made at such time.

 

Section 13.04        Waiver by the Guarantors. Each Guarantor irrevocably waives acceptance hereof, presentment, demand, protest and any notice not provided for herein, as well as any requirement that at any time any action be taken by any Person against the Company or any other Person.

 

Section 13.05        Subrogation and Contribution. Upon making any payment with respect to any obligation of the Company under this Article 13, the Guarantor making such payment shall be subrogated to the rights of the payee against the Company with respect to such obligation; provided that the Guarantor may not enforce either any right of subrogation, or any right to receive payment in the nature of contribution, or otherwise, from any other Guarantor, with respect to such payment so long as any amount payable by the Company hereunder or under the Notes remains unpaid.

 

Section 13.06        Stay of Acceleration. If acceleration of the time for payment of any amount payable by the Company under this Indenture or the Notes is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company, all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration under the terms of this Indenture are nonetheless payable by the Guarantors hereunder forthwith on demand by the Trustee or the Holders.

 

Section 13.07        Limitation on Amount of Guarantee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 13, each Guarantor and, by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent conveyance under applicable fraudulent conveyance provisions of the Bankruptcy Law or any comparable provision of state law. To effectuate that intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor under its Guarantee are limited to the maximum amount that would not render the Guarantor’s obligations subject to avoidance under applicable fraudulent conveyance provisions of the Bankruptcy Law or any comparable provision of state law.

 

 92 

 

 

Section 13.08        Execution and Delivery of Guarantee. The execution by each Guarantor of this Indenture (or a supplemental indenture) evidences the Guarantee of such Guarantor, whether or not the person signing as an officer of the Guarantor still holds that office at the time of authentication of any Note. The delivery of any Note by the Trustee after authentication constitutes due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of each Guarantor.

 

Section 13.09        Benefits Acknowledged. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it shall receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

 

Section 13.10        Release of Guarantee. The Guarantee of a Guarantor shall terminate, and the Guarantee shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged:

 

(a)                upon a sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of Capital Stock of such Guarantor following which the applicable Guarantor ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary or the sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all the properties and assets of the applicable Guarantor (other than to the other Guarantors) otherwise not prohibited by this Indenture,

 

(b)                upon the release or discharge of such Guarantor’s obligations under the Credit Agreements or other Indebtedness that resulted in the creation of such Guarantee other than, in each case, a release or discharge through payment thereon,

 

(c)                upon the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of any Guarantor with and into the Company or another Guarantor or upon the liquidation of such Guarantor, in each case, in compliance with the this Indenture,

 

(d)                upon the discharge of the Notes, as provided in Article 3, or

 

(e)                as provided in Article 10.

 

Article 14
CONVERSION OF NOTES

 

Section 14.01        Conversion Privilege. Subject to and upon compliance with the provisions of this Article 14, each Holder of a Note shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to convert all or any portion (if the portion to be converted is $1,000 principal amount or an integral multiple thereof) of such Note at any time prior to the close of business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, at an initial conversion rate of 100.0000 shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in this Article 14, the “Conversion Rate”) per $1,000 principal amount of Notes (subject to, and in accordance with, the settlement provisions of Section 14.02, the “Conversion Obligation”).

 

 93 

 

 

Section 14.02        Conversion Procedure; Settlement Upon Conversion.

 

(a)                Subject to this Section 14.02, Section 14.07(a) and Section 14.14(b), upon conversion of any Note, the Company shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, to the converting Holder no later than two (2) Business Days following the applicable conversion of the Notes, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being converted, shares of Common Stock, together with cash, if applicable, in lieu of delivering any fractional share of Common Stock in accordance with subsection (j) of this Section 14.02 (“Physical Settlement”) as set forth in this Section 14.02. The Company shall use the Physical Settlement Method for all conversions, subject to the last sentence of Section 14.14.

 

(i)                 The shares of Common Stock and cash the Company shall pay and/or deliver, as the case may be, in respect of any conversion of Notes (the “Settlement Amount”) shall be computed as follows in respect of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes being converted: a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate in effect on the Conversion Date (plus cash in lieu of any fractional share of Common Stock issuable upon conversion).

 

(ii)               [Reserved.]

 

(b)                Subject to Section 14.02(e), before any Holder of a Note shall be entitled to convert a Note as set forth above, such Holder shall (i) in the case of a Global Note, comply with the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary in effect at that time and, if required, pay funds equal to the interest payable on the next Interest Payment Date to which such Holder is not entitled as set forth in Section 14.02(h) and, if required, pay all transfer or similar taxes, if any, pursuant to Section 14.02(e) and (ii) in the case of a Physical Note (1) complete, manually sign and deliver an irrevocable notice to the Conversion Agent as set forth in the Form of Notice of Conversion (or a facsimile thereof) (a “Notice of Conversion”) at the office of the Conversion Agent and state in writing therein the principal amount of Notes to be converted and the name or names (with addresses) in which such Holder wishes the certificate or certificates for any shares of Common Stock to be delivered upon settlement of the Conversion Obligation to be registered, (2) surrender such Notes, duly endorsed to the Company or in blank (and accompanied by appropriate endorsement and transfer documents), at the office of the Conversion Agent, (3) if required, furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, (4) if required, pay funds equal to interest payable on the next Interest Payment Date to which such Holder is not entitled as set forth in Section 14.02(h) and (5) if required, pay all transfer or similar taxes, if any, pursuant to Section 14.02(e). The Trustee (and if different, the Conversion Agent) shall notify the Company of any conversion pursuant to this Article 14 on the Conversion Date for such conversion. No Notice of Conversion with respect to any Notes may be surrendered by a Holder thereof if such Holder has also delivered a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice to the Company in respect of such Notes and has not validly withdrawn such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in accordance with Section 15.03. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, to the extent that an indirect holder of a Global Note held indirectly through a participant submits irrevocable instructions to convert any portion of such Note, such Holder shall be deemed for purposes of Regulation SHO to have converted the applicable portion of such Note at the time of delivery of such instructions, regardless of when shares of Common Stock are delivered to such Holder or its participant.

 

If more than one Note shall be surrendered for conversion at one time by the same Holder, the Conversion Obligation with respect to such Notes shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (or specified portions thereof to the extent permitted thereby) so surrendered.

 

(c)                A Note shall be deemed to have been converted immediately prior to the close of business on the date (the “Conversion Date”) that the Holder has complied with the requirements set forth in subsection (ii) above. Except as set forth in Section 14.07(a) and Section 14.14(b), the Company shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, the consideration due in respect of the Conversion Obligation on the second (2nd) Business Day immediately following the relevant Conversion Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the Company’s satisfaction of its Conversion Obligation through Physical Settlement for which the relevant Conversion Date occurs after the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date, the settlement shall occur on the Maturity Date. If any shares of Common Stock are due to a converting Holder, the Company shall issue or cause to be issued, and deliver (if applicable) to the Conversion Agent or to such Holder, or such Holder’s nominee or nominees, the full number of shares of Common Stock to which such Holder shall be entitled, in book-entry format through the Depositary or on the Transfer Agent’s books if the shares of Common Stock are not then held through the facilities of DTC, in satisfaction of the Company’s Conversion Obligation.

 

 94 

 

 

(d)                In case any Note shall be surrendered for partial conversion, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to or upon the written order of the Holder of the Note so surrendered a new Note or Notes in authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unconverted portion of the surrendered Note, without payment of any service charge by the converting Holder but, if required by the Company or Trustee, with payment of a sum sufficient to cover any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax or similar governmental charge required by law or that may be imposed in connection therewith as a result of the name of the Holder of the new Notes issued upon such conversion being different from the name of the Holder of the old Notes surrendered for such conversion.

 

(e)                If a Holder submits a Note for conversion, the Company shall pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax due on the issue of any shares of Common Stock upon conversion, unless the tax is due because the Holder requests such shares to be issued in a name other than the Holder’s name, in which case the Holder shall pay that tax. The Conversion Agent may refuse to deliver the certificates representing the shares of Common Stock being issued in a name other than the Holder’s name until the Trustee receives a sum sufficient to pay any tax that is due by such Holder in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence.

 

(f)                 Except as provided in Section 14.04, no adjustment shall be made for dividends on any shares of Common Stock issued upon the conversion of any Note as provided in this Article 14.

 

(g)                Upon the conversion of an interest in a Global Note, the Trustee, or the Custodian at the direction of the Trustee, shall make a notation on such Global Note as to the reduction in the principal amount represented thereby. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of any conversion of Notes effected through any Conversion Agent other than the Trustee.

 

(h)                Upon conversion, a Holder shall not receive any separate cash payment for accrued and unpaid interest, if any, except as set forth below. The Company’s settlement of the full Conversion Obligation shall be deemed to satisfy in full its obligation to pay the principal amount of the Note and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the relevant Conversion Date. As a result, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the relevant Conversion Date shall be deemed to be paid in full rather than cancelled, extinguished or forfeited. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Notes are converted after the close of business on a Regular Record Date but prior to the open of business on the immediately following Interest Payment Date, Holders of such Notes as of the close of business on such Regular Record Date will receive the full amount of interest payable on such Notes on such Interest Payment Date notwithstanding the conversion. However, Notes surrendered for conversion during the period from the close of business on any Regular Record Date to the open of business on the immediately following Interest Payment Date must be accompanied by funds equal to the amount of interest payable on the Notes so converted on the corresponding Interest Payment Date (regardless of whether the converting Holder was the Holder of record on the corresponding Regular Record Date); provided that no such payment shall be required (1) for conversions following the close of business on the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date; (2) if the Company has specified a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date that is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Business Day immediately following the corresponding Interest Payment Date; (3) if the Company has selected a Mandatory Conversion Date that is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the Business Day immediately following the corresponding Interest Payment Date; or (4) to the extent of any Defaulted Amounts, if any Defaulted Amounts exist at the time of conversion with respect to such Note. Therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, all Holders of record on the Regular Record Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date and any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date described in clause (2) above shall receive the full interest payment due on the Maturity Date or other applicable Interest Payment Date in cash regardless of whether their Notes have been converted and/or repurchased, as applicable, following such Regular Record Date.

 

 95 

 

 

(i)                 The Person in whose name the shares of Common Stock shall be issuable upon conversion shall be treated as a stockholder of record as of the close of business on the relevant Conversion Date. Upon a conversion of Notes, such Person shall no longer be a Holder of such Notes surrendered for conversion. Prior to conversion of a Holder’s Note, such Holder (in such capacity) shall not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company.

 

(j)                 The Company shall not issue any fractional share of Common Stock upon conversion of the Notes and shall instead pay cash in lieu of delivering any fractional share of Common Stock issuable upon conversion based on the Daily VWAP for the relevant Conversion Date.

 

Section 14.03        Company’s Mandatory Conversion Option.

 

(a)                On or after February 14, 2024 and prior to the close of business on December 12, 2026, the Company may, at its option, elect to convert the outstanding Notes, in whole or in part, if (x) the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock (i) for at least twenty (20) Trading Days (whether or not consecutive) during the period of thirty (30) consecutive Trading Days ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date the Company sends a Mandatory Conversion Notice (the “Mandatory Conversion Notice Date”) and (ii) on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Mandatory Conversion Notice Date is greater than or equal to $14.00 per share; (y) the 60-Day ADTV ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Mandatory Conversion Notice Date is greater than or equal to $15,000,000; and (z) the shares of Common Stock to be delivered upon such conversion, together with all shares of Common Stock previously delivered in connection with the conversion of any Notes, equal no more than 20% of the free-float of the Common Stock on a pro forma basis taking into account such conversion (together, the “Company Mandatory Conversion Condition”); provided that the Company may not elect to convert Notes under this Section 14.03 in part unless it converts the same proportion of the principal amount of all outstanding Notes across all Holders.

 

(b)                To exercise the Company Mandatory Conversion Right, the Company will send notice of the Company’s election (a “Mandatory Conversion Notice”) to Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent.

 

Such Mandatory Conversion Notice must state:

 

(i) that the Notes have been called for Mandatory Conversion, briefly describing the Company Mandatory Conversion Right under this Indenture;

 

(ii) the Mandatory Conversion Date;

 

 96 

 

 

(iii) the current Conversion Rate;

 

(iv) the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent; and

 

(v) the CUSIP and ISIN numbers, if any, of the Notes.

 

(c)                If the Company exercises the Company Mandatory Conversion Right in accordance with this ‎Section 14.03, then a Conversion Date will automatically, and without the need for any action on the part of any Holder, the Trustee or the Conversion Agent, be deemed to occur, with respect to each Note then outstanding, on the Mandatory Conversion Date. The Mandatory Conversion Date will be a Business Day of the Company’s choosing that is no more than thirty (30), nor less than ten (10), Business Days after the Company sends the Mandatory Conversion Notice; provided that the Mandatory Conversion Date shall be no later than the second Scheduled Trading Day prior to the Maturity Date. The Company shall pay or deliver, as the case may be, the consideration due in respect of the Conversion Obligation on the second (2nd) Business Day immediately following the Mandatory Conversion Date.

 

(d)                Each share of Common Stock delivered upon a Mandatory Conversion of any Note will be a newly issued or treasury share and will be duly and validly issued, fully paid, non-assessable, free from preemptive rights and free of any lien or adverse claim. If the Common Stock is then listed on any securities exchange and has been registered on an effective registration statement with the Commission, then the Company will cause each share of Common Stock, when delivered upon a Mandatory Conversion of any Note, to be admitted for listing on such exchange. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company (1) shall not be permitted to effect any Company Mandatory Conversion hereunder unless as of such Mandatory Conversion Date no Equity Conditions Failure then exists.

 

Section 14.04        Adjustment of Conversion Rate. The Conversion Rate shall be adjusted from time to time by the Company if any of the following events occurs, except that the Company shall not make any adjustments to the Conversion Rate if Holders of the Notes participate (other than in the case of (x) a share split or share combination or (y) a tender or exchange offer), at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of the Common Stock and solely as a result of holding the Notes, in any of the transactions described in this Section 14.04, without having to convert their Notes, as if they held a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate, multiplied by the principal amount (expressed in thousands) of Notes held by such Holder.

 

(a)                If the Company exclusively issues shares of Common Stock as a dividend or distribution on shares of the Common Stock, or if the Company effects a share split or share combination, the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted based on the following formula:

 

CR1 = CR0 ×

OS1

OS0

 

where,

 

CR0= the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Record Date of such dividend or distribution, or immediately prior to the open of business on the Effective Date of such share split or share combination, as applicable;

 

CR1= the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on such Record Date or Effective Date, as applicable;

 

 97 

 

 

OS0= the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on such Record Date or Effective Date, as applicable, before giving effect to such dividend, distribution, share split or share combination; and

 

OS1= the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such dividend, distribution, share split or share combination, as applicable.

 

Any adjustment made under this Section 14.04(a) shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the Record Date for such dividend or distribution, or immediately after the open of business on the Effective Date for such share split or share combination, as applicable. If any dividend or distribution of the type described in this Section 14.04(a) is declared but not so paid or made, or any share split or combination of the type described in this Section 14.04(a) is announced but the outstanding shares of Common Stock are not split or combined, as the case may be, the Conversion Rate shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith not to pay such dividend or distribution, or not to split or combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, as the case may be, to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared or such share split or combination had not been announced.

 

(b)                If the Company issues to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock any rights, options or warrants (other than pursuant to a stockholders rights plan) entitling them, for a period of not more than forty-five (45) calendar days after the announcement date of such issuance, to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Common Stock at a price per share that is less than the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of such issuance, the Conversion Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

CR1 = CR0 ×

OS0 + X

OS0 + Y

 

where,

 

CR0= the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Record Date for such issuance;

 

CR1= the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on such Record Date;

 

OS0= the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on such Record Date;

 

X= the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to such rights, options or warrants; and

 

Y= the number of shares of Common Stock equal to (i) the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights, options or warrants, divided by (ii) the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of the issuance of such rights, options or warrants.

 

 98 

 

 

Any increase made under this Section 14.04(b) shall be made successively whenever any such rights, options or warrants are issued and shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the Record Date for such issuance. To the extent that shares of the Common Stock are not delivered after the expiration of such rights, options or warrants, the Conversion Rate shall be decreased to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect had the increase with respect to the issuance of such rights, options or warrants been made on the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered. If such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, the Conversion Rate shall be decreased to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such Record Date for such issuance had not occurred.

 

For purposes of this Section 14.04(b), in determining whether any rights, options or warrants entitle the holders of Common Stock to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Common Stock at a price per share that is less than such average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of announcement of such issuance, and in determining the aggregate offering price of such shares of Common Stock, there shall be taken into account any consideration received by the Company for such rights, options or warrants and any amount payable on exercise or conversion thereof, the value of such consideration, if other than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

 

(c)                If the Company distributes shares of its Capital Stock, evidences of its indebtedness, other assets or property of the Company or rights, options or warrants to acquire its Capital Stock or other securities, to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock, excluding (i) dividends, distributions or issuances (including share splits) as to which an adjustment was effected pursuant to Section 14.04(a), Section 14.04(b) or Section 14.04(e), (ii) except as otherwise described in Section 14.11, rights issued pursuant to any stockholders rights plan of the Company then in effect, (iii) dividends or distributions paid exclusively in cash as to which the provisions set forth in Section 14.04(d) shall apply, (iv) dividends or distributions of Reference Property in exchange for or upon conversion of the Common Stock in a Share Exchange Event, and (v) Spin-Offs as to which the provisions set forth below in this Section 14.04(c) shall apply (any of such shares of Capital Stock, evidences of indebtedness, other assets or property or rights, options or warrants to acquire Capital Stock or other securities, the “Distributed Property”), then the Conversion Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

CR1 = CR0 ×

SP0

SP0 - FMV

where,

 

CR0= the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Record Date for such distribution;

 

CR1= the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on such Record Date;

 

SP0= the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Record Date for such distribution; and

 

FMV =the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith) of the Distributed Property with respect to each outstanding share of the Common Stock on the Record Date for such distribution.

 

 99 

 

 

Any increase made under the portion of this Section 14.04(c) above shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the Record Date for such distribution. If such distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall be decreased to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such distribution had not been declared. If the Company issues rights, options or warrants to acquire Capital Stock or other securities that are exercisable only upon the occurrence of certain triggering events, the Company shall not adjust the conversion rate pursuant to the clauses above until the earliest of these triggering events occurs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “FMV” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than “SP0” (as defined above), then, in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder of a Note shall receive, in respect of each $1,000 principal amount thereof, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of the Common Stock receive the Distributed Property, the amount and kind of Distributed Property such Holder would have received if such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Record Date for the distribution. If the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith the “FMV” (as defined above) of any distribution for purposes of this Section 14.04(c) by reference to the actual or when-issued trading market for any securities, it shall in doing so consider the prices in such market over the same period used in computing the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the Record Date for such distribution.

 

With respect to an adjustment pursuant to this Section 14.04(c) where there has been a payment of a dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock of shares of Capital Stock of any class or series, or similar equity interest, of or relating to a Subsidiary or other business unit of the Company, that are, or, when issued, will be, listed or admitted for trading on a U.S. national securities exchange (a “Spin-Off”), the Conversion Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

CR1 = CR0 ×

FMV0 + MP0

MP0  

where,

 

CR0= the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the end of the Valuation Period;

 

CR1 =the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the end of the Valuation Period;

 

FMV0 =the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Capital Stock or similar equity interest distributed to holders of the Common Stock applicable to one share of the Common Stock (determined by reference to the definition of Last Reported Sale Price as set forth in Section 1.01 as if references therein to Common Stock were to such Capital Stock or similar equity interest) over the first ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period after, and including, the Record Date of the Spin-Off (the “Valuation Period”); and

 

MP0= the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the Valuation Period.

 

The increase to the Conversion Rate under the preceding paragraph shall occur at the close of business on the last Trading Day of the Valuation Period; provided that if the relevant Conversion Date occurs during the Valuation Period, references to “10” in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed to be replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed between the Record Date of such Spin-Off and the Conversion Date in determining the Conversion Rate. If any dividend or distribution that constitutes a Spin-Off is declared but not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall be immediately decreased, effective as of the date the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith not to pay or make such dividend or distribution, to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared or announced.

 

 100 

 

 

 

For purposes of this Section 14.04(c) (and subject in all respect to Section 14.11), rights, options or warrants distributed by the Company to all holders of the Common Stock entitling them to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Company’s Capital Stock, including Common Stock (either initially or under certain circumstances), which rights, options or warrants, until the occurrence of a specified event or events (“Trigger Event”):

 

(i) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of the Common Stock;

 

(ii) are not exercisable; and

 

(iii) are also issued in respect of future issuances of the Common Stock,

 

shall be deemed not to have been distributed for purposes of this Section 14.04(c) (and no adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Section 14.04(c) will be required) until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event, whereupon such rights, options or warrants shall be deemed to have been distributed and an appropriate adjustment (if any is required) to the Conversion Rate shall be made under this Section 14.04(c). If any such right, option or warrant, including any such existing rights, options or warrants distributed prior to the date of this Indenture, are subject to events, upon the occurrence of which such rights, options or warrants become exercisable to purchase different securities, evidences of indebtedness or other assets, then the date of the occurrence of any and each such event shall be deemed to be the date of distribution and Record Date with respect to new rights, options or warrants with such rights (in which case the existing rights, options or warrants shall be deemed to terminate and expire on such date without exercise by any of the holders thereof). In addition, in the event of any distribution (or deemed distribution) of rights, options or warrants, or any Trigger Event or other event (of the type described in the immediately preceding sentence) with respect thereto that was counted for purposes of calculating a distribution amount for which an adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Section 14.04(c) was made:

 

(1) in the case of any such rights, options or warrants that shall all have been redeemed or purchased without exercise by any holders thereof, upon such final redemption or purchase (x) the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights, options or warrants had not been issued and the Conversion Rate shall then again be readjusted to give effect to such distribution, deemed distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though it were a cash distribution, equal to the per share redemption or purchase price received by a holder or holders of Common Stock with respect to such rights, options or warrants (assuming such holder had retained such rights, options or warrants), made to all holders of Common Stock as of the date of such redemption or purchase, and

 

(2) in the case of such rights, options or warrants that shall have expired or been terminated without exercise by any holders thereof, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights, options and warrants had not been issued.

 

For purposes of Section 14.04(a), Section 14.04(b) and this Section 14.04(c), if any dividend or distribution to which this Section 14.04(c) is applicable also includes one or both of:

 

(A)       a dividend or distribution of shares of Common Stock to which Section 14.04(a) is applicable (the “Clause A Distribution”); or

 

(B)       a dividend or distribution of rights, options or warrants to which Section 14.04(b) is applicable (the “Clause B Distribution”),

 

 101 

 

 

then, in either case,

 

(1) such dividend or distribution, other than the Clause A Distribution and the Clause B Distribution, shall be deemed to be a dividend or distribution to which this Section 14.04(c) is applicable (the “Clause C Distribution”) and any Conversion Rate adjustment required by this Section 14.04(c) with respect to such Clause C Distribution shall then be made, and

 

(2) the Clause A Distribution and Clause B Distribution shall be deemed to immediately follow the Clause C Distribution and any Conversion Rate adjustment required by Section 14.04(a) and Section 14.04(b) with respect thereto shall then be made, except that, if determined by the Company (I) the “Record Date” of the Clause A Distribution and the Clause B Distribution shall be deemed to be the Record Date of the Clause C Distribution and (II) any shares of Common Stock included in the Clause A Distribution or Clause B Distribution shall be deemed not to be “outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on such Record Date or Effective Date” within the meaning of Section 14.04(a) or “outstanding immediately prior to the open of business on such Record Date” within the meaning of Section 14.04(b).

 

(d)                If the Company pays or makes any cash dividend or distribution to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock, the Conversion Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

CR1 = CR0 ×

SP0

SP0 – C

 

where,

 

CR0 = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the open of business on the Record Date for such dividend or distribution;
     
CR1 = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on the Record Date for such dividend or distribution;
     
SP0 = the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Record Date for such dividend or distribution; and

 

C= the amount in cash per share the Company distributes to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock.

 

Any increase pursuant to this Section 14.04(d) shall become effective immediately after the open of business on the Record Date for such dividend or distribution. If such dividend or distribution is not so paid, the Conversion Rate shall be decreased, effective as of the date the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith not to make or pay such dividend or distribution, to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if “C” (as defined above) is equal to or greater than “SP0” (as defined above), in lieu of the foregoing increase, each Holder of a Note shall receive, for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes, at the same time and upon the same terms as holders of shares of the Common Stock, the amount of cash that such Holder would have received if such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate in effect on the Record Date for such cash dividend or distribution.

 

 102 

 

 

(e)                If the Company or any of its Subsidiaries make a payment in respect of a tender or exchange offer for the Common Stock that is subject to the then-applicable tender offer rules under the Exchange Act (other than an odd lot tender offer), to the extent that the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of the Common Stock exceeds the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer, the Conversion Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

CR1 = CR0 ×

AC + (SP1 x OS1)

OS0 x SP1

where,

 

CR0= the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the tenth (10th) Trading Day immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires (the date such tender offer or exchange offer expires, the “Expiration Date”);

 

CR1= the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the close of business on the tenth (10th) Trading Day immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date;

 

AC= the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith) paid or payable for shares of Common Stock purchased in such tender or exchange offer;

 

OS0= the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Expiration Date (prior to giving effect to the purchase of all shares of Common Stock accepted for purchase or exchange in such tender or exchange offer);

 

OS1= the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the Expiration Date (after giving effect to the purchase of all shares of Common Stock accepted for purchase or exchange in such tender or exchange offer); and

 

SP1= the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the ten (10) consecutive Trading Day period commencing on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date.

 

The increase to the Conversion Rate under this Section 14.04(e) shall occur at the close of business on the tenth (10th) Trading Day immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires; provided that if the relevant Conversion Date occurs during the ten (10) Trading Days immediately following, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date of any tender or exchange offer, references to “ten (10)” or “tenth (10th)” in the preceding paragraph shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed between the Expiration Date of such tender or exchange offer and the Conversion Date in determining the Conversion Rate. In addition, if the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires is after the tenth (10th) Trading Day immediately preceding, and including, the date immediately preceding the relevant Conversion Date in respect of a conversion of Notes, references to “ten (10)” or “tenth (10th)” in the preceding paragraph and this paragraph shall be deemed to be replaced, solely in respect of that conversion of Notes, with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed from, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires to, and including, the last Trading Day immediately preceding the relevant Conversion Date.

 

In the event that the Company or one of its Subsidiaries is obligated to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to any such tender offer or exchange offer, but the Company is, or such Subsidiary is, permanently prevented by applicable law from consummating any such purchases, or all such purchases are rescinded, then the Conversion Rate shall be decreased to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such tender offer or exchange offer had not been made or had been made only in respect of the purchases that have been consummated.

 

 103 

 

 

(f)                 Upon the occurrence of Reset Date, the Conversion Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:

 

CR1 = CR0 ×

$1,000 / CR0

ACP

where,

 

CR0= the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Reset Date;

 

CR1= the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the open of business on Reset Date;

 

ACP= the Applicable Conversion Price.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Conversion Rate may not be decreased pursuant to this Section 14.04(f).

 

(g)                Notwithstanding this Section 14.04 or any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes, if a Conversion Rate adjustment becomes effective on any Record Date, and a Holder that has converted its Notes on or after such Record Date and on or prior to the related Record Date would be treated as the record holder of the shares of Common Stock as of the related Conversion Date as described under Section 14.02(i) based on an adjusted Conversion Rate for such Record Date, then, notwithstanding the Conversion Rate adjustment provisions in this Section 14.04, the Conversion Rate adjustment relating to such Record Date shall not be made for such converting Holder. Instead, such Holder shall be treated as if such Holder were the record owner of the shares of Common Stock on an unadjusted basis and participate in the related dividend, distribution or other event giving rise to such adjustment.

 

(h)                Except as stated herein, the Company shall not adjust the Conversion Rate for the issuance of shares of the Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of the Common Stock or the right to purchase shares of the Common Stock or such convertible or exchangeable securities.

 

(i)                 In addition to those adjustments required by clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of this Section 14.04, the Company from time to time may increase the Conversion Rate by any amount for a period of at least twenty (20) Business Days if the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith that such increase would be in the Company’s best interest. In addition, the Company may (but is not required to) increase the Conversion Rate to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of Common Stock or rights to purchase Common Stock in connection with a dividend or distribution of shares of Common Stock (or rights to acquire shares of Common Stock) or similar event. Whenever the Conversion Rate is increased pursuant to either of the preceding two sentences, the Company shall deliver to the Holder of each Note a notice of the increase at least fifteen (15) days prior to the date the increased Conversion Rate takes effect, and such notice shall state the increased Conversion Rate and the period during which it will be in effect.

 

(j)                 Except as stated in this Indenture, the Company shall not adjust the Conversion Rate for the issuance of shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock or the right to purchase shares of Common Stock or such convertible or exchangeable securities. For illustrative purposes only and without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the Conversion Rate shall not be adjusted:

 

 104 

 

 

(i)                 upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any present or future plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on the Company’s securities and the investment of additional optional amounts in shares of Common Stock under any plan;

 

(ii)               upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock or options or rights to purchase those shares pursuant to any present or future employee, director or consultant benefit plan or program of or assumed by the Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries;

 

(iii)             upon the issuance of any shares of the Common Stock pursuant to any option, warrant, right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security not described in clause (ii) of this subsection and outstanding as of the date the Notes were first issued;

 

(iv)              upon the repurchase of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to an open market share repurchase program or other buy-back transaction, including structured or derivative transactions, that is not a tender or exchange offer of the nature described in Section 14.04(e);

 

(v)                solely for a change in the par value (or lack of par value) of the Common Stock; or

 

(vi)              for accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

 

In addition, for the avoidance of doubt, none of the foregoing shall constitute a Conversion Reset Offering.

 

(k)                All calculations and other determinations under this Article 14 shall be made by the Company and shall be made to the nearest one-ten thousandth (1/10,000th) of a share.

 

(l)                 Whenever the Conversion Rate is adjusted as herein provided, the Company shall promptly deliver to the Trustee (and the Conversion Agent if not the Trustee) an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the Conversion Rate after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee shall have received such Officer’s Certificate, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any adjustment of the Conversion Rate and may assume without inquiry that the last Conversion Rate of which it has knowledge is still in effect. Promptly after delivery of such certificate, the Company shall prepare a written notice of such adjustment of the Conversion Rate setting forth the adjusted Conversion Rate and the date on which each adjustment becomes effective and shall deliver such notice of such adjustment of the Conversion Rate to each Holder (with a copy to the Trustee). Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of any such adjustment.

 

(m)              For purposes of this Section 14.04, the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company so long as the Company does not pay any dividend or make any distribution on shares of Common Stock held in the treasury of the Company, but shall include shares of Common Stock issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of Common Stock.

 

 105 

 

 

(n)                For the avoidance of doubt, the closing of the transactions contemplated by the BCA to occur on the date of this Indenture shall not result in any adjustment of the Conversion Rate, Conversion Price or any other terms of the Notes.

 

Section 14.05        Adjustments of Prices. Whenever any provision of this Indenture requires the Company to calculate the Last Reported Sale Prices or the Daily VWAPs over a span of multiple days, the Board of Directors of the Company shall make appropriate adjustments (without duplication in respect of any adjustment made pursuant to Section 14.04) to each to account for any adjustment to the Conversion Rate that becomes effective, or any event requiring an adjustment to the Conversion Rate where the Ex-Dividend Date, Record Date, Effective Date or Expiration Date, as the case may be, of the event occurs, at any time during the period when the Last Reported Sale Prices or the Daily VWAPs are to be calculated.

 

Section 14.06        Shares to Be Fully Paid. The Company shall reserve, out of its authorized but unissued shares or shares held in treasury, sufficient shares of Common Stock to provide for conversion of the Notes from time to time as such Notes are presented for conversion (assuming the delivery of the maximum number of Additional Shares pursuant to Section 14.14).

 

Section 14.07        Effect of Recapitalizations, Reclassifications and Changes of the Common Stock.

 

(a)                In the case of:

 

(i)                 any recapitalization, reclassification or similar change of the Common Stock (other than changes in par value or resulting from a subdivision or combination),

 

(ii)               any consolidation, merger, combination or similar transaction involving the Company,

 

(iii)             any sale, lease or other transfer to a third party of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or

 

(iv)              any statutory share exchange,

 

in each case, as a result of which the Common Stock would be converted into, or exchanged for, stock, other securities, other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) (any such event, a “Share Exchange Event”), then at and after the effective time of such Share Exchange Event, the right to convert each $1,000 principal amount of Notes shall be changed into a right to convert such principal amount of Notes into the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities or other property or assets (including cash or any combination thereof) that a holder of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate immediately prior to such Share Exchange Event would have owned or been entitled to receive (the “Reference Property,” with each “unit of Reference Property” meaning the kind and amount of Reference Property that a holder of one share of Common Stock is entitled to receive) upon such Share Exchange Event and, prior to or at the effective time of such Share Exchange Event, the Company or the successor or acquiring Person, as the case may be, shall execute with the Trustee a supplemental indenture permitted under Section 10.01(g) providing for such change in the right to convert each $1,000 principal amount of Notes; provided, however, that at and after the effective time of the Share Exchange Event (I) any amount payable in cash upon conversion of the Notes in accordance with Section 14.02 shall continue to be payable in cash, (II) any shares of Common Stock that the Company would have been required to deliver upon conversion of the Notes in accordance with Section 14.02 shall instead be deliverable in the amount and type of Reference Property that a holder of that number of shares of Common Stock would have been entitled to receive in such Share Exchange Event and (III) the Daily VWAP shall be calculated based on the value of a unit of Reference Property.

 

 106 

 

 

If the Share Exchange Event causes the Common Stock to be converted into, or exchanged for, the right to receive more than a single type of consideration (determined based in part upon any form of stockholder election), then (i) the Reference Property into which the Notes will be convertible shall be deemed to be the weighted average of the types and amounts of consideration actually received by the holders of Common Stock, and (ii) the unit of Reference Property for purposes of the immediately preceding paragraph shall refer to the consideration referred to in clause (i) attributable to one share of Common Stock. If the holders of the Common Stock receive only cash in such Share Exchange Event, then for all conversions for which the relevant Conversion Date occurs after the effective date of such Share Exchange Event (A) the consideration due upon conversion of each $1,000 principal amount of Notes shall be solely cash in an amount equal to the Conversion Rate in effect on the Conversion Date (as may be increased by any Additional Shares pursuant to Section 14.14), multiplied by the price paid per share of Common Stock in such Share Exchange Event and (B) the Company shall satisfy the Conversion Obligation by paying such cash amount to converting Holders on the second (2nd) Business Day immediately following the relevant Conversion Date. The Company shall notify in writing Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) of such weighted average as soon as reasonably practicable after such determination is made.

 

If the Reference Property in respect of any Share Exchange Event includes, in whole or in part, shares of common equity, such supplemental indenture described in the second immediately preceding paragraph shall provide for anti-dilution and other adjustments that shall be as nearly equivalent as is possible to the adjustments provided for in this Article 14 with respect to the portion of the Reference Property consisting of such common equity. If, in the case of any Share Exchange Event, the Reference Property includes shares of stock, securities or other property or assets (including any combination thereof), other than cash and/or Cash Equivalents, of a Person other than the Company or the successor or purchasing corporation, as the case may be, in such Share Exchange Event, then such supplemental indenture shall also be executed by such other Person, if such other Person is an affiliate of the Company or the successor or acquiring company, and shall contain such additional provisions to protect the interests of the Holders of the Notes as the Board of Directors of the Company shall reasonably consider necessary by reason of the foregoing, including the provisions providing for the purchase rights set forth in Section 15.02.

 

(b)                When the Company executes a supplemental indenture pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 14.07, the Company shall promptly deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate briefly stating the reasons therefor, the kind or amount of cash, securities or property or asset that will comprise a unit of Reference Property after any such Share Exchange Event, any adjustment to be made with respect thereto and that all conditions precedent have been complied with, and shall promptly deliver notice thereof to all Holders. The Company shall cause notice of the execution of such supplemental indenture to be delivered to each Holder promptly and in any event within twenty (20) days after execution thereof. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such supplemental indenture.

 

(c)                The Company shall not become a party to any Share Exchange Event unless its terms are consistent with this Section 14.07. None of the foregoing provisions shall affect the right of a holder of Notes to convert its Notes into shares of Common Stock, as set forth in Section 14.01 and Section 14.02 prior to the effective date of such Share Exchange Event.

 

(d)                The above provisions of this Section shall similarly apply to successive Share Exchange Events.

 

 107 

 

 

Section 14.08        Certain Covenants. (a) The Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Notes will be fully paid and non-assessable by the Company and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof.

 

(b)                The Company covenants that, if any shares of Common Stock to be provided for the purpose of conversion of Notes hereunder require registration with or approval of any governmental authority under any federal or state law before such shares of Common Stock may be validly issued upon conversion, the Company will, to the extent then permitted by the rules and interpretations of the Commission, secure such registration or approval, as the case may be.

 

(c)                The Company further covenants that if at any time the Common Stock shall be listed on any national securities exchange or automated quotation system the Company will list and keep listed, so long as the Common Stock shall be so listed on such exchange or automated quotation system, any Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes.

 

Section 14.09        Responsibility of Trustee. The Trustee and any other Conversion Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to determine the Conversion Rate (or any adjustment thereto) or whether any facts exist that may require any adjustment (including any increase) of the Conversion Rate, or with respect to the nature or extent or calculation of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed, or herein or in any supplemental indenture provided to be employed, in making the same. The Trustee and any other Conversion Agent shall not be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any shares of Common Stock, or of any securities, property or cash that may at any time be issued or delivered upon the conversion of any Note; and the Trustee and any other Conversion Agent make no representations with respect thereto.

 

Neither the Trustee nor any Conversion Agent shall be responsible for any failure of the Company to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of Common Stock or stock certificates or other securities or property or cash upon the surrender of any Note for the purpose of conversion or to comply with any of the duties, responsibilities or covenants of the Company contained in this Article. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the Trustee nor any Conversion Agent shall be under any responsibility to determine the correctness of any provisions contained in any supplemental indenture entered into pursuant to Section 14.07 relating either to the kind or amount of shares of stock or securities or property (including cash) receivable by Holders upon the conversion of their Notes after any event referred to in such Section 14.07 or to any adjustment to be made with respect thereto, but, subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, may accept (without any independent investigation) as conclusive evidence of the correctness of any such provisions, and shall be protected in conclusively relying upon, the Officer’s Certificate (which the Company shall be obligated to deliver to the Trustee prior to the execution of any such supplemental indenture) with respect thereto. The Trustee and the Conversion Agent may conclusively rely upon any notice with respect to the commencement or termination of such conversion rights.

 

Section 14.10        Notice to Holders Prior to Certain Actions. In case of any:

 

(a)                action by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries that would require an adjustment in the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 14.04 or Section 14.11;

 

(b)                Share Exchange Event; or

 

(c)                voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company;

 

 108 

 

 

then, in each case (unless notice of such event is otherwise required pursuant to another provision of this Indenture) and to the extent applicable, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) and to be delivered to each Holder, a notice stating (i) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such action by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of Common Stock of record are to be determined for the purposes of such action by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) the date on which such dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is expected to become effective or occur, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding-up. Failure to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of such action by the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, Share Exchange Event, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up.

 

Section 14.11        Stockholder Rights Plans. If the Company has a stockholder rights plan in effect upon conversion of the Notes, each share of Common Stock, if any, issued upon such conversion shall be entitled to receive the appropriate number of rights, if any, under such stockholder rights plan and the certificates representing the Common Stock issued upon such conversion shall bear such legends, if any, in each case as may be provided by the terms of any such stockholder rights plan, as the same may be amended from time to time. However, if, prior to any conversion of Notes, the rights have separated from the shares of Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of the applicable stockholder rights plan, the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted at the time of separation as if the Company distributed to all or substantially all holders of the Common Stock Distributed Property as provided in Section 14.04(c), subject to readjustment in the event of the expiration, termination or redemption of such rights.

 

Section 14.12        Exchange in Lieu of Conversion. When a Holder surrenders its Notes for conversion, the Company may, at its election (an “Exchange Election”), direct the Conversion Agent to deliver, on or prior to the first (1st) Trading Day following the Conversion Date, such Notes to a financial institution designated by the Company for exchange in lieu of conversion. In order to accept any Notes surrendered for conversion, the designated financial institution must agree to timely pay and/or deliver, in exchange for such Notes, the shares of Common Stock (plus any cash in lieu of fractional shares) due upon conversion as described in Section 14.02. If the Company makes an Exchange Election, the Company shall, by the close of business on the first (1st) Trading Day following the relevant Conversion Date, notify in writing the Trustee, the Conversion Agent and the Holder surrendering its Notes for conversion that it has made the Exchange Election, and the Company shall promptly notify the designated financial institution of the Physical Settlement Method with respect to such conversion and the relevant deadline for payment and/or delivery of shares of Common Stock, any cash in lieu of fractional shares.

 

Any Notes exchanged by the designated financial institution shall remain outstanding. If the designated financial institution agrees to accept any Notes for exchange but does not timely pay and/or deliver the required shares of Common Stock and any cash in lieu of fractional shares, or if such designated financial institution does not accept the Notes for exchange, the Company shall notify in writing the Trustee, the Conversion Agent and the Holder surrendering its Notes for conversion, and pay and/or deliver the required shares of Common Stock, together with cash in lieu of any fractional shares to the converting Holder at the time and in the manner required under this Indenture as if the Company had not made an Exchange Election.

 

The Company’s designation of a financial institution to which the Notes may be submitted for exchange does not require that financial institution to accept any Notes (unless the financial institution has separately made an agreement with the Company). The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into a separate agreement with any designated financial institution that would compensate it for any such transaction.

 

 109 

 

 

Section 14.13        Limits Upon Issuance of Shares of Common Stock Upon Conversion. The Company shall not effect the conversion of any of the Notes held by a Holder, and such Holder shall not have the right to convert any of the Notes held by such Holder pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Indenture and any such conversion shall be null and void and treated as if never made, to the extent that after giving effect to such conversion, such Holder together with the other Attribution Parties collectively would beneficially own in excess of 9.99% (the “Maximum Percentage”) of the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to such conversion. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Holder and the other Attribution Parties shall include the number of shares of Common Stock held by such Holder and all other Attribution Parties plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes with respect to which the determination of such sentence is being made, but shall exclude shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon (A) conversion of the remaining, nonconverted Notes beneficially owned by such Holder or any of the other Attribution Parties and (B) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or nonconverted portion of any other securities of the Company (including, without limitation, any convertible notes, convertible preferred stock or warrants, including the Notes) beneficially owned by such Holder or any other Attribution Party subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained in this Section 14.13. For purposes of this Section 14.13, beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act. For purposes of determining the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock a Holder may acquire upon the conversion of such Notes without exceeding the Maximum Percentage, such Holder may rely on the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as reflected in (x) the Company’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, Current Report on Form 8-K or other public filing with the Commission, as the case may be, (y) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (z) any other written notice by the Company or the Transfer Agent, if any, setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (the “Reported Outstanding Share Number”). If the Company receives a Conversion Notice from a Holder at a time when the actual number of outstanding shares of Common Stock is less than the Reported Outstanding Share Number, the Company shall notify such Holder in writing of the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding and, to the extent that such Conversion Notice would otherwise cause such Holder’s beneficial ownership, as determined pursuant to this Section 14.13, to exceed the Maximum Percentage, such Holder must notify the Company of a reduced number of shares of Common Stock to be delivered pursuant to such Conversion Notice. For any reason at any time, upon the written or oral request of any Holder, the Company shall within one (1) Business Day confirm orally and in writing or by electronic mail to such Holder the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, including such Notes, by such Holder and any other Attribution Party since the date as of which the Reported Outstanding Share Number was reported. In the event that the issuance of shares of Common Stock to a Holder upon conversion of such Notes results in such Holder and the other Attribution Parties being deemed to beneficially own, in the aggregate, more than the Maximum Percentage of the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock (as determined under Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), the number of shares so issued by which such Holder’s and the other Attribution Parties’ aggregate beneficial ownership exceeds the Maximum Percentage (the “Excess Shares”) shall be deemed null and void and shall be cancelled ab initio, and such Holder shall not have the power to vote or to transfer the Excess Shares. Upon delivery of a written notice to the Company, any Holder may from time to time increase (with such increase not effective until the sixty-first (61st) day after delivery of such notice) or decrease the Maximum Percentage of such Holder to any other percentage not in excess of 9.99% as specified in such notice; provided that (i) any such increase in the Maximum Percentage will not be effective until the sixty-first (61st) day after such notice is delivered to the Company and (ii) any such increase or decrease will apply only to such Holder and the other Attribution Parties and not to any other Holder that is not an Attribution Party of such Holder. For purposes of clarity, the shares of Common Stock issuable to a Holder pursuant to the terms of this Indenture in excess of the Maximum Percentage shall not be deemed to be beneficially owned by such Holder for any purpose including for purposes of Section 13(d) or Rule 16a-1(a)(1) of the Exchange Act. No prior inability to convert such Notes pursuant to this paragraph shall have any effect on the applicability of the provisions of this paragraph with respect to any subsequent determination of convertibility. The provisions of this paragraph shall be construed and implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this Section 14.13 to the extent necessary to correct this paragraph (or any portion of this paragraph) which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended beneficial ownership limitation contained in this Section 14.13 or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such limitation. The limitation contained in this paragraph may not be waived and shall apply to a successor holder of such Notes. Neither the Trustee nor the Conversion Agent shall have any responsibility to determine the Maximum Percentage or whether the issuance of any shares results in a Holder or Attribution Party having Excess Shares or otherwise determine or monitor compliance with the terms of this Section 14.13. Notwithstanding anything to contrary herein, if in connection with any Mandatory Conversion of a Holder’s Notes there would be Excess Shares or unconverted Notes with respect to such Holder, all such Holder’s Notes (including any unconverted Notes) shall nevertheless be deemed to have been converted, discharged, satisfied and repaid in full on the applicable Conversion Date and thereafter shall not accrue any interest, provided that, upon request by such Holder, such Holder shall be entitled to receive a number of shares of Common Stock equal to such Excess Shares subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 14.13.

 

 110 

 

 

Section 14.14        Increased Conversion Rate Applicable to Certain Notes Surrendered in Connection with Make-Whole Fundamental Changes or Mandatory Conversion.

 

(a)                If (i) the Effective Date of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs prior to the Maturity Date and a Holder elects to convert its Notes in connection with such Make-Whole Fundamental Change or (ii) the Company delivers a Mandatory Conversion Notice in connection with such conversion as provided under Section 14.03, as the case may be, the Company shall, under the circumstances described below, increase the Conversion Rate for the Notes so surrendered for conversion by a number of additional shares of Common Stock (the “Additional Shares”), to the extent and as described below. A conversion of Notes shall be deemed for these purposes to be “in connection with” such Make-Whole Fundamental Change (i) if the relevant Conversion Date occurs during the period from, and including, the Effective Date of the Make-Whole Fundamental Change up to, and including, the Business Day immediately prior to the related Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (or, in the case of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change that would have been a Fundamental Change but for the proviso in clause (b) of the definition thereof, the thirty-fifth (35th) Trading Day immediately following the Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change) (such period, the “Make-Whole Fundamental Change Period”), or (ii) if it is a Mandatory Conversion. Upon surrender of Notes for conversion in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change or Mandatory Conversion in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the Company shall satisfy the related Conversion Obligation by Physical Settlement in accordance with Section 14.02; provided, however, that if, at the effective time of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change described in clause (b) of the definition of Fundamental Change, the Reference Property following such Make-Whole Fundamental Change is composed entirely of cash, for any conversion of Notes following the Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the Conversion Obligation shall be calculated based solely on the Stock Price for the transaction and shall be deemed to be an amount of cash per $1,000 principal amount of converted Notes equal to the Conversion Rate (including any increase to reflect the Additional Shares), multiplied by such Stock Price. In such event, the Conversion Obligation shall be determined and paid to Holders in cash on the second (2nd) Business Day following the Conversion Date. The Company shall notify in writing the Holders, the Trustee and the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) of the Effective Date of any Make-Whole Fundamental Change no later than five (5) Business Days after such Effective Date.

 

 111 

 

 

(b)                The number of Additional Shares, if any, by which the Conversion Rate shall be increased for conversions in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change or Mandatory Conversion shall be determined by reference to the table below, based on the date on which the Make-Whole Fundamental Change occurs or becomes effective or the date the Company delivers the Mandatory Conversion Notice, as the case may be (in each case, the “Effective Date”) and the price (the “Stock Price”) paid (or deemed to be paid) per share of the Common Stock in the Make-Whole Fundamental Change or determined with respect to the Mandatory Conversion Notice, as the case may be. If the holders of the Common Stock receive in exchange for their Common Stock only cash in a Make-Whole Fundamental Change described in clause (b) of the definition of Fundamental Change, the Stock Price shall be the cash amount paid per share. Otherwise, the Stock Price shall be the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the five (5) consecutive Trading Day period ending on, and including, the Trading Day immediately preceding the applicable Effective Date. The Board of Directors of the Company shall make appropriate adjustments to the Stock Price, in its good faith determination, to account for any adjustment to the Conversion Rate that becomes effective, or any event requiring an adjustment to the Conversion Rate where the Record Date, Effective Date (as such term is used in Section 14.04) or Expiration Date of the event occurs during such five (5) consecutive Trading Day period. If a Mandatory Conversion would also be deemed to be in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, a Holder of any such Notes to be converted will be entitled to a single increase to the Conversion Rate with respect to the first to occur of the Effective Date of the Mandatory Conversion Notice or the Make-Whole Fundamental Change, as applicable, and the later event shall be deemed not to have occurred for purposes of this Section 14.14.

 

(c)                The Stock Prices set forth in the column headings of the table below shall be adjusted as of any date on which the Conversion Rate of the Notes is otherwise adjusted. The adjusted Stock Prices shall equal the Stock Prices applicable immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Conversion Rate immediately prior to such adjustment giving rise to the Stock Price adjustment and the denominator of which is the Conversion Rate as so adjusted. The number of Additional Shares set forth in the table below shall be adjusted in the same manner and at the same time as the Conversion Rate as set forth in Section 14.04.

 

(d)                The following table sets forth the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock by which the Conversion Rate shall be increased per $1,000 principal amount of Notes pursuant to this Section 14.14 for each Stock Price and Effective Date set forth below:

 

Stock Price 
Effective Date  $10.00   $11.00   $12.00   $13.00   $14.00   $15.00   $16.00   $17.50   $20.00   $25.00   $30.00   $60.00 
February 14, 2022  37.2035   31.0727   26.2683   22.4528   19.3862   16.8950   14.8312   12.4198   9.5408   6.2146   4.4251   0.0000 
February 14, 2023  31.4918   25.1871   20.3141   16.5295   13.5800   11.2738   9.4387   7.4394   5.2767   3.1852   2.2446   0.0000 
February 14, 2024  26.9978   20.0466   14.3090   9.5600   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000 
February 14, 2025  23.9195   17.6538   12.5519   8.3649   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000 
February 14, 2026  18.0288   12.8594   8.9162   5.8382   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000 
February 14, 2027  0.0000   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000   0.0000 

 

The exact Stock Price and Effective Date may not be set forth in the table above, in which case:

 

(i)                 if the Stock Price is between two Stock Prices in the table above or the Effective Date is between two Effective Dates in the table, the number of Additional Shares by which the conversion rate shall be increased shall be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of Additional Shares set forth for the higher and lower Stock Prices and the earlier and later Effective Dates, as applicable, based on a three hundred sixty-five (365) day year;

 

 112 

 

 

(ii)               if the Stock Price is greater than $60.00 per share (subject to adjustment in the same manner as the Stock Prices set forth in the column headings of the table above pursuant to subsection (d) above), no Additional Shares shall be added to the Conversion Rate; and

 

(iii)             if the Stock Price is less than $10.00 per share (subject to adjustment in the same manner as the Stock Prices set forth in the column headings of the table above pursuant to subsection (d) above), no Additional Shares shall be added to the Conversion Rate.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Conversion Rate per $1,000 principal amount of Notes exceed 137.2035 shares of Common Stock, subject to adjustment in the same manner as the Conversion Rate pursuant to Section 14.04.

 

Nothing in this Section 14.14 shall prevent an adjustment to the Conversion Rate that would otherwise be required pursuant to Section 14.04 in respect of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, any obligation to deliver Additional Shares in accordance with this Section 14.14 may be satisfied by the Company delivering cash in lieu of delivering any Additional Shares based on the Daily VWAP for the relevant Conversion Date.

 

Article 15
REPURCHASE OF NOTES AT OPTION OF HOLDERS

 

Section 15.01        [Intentionally Omitted].

 

Section 15.02        Repurchase at Option of Holders Upon a Fundamental Change.

 

(a)                If a Fundamental Change occurs at any time prior to the Maturity Date, each Holder shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to require the Company to repurchase for cash all of such Holder’s Notes, or any portion of the principal amount thereof properly surrendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to Section 15.03 that is equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000, on the date (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Date”) specified by the Company that is not less than twenty (20) Business Days or more than thirty-five (35) Business Days following the date of the Fundamental Change Company Notice at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, plus any remaining amounts that would be owed to, but excluding, the Maturity Date (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Price”), unless the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date falls after a Regular Record Date but on or prior to the Interest Payment Date to which such Regular Record Date relates, in which case the Company shall instead pay the full amount of accrued and unpaid interest (to, but excluding, such Interest Payment Date) to Holders of record as of such Regular Record Date, and the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price shall be equal to 100% of the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased pursuant to this Article 15. The Fundamental Change Repurchase Date shall be subject to postponement in order to allow the Company to comply with applicable law.(b) Repurchases of Notes under this Section 15.02 shall be made, at the option of the Holder thereof, upon:

 

(i)                 delivery to the paying agent by a Holder of a duly completed notice (the “Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice”) in the form set forth in Attachment 2 to the Form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A, if the Notes are Physical Notes, or in compliance with the Applicable Procedures for surrendering interests in Global Notes, if the Notes are Global Notes, in each case on or before the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date; and

 

 113 

 

 

(ii)               delivery of the Notes, if the Notes are Physical Notes, to the paying agent at any time after delivery of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice (together with all necessary endorsements for transfer) at the office of the paying agent, or book- entry transfer of the Notes, if the Notes are Global Notes, in compliance with the procedures of the Depositary, in each case such delivery being a condition to receipt by the Holder of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price therefor.

 

The Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in respect of any Notes to be repurchased shall state:

 

(iii)             in the case of Physical Notes, the certificate numbers of the Notes to be delivered for repurchase;

 

(iv)              the portion of the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased, which must be in minimum denominations of $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof; and

 

(v)                that the Notes are to be repurchased by the Company pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Notes and this Indenture;

 

provided, however, that if the Notes are Global Notes, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice must comply with the Applicable Procedures.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to the paying agent the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice contemplated by this Section 15.02 shall have the right to withdraw, in whole or in part, such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the paying agent in accordance with Section 15.03.

 

The paying agent shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof.

 

(c)                On or before the twentieth (20th) Business Day after the occurrence of the effective date of a Fundamental Change, the Company shall provide to all Holders of Notes, the Trustee, the Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee) and the paying agent (in the case of a paying agent other than the Trustee) a written notice (the “Fundamental Change Company Notice”) of the occurrence of the effective date of the Fundamental Change and of the repurchase right at the option of the Holders arising as a result thereof. In the case of Physical Notes, such notice shall be by first class mail or, in the case of Global Notes, such notice shall be delivered in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary. Each Fundamental Change Company Notice shall specify:

 

(i)                 the events causing the Fundamental Change;

 

(ii)               the effective date of the Fundamental Change;

 

(iii)             the last date on which a Holder may exercise the repurchase right pursuant to this Article 15;

 

 114 

 

 

(iv)              the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price;

 

(v)                the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date;

 

(vi)              the name and address of the paying agent and the Conversion Agent, if applicable;

 

(vii)            if applicable, the Conversion Rate and any adjustments to the Conversion Rate;

 

(viii)          that the Notes with respect to which a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been delivered by a Holder may be converted only if the Holder withdraws the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and

 

(ix)              the procedures that Holders must follow to require the Company to repurchase their Notes.

 

No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notices and no defect therein shall limit the Holders’ repurchase rights or affect the validity of the proceedings for the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to this Section 15.02. Simultaneously with providing such notice, the Company will publish such information on its website or through such other public medium as the Company may use at that time.

 

At the Company’s written request, given at least (5) five days prior to the date the Fundamental Change Company Notice is to be sent, the Trustee shall give such notice in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense; provided, however, that, in all cases, the text of such Fundamental Change Company Notice shall be prepared by the Company.

 

(d)                Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Notes may be repurchased by the Company on any date at the option of the Holders in connection with a Fundamental Change if the principal amount of the Notes has been accelerated, and such acceleration has not been rescinded, on or prior to such date (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a Default by the Company in the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price with respect to such Notes). The paying agent will promptly return to the respective Holders thereof any Physical Notes held by it during the acceleration of the Notes (except in the case of an acceleration resulting from a Default by the Company in the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price with respect to such Notes), or any instructions for book-entry transfer of the Notes in compliance with the Applicable Procedures shall be deemed to have been cancelled, and, upon such return or cancellation, as the case may be, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice with respect thereto shall be deemed to have been withdrawn.

 

(e)                Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, the Company shall not be required to repurchase, or to make an offer to repurchase, the Notes upon a Fundamental Change if a third party makes such an offer in the same manner, at the same time and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company as set forth in this Article 15 (including, without limitation, the requirement to comply with applicable securities laws), and such third party purchases all Notes properly surrendered and not validly withdrawn under its offer in the same manner, at the same time and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for an offer made by the Company as set forth in this Article 15 (including the requirement to pay the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price on the later of the applicable Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and the time of book-entry transfer or delivery of the relevant Notes); provided that the Company shall continue to be obligated to (x) deliver the applicable Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice to the Holders (which Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice shall state that such third party shall make such an offer to purchase the Notes) and to simultaneously with such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice publish a notice containing such information in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York or publish the information on the Company’s website or through such other public medium as the Company may use at that time, (y) comply with applicable securities laws as set forth in this Indenture in connection with any such purchase and (z) pay the applicable Fundamental Change Repurchase Price on the later of the applicable Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and the time of book-entry transfer or delivery of the relevant Notes in the event such third party fails to make such payment in such amount at such time.

 

 115 

 

 

(f)                 For purposes of this Article 15, the paying agent may be any agent, depositary, tender agent, paying agent or other agent appointed by the Company to accomplish the purposes set forth herein.

 

Section 15.03        Withdrawal of Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice. (a) A Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice may be withdrawn (in whole or in part) by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the office of the paying agent in accordance with this Section 15.03 at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, specifying:

 

(i)                 the principal amount of the Notes with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, which must be $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof,

 

(ii)               if Physical Notes have been issued, the certificate number of the Note in respect of which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted, and

 

(iii)             the principal amount, if any, of such Note that remains subject to the original Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, which portion must be in principal amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000;

 

provided, however, that if the Notes are Global Notes, the notice of withdrawal must comply with appropriate procedures of the Depositary.

 

Section 15.04        Deposit of Fundamental Change Repurchase Price.

 

(a)                The Company will deposit with the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company), or if the Company is acting as its own paying agent, set aside, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 4.04 on or prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (subject to extension in order to allow the Company to comply with applicable law) an amount of money sufficient to repurchase all of the Notes to be repurchased at the appropriate Fundamental Change Repurchase Price. Subject to receipt of funds and/or Notes by the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company), payment for Notes surrendered for repurchase (and not validly withdrawn prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date) will be made on the later of (i) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (provided the Holder has satisfied the conditions in Section 15.02) and (ii) the time of book-entry transfer or the delivery of such Note to the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 15.02 by mailing checks or by making a wire transfer in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.03(b) for the amount payable to the Holders of such Notes entitled thereto as they shall appear in the Note Register; provided, however, that payments to the Depositary shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. The Trustee shall, promptly after such payment and upon written demand by the Company, return to the Company any funds in excess of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price.

 

 116 

 

 

(b)                If by 11:00 a.m. New York City time, on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, the Trustee (or other paying agent appointed by the Company) holds money sufficient to make payment on all the Notes or portions thereof that are to be repurchased on such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, or, if extended in order to allow the Company to comply with applicable law, such later date, then, with respect to the Notes that have been properly surrendered for repurchase and have not been validly withdrawn in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary, (i) such Notes will cease to be outstanding, (ii) interest will cease to accrue on such Notes on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or, if extended in order to allow the Company to comply with applicable law, such later date (whether or not book-entry transfer of the Notes has been made or the Notes have been delivered to the Trustee or paying agent) and (iii) all other rights of the Holders of such Notes with respect to the Notes will terminate on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or, if extended in order to allow the Company to comply with applicable law, such later date (other than (x) the right to receive the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price and (y) to the extent not included in the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, accrued and unpaid interest, if applicable).

 

(c)                Upon surrender of a Physical Note that is to be repurchased in part pursuant to Section 15.02, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder a new Physical Note in an authorized denomination equal in principal amount to the unrepurchased portion of the Physical Note surrendered.

 

Section 15.05        Repurchase of Notes. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture relating to the Company’s obligations to purchase the Notes upon a Fundamental Change, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under such provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

 

Article 16
NO REDEMPTION

 

Section 16.01        No Redemption. The Notes shall not be redeemable by the Company prior to the Maturity Date, and no sinking fund is provided for the Notes.

 

Article 17
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

Section 17.01        Provisions Binding on Company’s and the Guarantors’ Successors. All the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements of each of the Company and the Guarantors contained in this Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns whether so expressed or not.

 

Section 17.02        Official Acts by Successor Entity. Any act or proceeding by any provision of this Indenture authorized or required to be done or performed by any board, committee or Officer of the Company or a Guarantor shall and may be done and performed with like force and effect by the like board, committee or officer of any corporation or other entity that shall at the time be the lawful sole successor of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be.

 

Section 17.03        Addresses for Notices, Etc. Any notice or demand that by any provision of this Indenture is required or permitted to be given or served by the Trustee or by the Holders on the Company or any Guarantor shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes if given or served by being deposited postage prepaid by registered or certified mail in a post office letter box addressed (until another address is delivered by the Company or any Guarantor to the Trustee) to QualTek Services Inc., 475 Sentry Parkway E, Suite 200, Blue Bell, Pennsylvania 19422, Attention: Secretary, with a copy sent to Kirkland & Ellis LLP, 601 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10022, Attention: Timothy Cruickshank, P.C. Any notice, direction, request or demand hereunder to or upon the Trustee shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or made, for all purposes, if it is in writing and actually received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office. In no event shall the Trustee or the Conversion Agent be obligated to monitor any website maintained by the Company or any press releases issued by the Company.

 

 117 

 

 

The Trustee, by notice to the Company, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

Any notice or communication delivered or to be delivered to a Holder of Physical Notes shall be mailed to it by first class mail, postage prepaid, at its address as it appears on the Note Register and shall be sufficiently given to it if so mailed within the time prescribed. Any notice or communication delivered or to be delivered to a Holder of Global Notes shall be delivered in accordance with the Applicable Procedures of the Depositary and shall be sufficiently given to it if so delivered within the time prescribed.

 

Failure to mail or deliver a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed or delivered, as the case may be, in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice to Holders by mail, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be properly delivered if delivered to The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) (or its designee) in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC.

 

Section 17.04        Governing Law; Jurisdiction. THIS INDENTURE AND EACH NOTE AND EACH GUARANTEE, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS INDENTURE AND EACH NOTE AND EACH GUARANTEE, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

THIS INDENTURE SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT THAT ARE REQUIRED TO BE PART OF THIS INDENTURE AND SHALL, TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE, BE GOVERNED BY SUCH PROVISIONS.

 

The Company irrevocably consents and agrees, for the benefit of the Holders from time to time of the Notes and the Trustee, that any legal action, suit or proceeding against it with respect to obligations, liabilities or any other matter arising out of or in connection with this Indenture or the Notes may be brought in the courts of the State of New York or the courts of the United States located in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City, New York and, until amounts due and to become due in respect of the Notes have been paid, hereby irrevocably consents and submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of each such court in personam, generally and unconditionally with respect to any action, suit or proceeding for itself in respect of its properties, assets and revenues.

 

The Company irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions, suits or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Indenture brought in the courts of the State of New York or the courts of the United States located in the Borough of Manhattan, New York City, New York and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

 118 

 

 

Section 17.05        Evidence of Compliance with Conditions Precedent; Certificates and Opinions of Counsel to Trustee. Upon any application or demand by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any of the provisions of this Indenture (other than, with respect to an Opinion of Counsel, in connection with the issuance and authentication of the Notes on the date of this Indenture), the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, stating that such action is permitted by the terms of this Indenture and that all conditions precedent to such action have been complied with. With respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.

 

Each Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel provided for, by or on behalf of the Company or any of the Guarantors in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee with respect to compliance with this Indenture (other than the Officer’s Certificates provided for in Section 4.07) shall include (a) a statement that the person signing such certificate is familiar with the requested action and this Indenture; (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statement contained in such certificate is based; (c) a statement that, in the judgment of such person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed judgment as to whether or not such action is permitted by this Indenture; and (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the judgment of such person, such action is permitted by this Indenture and that all conditions precedent to such action have been complied with.

 

Section 17.06        Legal Holidays. In any case where any Interest Payment Date, any Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or the Maturity Date is not a Business Day, then any action to be taken on such date need not be taken on such date, but may be taken on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if taken on such date, and no interest shall accrue on any such payment in respect of the delay.

 

Section 17.07        No Security Interest Created. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall be construed to constitute a security interest under the Uniform Commercial Code or similar legislation, as now or hereafter enacted and in effect, in any jurisdiction.

 

Section 17.08        Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the Holders, the parties hereto, any Paying Agent, any Conversion Agent, any Custodian, any authenticating agent, any Note Registrar and their successors hereunder, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

 

Section 17.09        Table of Contents, Headings, Etc. The table of contents and the titles and headings of the articles and sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

Section 17.10        Authenticating Agent. The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent that shall be authorized to act on its behalf and subject to its direction in the authentication and delivery of Notes in connection with the original issuance thereof and transfers and exchanges of Notes hereunder, including under Section 2.04, Section 2.05, Section 2.06, Section 2.07, Section 10.04 and Section 15.04 as fully to all intents and purposes as though the authenticating agent had been expressly authorized by this Indenture and those Sections to authenticate and deliver Notes. For all purposes of this Indenture, the authentication and delivery of Notes by the authenticating agent shall be deemed to be authentication and delivery of such Notes “by the Trustee” and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an authenticating agent shall be deemed to satisfy any requirement hereunder or in the Notes for the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. Such authenticating agent shall at all times be a Person eligible to serve as trustee hereunder pursuant to Section 7.08.

 

 119 

 

 

 

Any corporation or other entity into which any authenticating agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation or other entity resulting from any merger, consolidation or conversion to which any authenticating agent shall be a party, or any corporation or other entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of any authenticating agent, shall be the successor of the authenticating agent hereunder, if such successor corporation or other entity is otherwise eligible under this Section 17.10, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the parties hereto or the authenticating agent or such successor corporation or other entity.

 

Any authenticating agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of any authenticating agent by giving written notice of termination to such authenticating agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time any authenticating agent shall cease to be eligible under this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor authenticating agent (which may be the Trustee), shall give written notice of such appointment to the Company and shall deliver notice of such appointment to all Holders.

 

The Company agrees to pay to the authenticating agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services although the Company may terminate the authenticating agent, if it determines such agent’s fees to be unreasonable.

 

The provisions of Section 7.02, Section 7.03, Section 7.04, Section 8.03 and this Section 17.10 shall be applicable to any authenticating agent.

 

If an authenticating agent is appointed pursuant to this Section 17.10, the Notes may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in the following form:

 

______________________________,
as Authenticating Agent, certifies that this is one of the Notes described
in the within-named Indenture.

 

By: __________________________________________
Authorized Signatory

 

Section 17.11        Execution in Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile, PDF or other electronic transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile, PDF or other electronic means shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. Unless otherwise provided in this Indenture or in any Note, the words “execute,” “execution,” “signed” and “signature” and words of similar import used in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Indenture, any Note or any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including amendments, waivers, consents and other modifications) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures and the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature in ink or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as applicable, to the fullest extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act and any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Trustee is not under any obligation to agree to accept electronic signatures in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by the Trustee pursuant to procedures approved by the Trustee.

 

 120 

 

 

Section 17.12        Severability. In the event any provision of this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, then (to the extent permitted by law) the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired.

 

Section 17.13        Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

Section 17.14        Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, pandemics, epidemics, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services or the unavailability of the Federal Reserve Bank wire or telex write or communication facility; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts that are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.

 

Section 17.15        Calculations. The Company shall be responsible for making all calculations called for under the Notes. These calculations include, but are not limited to, determinations of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock, the Daily VWAPs, accrued interest payable on the Notes, any Additional Interest on the Notes, the Conversion Rate of the Notes, Maximum Percentage, Excess Shares, Secured Net Leverage Ratio, Total Net Leverage Ratio and the Applicable Interest Rate. The Company shall make all these calculations in good faith and, absent manifest error, the Company’s calculations shall be final and binding on Holders of Notes. The Company shall provide a schedule of its calculations to each of the Trustee and the Conversion Agent, and each of the Trustee and Conversion Agent is entitled to rely conclusively upon the accuracy of the Company’s calculations without independent verification. The Trustee will forward the Company’s calculations to any registered Holder of Notes upon the written request of that Holder at the sole cost and expense of the Company. Neither the Trustee nor the Conversion Agent will have any responsibility to make calculations under this Indenture, nor will either of them have any responsibility to monitor the Company’s stock or trading price, determine whether the conditions to convertibility of the Notes have been met, determine whether the Applicable Interest Rate is correct or determine whether the circumstances requiring changes to the Conversion Rate have occurred.

 

Section 17.16        USA PATRIOT Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in accordance with Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act, the Trustee, like all financial institutions and in order to help fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering, is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act.

 

 121 

 

 

Section 17.17        Tax Withholding. The Company or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall be entitled to make a deduction or withholding from any payment which it makes under this Indenture for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties or charges if and to the extent so required by any applicable law and any current or future regulations or agreements thereunder or official interpretations thereof or any law implementing an intergovernmental approach thereto, in each case, that a Holder is subject to pursuant to the Indenture (“Applicable Tax Law”), or by virtue of the relevant Holder failing to satisfy any certification or other requirements under Applicable Tax Law in respect of the Notes, in which event the Company or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall make such payment after such withholding or deduction has been made and shall account to the relevant authorities for the amount so withheld or deducted and shall have no obligation to gross up any payment hereunder or pay any additional amount as a result of such withholding tax.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, if the Company or other applicable withholding agent pays withholding taxes or backup withholding on behalf of the Holder as a result of an adjustment or the nonoccurrence of an adjustment to the Conversion Rate, the Company or other applicable withholding agent may, at its option, withhold from or set off such payments against payments of cash and shares of Common Stock on the Note (or any payments on the Common Stock) or sales proceeds received by or other funds or assets of the Holder.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

 122 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

  QUALTEK SERVICES INC., as Issuer
   
  By: /s/ Adam Spittler
  Name: Adam Spittler
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
   
  QUALTEK LLC
  BCP QUALTEK BUYER, LLC
  QUALTEK MIDCO, LLC
  QUALTEK MANAGEMENT, LLC
  QUALTEK WIRELINE LLC
  QUALSAT, LLC
  ADVANTEK ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION, LLC
  QUALTEK WIRELESS LLC
  SITE SAFE, LLC
  NX UTILITIES ULC
  QUALTEK RECOVERY LOGISTICS LLC
  QUALTEK FULFILLMENT LLC
  QUALTEK RENEWABLES LLC,
  each as a Guarantor
   
  By: /s/ Adam Spittler             
  Name: Adam Spittler
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee  
   
By: /s/ Quinton M. DePompolo  
  Name: Quinton M. DePompolo  
  Title: Banking Officer  

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]

 

[INCLUDE FOLLOWING LEGEND IF A GLOBAL NOTE]

 

[UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREUNDER IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

 

[INCLUDE FOLLOWING LEGEND IF A RESTRICTED SECURITY]

 

[THIS SECURITY AND THE COMMON STOCK, IF ANY, ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS SECURITY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE (NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THIS SECURITY AND THE COMMON STOCK, IF ANY, ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES). BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE ACQUIRER AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF QUALTEK SERVICES INC. (THE “COMPANY”) THAT IT WILL NOT OFFER, SELL, PLEDGE OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY OR ANY BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN PRIOR TO THE DATE THAT IS THE LATER OF (X) TO THE EXTENT RULE 144 IS AVAILABLE ON SUCH DATE, ONE YEAR AFTER THE ISSUE DATE HEREOF OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THERETO AND (Y) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EXCEPT:

 

(A)       TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF;

 

(B)       PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BECOME EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND IS EFFECTIVE AT THE TIME OF SUCH TRANSFER;

 

(C)       PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT; OR

 

(D)       PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

 A-1 

 

 

PRIOR TO THE REGISTRATION OF ANY TRANSFER IN ACCORDANCE WITH CLAUSE (2)(D) ABOVE, THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF SUCH LEGAL OPINIONS, CERTIFICATIONS OR OTHER EVIDENCE AS MAY REASONABLY BE REQUIRED IN ORDER FOR THE COMPANY TO DETERMINE THAT THE PROPOSED TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO REPRESENTATION IS MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF ANY EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.]

 

 A-2 

 

 

QualTek Services Inc.

 

Senior Unsecured Convertible Notes due 2027

 

No. [     ]

 

[Initially]1 $[      ]

 

CUSIP No. 77867Q AB82

 

QualTek Services Inc., a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation or other entity under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof), for value received hereby promises to pay to [Cede & Co.]3 [ ]4, or registered assigns, the principal sum [as set forth in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Notes” attached hereto]5 [of $[ ]]6, which amount, taken together with the principal amounts of all other outstanding Notes, shall not, unless permitted by the Indenture, exceed $124,685,000 in aggregate at any time, in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary, on February 15, 2027, and interest thereon as set forth below.

 

This Note shall bear interest at the rate shown in the table below, based on the Total Net Leverage Ratio of the Company as of the end of the most recent Four Quarter Period for which consolidated financial statements are available from February 14, 2022, or from the most recent date to which interest had been paid or provided for to, but excluding, the next scheduled Interest Payment Date until February 15, 2027.

 

Total Net Leverage Ratio  Applicable Interest Rate 
Less than 4.25 to 1   9.50%
4.25x or greater but less than 4.75 to 1   10.00%
4.75x or greater but less than 5.25 to 1   10.75%
5.25 to 1 or greater   11.75%

 

At least five (5) Business Days prior to the commencement of each Interest Period, the Company shall deliver an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee and written notice to any paying agent and the Holders of the Notes setting forth the Applicable Interest Rate for the next succeeding Interest Period. If the Company does not deliver such notice, the Applicable Interest Rate from the immediately preceding Interest Period shall apply to the next succeeding Interest Period.

 

Interest is payable quarterly in arrears on each March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), commencing on June 15, 2022, to Holders of record at the close of business on the preceding March 1, June 1, September 1 or December 1 (whether or not such day is a Business Day), respectively. Additional Interest will be payable as set forth in Section 6.03 of the within-mentioned Indenture, and any reference to interest on, or in respect of, any Note therein shall be deemed to include Additional Interest if, in such context, Additional Interest is, was or would be payable pursuant to Section 6.03, and any express mention of the payment of Additional Interest in any provision therein shall not be construed as excluding Additional Interest in those provisions thereof where such express mention is not made.

 

 

1 Include if a global note.

2 Subject to the procedures of the Depositary, at such time as the Company notifies the Trustee that the Restrictive Legend is to be removed in accordance with the Indenture, the CUSIP number for this Note shall be deemed to be 77867Q AA0.

3 Include if a global note.

4 Include if a physical note.

5 Include if a global note.

6 Include if a physical note.

 

 A-3 

 

 

Any Defaulted Amounts shall accrue interest per annum at the rate borne by the Notes, subject to the enforceability thereof under applicable law, from, and including, the relevant payment date to, but excluding, the date on which such Defaulted Amounts shall have been paid by the Company, at its election, in accordance with Section 2.03(c) of the Indenture.

 

The Company shall pay the principal of and interest on this Note, if and so long as such Note is a Global Note, in immediately available funds to the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered Holder of such Note. As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Company shall pay the principal of any Notes (other than Notes that are Global Notes) at the office or agency designated by the Company for that purpose. The Company has initially designated the Trustee as its Paying Agent and Note Registrar in respect of the Notes and the Corporate Trust Office located in the United States of America as a place where Notes may be presented for payment or for registration of transfer and exchange.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, including, without limitation, provisions giving the Holder of this Note the right to convert this Note into shares of Common Stock on the terms and subject to the limitations set forth in the Indenture. Such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

 

This Note, and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Note, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York (without regard to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof).

 

In the case of any conflict between this Note and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall control and govern.

 

This Note shall not be valid or become obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been signed manually by the Trustee or a duly authorized authenticating agent under the Indenture.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

 A-4 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed.

 

  QUALTEK SERVICES INC., as Issuer
   
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

Dated: February                 , 2022

 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee, certifies that this is one
of the Notes described in the within-named Indenture.

  

By:                                  
  Authorized Signatory  

 

 A-5 

 

 

 

 

[FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE]

 

QualTek Services Inc.

 

Senior Unsecured Convertible Notes due 2027

 

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Company, designated as its Senior Unsecured Convertible Notes due 2027 (the “Notes”), initially limited to the aggregate principal amount of $125,000,000 all issued or to be issued under and pursuant to an Indenture dated as of February 14, 2022 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors party thereto and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities thereunder of the Trustee, the Company and the Holders of the Notes. Additional Notes may be issued in an unlimited aggregate principal amount, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture. Capitalized terms used in this Note and not defined in this Note shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Indenture.

 

In case certain Events of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the principal of, and interest on, all Notes may be declared, by either the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, and upon said declaration shall become, due and payable, in the manner, with the effect and subject to the conditions and certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company will make all payments and deliveries in respect of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and the principal amount on the Maturity Date, as the case may be, to the Holder who surrenders a Note to a Paying Agent to collect such payments in respect of the Note. The Company will pay cash amounts in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee in certain circumstances, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes, and in certain other circumstances, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, evidenced as in the Indenture provided, to execute supplemental indentures modifying the terms of the Indenture and the Notes as described therein. It is also provided in the Indenture that, subject to certain exceptions, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any past Default or Event of Default under the Indenture and its consequences.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Indenture or any provision of this Note, each Holder shall have the contractual right to receive payment or delivery, as the case may be, of (x) the principal (including the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable) of, (y) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, and (z) the consideration due upon conversion of, this Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in this Note or in the Indenture, and the contractual right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment or delivery, as the case may be, on or after such respective dates, shall not be amended without the consent of each Holder.

 

The Notes are issuable in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $1,000 principal amount and integral multiples in excess thereof. At the office or agency of the Company referred to on the face hereof, and in the manner and subject to the limitations provided in the Indenture, Notes may be exchanged for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations, without payment of any service charge but, if required by the Company or Trustee, with payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer or similar tax that may be imposed in connection therewith as a result of the name of the Holder of the new Notes issued upon such exchange of Notes being different from the name of the Holder of the old Notes surrendered for such exchange.

 

 A-6 

 

 

The Notes are not subject to redemption through the operation of any sinking fund or otherwise.

 

Upon the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Holder has the right, at such Holder’s option, to require the Company to repurchase for cash all of such Holder’s Notes or any portion thereof (in principal amounts of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof) on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date at a price equal to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder hereof has the right, at its option, during certain periods and upon the occurrence of certain conditions specified in the Indenture, prior to the close of business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, to convert any Notes or portion thereof that is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof, into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Rate specified in the Indenture, as adjusted from time to time as provided in the Indenture.

 

 A-7 

 

 

ABBREVIATIONS

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription of the face of this Note, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM = as tenants in common

 

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT = Uniform Gifts to Minors Act

 

CUST = Custodian

 

TEN ENT = as tenants by the entireties

 

JT TEN = joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

 A-8 

 

 

Schedule A7

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF NOTES

 

QualTek Services Inc.

 

Senior Unsecured Convertible Notes due 2027

 

The initial principal amount of this Global Note is ONE HUNDRED TWENTY FIVE MILLION DOLLARS ($125,000,000). The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of exchange  Amount of
decrease in
principal amount
of this Global
Note
  Amount of
increase in
principal amount
of this Global
Note
  Principal amount
of this Global
Note following
such decrease or
increase
  Signature of
authorized
signatory of
Trustee or
Custodian
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             

 

 

 

7 Include if a global note.

 

 A-9 

 

 

Attachment 1

 

[FORM OF NOTICE OF CONVERSION]

 

To:Wilmington Trust, National Association
Global Capital Markets

50 South Sixth Street, Suite 1290
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
Attention: QualTek Notes Administrator

 

The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby exercises the option to convert this Note, or the portion hereof (that is $1,000 principal amount or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, into shares of Common Stock in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Note, and directs that any cash payable and any shares of Common Stock issuable and deliverable upon such conversion, together with any cash for any fractional share, and any Notes representing any unconverted principal amount hereof, be issued and delivered to the registered Holder hereof unless a different name has been indicated below. If any shares of Common Stock or any portion of this Note not converted are to be issued in the name of a Person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes, if any in accordance with Section 14.02(d) and Section 14.02(e) of the Indenture. Any amount required to be paid to the undersigned on account of interest accompanies this Note. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.

 

Dated:      
     
     
  Signature
     
Signature Guarantee    

 

Signature(s) must be guaranteed by
an eligible Guarantor Institution
(banks, stock brokers, savings and
loan associations and credit unions)
with membership in an approved
signature guarantee medallion program
pursuant to Securities and Exchange
Commission Rule 17Ad-15 if shares of Common Stock are to
be issued, or
Notes are to be delivered, other than
to and in the name of the registered holder.

 

1 

 

 

Fill in for registration of shares if to be issued,
and Notes if to be delivered, other than to and in the name
of the registered holder:

 

   
(Name)  
   
   
(Street Address)  
   
   
(City, State and Zip Code)  
Please print name and address  
   
  Principal amount to be converted (if less than all):
  $__________,000
  NOTICE: The above signature(s) of the Holder(s) hereof must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.
   
  Social Security or Other Taxpayer
Identification Number

 

2 

 

 

Attachment 2

 

[FORM OF FUNDAMENTAL CHANGE REPURCHASE NOTICE]

 

To: Paying Agent

 

The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby acknowledges receipt of a notice from QualTek Services Inc. (the “Company”) as to the occurrence of a Fundamental Change with respect to the Company and specifying the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and requests and instructs the Company to pay to the registered holder hereof in accordance with Section 15.02 of the Indenture referred to in this Note (1) the entire principal amount of this Note, or the portion thereof (that is $1,000 principal amount or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, and (2) if such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date does not fall during the period after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon to, but excluding, such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Indenture.

 

In the case of Physical Notes, the certificate numbers of the Notes to be repurchased are as set forth below:

 

Dated: __________  
   
  Signature(s)
   
   
  Social Security or Other Taxpayer Identification Number
  Principal amount to be repaid (if less than all):
  $__________,000
  NOTICE: The above signature(s) of the Holder(s) hereof must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the Note in every particular without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever.

 

1 

 

 

Attachment 3

 

[FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND TRANSFER]

 

For value received _______________________ hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto _______________________ (Please insert social security or Taxpayer Identification Number of assignee) the within Note, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints _______________________ attorney to transfer the said Note on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

1 

 

 

Dated:             
   
   
   
   
Signature(s)  
   
Signature Guarantee Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an eligible  
Guarantor Institution (banks, stockbrokers, savings  
and loan associations and credit unions) with  
membership in an approved signature guarantee  
medallion program pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 17Ad-15 if Notes are to  
be delivered, other than to and in the name of the registered holder.  
   
NOTICE: The signature on the assignment must  
correspond with the name as written upon the face of  
the Note in every particular without alteration or  
enlargement or any change whatever.  

 

2 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

[  ] supplemental indenture

 

QualTek Services Inc.

 

THE GUARANTORS PARTY HERETO

 

AND

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

as Trustee

 

Dated as of [     ], 202[  ]

 

Senior Unsecured Convertible Notes due 2027

 

 B-1 

 

 

THIS [      ] SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”), entered into as of        [        , 202     ], among QualTek Services Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), [insert each Guarantor executing this Supplemental Indenture and its jurisdiction of incorporation] (each an “Undersigned”) and WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company, the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee entered into an Indenture, dated as of February 14, 2022 (the “Indenture”), relating to the Company’s Senior Unsecured Convertible Note due 2027 (the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company agreed pursuant to the Indenture to cause any Subsidiary (with certain exceptions) that guarantees certain Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor following the Issue Date to provide a Guarantee;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.01(c), the Company and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture without the consent of Holders.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and intending to be legally bound, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1.         Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Indenture.

 

Section 2.         Each Undersigned, by its execution of this Supplemental Indenture, agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including, but not limited to, Article 13 thereof.

 

Section 3.         This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

Section 4.         This Supplemental Indenture may be signed in various counterparts which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Section 5.         This Supplemental Indenture is an amendment supplemental to the Indenture, and the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture shall henceforth be read together.

 

Section 6.         The recitals and statements herein are deemed to be those of the Company and the Undersigned and not the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or the Guarantees provided by the Guarantors party to this Supplemental Indenture.

 

 B-2 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  QUALTEK SERVICES INC., as Issuer
     
  By:           
  Name:
  Title:
     
  [•], as a Guarantor
     
  By:       
  Name:
  Title:

 

 B-3 

 

 

  WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
     
  By:                  
    Name:
    Title:

 

 B-4 

Exhibit 10.6

 

QUALTEK SERVICES INC.
2022 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Article I
PURPOSE; EFFECTIVE DATE; TERM

 

Section 1.1            Purpose. The purpose of the QualTek Services Inc. 2022 Long-Term Incentive Plan is to enhance the profitability and value of the Company for the benefit of its Stockholders by enabling the Company to offer Eligible Individuals stock- and cash-based incentives in order to attract, retain, and reward such individuals and strengthen the mutuality of interests between such individuals and the Stockholders.

 

Section 1.2            Effective Date. The Plan is effective as of February 14, 2022 (the “Effective Date”), which is the date of its adoption by the Board, subject to the approval of the Plan by the Stockholders in accordance with Applicable Law.

 

Section 1.3            Term. No Award may be granted on or after the 10th anniversary of the earlier of the Effective Date or the date of Stockholder approval of the Plan, but Awards granted before such 10th anniversary may extend beyond that date.

 

Article II
DEFINITIONS

 

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms will have the following meanings:

 

Affiliate” means each of the following: (a) any Subsidiary; (b) any Parent; (c) any corporation, trade, or business that is directly or indirectly controlled 50% or more (whether by ownership of stock, assets, or an equivalent ownership interest or voting interest) by the Company or any Affiliate; (d) any trade or business that directly or indirectly controls 50% or more (whether by ownership of stock, assets, or an equivalent ownership interest or voting interest) of the Company; and (e) any other entity in which the Company or any Affiliate has a material equity interest and that is designated as an “Affiliate” by resolution of the Committee; provided, however, that “Affiliate” will not include other portfolio companies of any fund controlled by Brightstar Capital Partners or any of its affiliates that are not Parents or Subsidiaries.

 

Applicable Law” means the requirements related to or implicated by the administration or operation of the Plan under United States federal and applicable state laws (including corporate, securities, tax, and employment laws, and the Code), any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Shares are listed or quoted, and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are granted.

 

Award” means any award granted under the Plan of any Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Shares, Performance Award, Other Share-Based Award, or Other Cash-Based Award. All Awards will be granted by, confirmed by, and subject to the terms and conditions of, a written Award Agreement executed by the Company and the Participant.

 

  

 

 

Award Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and conditions applicable to an Award.

 

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Business Combination” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(c).

 

Cause” means, as determined by the Company, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, with respect to an Eligible Employee’s or Consultant’s Separation from Service, the following: (a) in the case where there is no employment agreement, consulting agreement, change in control agreement, or similar agreement in effect between the Company or an Affiliate and the Participant at the time of the grant of the Award (or where there is such an agreement but it does not define “cause” (or words of like import)), a Participant’s (i) insubordination, material dishonesty, fraud, moral turpitude, negligence or willful misconduct, refusal to perform the Participant’s duties or responsibilities (for any reason other than illness or incapacity), (ii) repeated or material violation of any policies of the Company, including, but not limited to, those relating to sexual harassment, ethics, discrimination, or the disclosure or misuse of confidential information, or violation or breach of any confidentiality agreement, work product agreement, or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, (iii) plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, conviction of, or indictment for, any crime (whether or not involving the Company or its Affiliates) (A) constituting a felony or (B) that has, or could reasonable expected result in, and adverse impact on the performance of the Participant’s duties to the Company or any of its Affiliates, (iv) misappropriation of any assets or business opportunities of the Company or its Affiliates; or (b) in the case where there is an employment agreement, consulting agreement, change in control agreement, or similar agreement in effect between the Company or an Affiliate and the Participant at the time of the grant of the Award that defines “cause” (or words of like import), “cause” as defined under such agreement. Notwithstanding any foregoing term or condition of this definition of Cause, with respect to a Non-Employee Director, “Cause” means an act or failure to act that constitutes cause for removal of a director under applicable Delaware law.

 

Change in Control” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2.

 

Change in Control Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.

 

Closing” means the consummation of the transactions contemplated by that certain Business Combination Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2021, by and among (i) Roth CH Acquisition III Co. a Delaware corporation, (ii) Roth CH III Blocker Merger Sub, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company, (iii) BCP QualTeK Investors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (iv) Roth CH III Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (v) BCP QualTek HoldCo, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and (vi) BCP QualTek, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

-2-

 

 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, including the rules and regulations thereunder and any successor provisions, rules, and regulations thereto.

 

Committee” means any committee of the Board duly authorized by the Board to administer the Plan. If no committee is duly authorized by the Board to administer the Plan, “Committee” will be deemed to refer to the Board for all purposes under the Plan.

 

Common Stock” means the shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.

 

Company” means QualTek Services Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors by operation of law.

 

Consultant” means an advisor or consultant to the Company or an Affiliate.

 

Detrimental Conduct” means, as reasonably determined by the Company, the Participant’s engaging in any of the following behaviors, provided that such behavior causes or would be reasonably expected to cause material harm to the Company or an Affiliate: (a) any violation by the Participant of a restrictive covenant agreement that the Participant has entered into with the Company or an Affiliate (covering, for example, confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nondisparagement, etc.); (b) the commission of a criminal act by the Participant while employed by or providing services to the Company or an Affiliate, whether or not performed in the workplace, that subjects, or if generally known would subject, the Company or an Affiliate to public ridicule or embarrassment, or other improper or intentional conduct by the Participant while employed by or providing services to the Company or an Affiliate causing reputational harm to the Company or an Affiliate; (c) the Participant’s breach of a fiduciary duty owed to the Company or an Affiliate or a client or former client of the Company or an Affiliate; (d) the Participant’s intentional violation, or grossly negligent disregard, of the Company’s or an Affiliate’s policies, rules, or procedures; or (e) the Participant taking or maintaining trading positions that result in a need to restate financial results in a subsequent reporting period or that result in a significant financial loss to the Company or an Affiliate.

 

Disability” means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, with respect to a Participant’s Separation from Service, a permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. A Disability will only be deemed to occur at the time of the determination by the Committee of the Disability; provided, however, that, for Awards that are subject to Section 409A, Disability means that a Participant is disabled within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.

 

Eligible Employee” means each employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

 

Eligible Individual” means each Eligible Employee, Non-Employee Director, or Consultant who is designated by the Committee as eligible to receive an Award.

 

-3-

 

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, including the rules and regulations thereunder and any successor provisions, rules, and regulations thereto.

 

Fair Market Value” means, as of any date and except as provided below, the last sales price reported for the Common Stock on the applicable date as reported on the principal stock exchange in the United States on which the Common Stock is then listed, or if the Common Stock is not listed, or otherwise reported or quoted, the Committee will determine the Fair Market Value taking into account the requirements of Section 409A. For purposes of the grant of any Award, the applicable date will be the trading day immediately before the date on which the Award is granted. For purposes of the purchase of any Award, the applicable date will be the date a notice of purchase is received by the Company or, if not a day on which the applicable market is open, the next day that it is open. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may use any alternative definition of Fair Market Value that it determines should be used in connection with the grant, exercise, vesting, settlement, or payment of any Award. Such alternative definition may include a price that is based on the opening, actual, high, low, or average selling prices of the Common Stock on the applicable stock exchange on the given date, the trading day preceding the given date, the trading day next succeeding the given date, or an average of trading days.

 

Family Member” of a Participant means the Participant’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the Participant’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Participant) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Participant) own more than 50% of the voting interests.

 

GAAP” means the U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, as in effect from time to time.

 

Incentive Stock Option” or “ISO” means any Stock Option awarded to an Eligible Employee of the Company, its Subsidiaries, or any Parent intended to be, qualifying, and designated as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

Incumbent Directors” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(b).

 

Lead Underwriter” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.21.

 

Lock-Up Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.21.

 

Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board or the board of directors of an Affiliate who is not an active employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

 

Nonqualified Stock Option” means any Stock Option that is not an ISO.

 

Other Cash-Based Award” means an award granted to an Eligible Individual under Section 10.3 that is payable in cash at the time or times and subject to the terms and conditions determined by the Committee.

 

-4-

 

 

Other Share-Based Award” means an award granted to an Eligible Individual under Article X that is valued in whole or in part by reference to, or is payable in or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including an award valued by reference to an Affiliate. Other Share-Based Awards may include RSUs.

 

Parent” means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

Participant” means an Eligible Individual who has been granted, and holds, an Award.

 

Performance Award” means an award granted to an Eligible Individual under Article IX contingent upon achieving specified Performance Goals.

 

Performance Goals” means goals established by the Committee as contingencies for Awards to vest or become exercisable or distributable, which may be based on business objectives or other measures of performance as the Committee, in its discretion, deems appropriate. Performance Goals may differ among Awards granted to any one Participant or to different Participants. The Committee may also designate additional business objectives on which the Performance Goals may be based and adjust, modify, or amend the aforementioned business objectives.

 

Performance Period” means the designated period during which Performance Goals must be satisfied with respect to a Performance Award.

 

Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, or a government or any branch, department, agency, political subdivision, or official thereof.

 

Plan” means this QualTek Services Inc. 2022 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

 

Proceeding” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.10.

 

Restricted Shares” means restricted Shares granted to an Eligible Individual under Article VIII.

 

Restriction Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3(a).

 

RSUs” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

 

Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

 

Section 409A” means Code Section 409A.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, including the rules and regulations thereunder and any successor provisions, rules, and regulations thereto.

 

-5-

 

 

Separation from Service” means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee or the Company, the termination of the applicable Participant’s employment with, and performance of services for, the Company and all Affiliates, including by reason of the fact that the Participant’s employer or other service recipient ceases to be an Affiliate of the Company. Unless otherwise determined by the Company, if a Participant’s employment or service with the Company or an Affiliate terminates but the Participant continues to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate in a Non-Employee Director capacity or as an Eligible Employee or Consultant, as applicable, such change in status will not be considered a Separation from Service. Approved temporary absences from employment because of illness, vacation, or leave of absence and transfers among the Company and its Affiliates will not be considered Separations from Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing definition of Separation from Service, with respect to any Award that constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A, “Separation from Service” means a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

Share” means a share of Common Stock.

 

Share Reserve” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

 

Stock Appreciation Right” means a right granted to an Eligible Individual under Article VII to receive an amount in cash or Shares equal to the difference between (a) the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date such right is exercised and (b) the per Share exercise price of such right.

 

Stock Option” means an option to purchase Shares granted to an Eligible Individual under Article VI.

 

Stockholder” means a stockholder of the Company.

 

Subsidiary” means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

Substitute Award” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

 

Ten Percent Stockholder” means a Person owning stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries, or any Parent.

 

Transfer” means (a) when used as a noun, any direct or indirect transfer, sale, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, or other disposition, whether for value or no value and whether voluntary or involuntary, and (b) when used as a verb, to directly or indirectly transfer, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, charge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of, whether for value or for no value and whether voluntarily or involuntarily. The terms “Transferred” and “Transferable” have a correlative meaning under the Plan.

 

-6-

 

 

Article III
ADMINISTRATION

 

Section 3.1            Committee. The Plan will be administered and interpreted by the Committee; provided that the Board will retain the right to exercise the authority of the Committee to the extent consistent with Applicable Law. To the extent required by Applicable Law, it is intended that each member of the Committee will qualify as (a) a “non-employee director” under Rule 16b-3 and (b) an “independent director” under the rules of the principal stock exchange in the United States on which the Common Stock is then listed, as applicable. If it is later determined that one or more members of the Committee do not so qualify, actions taken by the Committee before such determination will be valid despite such failure to qualify.

 

Section 3.2            Grants of Awards. The Committee will have full authority to grant, under the terms and conditions of the Plan, to Eligible Individuals: Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Shares, Performance Awards, Other Share-Based Awards, and Other Cash-Based Awards. In particular, the Committee will have the authority:

 

(a)           to select the Eligible Individuals to whom Awards may be granted;

 

(b)           to determine whether and to what extent Awards, or any combination thereof, are to be granted to one or more Eligible Individuals;

 

(c)           to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award;

 

(d)           to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms and conditions of the Plan, of all Awards;

 

(e)           to determine the amount of cash to be covered by each Award;

 

(f)            to determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances grants of Stock Options and other Awards are to operate on a tandem basis or in conjunction with or apart from other awards made by the Company outside of the Plan;

 

(g)           to determine whether and under what circumstances a Stock Option may be settled in cash, Common Stock, or Restricted Shares under Section 6.3(d);

 

(h)           to determine whether a Stock Option is an ISO or Nonqualified Stock Option;

 

(i)            to impose a “blackout” period during which Stock Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights may not be exercised;

 

(j)            to determine whether to require a Participant, as a condition of the granting of any Award, to not sell or otherwise dispose of Shares acquired upon the exercise of an Award for a period of time as determined by the Committee after the date of the acquisition of such Award;

 

-7-

 

 

(k)           to modify, extend, or renew an Award, subject to Section 6.3(g) and Article XII; and

 

(l)            solely to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, to determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances to provide loans (which may be on a recourse basis and bear interest at the rate the Committee may determine) to Participants in order to exercise Stock Options.

 

Section 3.3            Guidelines. Subject to Article XII, the Committee will have the authority to adopt, alter, and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines, and practices governing the Plan and perform all acts, including the delegation of its responsibilities (to the extent permitted by Applicable Law and not inconsistent with the Plan), as it may deem advisable; to construe and interpret the Plan, all Awards, and all Award Agreements (and in each case any agreements relating thereto); and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any agreement relating thereto in the manner and to the extent it deems necessary to effectuate the purpose and intent of the Plan. The Committee may adopt special terms and conditions for Persons who are residing in, or employed in, or subject to the taxes of, any domestic or foreign jurisdictions to comply with Applicable Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing terms and conditions of this Section 3.3, no action of the Committee under this Section 3.3 may materially impair the rights of any Participant under the Plan or any Award without the Participant’s consent. To the extent applicable, the Plan is intended to comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3, and the Plan will be limited, construed, and interpreted in a manner so as to comply therewith.

 

Section 3.4            Sole Discretion; Decisions Final. Any decision, interpretation, or other action made or taken by or at the direction of the Company, the Board, or the Committee (or any of their members) arising out of or in connection with the Plan will be within the sole and absolute discretion of all and each of them, as the case may be, and will be final, binding, and conclusive on the Company and all employees and Participants and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns and all other Persons having an interest in the Plan.

 

Section 3.5            Designation of Consultants; Delegation of Authority.

 

(a)            The Committee may designate employees of the Company and professional advisors to assist the Committee in the administration of the Plan and may grant authority to officers to grant Awards and execute agreements and other documents on behalf of the Committee, in each case to the extent permitted by Applicable Law. In the event of any designation of authority hereunder, subject to Applicable Law and any terms and conditions imposed by the Committee in connection with such designation, such designee or designees will have the power and authority to take such actions, exercise such powers, and make such determinations that are otherwise specifically designated to the Committee hereunder.

 

-8-

 

 

(b)           The Committee may employ such legal counsel, consultants, and agents as it may deem desirable for the administration of the Plan and may rely upon any opinion received from any such counsel or consultant and any computation received from any such consultant or agent. Expenses incurred by the Committee or the Board in the engagement of any such counsel, consultant, or agent will be paid by the Company. The Committee, its members, and any Person designated under Section 3.5(a) will not be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan. To the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law, no officer of the Company or member or former member of the Committee or of the Board will be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award.

 

(c)            The Committee may delegate any or all of its powers and duties under the Plan to a subcommittee of directors or to any officer of the Company, including the power to perform administrative functions and grant Awards, provided that such delegation does not (i) violate Applicable Law, or (ii) result in the loss of an exemption under Rule 16b-3(d)(1) for Awards granted to Participants subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act in respect of the Company. Upon any such delegation, all references in the Plan to the “Committee,” shall be deemed to include any subcommittee or officer of the Company to whom such powers have been delegated by the Committee. Any such delegation shall not limit the right of such subcommittee members or such an officer to receive Awards. The Committee may also appoint agents who are not executive officers of the Company or members of the Board to assist in administering the Plan, provided, however, that such individuals may not be delegated the authority to grant or modify any Awards that will, or may, be settled in Shares.

 

Section 3.6            Indemnification. To the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law and the Certificate of Incorporation and By Laws of the Company and to the extent not covered by insurance directly insuring such Person, each officer and employee of the Company and each Affiliate and member or former member of the Committee and the Board will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against all costs and expenses and liabilities, and advanced amounts necessary to pay the foregoing at the earliest time and to the fullest extent permitted, arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the administration of the Plan, except to the extent arising out of such officer’s, employee’s, member’s, or former member’s own fraud or bad faith. Such indemnification will be in addition to any right of indemnification the employees, officers, directors, or members or former officers, directors, or members may have under Applicable Law or under the Certificate of Incorporation or By Laws of the Company or an Affiliate. Notwithstanding any other term or condition of the Plan, this indemnification will not apply to the actions or determinations made by an individual with regard to Awards granted to himself or herself.

 

-9-

 

 

Article IV
SHARE LIMITATION

 

Section 4.1            Shares.

 

(a)           Share Limits and Counting. The maximum number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan may not exceed 7,472,201 Shares (subject to any increase or decrease under this Section 4.1 or Section 4.2) (the “Share Reserve”). The Share Reserve may consist of authorized and unissued Shares and Shares held in or acquired for the treasury of the Company. The Share Reserve will automatically increase on each January 1 that occurs after the Effective Date, for 10 years, by an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the lesser of (x) 2% of the total number of Shares outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year and (y) such number of Shares that would result in the number of Shares in the Share Reserve being equal to 12.5% of the aggregate number of Shares outstanding as of the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year, and (ii) such lesser number as may be determined by the Board. The maximum number of Shares with respect to which ISOs may be granted is 7,472,201 Shares. With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights settled in Shares, upon settlement, only the number of Shares delivered to a Participant will count against the Share Reserve. If any Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, or Other Share-Based Award expires, terminates, or is cancelled for any reason without having been exercised in full, the number of Shares underlying such Award will be added back to the Share Reserve. If any Restricted Shares, Performance Awards, or Other Share-Based Awards denominated in Shares are forfeited for any reason, the number of Shares underlying such Award will be added back to the Share Reserve. Any Award settled in cash will not count against the Share Reserve. If Shares issuable upon exercise, vesting, or settlement of an Award, or Shares owned by a Participant (that are not subject to any pledge or other security interest), are surrendered or tendered to the Company in payment of the purchase or exercise price of an Award or any taxes required to be withheld in respect of an Award, in each case, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, such surrendered or tendered Shares will be added back to the Share Reserve. Awards may be granted in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by an entity acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (“Substitute Awards”). Substitute Awards will not count against the Share Reserve; provided that Substitute Awards issued in connection with the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding Stock Options intended to qualify as ISOs will count against the ISO limit above. Subject to applicable stock exchange requirements, available shares under a stockholder-approved plan of an entity acquired by the Company or with which the Company combines (as appropriately adjusted to reflect such acquisition or transaction) may be used for Awards and will not count against the Share Reserve.

 

(b)            Annual Non-Employee Director Award Limitation. The maximum value of Awards granted during any calendar year to any Non-Employee Director, taken together with any cash fees paid to that Non-Employee Director during the calendar year and the value of awards granted to the Non-Employee Director under any other compensation plan of the Company or any Affiliate during the calendar year, may not exceed $700,000 in total value (based on the Fair Market Value of the Shares underlying the Award as of the grant date for Restricted Shares and Other Share-Based Awards, and based on the grant date fair value for accounting purposes for Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights).

 

Section 4.2            Changes.

 

(a)            The existence of the Plan and any Awards will not affect in any way the right or power of the Board, the Committee, or the Stockholders to make or authorize (i) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization, or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company or any Affiliate, (iii) any issuance of bonds, debentures, or preferred or prior preference stock ahead of or affecting the Common Stock, (iv) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any Affiliate, (v) any sale or transfer of all or part of the assets or business of the Company or any Affiliate, or (vi) any other corporate act or proceeding.

 

-10-

 

 

(b)           Subject to Section 11.1:

 

(i)            In the event of any change in the outstanding Common Stock or in the capital structure of the Company by reason of any stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, division, exchange, spin off, extraordinary cash or stock dividend, or other relevant change in capitalization, Awards will be equitably adjusted or substituted to the extent necessary to preserve the economic intent of such Awards.

 

(ii)            Fractional Shares resulting from any adjustment in Awards under this Section 4.2(b) will be aggregated until, and eliminated at, the time of exercise or payment by rounding down to the nearest whole number. No cash settlements will be required with respect to fractional Shares eliminated by rounding. Notice of any adjustment will be given by the Committee to each Participant whose Award has been adjusted and such adjustment (whether or not such notice is given) will be effective and binding for all purposes of the Plan.

 

Section 4.3            Minimum Purchase Price. Notwithstanding any other term or condition of the Plan, if authorized but previously unissued Shares are issued under the Plan, such Shares may not be issued for a consideration that is less than as permitted under Applicable Law.

 

Article V
ELIGIBILITY

 

Section 5.1            General Eligibility. All current and prospective Eligible Individuals are eligible to be granted Awards. Eligibility for the grant of Awards and actual participation in the Plan will be determined by the Committee.

 

Section 5.2            ISOs. Notwithstanding Section 5.1, only Eligible Employees of the Company, its Subsidiaries, and any Parent are eligible to be granted ISOs.

 

Section 5.3            General Requirement. The vesting and exercise of Awards granted to a prospective Eligible Individual must be conditioned upon such individual actually becoming an Eligible Employee, Consultant, or Non-Employee Director, respectively.

 

Article VI
STOCK OPTIONS

 

Section 6.1            Stock Options. Stock Options may be granted alone or in addition to other Awards. Each Stock Option will be either (a) an ISO or (b) a Nonqualified Stock Option.

 

Section 6.2            Grants. The Committee will have the authority to grant to any Eligible Employee one or more ISOs, Nonqualified Stock Options, or both types of Stock Options. The Committee will have the authority to grant any Consultant or Non-Employee Director one or more Nonqualified Stock Options. To the extent that any Stock Option does not qualify as an ISO, such Stock Option or the portion thereof that does not so qualify will constitute a separate Nonqualified Stock Option.

 

-11-

 

 

Section 6.3            Terms and Conditions of Stock Options. Stock Options will be subject to terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, determined by the Committee, and the following:

 

(a)           The exercise price per Share subject to a Stock Option will be determined by the Committee at the time of grant; provided that the per Share exercise price of a Stock Option may not be less than 100% (or, in the case of an ISO granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, 110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the grant date.

 

(b)           The term of each Stock Option will be fixed by the Committee; provided that no Stock Option may be exercisable more than 10 years after the date the Stock Option is granted; and provided, further, that the term of an ISO granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder may not exceed five years.

 

(c)           Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in accordance with this Section 6.3, Stock Options will be exercisable at the time or times and subject to the terms and conditions determined by the Committee at the time of grant. If the Committee provides that any Stock Option is exercisable subject to certain terms and conditions, the Committee may waive those terms and conditions on the exercisability at any time at or after the time of grant in whole or in part.

 

(d)           Subject to whatever installment exercise and waiting period terms and conditions that may apply under Section 6.3(e), to the extent vested, Stock Options may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Stock Option term by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of Shares to be purchased. Such notice must be accompanied by payment in full of the exercise price as follows: (i) in cash or by check, bank draft, or money order payable to the Company; (ii) solely to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, if the Common Stock is listed on a national stock exchange, and the Committee authorizes, through a procedure whereby the Participant delivers irrevocable instructions to a broker reasonably acceptable to the Committee to deliver promptly to the Company an amount equal to the exercise price; (iii) to the extent the Committee authorizes, having the Company withhold Shares issuable upon exercise of the Stock Option, or by payment in full or in part in the form of Shares owned by the Participant, based on the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the payment date; or (iv) on such other terms and conditions that may be acceptable to the Committee. No Shares will be issued under the Plan until payment for those Shares has been made or provided for in accordance with the Plan.

 

(e)           No Stock Option will be Transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all Stock Options will be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant, except that the Committee may determine at the time of grant or thereafter that a Nonqualified Stock Option that is otherwise not Transferable under this Section 6.3(e) is Transferable to a Family Member in whole or in part on terms and conditions that are specified by the Committee. A Nonqualified Stock Option that is Transferred to a Family Member under the preceding sentence (i) may not be subsequently Transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and (ii) remains subject to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement. Any Shares acquired upon the exercise of a Nonqualified Stock Option by a permissible transferee of a Nonqualified Stock Option or a permissible transferee under a Transfer after the exercise of the Nonqualified Stock Option will be subject to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

 

-12-

 

 

(f)            To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Common Stock with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary, or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Stock Options will be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary, or any Parent at all times from the time an ISO is granted until three months before the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by Applicable Law), such Stock Option will be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option. Should any term or condition of the Plan not be necessary for the Stock Options to qualify as ISOs, or should any additional terms and conditions be required, the Committee may amend the Plan accordingly.

 

(g)           Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Stock Options will be evidenced by such form of agreement or grant as is approved by the Committee, and the Committee may (i) modify, extend, or renew outstanding Stock Options, and (ii) accept the surrender of outstanding Stock Options (to the extent not theretofore exercised) and authorize the granting of new Stock Options in substitution therefor (to the extent not theretofore exercised). Notwithstanding any other term or condition of the Plan, except in connection with a corporate transaction involving the Company in accordance with Section 4.2, the repricing of Stock Options (and Stock Appreciation Rights) is prohibited without prior approval of the Stockholders. For this purpose, a “repricing” means any of the following (or any other action that has the same effect as any of the following): (A) any action that is treated as a “repricing” under GAAP and (B) repurchasing for cash or cancelling a Stock Option or a Stock Appreciation Right at a time when its exercise price is greater than the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares in exchange for another Award. A cancellation and exchange under clause (B) would be considered a “repricing” regardless of whether it is treated as a “repricing” under GAAP and regardless of whether it is voluntary on the part of the Participant.

 

(h)           The Committee may provide that a Stock Option include a term or condition whereby the Participant may elect at any time before the Participant’s Separation from Service to exercise the Stock Option as to any part or all of the Shares subject to the Stock Option before the full vesting of the Stock Option and such Shares will be subject to the terms and conditions of Article VIII and be treated as Restricted Shares. Unvested Shares so exercised may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Committee may determine.

 

-13-

 

 

Section 6.4            Automatic Exercise. The Committee may include a term or condition in an Award Agreement providing for the automatic exercise of a Nonqualified Stock Option on a cashless basis on the last day of the term of such Stock Option if the Participant has failed to exercise the Nonqualified Stock Option as of such date, with respect to which the Fair Market Value of the Shares underlying the Nonqualified Stock Option exceeds the exercise price of such Nonqualified Stock Option on the date of expiration of such Stock Option, subject to Section 13.5.

 

Article VII
STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

 

Section 7.1            Terms and Conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock Appreciation Rights may be issued either alone or in tandem with Stock Options. Stock Appreciation Rights will be subject to terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, determined by the Committee, and the following:

 

(a)           The exercise price per Share subject to a Stock Appreciation Right will be determined by the Committee at the time of grant; provided that the per Share exercise price of a Stock Appreciation Right will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant.

 

(b)           The term of each Stock Appreciation Right will be fixed by the Committee, but may not be greater than 10 years after the date the right is granted.

 

(c)           Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in accordance with this Section 7.1, Stock Appreciation Rights will be exercisable at the time or times and subject to the terms and conditions determined by the Committee at the time of grant. If the Committee provides that any such right is exercisable subject to certain terms and conditions, the Committee may waive those terms and conditions on the exercisability at any time at or after grant in whole or in part.

 

(d)           Subject to whatever installment exercise and waiting period terms and conditions apply under Section 7.1(c), Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised in whole or in part at any time in accordance with the applicable Award Agreement, by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of Stock Appreciation Rights to be exercised.

 

(e)           Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive, for each right exercised, up to, but no more than, an amount in cash or Common Stock (as chosen by the Committee) equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date that the right is exercised over the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date that the right was awarded to the Participant.

 

(f)            No Stock Appreciation Rights will be Transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all such rights will be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant.

 

Section 7.2            Automatic Exercise. The Committee may include a term or condition in an Award Agreement providing for the automatic exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right on a cashless basis on the last day of the term of the Stock Appreciation Right if the Participant has failed to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right as of such date, with respect to which the Fair Market Value of the Shares underlying the Stock Appreciation Right exceeds the exercise price of such Stock Appreciation Right on the date of expiration of such Stock Appreciation Right, subject to Section 13.5.

 

-14-

 

 

 

Article VIII
RESTRICTED SHARES

 

Section 8.1            Restricted Shares. The Committee will determine the Eligible Individuals to whom, and the time or times at which, grants of Restricted Shares will be made, the number of Restricted Shares to be awarded, the price (if any) to be paid by the Participant (subject to Section 8.2), the time or times within which such Awards will be subject to forfeiture, the vesting schedule and rights to acceleration thereof, and all other terms and conditions of the Awards.

 

Section 8.2            Awards and Certificates. Participants selected to receive Restricted Shares will not have any right with respect to the Award, unless and until the Participant has delivered a fully executed copy of the agreement evidencing the Award to the Company, to the extent required by the Committee, and has otherwise complied with the applicable terms and conditions of the Award. Further, such Award will be subject to the following:

 

(a)          The purchase price of Restricted Shares will be fixed by the Committee. Subject to Section 4.3, the purchase price for Restricted Shares may be zero to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, and, to the extent required by Applicable Law, such purchase price may not be less than par value.

 

(b)          Each Participant receiving Restricted Shares will be issued a stock certificate in respect of the Restricted Shares, unless the Committee elects to use another system, such as book entries by the transfer agent, as evidencing ownership of Restricted Shares. Such certificate will be registered in the name of the Participant, and will, in addition to any legends required by Applicable Law, bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms and conditions applicable to the Award, substantially in the following form:

 

“The anticipation, alienation, attachment, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge of the restricted shares of stock represented hereby are subject to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture) of the QualTek Services Inc. (the “Company”) 2022 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and an award agreement entered into between the registered owner and the Company dated __________ (the “Agreement”). Copies of such Plan and Agreement are on file at the principal office of the Company.”

 

(c)          If stock certificates are issued in respect of Restricted Shares, the Committee may require that any stock certificates evidencing such Shares be held in custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon have lapsed, and that, as a condition of any grant of Restricted Shares, the Participant must deliver a duly signed stock power or other instruments of assignment, each endorsed in blank with a guarantee of signature if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company, which would permit transfer to the Company of all or a portion of the Restricted Shares in the event that such Award is forfeited in whole or part.

 

-15-

 

 

Section 8.3           Terms and Conditions. Restricted Shares will be subject to terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, determined by the Committee, and the following:

 

(a)          The Participant is not permitted to Transfer Restricted Shares during the period or periods set by the Committee (the “Restriction Period”) commencing on the date of such Award, as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, and such agreement will set forth a vesting schedule and any event that would accelerate vesting of the Restricted Shares. Within these limits, based on service, attainment of Performance Goals, or such other factors or criteria as the Committee may determine, the Committee may condition the grant or provide for the lapse of such restrictions in installments in whole or in part, or may accelerate the vesting of all or any part of any Restricted Shares and waive the deferral terms and conditions for all or any part of any Restricted Shares.

 

(b)          Except as provided in Section 8.3(a) and this Section 8.3(b) or as otherwise determined by the Committee, the Participant will have, with respect to Restricted Shares, all of the rights of a Stockholder, including the right to receive dividends, the right to vote such Restricted Shares, and, subject to and conditioned upon the full vesting of Restricted Shares, the right to tender those Shares. The Committee may determine at the time of grant that the payment of dividends will be deferred until, and conditioned upon, the expiration of the applicable Restriction Period.

 

(c)          If and when the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted Shares, the certificates for such Shares will be delivered to the Participant. All legends will be removed from said certificates at the time of delivery to the Participant, except as otherwise required by Applicable Law or other terms and conditions imposed by the Committee.

 

Article IX
PERFORMANCE AWARDS

 

Section 9.1            Performance Awards. The Committee may grant a Performance Award to a Participant payable upon the attainment of specific Performance Goals. If the Performance Award is payable in Restricted Shares, such Shares will be transferable to the Participant only upon attainment of the relevant Performance Goal in accordance with Article VIII. If the Performance Award is payable in cash, it may be paid upon the attainment of the relevant Performance Goals either in cash or in Restricted Shares (based on the then current Fair Market Value of such Shares). Each Performance Award will be evidenced by an Award Agreement in such form that is not inconsistent with the Plan and that the Committee may approve. The Committee will condition the right to payment of any Performance Award upon the attainment of Performance Goals established under Section 9.2(c).

 

Section 9.2            Terms and Conditions. Performance Awards will be subject to terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, determined by the Committee, and the following:

 

-16-

 

 

(a)           At the expiration of the applicable Performance Period, the Committee will determine the extent to which the Performance Goals established under Section 9.2(c) are achieved and the percentage of each Performance Award that has been earned.

 

(b)           Subject to the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan, Performance Awards may not be Transferred.

 

(c)           The Committee will establish the Performance Goals for the earning of Performance Awards based on a Performance Period applicable to each Participant or class of Participants. Such Performance Goals may incorporate terms and conditions for disregarding (or adjusting for) changes in accounting methods, corporate transactions, and other similar type events or circumstances.

 

(d)           Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, amounts equal to dividends declared during the Performance Period with respect to the number of Shares covered by a Performance Award will not be paid to the Participant.

 

(e)           After the Committee’s determination in accordance with Section 9.2(a), the Company will settle Performance Awards, in such form as determined by the Committee, in an amount equal to such Participant’s earned Performance Awards. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Committee may award an amount less than the earned Performance Awards and subject the payment of all or part of any Performance Award to additional vesting, forfeiture, and deferral terms and conditions.

 

(f)           Subject to the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan, upon a Participant’s Separation from Service for any reason during the Performance Period for a Performance Award, the Performance Award will vest or be forfeited in accordance with the terms and conditions established by the Committee at grant.

 

(g)           Based on service, performance, and any other factors or criteria the Committee may determine, the Committee may, at or after grant, accelerate the vesting of all or any part of any Performance Award.

 

Article X
OTHER SHARE-BASED AND CASH-BASED AWARDS

 

Section 10.1          Other Share-Based Awards. The Committee is authorized to grant to Eligible Individuals Other Share-Based Awards that are payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to Shares, including Shares awarded purely as a bonus and not subject to terms or conditions, Shares in payment of the amounts due under an incentive or performance plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or an Affiliate, stock equivalent units, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and Awards valued by reference to book value of Shares. Other Share-Based Awards may be granted either alone or in addition to or in tandem with other Awards. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Committee has the authority to determine the Eligible Individuals to whom, and the time or times at which, Other Share-Based Awards will be granted, the number of Shares to be granted under such Awards, and all other terms and conditions of the Awards.

 

-17-

 

 

Section 10.2          Terms and Conditions. Other Share-Based Awards will be subject to terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, determined by the Committee, and the following:

 

(a)           Subject to the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan, Shares subject to Other Share-Based Awards may not be Transferred before the date on which the Shares are issued, or, if later, the date on which any applicable restriction, performance, or deferral period lapses.

 

(b)          Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, subject to the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan, the recipient of an Other Share-Based Award will not be entitled to receive, currently or on a deferred basis, dividends or dividend equivalents in respect of the number of Shares covered by the Award.

 

(c)           All Other Share-Based Awards and any Shares covered by those awards will vest or be forfeited to the extent so provided in the Award Agreement.

 

(d)          Common Stock issued on a bonus basis under this Article IX may be issued for no cash consideration. Common Stock purchased under a purchase right awarded under this Article X will be priced as determined by the Committee.

 

Section 10.3          Other Cash-Based Awards. The Committee may grant Other Cash-Based Awards to Eligible Individuals in amounts, on terms and conditions, and for consideration, including no consideration or such minimum consideration as may be required by Applicable Law. Other Cash-Based Awards may be granted subject to the satisfaction of vesting terms and conditions or may be awarded purely as a bonus and not subject to terms and conditions, and if subject to vesting, the Committee may accelerate such vesting at any time.

 

Article XI
CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

Section 11.1          Treatment of Awards upon a Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control, and except as otherwise determined by the Committee in an Award Agreement, a Participant’s unvested Awards will not vest automatically and will be treated in accordance with one or more of the following methods as determined by the Committee:

 

(a)           Awards, whether or not then vested, will be continued, assumed, or have new rights substituted therefor, and restrictions to which Restricted Shares or any other Award granted before the Change in Control are subject will not lapse upon the Change in Control and the Restricted Shares or other Awards will receive the same distribution as other Common Stock on terms and conditions determined by the Committee; provided that the Committee may decide to award additional Restricted Shares or other Awards in lieu of any cash distribution.

 

(b)           The Committee may provide for the purchase of any Awards by the Company or an Affiliate for an amount of cash equal to the excess (if any) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares covered by such Awards as of the Change in Control, over the aggregate purchase or exercise price of such Awards.

 

-18-

 

 

(c)           The Committee may terminate all outstanding and unexercised Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, and other Other Share-Based Awards that provide for a Participant-elected exercise, effective as of the Change in Control, by delivering notice of termination to each Participant at least 20 days before the date of consummation of the Change in Control, in which case during the period from the date on which such notice of termination is delivered to the consummation of the Change in Control, each affected Participant will have the right to exercise in full all of the Participant’s Awards that are then outstanding (without regard to any terms and conditions on exercisability otherwise contained in the Award Agreements), but any such exercise will be contingent on the occurrence of the Change in Control; provided that, if the Change in Control does not take place within a specified period after giving such notice for any reason whatsoever, the notice and exercise pursuant thereto will be null and void.

 

(d)           The Committee may make any other determination as to the treatment of Awards in connection with a Change in Control. The treatment of Awards need not be the same for all Participants. Any escrow, holdback, earnout, or similar terms and conditions in the definitive agreements relating to the Change in Control may apply to any payment to the holders of Awards to the same extent and in the same manner as such terms and conditions apply to the holders of Shares.

 

Section 11.2          Change in Control. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement with a Participant approved by the Committee, a “Change in Control” means:

 

(a)           any “person,” as that term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act (other than the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan of the Company, or any company owned, directly or indirectly, by the Stockholders in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Common Stock), becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, other than pursuant to a Business Combination that does not constitute a Change in Control under such Section 11.2(c);

 

(b)          during any period of 24 consecutive calendar months, individuals who were directors serving on the Board on the first day of such period (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director after the first day of such period whose election, or nomination for election, by the Stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors will be considered as though such individual were an Incumbent Director, but excluding, for purposes of this proviso, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened proxy contest with respect to election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a “person” (as used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), in each case, other than the Board;

 

-19-

 

 

(c)           consummation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation, or other business combination (any of the foregoing, a “Business Combination”) of the Company or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company with any other corporation, in any case with respect to which the Company voting securities outstanding immediately before such Business Combination do not, immediately after such Business Combination, continue to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the Company or any ultimate parent thereof) more than 50% of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company (or its successor) or any ultimate parent thereof after the Business Combination; or

 

(d)           a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the consummation of a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets other than the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a Person or Persons who beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company at the time of the sale.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing terms and conditions of this definition, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award (or any portion of an Award) that provides for the deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, a Change in Control will not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of such Award (or portion thereof) unless such transaction or series of related transactions also constitutes a “change in control event” with respect to the Company for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

 

Section 11.3          Consummation of the Closing Not a Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing terms and conditions of the definition of Change in Control, the occurrence of the Closing will not be considered a Change in Control.

 

Article XII
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 

Section 12.1          Amendment and Termination of Plan. Subject to Section 12.3, the Board may amend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided, however, that no amendment will be effective unless approved by the Stockholders to the extent Stockholder approval is necessary to satisfy any Applicable Laws.

 

Section 12.2          Amendment of Awards. Subject to Section 12.3, the Committee may amend any Award at any time; provided, however, that no amendment will be effective unless approved by the Stockholders to the extent Stockholder approval is necessary to satisfy any Applicable Laws.

 

Section 12.3          No Material Impairment of Rights. Rights under any Award granted before amendment or termination of the Plan or amendment of an Award may not be materially impaired by any such amendment or termination unless the Participant consents thereto.

 

-20-

 

 

Article XIII
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

Section 13.1            Legend. The Committee may require each person receiving Shares under the Plan to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that the Participant is acquiring the Shares without a view to distribution thereof. In addition to any legend required by the Plan, the certificates for Shares issued under the Plan may include any legend that the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on Transfer. All certificates for Shares delivered under the Plan will be subject to such stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under Applicable Law, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

 

Section 13.2            Book Entry. Notwithstanding any other term or condition of the Plan, the Company may elect to satisfy any requirement under the Plan for the delivery of Share certificates through the use of another system, such as book entry or electronically.

 

Section 13.3            Other Plans. Nothing contained in the Plan prevents the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject to Stockholder approval if such approval is required, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

Section 13.4            No Right to Employment, Consultancy, or Directorship. Neither the Plan nor the grant of any Award gives any Person any right with respect to continuance of employment, consultancy, or directorship by the Company or any Affiliate, nor does the Plan or the grant of any Award cause any limitation in any way on the right of the Company or any Affiliate by which an employee is employed or a Consultant or Non-Employee Director is retained to terminate such employment, consultancy, or directorship at any time.

 

Section 13.5            Withholding for Taxes. The Company or an Affiliate, as the case may be, has the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to a Participant any federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by Applicable Law to be withheld (a) with respect to the vesting of or other lapse of restrictions applicable to an Award, (b) upon the issuance of any Shares upon the exercise of a Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right, or (c) otherwise due in connection with an Award. At the time the tax obligation becomes due, the Participant must pay to the Company or the Affiliate, as the case may be, any amount that the Company or Affiliate determines to be necessary to satisfy the tax obligation. The Company or the Affiliate, as the case may be, may require or permit the Participant to satisfy the tax obligation, in whole or in part, (i) by causing the Company or Affiliate to withhold up to the maximum required number of Shares otherwise issuable to the Participant as may be necessary to satisfy such tax obligation or (ii) by delivering to the Company or Affiliate Shares already owned by the Participant. The Shares so delivered or withheld must have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the tax obligation. The Fair Market Value of the Shares used to satisfy the tax obligation will be determined by the Company or the Affiliate as of the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. To the extent applicable, a Participant may satisfy his or her tax obligation only with Shares that are not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting, or other similar requirements. Any fraction of a Share required to satisfy tax obligations will be disregarded and the amount due must be paid instead in cash by the Participant.

 

-21-

 

 

Section 13.6            No Assignment of Benefits. No Award or other benefit payable under the Plan may, except as otherwise specifically provided by Applicable Law or permitted by the Committee, be Transferable in any manner, and any attempt to Transfer any such benefit will be void, and any such benefit will not in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of any Person who will be entitled to such benefit, nor will it be subject to attachment or legal process for or against such Person.

 

Section 13.7            Listing and Other Terms and Conditions.

 

(a)            Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, as long as the Common Stock is listed on a national stock exchange or system sponsored by a national securities association, the issuance of Shares under an Award will be conditioned upon such Shares being listed on such exchange or system. The Company will have no obligation to issue such Shares unless and until such Shares are so listed, and the right to exercise any Stock Option or other Award with respect to such Shares will be suspended until such listing has been effected.

 

(b)            If at any time counsel to the Company is of the opinion that any sale or delivery of Shares under an Award is or may be unlawful or result in the imposition of excise taxes on the Company, the Company will have no obligation to make such sale or delivery, or to make any application or to effect or to maintain any qualification or registration under the Securities Act or otherwise, with respect to Shares or Awards, and the right to exercise any Stock Option or other Award will be suspended until, in the opinion of said counsel, such sale or delivery would be lawful or would not result in the imposition of excise taxes on the Company.

 

(c)            Upon termination of any period of suspension under this Section 13.7, any Award affected by such suspension that has not expired or terminated will be reinstated as to all Shares available before such suspension and as to Shares that would otherwise have become available during the period of such suspension, but no such suspension will extend the term of any Award.

 

(d)            A Participant will be required to supply the Company with certificates, representations, and information that the Company requests and otherwise cooperate with the Company in obtaining any listing, registration, qualification, exemption, consent, and approval the Company determines necessary or appropriate.

 

Section 13.8            Stockholders Agreement and Other Requirements. Notwithstanding any other term or condition of the Plan, as a condition to the receipt of Shares under an Award, to the extent required by the Committee, the Participant must execute and deliver a Stockholder’s agreement and such other documentation that sets forth certain restrictions on transferability of the Shares acquired upon exercise or purchase, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee may establish. The Company may require, as a condition of exercise, the Participant to become a party to an existing Stockholders agreement (or other agreement). Any payment of cash or issuance or transfer of Shares or other property to the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative under the Plan will, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims of such Persons under the plan, and the Company may require the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative, as a condition to such payment or issuance or transfer, to execute a general release of all claims in favor of the Company and each Affiliate in such form as the Company may determine.

 

-22-

 

 

Section 13.9             Governing Law. The Plan and actions taken in connection with the Plan will be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction).

 

Section 13.10            Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. Any suit, action, or proceeding with respect to the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement, or any judgment entered by any court of competent jurisdiction in respect of the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement, will be resolved only in the courts of the State of Delaware or the United States District Court for the District of Delaware and the appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals in such courts. In that context, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each of the Company and each Participant irrevocably and unconditionally (a) submits in any proceeding relating to the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement, or for the recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect of the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement (a “Proceeding”), to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware or the United States District Court for the District of Delaware and the appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals in such courts, and agrees that all claims in respect of any Proceeding will be heard and determined in such state court or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, in such federal court, (b) consents that any Proceeding may and will be brought in such courts and waives any objection that the Company or the Participant may have at any time after the Effective Date to the venue or jurisdiction of any Proceeding in any such court or that the Proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same, (c) waives all right to trial by jury in any Proceeding (whether based on contract, tort, or otherwise) arising out of or relating to the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement, (d) agrees that service of process in any Proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy of such process by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such party, in the case of a Participant, at the Participant’s address shown in the books and records of the Company or, in the case of the Company, at the Company’s principal offices, attention General Counsel, and (e) agrees that nothing in the Plan will affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 13.11            Other Benefits. No Award will be considered compensation for purposes of computing benefits under any retirement plan of the Company or any Affiliate or affect any benefit under any other benefit plan now or subsequently in effect under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to the level of compensation.

 

Section 13.12            Costs. The Company will bear all expenses associated with administering the Plan, including expenses of issuing Common Stock under Awards.

 

Section 13.13            No Right to Same Benefits. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each Participant, and Awards to individual Participants need not be the same in subsequent years (if granted at all).

 

Section 13.14            Death; Disability. The Committee may require the transferee of a Participant to supply it with written notice of the Participant’s death or Disability and to supply it with a copy of the will (in the case of the Participant’s death) or such other evidence as the Committee deems necessary to establish the validity of the transfer of an Award. The Committee may also require the agreement of the transferee to be bound by the Plan.

 

-23-

 

 

Section 13.15            Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. All elections and transactions under the Plan by Persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act involving Shares are intended to comply with any applicable exemptive condition under Rule 16b-3. The Committee may establish and adopt written administrative guidelines, designed to facilitate compliance with Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as it may deem necessary or proper for the administration and operation of the Plan and the transaction of business thereunder.

 

Section 13.16            Section 409A. The Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A and will be limited, construed, and interpreted in accordance with such intent. To the extent that any Award is subject to Section 409A, it will be paid in a manner that complies with Section 409A. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any Plan provision that is inconsistent with Section 409A will be deemed to be amended to comply with Section 409A and to the extent such provision cannot be amended to comply, such provision will be null and void. The Company will have no liability to a Participant, or any other party, if an Award that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A is not so exempt or compliant, or for any action taken by the Committee or the Company and, in the event that any amount or benefit under the Plan becomes subject to penalties under Section 409A, responsibility for payment of such penalties will rest solely with the affected Participants and not with the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan or any Award Agreement, any payment(s) of “nonqualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Section 409A) that are otherwise required to be made under the Plan to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A) as a result of such employee’s separation from service (other than a payment that is not subject to Section 409A) will be delayed for the first six months after such separation from service and will instead be paid (in a manner set forth in the Award Agreement) upon expiration of such delay period (or, if earlier, the date of death of the specified employee). All installment payments under the Plan will be deemed separate payments for purposes of Section 409A.

 

Section 13.17            California Participants. The Plan is intended to comply with Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code, to the extent applicable. In that regard, to the extent required by Section 25102(o), (a) the terms and conditions of any Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, to the extent vested and exercisable upon a Participant’s Separation from Service, will include any minimum exercise periods after Separation from Service required by Section 25102(o) and (b) any repurchase right of the Company or any Affiliate will include a minimum 90-day notice requirement. Any Plan term that is inconsistent with Section 25102(o) will, without further act or amendment by the Company or the Board, be reformed to comply with the requirements of Section 25102(o).

 

Section 13.18            Successor and Assigns. The Plan will be binding on all successors and permitted assigns of a Participant, including the estate of such Participant and the executor, administrator, or trustee of such estate.

 

Section 13.19            Severability of Terms and Conditions. If any term or condition of the Plan is held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability will not affect any other term or condition of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if such term or condition had not been included.

 

-24-

 

 

Section 13.20            Payments to Minors, Etc. Any benefit payable to or for the benefit of a minor, an incompetent Person, or other Person incapable of receipt thereof will be considered paid when paid to such Person’s guardian or to the party providing or reasonably appearing to provide for the care of such Person, and such payment will fully discharge the obligations of the Committee, the Board, the Company, all Affiliates, and their employees, agents, and representatives with respect thereto.

 

Section 13.21            Lock-Up Agreement. As a condition to the grant of an Award, if requested by the Company and the lead underwriter of any public offering of Common Stock (the “Lead Underwriter”), a Participant must irrevocably agree not to sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, transfer the economic risk of ownership in, make any short sale of, pledge or otherwise transfer or dispose of, any interest in any Common Stock or any securities convertible into, derivative of, or exchangeable or exercisable for, or any other rights to purchase or acquire Common Stock (except Common Stock included in such public offering or acquired on the public market after such offering) during such period of time after the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act that the Lead Underwriter may specify (the “Lock-Up Period”). Each Participant must sign such documents as may be requested by the Lead Underwriter to effect the foregoing. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to Common Stock acquired under an Award until the end of such Lock-Up Period.

 

Section 13.22            Separation from Service for Cause; Clawbacks; Detrimental Conduct.

 

(a)            The Company may cancel any unvested Awards if the Participant incurs a Separation from Service for Cause.

 

(b)            All awards, amounts, or benefits received or outstanding under the Plan will be subject to clawback, cancellation, recoupment, rescission, payback, reduction, or other similar action in accordance with any Company clawback or similar policy or any Applicable Law related to such actions. A Participant’s acceptance of an Award will constitute the Participant’s acknowledgement of and consent to the Company’s application, implementation, and enforcement of any applicable Company clawback or similar policy that may apply to the Participant, whether adopted before or after the Effective Date, and any Applicable Law relating to clawback, cancellation, recoupment, rescission, payback, or reduction of compensation, and the Participant’s agreement that the Company may take any actions that may be necessary to effectuate any such policy or Applicable Law, without further consideration or action.

 

(c)            Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, notwithstanding any other term or condition of the Plan, if a Participant engages in Detrimental Conduct, whether during the Participant’s service or after the Participant’s Separation from Service, in addition to any other penalties or restrictions that may apply under the Plan, Applicable Law, or otherwise, the Participant must forfeit or pay to the Company the following:

 

-25-

 

 

(i)            any and all outstanding Awards granted to the Participant, including Awards that have become vested or exercisable;

 

(ii)           any cash or Shares received by the Participant in connection with the Plan within the 36-month period immediately before the date the Participant engaged in Detrimental Conduct; and

 

(iii)          the profit realized by the Participant from the sale, or other disposition for consideration, of any Shares received by the Participant under the Plan within the 36-month period immediately before the date the Participant engaged in Detrimental Conduct.

 

Section 13.23         Data Protection. A Participant’s acceptance of an Award will be deemed to constitute the Participant’s acknowledgement of and consent to the collection and processing of personal data relating to the Participant so that the Company and the Affiliates can fulfill their obligations and exercise their rights under the Plan and generally administer and manage the Plan. This data will include data about participation in the Plan and Shares offered or received, purchased, or sold under the Plan and other appropriate financial and other data (such as the date on which the Awards were granted) about the Participant and the Participant’s participation in the Plan.

 

Section 13.24         Unfunded Plan. The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payment as to which a Participant has a fixed and vested interest but that is not yet made to a Participant by the Company, nothing in the Plan gives any Participant any right that is greater than the rights of a general unsecured creditor of the Company. The grant of an Award will not require a segregation of any of the Company’s assets for satisfaction of the Company’s payment obligation under any Award.

 

Section 13.25         Plan Construction. In the Plan, unless otherwise stated, the following uses apply:

 

(a)            references to an Applicable Law refer to such Applicable Law and any amendments and supplements thereto and any successor Applicable Law, and to all valid and binding rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, court decisions, and other regulatory and judicial authority issued or rendered thereunder, as amended or supplemented, or their successors, as in effect at the relevant time;

 

(b)            in computing periods from a specified date to a later specified date, the words “from” and “commencing on” (and the like) mean “from and including,” and the words “to,” “until,” and “ending on” (and the like) mean “to and including”;

 

(c)            indications of time of day will be based upon the time applicable to the location of the principal headquarters of the Company;

 

(d)            the words “include,” “includes,” and “including” (and the like) mean “include, without limitation,” “includes, without limitation,” and “including, without limitation” (and the like), respectively;

 

-26-

 

 

(e)            all references to articles, sections, and exhibits are to articles, sections, and exhibits in or to the Plan;

 

(f)            all words used will be construed to be of such gender or number as the circumstances and context require;

 

(g)            the captions and headings of articles, sections, and exhibits have been inserted solely for convenience of reference and will not be considered a part of the Plan, nor will any of them affect the meaning or interpretation of the Plan;

 

(h)            any reference to an agreement, plan, policy, form, document, or set of documents, and the rights and obligations of the parties under any such agreement, plan, policy, form, document, or set of documents, will mean the agreement, plan, policy, form, document, or set of documents as amended from time to time, and any and all modifications, extensions, renewals, substitutions, or replacements thereof; and

 

(i)            all accounting terms not specifically defined will be construed in accordance with GAAP.

 

*            *            *            *

 

-27-

Exhibit 10.7

 

NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

PURSUANT TO THE

QUALTEK SERVICES INC. 2022 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

* * * * *

 

Participant:_____________________________

 

Grant Date:_____________________________

 

Per Share Exercise Price: $_____

 

Number of Shares subject to this Option:______________________

 

* * * * *

 

THIS NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of the Grant Date specified above, is entered into by and between QualTek Services Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the Participant specified above, pursuant to the QualTek Services Inc. 2022 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as in effect and as amended from time to time (the “Plan”), which is administered by the Committee; and

 

WHEREAS, it has been determined under the Plan that it would be in the best interests of the Company to grant the Nonqualified Stock Option provided for herein to the Participant.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto hereby mutually covenant and agree as follows:

 

1.            Incorporation By Reference; Plan Document Receipt. This Agreement is subject in all respects to the terms and provisions of the Plan (including, without limitation, any amendments thereto adopted at any time and from time to time unless such amendments are expressly intended not to apply to the Award provided hereunder), all of which terms and provisions are made a part of and incorporated in this Agreement as if they were each expressly set forth herein. Any capitalized term not defined in this Agreement shall have the same meaning as is ascribed thereto in the Plan. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a true copy of the Plan and that the Participant has read the Plan carefully and fully understands its content. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control. No part of the Option granted hereby is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code.

 

  

 

 

2.            Grant of Option. The Company hereby grants to the Participant, as of the Grant Date specified above, a Nonqualified Stock Option (this “Option”) to acquire from the Company at the Per Share Exercise Price specified above, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock specified above (the “Option Shares”). Except as otherwise provided by the Plan, the Participant agrees and understands that nothing contained in this Agreement provides, or is intended to provide, the Participant with any protection against potential future dilution of the Participant’s interest in the Company for any reason. The Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock covered by the Option unless and until the Participant has become the holder of record of such shares, and no adjustments shall be made for dividends in cash or other property, distributions or other rights in respect of any such shares, except as otherwise specifically provided for in the Plan or this Agreement.

 

3.            Vesting and Exercise.

 

(a)          Vesting. Subject to the provisions of Section 3(b) hereof, the Option shall vest and become exercisable as follows, provided that the Participant has not incurred a Termination prior to each such vesting date:

 

Vesting Date Number of Shares
[●] [●]

 

There shall be no proportionate or partial vesting in the periods prior to each vesting date and all vesting shall occur only on the appropriate vesting date, subject to the Participant’s continued service with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on each applicable vesting date. Upon expiration of the Option, the Option shall be cancelled and no longer exercisable.

 

(b)          Committee Discretion to Accelerate Vesting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for accelerated vesting of the Option at any time and for any reason.

 

(c)          Expiration. Unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan and/or this Agreement, all portions of the Option (whether vested or not vested) shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the Grant Date.

 

4.            Termination. Subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, the Option, to the extent vested at the time of the Participant’s Termination, shall remain exercisable as follows:

 

(a)          Termination due to Death or Disability. In the event of the Participant’s Termination by reason of death or Disability, the vested portion of the Option shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) one (1) year from the date of such Termination, and (ii) the expiration of the stated term of the Option pursuant to Section 3(c) hereof; provided, however, that in the case of a Termination due to Disability, if the Participant dies within such one (1) year exercise period, any unexercised Option held by the Participant shall thereafter be exercisable by the legal representative of the Participant’s estate, to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death, for a period of one (1) year from the date of death, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of the Option pursuant to Section 3(c) hereof.

 

 2 

 

 

(b)          Involuntary Termination Without Cause. In the event of the Participant’s involuntary Termination by the Company without Cause, the vested portion of the Option shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) ninety (90) days from the date of such Termination, and (ii) the expiration of the stated term of the Option pursuant to Section 3(c) hereof.

 

(c)          Voluntary Resignation. In the event of the Participant’s voluntary Termination (other than a voluntary Termination described in Section 4(d) hereof), the vested portion of the Option shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) ninety (90) days from the date of such Termination, and (ii) the expiration of the stated term of the Option pursuant to Section 3(c) hereof.

 

(d)          Termination for Cause. In the event of the Participant’s Termination for Cause or in the event of the Participant’s voluntary Termination (as provided in Section 4(c) hereof) after an event that would be grounds for a Termination for Cause, the Participant’s entire Option (whether or not vested) shall terminate and expire upon such Termination.

 

(e)          Treatment of Unvested Options upon Termination. Any portion of the Option that is not vested as of the date of the Participant’s Termination for any reason shall terminate and expire as of the date of such Termination.

 

5.            Method of Exercise and Payment. Subject to Section 8 hereof, to the extent that the Option has become vested and exercisable with respect to a number of shares of Common Stock as provided herein, the Option may thereafter be exercised by the Participant, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time prior to the expiration of the Option as provided herein and in accordance with Sections 6.3(c) and 6.3(d) of the Plan, including, without limitation, by the filing of any written form of exercise notice as may be required by the Committee and payment in full of the Per Share Exercise Price specified above multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the portion of the Option exercised.

 

6.            Non-Transferability. The Option, and any rights and interests with respect thereto, issued under this Agreement and the Plan shall not be sold, exchanged, transferred, assigned or otherwise disposed of in any way by the Participant (or any beneficiary of the Participant), other than by testamentary disposition by the Participant or the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit the Option to be Transferred to a Family Member for no value, provided that such Transfer shall only be valid upon execution of a written instrument in form and substance acceptable to the Committee in its sole discretion evidencing such Transfer and the transferee’s acceptance thereof signed by the Participant and the transferee, and provided, further, that the Option may not be subsequently Transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or to another Family Member (as permitted by the Committee in its sole discretion) in accordance with the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, and shall remain subject to the terms of the Plan and this Agreement. Any attempt to sell, exchange, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or otherwise dispose of or hypothecate in any way the Option, or the levy of any execution, attachment or similar legal process upon the Option, contrary to the terms and provisions of this Agreement and/or the Plan shall be null and void and without legal force or effect.

 

 3 

 

 

7.            Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the choice of law principles thereof.

 

8.            Withholding of Tax. The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require the Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state, local and foreign taxes of any kind (including, but not limited to, the Participant’s FICA and SDI obligations) which the Company, in its sole discretion, deems necessary to be withheld or remitted to comply with the Code and/or any other applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to the Option and, if the Participant fails to do so, the Company may otherwise refuse to issue or transfer any shares of Common Stock otherwise required to be issued pursuant to this Agreement. Any minimum statutorily required withholding obligation with regard to the Participant may be satisfied by reducing the amount of cash or shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable upon exercise of the Option.

 

9.            Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement, together with the Plan, contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter contained herein, and supersedes all prior agreements or prior understandings, whether written or oral, between the parties relating to such subject matter. The Committee shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to modify or amend this Agreement from time to time in accordance with and as provided in the Plan. This Agreement may also be modified or amended by a writing signed by both the Company and the Participant. The Company shall give written notice to the Participant of any such modification or amendment of this Agreement as soon as practicable after the adoption thereof.

 

10.          Notices. Any notice hereunder by the Participant shall be given to the Company in writing and such notice shall be deemed duly given only upon receipt thereof by the General Counsel of the Company. Any notice hereunder by the Company shall be given to the Participant in writing and such notice shall be deemed duly given only upon receipt thereof at such address as the Participant may have on file with the Company.

 

11.          No Right to Employment. Any questions as to whether and when there has been a Termination and the cause of such Termination shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee. Nothing in this Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Affiliates to terminate the Participant’s employment or service at any time, for any reason and with or without Cause.

 

12.          Transfer of Personal Data. The Participant authorizes, agrees and unambiguously consents to the transmission by the Company (or any Subsidiary) of any personal data information related to the Option awarded under this Agreement for legitimate business purposes (including, without limitation, the administration of the Plan). This authorization and consent is freely given by the Participant.

 

13.          Compliance with Laws. The issuance of the Option (and the Option Shares upon exercise of the Option) pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to, and shall comply with, any applicable requirements of any foreign and U.S. federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and in each case any respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) and any other law or regulation applicable thereto. The Company shall not be obligated to issue the Option or any of the Option Shares pursuant to this Agreement if any such issuance would violate any such requirements.

 

 4 

 

 

14.          Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Plan to the contrary, the Option is intended to be exempt from the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be limited, construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent.

 

15.          Binding Agreement; Assignment. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, be binding upon, and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns. The Participant shall not assign (except in accordance with Section 6 hereof) any part of this Agreement without the prior express written consent of the Company.

 

16.          Headings. The titles and headings of the various sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement.

 

17.          Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

18.          Further Assurances. Each party hereto shall do and perform (or shall cause to be done and performed) all such further acts and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents as either party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the Plan and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereunder.

 

19.          Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or the validity, legality or enforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction, it being intended that all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

20.          Acquired Rights. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that: (a) the Company may terminate or amend the Plan at any time; (b) the award of the Option made under this Agreement is completely independent of any other award or grant and is made at the sole discretion of the Company; (c) no past grants or awards (including, without limitation, the Option awarded hereunder) give the Participant any right to any grants or awards in the future whatsoever; and (d) any benefits granted under this Agreement are not part of the Participant’s ordinary salary, and shall not be considered as part of such salary in the event of severance, redundancy or resignation.

 

 5 

 

 

21.          Compliance with Company Trading Policy. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that any Common Stock acquired by the Participant on account of the Award set forth herein shall be subject to each of the terms and conditions of the Company’s Trading Policy, as the same may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time, including any blackout periods, or lock-up periods imposed in connection with any primary or secondary public offering of the Company’s Common Stock. By accepting the Award, the Participant authorizes the Company to take such actions as the Company determines to be reasonably appropriate to implement the terms of the Company’s Trading Policy.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

 6 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

QUALTEK SERVICES INC.
   
 By: 
   
 Name: 
   
 Title: 
   
 PARTICIPANT
   
   
  
  
 Name:       

 

 7 

 

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

QUALTEK SERVICES INC.
2022 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

Section 1.      Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to provide employees of the Company and its Designated Companies with an opportunity to purchase Common Stock through accumulated payroll deductions. The Company intends for the Plan to have two components: a Code Section 423 Component (“423 Component”) and a non-Code Section 423 Component (“Non-423 Component”). The Company’s intention is to have the 423 Component of the Plan qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code to the extent possible. The provisions of the 423 Component, accordingly, will be construed so as to extend and limit Plan participation in a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. In addition, the Plan authorizes the grant of an option to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Non-423 Component that does not qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code; such an option will be granted pursuant to rules, procedures, or sub-plans adopted by the Administrator designed to achieve tax, non-U.S. exchange, or securities laws or other objectives for Eligible Employees and the Company. Except as otherwise provided, the Non-423 Component, to the extent utilized by the Company, will operate and be administered in the same manner as the 423 Component.

 

Section 2.      Definitions. For purposes of the Plan, the following terms will have the following meanings:

 

Administrator” means the Board or any Committee designated to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 13.

 

Affiliate” means any entity, other than a Subsidiary, in which the Company has an equity or other ownership interest.

 

Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards and the related issuance of shares of Common Stock under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted, and the applicable securities and exchange control laws of any non-U.S. country or jurisdiction where options are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

 

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation, or other official applicable guidance promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing, or superseding such section or regulation.

 

Committee” means a committee of the Board appointed in accordance with Section 13.

 

Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.

 

Company” means QualTek Services Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

 

 

 

Compensation” means an Eligible Employee’s regular and recurring straight time gross earnings, payments for overtime and shift premium, but exclusive of payments for incentive compensation, bonuses, equity compensation, and other similar compensation. The Administrator, in its discretion, may, on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, establish a different definition of Compensation for a subsequent Offering Period.

 

Designated Company” means any Subsidiary or Affiliate that has been designated by the Administrator in its sole discretion as eligible to participate in the Plan. For purposes of the 423 Component, only the Company and its Subsidiaries may be Designated Companies; provided that a Subsidiary that is a Designated Company under the 423 Component may not simultaneously be a Designated Company under the Non-423 Component.

 

Effective Date” means February 14, 2022, subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

Eligible Employee” means any individual who is a common law employee (and, with respect to the Non-423 Component, is not classified by the Company as an intern or temporary employee) providing services to the Company or a Designated Company and is customarily employed for more than six months in any calendar year by the Employer, or any greater or lesser number of months in any calendar year established by the Administrator in its discretion. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship will be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence that the Employer approves or that is legally protected under applicable local laws. Where the period of leave exceeds three months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship will be deemed to have terminated three months and one day following the commencement of such leave. The Administrator, in its discretion, from time to time may, prior to an Enrollment Date for all options to be granted on such Enrollment Date in an Offering, determine (for each Offering under the 423 Component, on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis or as otherwise permitted by Section 423 of the Code) that the definition of Eligible Employee will or will not include an individual if he or she: (a) has not completed at least one year of service since his or her last hire date (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (b) customarily works not more than 20 hours per week (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (c) customarily works not more than six months per calendar year (or such lesser period of time as may be determined by the Administrator in its discretion), (d) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code, or (e) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code with compensation above a certain level or is an officer or subject to the disclosure requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act; provided the exclusion is applied with respect to each Offering under the 423 Component in an identical manner to all highly compensated individuals of the Employer whose employees are participating in that Offering. Such exclusions may be applied with respect to an Offering under a 423 Component in a manner complying with Section 423 of the Code. Such exclusions may be applied with respect to an Offering under the Non-423 Component without regard to the limitations of Section 423 of the Code.

 

Employer” means the employer of an Eligible Employee.

 

 

-2-

 

 

Enrollment Date” means the first Trading Day of each Offering Period.

 

Exchange Act” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Exercise Date” means the last Trading Day of each Offering Period.

 

Fair Market Value” means, as of any date and unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(a)            if the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including, without limitation, the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, or the Nasdaq Capital Market of the Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or system on the date of determination (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported);

 

(b)            if the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the date of determination (or if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last Trading Day such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

(c)            in the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the determination date for the Fair Market Value occurs on a weekend or holiday, the Fair Market Value will be the price as determined in accordance with subsections (a) through (c) above (as applicable) on the next business day, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

 

New Exercise Date” means a new Exercise Date if the Administrator shortens any Offering Period then in progress.

 

Offering” means an offer under the Plan of an option that may be exercised during an Offering Period. For purposes of the Plan, the Administrator may designate separate Offerings under the Plan (the terms of which need not be identical) in which Eligible Employees of one or more Employers will participate, even if the dates of the applicable Offering Periods of each such Offering are identical and the provisions of the Plan will separately apply to each Offering. If an Offering under the 423 Component is made, to the extent permitted by Section 423 of the Code, the terms of each Offering need not be identical provided that the terms of the Plan and an Offering together satisfy Section 423 of the Code.

 

Offering Periods” means the periods of approximately six months during which an option granted pursuant to the Plan may be exercised, commencing on such Trading Day as designated by the Administrator and terminating on a Trading Day approximately six (6) months later, each as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.. The duration and timing of Offering Periods may be established or changed by the Administrator at any time, in its sole discretion and may consist of one or more Purchase Periods. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event may an Offering Period exceed 27 months.

 

-3-

 

 

Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

Participant” means an Eligible Employee who participates in the Plan.

 

Plan” means this QualTek Services Inc. 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

Purchase Period” means the approximately six-month period commencing after one Exercise Date and ending with the next Exercise Date, except that the first Purchase Period of any Offering Period will commence on the Enrollment Date and end with the next Exercise Date. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, the Purchase Period will have the same duration and coincide with the length of the Offering Period.

 

Purchase Price” means an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Enrollment Date or on the Exercise Date, whichever is lower; provided, however, that the Purchase Price may be determined for subsequent Offering Periods by the Administrator subject to compliance with Section 423 of the Code (or any successor rule or provision or any other Applicable Law) or pursuant to Section 19.

 

Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

Trading Day” means a day on which the national stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is listed is open for trading.

 

Section 3.      Eligibility.

 

(a)            Any Eligible Employee on a given Enrollment Date will be eligible to participate in the Plan, subject to the requirements of Section 4.

 

(b)            Eligible Employees who are citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction (without regard to whether they also are citizens or residents of the United States or resident aliens (within the meaning of Section 7701(b)(1)(A) of the Code)) may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering if the participation of such Eligible Employees is prohibited under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction or if complying with the laws of the applicable jurisdiction would cause the Plan or an Offering to violate Section 423 of the Code. In the case of the Non-423 Component, an Eligible Employee may be excluded from participation in the Plan or an Offering at the discretion of the Administrator.

 

(c)            Any provisions of the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, with respect to any Offering under the 423 Component, no Eligible Employee will be granted an option under the Plan (i) to the extent that, immediately after the grant, such Eligible Employee (or any other person whose stock would be attributed to such Eligible Employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) would own capital stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and/or hold outstanding options to purchase such stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of the capital stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or (ii) to the extent that his or her rights to purchase stock under all employee stock purchase plans (as defined in Section 423 of the Code) of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company accrues at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of stock (determined based on the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time such option is granted) for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time, as determined in accordance with Section 423 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

 

-4-

 

 

Section 4.      Participation.

 

(a)            An Eligible Employee will be entitled to participate in the first Offering Period specified in Section 2 only if such individual submits a subscription agreement authorizing payroll deductions in a form determined by the Administrator to the Company’s designated stock administrator or completes an electronic or other enrollment procedure determined by the Administrator, in each case during such period of time as the Administrator may determine (the “Enrollment Window”). An Eligible Employee’s failure to submit the subscription agreement or complete the enrollment procedure during the Enrollment Window will result in such individual being disqualified from participation in the first Offering Period under the Plan.

 

(b)            An Eligible Employee may participate in the Plan in any Offering Period following the first Offering Period by (i) submitting to the Company’s stock administrator (or its designee), on or before a date prescribed by the Administrator prior to an applicable Enrollment Date, a properly completed subscription agreement authorizing payroll deductions in the form provided by the Administrator for such purpose, or (ii) completing an electronic or other enrollment procedure determined by the Administrator, in each case during the applicable Enrollment Window. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, a Participant’s subscription agreement and the designated rate of payroll deduction by a Participant shall continue for future Offering Periods unless the Participant changes or cancels, in accordance with procedures established by the Administrator, prior to the Enrollment Date with respect to a future Offering Period or elects to withdraw from the Plan in accordance with Section 9.

 

Section 5.      Payroll Deductions.

 

(a)            At the time a Participant enrolls in the Plan pursuant to Section 4, he or she will elect to have payroll deductions made on each pay day during the Offering Period in an amount not exceeding 15% of the Compensation that he or she receives on each pay day during the Offering Period; provided, however, that should a pay day occur on an Exercise Date, a Participant will have the payroll deductions made on such day applied to his or her account under the subsequent Offering Period. A Participant’s subscription agreement will remain in effect for successive Offering Periods unless terminated as provided in Section 9.

 

(b)            Payroll deductions for a Participant will commence on the first pay day following the Enrollment Date and will end on the last pay day prior to the Exercise Date of such Offering Period to which such authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 9; provided, however, that for the first Offering Period, payroll deductions will commence on the first pay day on or following the later of (i) the end of the Enrollment Window, or (ii) the Enrollment Date of the first Offering Period.

 

-5-

 

 

(c)            All payroll deductions made for a Participant will be credited to his or her account under the Plan and will be withheld in whole percentages only. A Participant may not make any additional payments into such account.

 

(d)            A Participant may discontinue his or her participation in the Plan as provided in Section 9. If permitted by the Administrator, as determined in its sole discretion, during a Purchase Period, a Participant may increase or decrease the rate of his or her payroll deductions during the Purchase Period by (i) properly completing and submitting to the Company’s stock administrator (or its designee), on or before a date prescribed by the Administrator prior to an applicable Exercise Date, a new subscription agreement authorizing the change in payroll deduction rate in the form provided by the Administrator for such purpose, or (ii) completing an electronic or other procedure prescribed by the Administrator. If a Participant has not followed such procedures to change the rate of payroll deductions, the rate of his or her payroll deductions will continue at the originally elected rate throughout the Purchase Period and future Offering Periods and Purchase Periods (unless terminated as provided in Section 9). The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, limit the nature and/or number of payroll deduction rate changes that may be made by Participants during any Offering Period or Purchase Period. Any change in payroll deduction rate made pursuant to this Section 5(d) will be effective as of the first full payroll period following five business days after the date on which the change is made by the Participant (unless the Administrator, in its sole discretion, elects to process a given change in payroll deduction rate more quickly).

 

(e)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 3(c), a Participant’s payroll deductions may be decreased to 0% by the Administrator at any time during a Purchase Period. To the extent necessary, and subject to Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, payroll deductions will recommence at the rate originally elected by the Participant effective as of the beginning of the first Purchase Period scheduled to end in the following calendar year, unless terminated by the Participant as provided in Section 9.

 

(f)            Notwithstanding any provisions or limits to the contrary in the Plan, the Administrator may allow Eligible Employees to participate in the Plan via cash contributions or other methods instead of payroll deductions if (i) payroll deductions are not permitted under applicable local law, (ii) the Administrator determines that cash contributions are permissible under Section 423 of the Code, or (iii) for Participants participating in the Non-423 Component.

 

(g)            At the time the option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Common Stock issued under the Plan is disposed of (or any other time that a taxable event related to the Plan occurs), the Participant must make adequate provision for the Company’s or Employer’s federal, state, local, or any other tax liability payable to any authority, including taxes imposed by jurisdictions outside of the U.S., national insurance, social security, or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the exercise of the option or the disposition of the Common Stock (or any other time that a taxable event related to the Plan occurs). At any time, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation the amount necessary for the Company or the Employer to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company or the Employer any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Common Stock by the Eligible Employee. In addition, the Company or the Employer may, but will not be obligated to, withhold from the proceeds of the sale of Common Stock or any other method of withholding the Company or the Employer deems appropriate to the extent permitted by Section 423 of the Code.

 

-6-

 

 

Section 6.      Grant of Options. On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period will be granted an option to purchase on each Exercise Date during such Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price) up to a number of shares of Common Stock determined by dividing such Eligible Employee’s payroll deductions accumulated prior to such Exercise Date and retained in the Eligible Employee’s account as of the Exercise Date by the applicable Purchase Price; provided that in no event will an Eligible Employee be permitted to purchase under the Plan during each Purchase Period more than 1,000 shares of Common Stock (subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 18); and provided, further, that such purchase will be subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3(c) and 12. The Eligible Employee may accept the grant of such option in accordance with the requirements of Section 4. The Administrator may, for future Offering Periods, increase or decrease, in its absolute discretion, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that an Eligible Employee may purchase during each Purchase Period. Exercise of the option will occur as provided in Section 7, unless the Participant has withdrawn pursuant to Section 9. The option will expire on the last day of the Offering Period.

 

Section 7.      Exercise of Option.

 

(a)            Unless a Participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 9, his or her option for the purchase of shares of Common Stock will be exercised automatically on the Exercise Date, and the maximum number of full shares subject to the option will be purchased for such Participant at the applicable Purchase Price with the accumulated payroll deductions in his or her account. No fractional shares of Common Stock will be purchased; any payroll deductions accumulated in a Participant’s account that are not sufficient to purchase a full share will be retained in the Participant’s account for the subsequent Purchase Period or Offering Period, as applicable, subject to earlier withdrawal by the Participant as provided in Section 9. Any other funds left over in a Participant’s account after the Exercise Date will be returned to the Participant. During a Participant’s lifetime, a Participant’s option to purchase shares hereunder is exercisable only by him or her.

 

 

(b)            If the Administrator determines that, on a given Exercise Date, the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which options are to be exercised may exceed (i) the number of shares of Common Stock that were available for sale under the Plan on the Enrollment Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock available for sale under the Plan on such Exercise Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion (A) provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares of Common Stock available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all Participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and continue all Offering Periods then in effect or (B) provide that the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the shares available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Exercise Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as will be practicable and as it will determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all Participants exercising options to purchase Common Stock on such Exercise Date, and terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Section 19. The Company may make a pro rata allocation of the shares available on the Enrollment Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company’s stockholders subsequent to such Enrollment Date.

 

-7-

 

 

Section 8.      Delivery. As soon as reasonably practicable after each Exercise Date on which a purchase of shares of Common Stock occurs, the Company will arrange the delivery to each Participant of the shares purchased upon exercise of his or her option in a form determined by the Administrator (in its sole discretion) and pursuant to rules established by the Administrator. The Company may permit or require that shares be deposited directly with a broker designated by the Company or with a trustee or designated agent of the Company, and the Company may utilize electronic or automated methods of share transfer. The Company may require that shares be retained with such broker, trustee, or agent for a designated period of time and/or may establish other procedures to permit tracking of disqualifying dispositions or other dispositions of such shares. No Participant will have any voting, dividend, or other stockholder rights with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to any option granted under the Plan until such shares have been purchased and delivered to the Participant as provided in this Section 8.

 

Section 9.      Withdrawal.

 

(a)            A Participant may withdraw all but not less than all the payroll deductions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her option under the Plan at any time by (i) submitting to the Company’s stock administrator (or its designee) a written notice of withdrawal in the form determined by the Administrator for such purpose, or (ii) completing an electronic or other withdrawal procedure determined by the Administrator. The Administrator may set forth a deadline of when a withdrawal must occur to be effective prior to a given Exercise Date in accordance with policies it may approve from time to time. All of the Participant’s payroll deductions credited to his or her account will be paid to such Participant promptly after receipt of notice of withdrawal and such Participant’s option for the Offering Period will be automatically terminated, and no further payroll deductions for the purchase of shares will be made for such Offering Period. If a Participant withdraws from an Offering Period, payroll deductions will not resume at the beginning of the succeeding Offering Period, unless the Participant re-enrolls in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.

 

-8-

 

 

(b)            A Participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period will not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan that may hereafter be adopted by the Company or in succeeding Offering Periods that commence after the termination of the Offering Period from which the Participant withdraws.

 

Section 10.      Termination of Employment. Upon a Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee for any reason, he or she will be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan, and the payroll deductions credited to such Participant’s account during the Offering Period but not yet used to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan will be returned to such Participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the person or persons entitled thereto under Section 14, and such Participant’s option will be automatically terminated. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator in a manner that, with respect to an Offering under the 423 Component, is permitted by, and compliant with, Section 423 of the Code, a Participant whose employment transfers between entities through a termination with an immediate rehire (with no break in service) by the Company or a Designated Company shall not be treated as terminated under the Plan; however, no Participant shall be deemed to switch from an Offering under the Non-423 Component to an Offering under the 423 Component or vice versa unless (and then only to the extent) such switch would not cause the 423 Component or any option thereunder to fail to comply with Section 423 of the Code.

 

Section 11.      Interest. No interest will accrue on the payroll deductions of a Participant in the Plan, except as may be required by Applicable Law, as determined by the Company, and if so required by the laws of a particular jurisdiction, shall, with respect to Offerings under the 423 Component, apply to all Participants in the relevant Offering, except to the extent otherwise permitted by Section 423 of the Code.

 

Section 12.      Stock.

 

(a)            Subject to adjustment upon changes in capitalization of the Company as provided in Section 18, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that will be made available for sale under the Plan will be equal to 1,195,552 shares of Common Stock (the “Available Shares”). In addition, on each January 1 for the first 10 calendar years after the Effective Date, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan will be increased automatically by the lesser of (i) a number of shares equal to 1% of the total number of outstanding shares of the Common Stock on the immediately preceding December 31 (rounded down to the nearest whole share) and (ii) such number of Shares that would result in the number of Available Shares being equal to 2% of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year; provided that the Administrator may in its sole discretion reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year; and provided, further, that the aggregate number of shares issued pursuant to the 423 Component over the term of the Plan will not exceed 1,186,780 shares of Common Stock.

 

(b)            Until the shares of Common Stock are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), a Participant will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares, and no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to such shares.

 

-9-

 

 

(c)            Shares of Common Stock to be delivered to a Participant under the Plan will be registered in the name of the Participant or in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse.

 

Section 13.      Administration. The Plan will be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee will be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, the Administrator will have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to delegate ministerial duties to any of the Company’s employees, to designate separate Offerings under the Plan, to designate Subsidiaries and Affiliates as participating in the 423 Component or Non-423 Component, to determine eligibility, to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the Plan, and to establish such procedures that it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan (including, without limitation, to adopt such procedures, sub-plans, and appendices to the subscription agreement as are necessary or appropriate to permit the participation in the Plan by employees who are non-U.S. nationals or employed outside the U.S., the terms of which sub-plans and appendices may take precedence over other provisions of the Plan, with the exception of Section 12(a), but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such sub-plan or appendix, the provisions of the Plan shall govern the operation of such sub-plan or appendix). Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the employees eligible to participate in each sub-plan will participate in a separate Offering under the 423 Component, or if the terms would not qualify under the 423 Component, in the Non-423 Component, in either case, unless such designation would cause the 423 Component to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrator is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures regarding eligibility to participate, the definition of Compensation, handling of payroll deductions, making of contributions to the Plan (including, without limitation, in forms other than payroll deductions), establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold payroll deductions, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, obligations to pay payroll tax, determination of beneficiary designation requirements, withholding procedures, and handling of stock certificates that vary with applicable local requirements. The Administrator also is authorized to determine that, to the extent permitted by Section 423 of the Code, the terms of an option granted under the Plan or an Offering to citizens or residents of a non-U.S. jurisdiction will be less favorable than the terms of options granted under the Plan or the same Offering to employees resident solely in the U.S. Every finding, decision, and determination made by the Administrator will, to the full extent permitted by law, be final, binding, and conclusive upon all parties.

 

Section 14.      Designation of Beneficiary.

 

(a)            If permitted by the Administrator, a Participant may file a designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares of Common Stock and cash, if any, from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death subsequent to an Exercise Date on which the option is exercised but prior to delivery to such Participant of such shares and cash. In addition, if permitted by the Administrator, a Participant may file a designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant’s account under the Plan in the event of such Participant’s death prior to exercise of the option. If a Participant is married and the designated beneficiary is not the spouse, spousal consent will be required for such designation to be effective.

 

-10-

 

 

(b)            Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by notice in a form determined by the Administrator. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living at the time of such Participant’s death, the Company will deliver such shares and/or cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent, or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

 

(c)            All beneficiary designations will be in such form and manner as the Administrator may designate from time to time. Notwithstanding Sections 14(a) and (b), the Company and/or the Administrator may decide not to permit such designations by Participants in non-U.S. jurisdictions to the extent permitted by Section 423 of the Code.

 

Section 15.      Transferability. Neither payroll deductions credited to a Participant’s account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares of Common Stock under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged, or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in Section 14) by the Participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge, or other disposition will be without effect, except that the Company may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds from an Offering Period in accordance with Section 9.

 

Section 16.      Use of Funds. The Company may use all payroll deductions received or held by it under the Plan for any corporate purpose, and the Company will not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions except under Offerings or for Participants in the Non-423 Component for which Applicable Laws require that contributions to the Plan by Participants be segregated from the Company’s or the Employer’s general corporate funds and/or deposited with an independent third party; provided that, if such segregation or deposit with an independent third party is required by Applicable Laws, it will apply to all Participants in the relevant Offering under the 423 Component, except to the extent otherwise permitted by Section 423 of the Code. Until shares of Common Stock are issued, Participants will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor with respect to such shares.

 

Section 17.      Reports. Individual accounts will be maintained for each Participant in the Plan. Statements of account will be given to participating Eligible Employees at least annually, which statements will set forth the amounts of payroll deductions, the Purchase Price, the number of shares of Common Stock purchased, and the remaining cash balance, if any.

 

Section 18.      Adjustments, Dissolution, Liquidation, Certain Transactions.

 

(a)            In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Common Stock occurs, the Administrator, to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust the number and class of Common Stock that may be delivered under the Plan, the Purchase Price per share, and the class and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan that has not yet been exercised, and the numerical limits of Sections 5 and 12.

 

-11-

 

 

(b)            In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any Offering Period then in progress will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date, and will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed dissolution or liquidation, unless provided otherwise by the Administrator. The New Exercise Date will be before the date of the Company’s proposed dissolution or liquidation. The Administrator will notify each Participant in writing or electronically, prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 9.

 

(c)            In the event of a merger, consolidation, or similar transaction directly or indirectly involving the Company in which the Company is not the surviving corporation, each outstanding option will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the acquiring or successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the acquiring or successor corporation. If the acquiring or successor corporation does not assume or substitute the option for another award, the Offering Period with respect to which such option relates will be shortened by setting a New Exercise Date on which such Offering Period shall end. The New Exercise Date will occur before the date of the proposed transaction. The Administrator will notify each Participant, in writing or electronically prior to the New Exercise Date, that the Exercise Date for the Participant’s option has been changed to the New Exercise Date and that the Participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the New Exercise Date, unless prior to such date the Participant has withdrawn from the Offering Period as provided in Section 9.

 

Section 19.      Amendment or Termination.

 

(a)            The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. If the Plan is terminated, the Administrator, in its discretion, may elect to terminate all outstanding Offering Periods, either immediately or upon completion of the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the next Exercise Date (which may be sooner than originally scheduled, if determined by the Administrator in its discretion), or may elect to permit Offering Periods to expire in accordance with their terms (and subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 18). If the Offering Periods are terminated prior to expiration, all amounts then credited to Participants’ accounts that have not been used to purchase shares of Common Stock will be returned to the Participants (without interest thereon, except as otherwise required under Applicable Laws, as further set forth in Section 11) as soon as administratively practicable.

 

-12-

 

 

(b)            Without stockholder consent and without limiting Section 19(a), the Administrator will be entitled to change the Offering Periods or Purchase Periods, designate separate Offerings, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during an Offering Period, establish the exchange rate applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a Participant to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of properly completed withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion advisable that are consistent with the Plan.

 

(c)            If the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify, amend, or terminate the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence, including, but not limited to:

 

(i)            amending the Plan to conform with the safe harbor definition under the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto), including with respect to an Offering Period underway at the time;

 

(ii)            altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period or Purchase Period, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price, but, with respect to any existing Offerings under the 423 Component, in no event below the lowest Purchase Price permitted by Section 423 of the Code;

 

(iii)            shortening any Offering Period by setting a New Exercise Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the Administrator action;

 

(iv)            reducing the maximum percentage of Compensation a Participant may elect to set aside as payroll deductions; and

 

(v)            reducing the maximum number of shares of Common Stock a Participant may purchase during any Offering Period.

 

Such modifications or amendments will not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Participants.

 

Section 20.      Notices. All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan will be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form and manner specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

 

Section 21.      Conditions upon Issuance of Shares. Shares of Common Stock will not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto will comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares may then be listed, and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance. As a condition to the exercise of an option, the Company may require the person exercising such option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned applicable provisions of law.

 

-13-

 

 

Section 22.      Section 409A of the Code. The 423 Component of the Plan is intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code pursuant to Treasury Regulations § 1.409A-1(b)(5)(ii), and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so be exempt from Section 409A of the Code. To the extent the options granted under the Non-423 Component are subject to U.S. taxation, the Non-423 Component is intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code as options granted thereunder are intended to constitute “short term deferrals,” and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted such that those options shall so be exempt from Section 409A of the Code. In furtherance of the foregoing and notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, if the Administrator determines that an option granted under the Plan may be subject to Section 409A of the Code or that any provision in the Plan would cause an option under the Plan to be subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Administrator may amend the terms of the Plan and/or of an outstanding option granted under the Plan, or take such other action the Administrator determines is necessary or appropriate, in each case, without the Participant’s consent, to exempt any outstanding option or future option that may be granted under the Plan from or to allow any such options to comply with Section 409A of the Code, but only to the extent any such amendments or action by the Administrator would not violate Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and any of its Parent or Subsidiaries shall have no liability to a Participant or any other party if the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Code is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Administrator with respect thereto. The Company and any of its Parent or Subsidiaries makes no representation that the option to purchase Common Stock under the Plan is compliant with Section 409A of the Code.

 

Section 23.      Term of Plan. The Plan will become effective as of the Effective Date, and will continue in effect until the tenth anniversary thereof, unless earlier terminated under Section 19.

 

Section 24.      Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any conflict of law provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction).

 

Section 25.      No Right to Employment. Participation in the Plan by a Participant shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained as an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, as applicable. Furthermore, the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate may dismiss a Participant from employment at any time, free from any liability or any claim under the Plan.

 

-14-

 

 

Section 26.      Severability. If any provision of the Plan is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason in any jurisdiction or as to any Participant, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as to such jurisdiction or Participant as if the invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had not been included.

 

Section 27.      Compliance with Applicable Laws. The terms of the Plan are intended to comply with all Applicable Laws and will be construed accordingly.

 

*      *      *      *

 

-15-

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

DIRECTOR AND OFFICER

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of February 14, 2022, by and between QualTek Services Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [______], an individual (“Indemnitee”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors, officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of such corporations;

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Charter”) and the Bylaws (the “Bylaws”) of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”). The Charter, Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification, hold harmless, exoneration, advancement and reimbursement rights;

 

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

 

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

 

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, hold harmless, exonerate and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so protected against liabilities;

 

 

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Charter and Bylaws of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; [and]

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as an officer, director, advisor or in another capacity without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he or she be so indemnified[; and

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by Brightstar Capital Partners (“BCP”) or affiliates of BCP which Indemnitee and BCP intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement of and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board]1.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as a director or officer of the Company, the Company and the Indemnitee do hereby agree as follows:

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

1.            Services to the Company. In consideration of the Company’s covenants and obligations hereunder, Indemnitee will serve or continue to serve as an officer, director, advisor, key employee or in any other capacity of the Company, as applicable, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or retained or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or until Indemnitee is removed. The foregoing notwithstanding, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect after Indemnitee has ceased to serve as a director, officer, advisor, key employee or in any other capacity of the Company, as provided in Section 18. This Agreement, however, shall not impose any obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company beyond any period otherwise required by law or by other agreements or commitments of the parties, if any.

 

2.            Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

 

(a)            References to “agent” shall mean any person who is or was a director, officer or employee of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company or other person authorized by the Company to act for the Company, to include such person serving in such capacity as a director, officer, employee, advisor, fiduciary or other official of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, employee benefit plan, nonprofit entity, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company; or was a director, officer, employee, advisor, fiduciary, or other official of a foreign or domestic corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, or was a director, officer, employee, advisor, fiduciary, or other official of another enterprise at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of such predecessor corporation.

 

 

1     Included only in agreements for BCP directors.

 

2

 

 

(b)            The terms “Beneficial Owner” and “Beneficial Ownership” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below) as in effect on the date hereof.

 

(c)            A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

 

(i)             Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Other than [BCP][Brightstar Capital Partners (“BCP”)] and its affiliates, any Person (as defined below), is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, unless (1) the change in the relative Beneficial Ownership of the Company's securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, or (2) such acquisition was approved in advance by the Continuing Directors (as defined below) and such acquisition would not constitute a Change in Control under part (iii) of this definition;

 

(ii)            Change in Board of Directors. Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board, and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors on the date hereof or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved (collectively, the “Continuing Directors”), cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

 

(iii)            Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization, recapitalization or similar business combination, involving the Company and one or more businesses (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination: (1) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the Beneficial Owners of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% plus one share of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more Subsidiaries (as defined below)) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors; (2) other than AE, or a member or an affiliate of AE, no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination) is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 15% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the surviving corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination; and (3) at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were Continuing Directors at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board of Directors, providing for such Business Combination;

 

3

 

 

(iv)           Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement or series of agreements for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than factoring the Company’s current receivables or escrows due (or, if such stockholder approval is not required, the decision by the Board to proceed with such a liquidation, sale, or disposition in one transaction or a series of related transactions); or

 

(v)            Other Events. There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or any successor rule) (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

 

(d)            Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, general partner, manager, managing member, advisor, fiduciary, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise (as defined below) which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

 

(e)            Delaware Court” shall mean the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware.

 

(f)             Disinterested Director” shall mean a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding (as defined below) in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

(g)            Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger to which the Company (or any of its wholly owned subsidiaries) is a party, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, advisor, fiduciary, employee or agent.

 

(h)            Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

4

 

 

(i)             Expenses” shall include all direct and indirect out-of-pocket costs, fees and expenses of any type or nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, fees of private investigators and professional advisors, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, fax transmission charges, secretarial services and all other disbursements, obligations or expenses in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settlement or appeal of, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding (as defined below), including reasonable compensation for time spent by Indemnitee for which he or she is not otherwise compensated by the Company or any third party. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding (as defined below), including without limitation the principal, premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

(j)             References to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed on Indemnitee with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee, advisor, agent or fiduciary of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, advisor, agent or fiduciary with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

 

(k)            Independent Counsel” shall mean a law firm or a member of a law firm with significant experience in matters of corporation law and that neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements); or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding (as defined below) giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

(l)             The term “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the date hereof; provided, however, that “Person” shall exclude: (i) the Company; (ii) any Subsidiaries (as defined below) of the Company; (iii) any employment benefit plan of the Company or of a Subsidiary (as defined below) of the Company or of any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company; and (iv) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or of a Subsidiary (as defined below) of the Company or of a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

5

 

 

(m)            The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil (including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative or related nature, in which Indemnitee was, is, will or might be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action (or failure to act) taken by him or her, or of any action (or failure to act) on his or her part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, advisor, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

 

(n)            The term “Subsidiary,” with respect to any Person, shall mean any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity securities or equity interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by that Person.

 

(o)            The phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to: (a) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL, and (b) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

 

3.            Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee was, is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant (as a witness, deponent or otherwise) in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified, held harmless and exonerated against all Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually, and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful; provided, in no event shall Indemnitee be entitled to be indemnified, held harmless or advanced any amounts hereunder in respect of any Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (if any) that Indemnitee may incur by reason of his or her own actual fraud or intentional misconduct. Indemnitee shall not be found to have committed actual fraud or intentional misconduct for any purpose of this Agreement unless or until a court of competent jurisdiction shall have made a finding to that effect.

 

6

 

 

4.            Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee was, is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant (as a witness, deponent or otherwise) in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified, held harmless and exonerated against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification, hold harmless or exoneration for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that any court in which the Proceeding was brought or the Delaware Court shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification, to be held harmless or to exoneration.

 

5.            Indemnification for Expenses of A Party Who Is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement except for Section 27, to the extent that Indemnitee was or is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, the Company also shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee against all Expenses reasonably incurred in connection with a claim, issue or matter related to any claim, issue, or matter on which Indemnitee was successful. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

6.            Indemnification for Expenses of A Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement except for Section 27, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness or deponent in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee was or is not a party or threatened to be made a party, he or she shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be indemnified, held harmless and exonerated against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

 

7.            Additional Indemnification, Hold Harmless and Exoneration Rights.

 

(a)            Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4, or 5, except for Section 27, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the Proceeding. No indemnification, hold harmless or exoneration rights shall be available under this Section 7(a) on account of Indemnitee’s conduct which constitutes a breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders or is an act or omission not in good faith or which involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law.

 

7

 

 

(b)            Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4, 5 or 7(a), except for Section 27, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the Proceeding.

 

8.            Contribution in the Event of Joint Liability.

 

(a)            To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification, hold harmless and/or exoneration rights provided for in this Agreement are unavailable to Indemnitee in whole or in part for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying, holding harmless or exonerating Indemnitee, shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have at any time against Indemnitee.

 

(b)            The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

 

(c)            The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify, hold harmless and exonerate Indemnitee from any claims for contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

 

9.            Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement (except for section 27), the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnification, advance expenses, hold harmless or exoneration payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

 

(a)            for which payment has actually been received by or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity or advancement provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount actually received under any insurance policy, contract, agreement, other indemnity or advancement provision or otherwise;

 

8

 

 

(b)            for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (or any successor rule) or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

 

(c)            except as otherwise provided in Sections 14(f) and (g) hereof, prior to a Change in Control, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, hold harmless or exoneration payment, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law. Indemnitee shall seek payments or advances from the Company only to the extent that such payments or advances are unavailable from any insurance policy of the Company covering Indemnitee.

 

10.           Advances of Expenses; Defense of Claim.

 

(a)            Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary except for Section 27, and to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law, the Company shall pay the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee (or reasonably expected by Indemnitee to be incurred by Indemnitee within three months) in connection with any Proceeding within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time, prior to the final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to be indemnified, held harmless or exonerated under the other provisions of this Agreement. Advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing a Proceeding to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. To the fullest extent required by applicable law, such payments of Expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon the Company’s receipt of an undertaking, by or on behalf of Indemnitee, to repay the advanced amounts to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under the provisions of this Agreement, the Charter, the Bylaws of the Company, applicable law or otherwise. If it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that Indemnitee was not so entitled to indemnification, any advancement shall be returned to the Company (without interest) by the Indemnitee. This Section 10(a) shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which an indemnification, hold harmless or exoneration payment is excluded pursuant to Section 9 but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 9(b) prior to a final determination that Indemnitee is liable therefor.

 

(b)            The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

 

9

 

 

(c)            The Company shall not settle any action, claim or Proceeding (in whole or in part) which would impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent.

 

11.           Procedure for Notification and Application for Indemnification.

 

(a)            Indemnitee agrees to notify promptly the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding, claim, issue or matter therein which may be subject to indemnification, hold harmless or exoneration rights, or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement, or otherwise.

 

(b)            Indemnitee may deliver to the Company a written application to indemnify, hold harmless or exonerate Indemnitee in accordance with this Agreement. Such application(s) may be delivered from time to time and at such time(s) as Indemnitee deems appropriate in his or her sole discretion. Following such a written application for indemnification by Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be determined according to Section 12(a) of this Agreement.

 

12.           Procedure upon Application for Indemnification.

 

(a)            A determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be made in the specific case by one of the following methods, which shall be at the election of Indemnitee: (i) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, (iii) if there are no Disinterested Directors or if such directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, or (iv) by vote of the stockholders. The Company promptly will advise Indemnitee in writing with respect to any determination that Indemnitee is or is not entitled to indemnification, including a description of any reason or basis for which indemnification has been denied. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall reasonably cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby agrees to indemnify and to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

10

 

 

(b)            In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 12(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 12(b). The Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected and certifying that the Independent Counsel so selected meets the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement. If the Independent Counsel is selected by the Board, the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected and certifying that the Independent Counsel so selected meets the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been received, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court of competent jurisdiction has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(b) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the Delaware Court, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 12(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

 

(c)            The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel and to fully indemnify and hold harmless such Independent Counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

13.           Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

 

(a)            In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 11(b) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by the Disinterested Directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by the Disinterested Directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

11

 

 

(b)            If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 12 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a final judicial determination that any or all such indemnification is expressly prohibited under applicable law; provided, however, that such 30-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto.

 

(c)            The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

(d)            For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors, manager, or officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise, its Board, any committee of the Board or any director, trustee, general partner, manager or managing member, or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise, its Board, any committee of the Board or any director, trustee, general partner, manager or managing member, by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by the Enterprise, its Board, any committee of the Board or any director, trustee, general partner, manager or managing member. The provisions of this Section 13(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

 

(e)            The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, officer, trustee, partner, manager, managing member, advisor, fiduciary, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

14.           Remedies of Indemnitee.

 

(a)            In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, is not timely made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5, 6, 7 or the last sentence of Section 12(a) of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (v) a contribution payment is not made in a timely manner pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (vi) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, or (vii) payment to Indemnitee pursuant to any hold harmless or exoneration rights under this Agreement or otherwise is not made in accordance with this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by the Delaware Court to such indemnification, hold harmless, exoneration, contribution or advancement rights. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association. Except as set forth herein, the provisions of Delaware law (without regard to its conflict of laws rules) shall apply to any such arbitration. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

 

12

 

 

(b)            In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination.

 

(c)            In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14, Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to be indemnified, held harmless, exonerated to receive advancement of Expenses under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, held harmless, exonerated and to receive advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Company may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 14, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 10 until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed).

 

(d)            If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

(e)            The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

13

 

 

(f)            The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after the Company’s receipt of such written request) pay to Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such Expenses which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any judicial proceeding or arbitration brought by Indemnitee: (i) to enforce his or her rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement or any other indemnification, hold harmless, exoneration, advancement or contribution agreement or provision of the Charter, or the Bylaws now or hereafter in effect; or (ii) for recovery or advances under any insurance policy maintained by any person for the benefit of Indemnitee, regardless of the outcome and whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, hold harmless or exoneration right, advancement, contribution or insurance recovery, as the case may be (unless such judicial proceeding or arbitration was not brought by Indemnitee in good faith).

 

(g)            Interest shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee at the legal rate under Delaware law for amounts which the Company indemnifies, holds harmless or exonerates, or advances, or is obliged to indemnify, hold harmless or exonerate or advance for the period commencing with the date on which Indemnitee requests indemnification, to be held harmless, exonerated, contribution, reimbursement or advancement of any Expenses and ending with the date on which such payment is made to Indemnitee by the Company.

 

15.           Security. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, except for Section 27, to the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of Indemnitee.

 

16.           Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

 

(a)            The rights of Indemnitee as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of Disinterested Directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any Proceeding (regardless of when such Proceeding is first threatened, commenced or completed) or claim, issue or matter therein arising out of, or related to, any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in applicable law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification, hold harmless or exoneration rights or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Charter, the Bylaws or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

14

 

 

(b)            The DGCL, the Charter and the Bylaws permit the Company to purchase and maintain insurance or furnish similar protection or make other arrangements including, but not limited to, providing a trust fund, letter of credit, or surety bond (“Indemnification Arrangements”) on behalf of Indemnitee against any liability asserted against him or her or incurred by or on behalf of him or her or in such capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement or under the DGCL, as it may then be in effect. The purchase, establishment, and maintenance of any such Indemnification Arrangement shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or of Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or the other party or parties thereto under any such Indemnification Arrangement.

 

(c)            To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, trustees, partners, managers, managing members, advisors, fiduciaries, employees, or agents of the Company or of any other Enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, trustee, partner, manager, managing member, advisor, fiduciary, employee or agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source of a Proceeding as to which Indemnitee is a party or a participant (as a witness, deponent or otherwise), the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

(d)            [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by BCP and certain affiliates that, directly or indirectly, (i) are controlled by, (ii) control or (iii) are under common control with, BCP (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). With respect to any amounts that are subject to indemnity under this Agreement and also subject to an indemnity obligation owed by Fund Indemnitors, the Company hereby agrees (i) that, as compared the Fund Indemnitors, it is the indemnitor of first resort with respect to any rights to indemnification provided to Indemnitee herein (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee is secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Charter or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 16(d).]

 

15

 

 

(e)            [Except as provided in Section 16(d) above,] in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee [(other than against the Fund Indemnitors)], who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights. No such payment by the Company shall be deemed to relieve any insurer of its obligations.

 

(f)            [Except as provided in Section 16(d) above,] the Company’s obligation to indemnify, hold harmless, exonerate or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, manager, managing member, advisor, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification, hold harmless or exoneration payments or advancement of expenses from such Enterprise. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary except for Section 27, (i) Indemnitee shall have no obligation to reduce, offset, allocate, pursue or apportion any indemnification, hold harmless, exoneration, advancement, contribution or insurance coverage among multiple parties possessing such duties to Indemnitee prior to the Company’s satisfaction and performance of all its obligations under this Agreement, and (ii) the Company shall perform fully its obligations under this Agreement without regard to whether Indemnitee holds, may pursue or has pursued any indemnification, advancement, hold harmless, exoneration, contribution or insurance coverage rights against any person or entity other than the Company.

 

(g)            [Except as provided in Section 16(d) above,] the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

 

17.           Non-Disclosure of Payments. Except as expressly required by applicable law, neither party shall disclose any payments under this Agreement unless prior approval of the other party is obtained. If any payment information must be disclosed, the Company shall afford the Indemnitee an opportunity to review all such disclosures and, if requested, to explain in such statement any mitigating circumstances regarding the events to be reported.

 

18.           Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee serves as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, officer, trustee, partner, manager, managing member, advisor, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, nonprofit entity, or other Enterprise which Indemnitee serves at the request of the Company and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto and any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 14 of this Agreement) by reason of his or her Corporate Status, whether or not he or she is acting in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement can be provided under this Agreement.

 

16

 

 

19.           Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section, paragraph or sentence of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

20.           Enforcement and Binding Effect.

 

(a)            The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director, officer or key employee of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director, officer or key employee of the Company.

 

(b)            Without limiting any of the rights of Indemnitee under the Charter or Bylaws of the Company as they may be amended from time to time, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

(c)            The indemnification, hold harmless, exoneration and advancement of expenses rights provided by or granted pursuant to this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or a director, officer, trustee, general partner, manager, managing member, advisor, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other Enterprise at the Company’s request, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

 

(d)            The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

17

 

 

(e)            The Company and Indemnitee agree herein that a monetary remedy for breach of this Agreement, at some later date, may be inadequate, impracticable and difficult of proof, and further agree that such breach may cause Indemnitee irreparable harm. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, enforce this Agreement by seeking, among other things, injunctive relief and/or specific performance hereof, without any necessity of showing actual damage or irreparable harm and that by seeking injunctive relief and/or specific performance, Indemnitee shall not be precluded from seeking or obtaining any other relief to which he or she may be entitled. The Company and Indemnitee further agree that Indemnitee shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be entitled to such specific performance and injunctive relief, including temporary restraining orders, preliminary injunctions and permanent injunctions, without the necessity of posting bonds or other undertaking in connection therewith. The Company acknowledges that in the absence of a waiver, a bond or undertaking may be required of Indemnitee by a court of competent jurisdiction, and the Company hereby waives any such requirement of such a bond or undertaking to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

21.           Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

22.           Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:

 

(a)            If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide in writing to the Company.

 

(b)            If to the Company, to:

 

QualTek Services Inc.

475 Sentry Parkway E 

Suite 200 

Blue Bell, PA 19422

 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

18

 

 

With a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10022

 

Attention: Michael E. Weisser, P.C.,
Matthew S. Arenson, P.C. and Tim Cruickshank, P.C.

 

E-mail:      michael.weisser@kirkland.com,

marenson@kirkland.com and tim.cruickshank@kirkland.com

 

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

 

23.           Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally: (a) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country; (b) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement; (c) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court; and (d) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum, or is subject (in whole or in part) to a jury trial. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the parties hereby agree that the mailing of process and other papers in connection with any such action or proceeding in the manner provided by Section 22 or in such other manner as may be permitted by law, shall be valid and sufficient service thereof.

 

24.           Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

25.           Miscellaneous. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

26.           Period of Limitations. No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company against Indemnitee, Indemnitee’s spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action such shorter period shall govern.

 

19

 

 

27.           Additional Acts. If for the validation of any of the provisions in this Agreement any act, resolution, approval or other procedure is required to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company undertakes to cause such act, resolution, approval or other procedure to be affected or adopted in a manner that will enable the Company to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement.

 

28.           Waiver of Claims to Trust Account. Indemnitee hereby agrees that it does not have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind (each, a “Claim”) in or to any monies in the trust account established in connection with the Company’s initial public offering for the benefit of the Company and holders of shares issued in such offering, and hereby waives any Claim it may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any services provided to the Company and will not seek recourse against such trust account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, Indemnitee acknowledges and agrees that any indemnification provided hereto will only be able to be satisfied by the Company if (i) the Company has sufficient funds outside of the trust account to satisfy its obligations hereunder or (ii) the Company consummates a Business Combination.

 

29.           Maintenance of Insurance. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain in effect during the entire period for which the Company is obligated to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement, one or more policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies to provide the officers/directors of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts and omissions and to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director or officer under such policy or policies. In all such insurance policies, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee with the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors and officers.

 

30.           Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

20

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indemnity Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

  QUALTEK SERVICES INC.
   
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:
   
   
  INDEMNITEE
   
   
  By:            
  Name:
  Address:

 

 

Exhibit 14.1

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

QUALTEK SERVICES INC.

 

The Board of Directors (the “Board”) of QualTek Services Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) has adopted this Code of Ethics (the “Code”) in order to deter wrongdoing and promote:

 

1.honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

 

2.full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and in other public communications made by the Company;

 

3.compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

 

4.the prompt internal reporting of violations of the Code to an appropriate person or persons identified in the Code; and

 

5.accountability for adherence to the Code.

 

All directors, officers and employees are required to be familiar with the Code, comply with its provisions and report any suspected violations as described below. The Code supplements the QualTek Employee Handbook, including Section 3.1 (Code of Professional Conduct) and Section 15.2 (Business Ethics & Conduct) thereof.

 

HONEST AND ETHICAL CONDUCT

 

The Company’s policy is to promote high standards of integrity by conducting its affairs honestly and ethically.

 

Each director, officer and employee must act with integrity and observe the highest ethical standards of business conduct in his or her dealings with the Company’s customers, suppliers, partners, service providers, competitors, employees and anyone else with whom he or she has contact in the course of performing his or her job.

 

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

A conflict of interest occurs when an individual’s private interest interferes, or even appears to interfere, with the interests of the Company as a whole. A conflict of interest can arise when an employee, officer or director takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her work for the Company objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest also arise when an employee, officer or director (or a member of his or her family) receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position in the Company.

 

 

 

 

Loans by the Company to, or guarantees by the Company of, obligations of directors, officers, employees or their family members are of special concern. Loans by the Company to, or guarantees by the Company of, obligations of any director or executive officer are expressly prohibited.

 

Whether or not a conflict of interest exists or will exist can be unclear. Conflicts of interest should be avoided unless specifically authorized as described in the paragraph below.

 

Persons other than directors and executive officers who have questions about a potential conflict of interest or who become aware of an actual or potential conflict should discuss the matter with, and seek a determination and prior authorization or approval from, the General Counsel or Chief Administrative Officer.

 

Directors and executive officers must seek determinations and prior authorizations or approvals of potential conflicts of interest exclusively from the Audit Committee.

 

CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

 

All directors, officers and employees owe a duty to the Company to advance its interests when the opportunity to do so arises. Directors, officers and employees are prohibited from taking for themselves personally opportunities that are discovered through the use of Company property, information or position. Directors, officers and employees may not use Company property, information or position for personal gain. In addition, no director, officer or employee may compete with the Company.

 

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

Directors, officers and employees should maintain the confidentiality of information entrusted to them by the Company or by its customers, except when disclosure is authorized or legally mandated. Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to the Company’s competitors, or harmful to the Company or its customers if disclosed.

 

FAIR DEALING

 

Each director, officer and employee should endeavor to deal fairly with the Company’s customers, suppliers, competitors and employees. No director, officer or employee should take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse or privileged information, misrepresentation of facts or any other unfair dealing practice.

 

PROTECTION AND PROPER USE OF COMPANY ASSETS

 

All directors, officers and employees should protect the Company’s assets and ensure their efficient use. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability and are prohibited.

 

 

 

 

All Company assets should be used only for legitimate business purposes. Any suspected incident of fraud or theft should be reported for investigation immediately.

 

The obligation to protect Company assets includes the Company’s proprietary information. Proprietary information includes intellectual property such as trade secrets, patents, trademarks, and copyrights, as well as business and marketing plans, engineering and manufacturing ideas, designs, databases, records and any non-public financial data or reports. Unauthorized use or distribution of this information is prohibited and could also be illegal and result in civil or criminal penalties.

 

COMPLIANCE

 

Directors, officers and employees should comply, both in letter and spirit, with all applicable laws, rules and regulations in the cities, states and countries in which the Company operates.

 

Although not all directors, officers and employees are expected to know the details of all applicable laws, rules and regulations, it is important to know enough to determine when to seek advice from appropriate personnel. Questions about compliance should be addressed to the Legal Department.

 

Insider trading is unethical, illegal and a violation of the Company’s Insider Trading Policy.

 

DISCLOSURE

 

The Company’s periodic reports and other documents filed with the SEC, including all financial statements and other financial information, must comply with applicable federal securities laws and SEC rules.

 

Each director, officer and employee who contributes in any way to the preparation or verification of the Company’s financial statements and other financial information must ensure that the Company’s books, records and accounts are accurately maintained. Each director, officer and employee must cooperate fully with the Company’s accounting and internal audit departments, as well as the Company’s independent public accountants and counsel.

 

Each director, officer and employee who is involved in the Company’s disclosure process must:

 

1.be familiar with and comply with the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and its internal control over financial reporting; and

 

2.take all necessary steps to ensure that all filings with the SEC and all other public communications about the financial and business condition of the Company provide full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure.

 

REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION OF VIOLATIONS

 

Actions prohibited by this Code involving directors or executive officers must be reported to the Audit Committee.

 

Actions prohibited by this Code involving anyone other than a director or executive officer must be reported to the General Counsel or Chief Administrative Officer.

 

After receiving a report of an alleged prohibited action, the Audit Committee, the General Counsel or Chief Administrative Officer must promptly take all appropriate actions necessary to investigate.

 

 

 

 

All directors, officers and employees are expected to cooperate in any internal investigation of misconduct.

 

PROHIBITION ON RETALIATION

 

The Company does not tolerate acts of retaliation against any director, officer or employee who makes a good faith report of known or suspected acts of misconduct or other violations of this Code, and any such retaliation may be a violation of the Company’s Whistleblower Policy.

 

ENFORCEMENT

 

The Company must ensure prompt and consistent action against violations of this Code.

 

If, after investigating a report of an alleged prohibited action by a director or executive officer, the Audit Committee determines that a violation of this Code has occurred, the Audit Committee will report such determination to the Board.

 

If, after investigating a report of an alleged prohibited action by any other person, the Chief Administrative Officer determines that a violation of this Code has occurred, the Chief Administrative Officer will report such determination to the General Counsel.

 

Upon receipt of a determination that there has been a violation of this Code, the Board or the General Counsel will take such preventative or disciplinary action as it deems appropriate, including, but not limited to, reassignment, demotion, dismissal and, in the event of criminal conduct or other serious violations of the law, notification of appropriate governmental authorities.

 

WAIVERS

 

The Board (in the case of a violation by a director or executive officer) or the General Counsel (in the case of a violation by any other person) may, in its discretion, waive any violation of this Code.

 

Any waiver for a director or an executive officer shall be disclosed as required by SEC and The Nasdaq Stock Market rules.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 16.1

 

February 16, 2022

 

 

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, DC 20549

 

Commissioners:

 

We have read the statements made by QualTek Services Inc. (formerly Roth CH Acquisition III Co.) under Item 4.01 of its Form 8-K dated February 16, 2022. We agree with the statements concerning our Firm in such Form 8-K; we are not in a position to agree or disagree with other statements of QualTek Services Inc. (formerly Roth CH Acquisition III Co.) contained therein.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Marcum llp

 

Marcum llp

Philadelphia, PA

 

 

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

QualTek Begins Trading on the NASDAQ Under the Symbol “QTEK”

 

February 15, 2022

 

Listing Follows Completion of Business Combination with Roth CH Acquisition III Co.

 

BLUE BELL, Pa. & NEWPORT BEACH, Calif.— Feb. 15, 2022 – QualTek Services Inc. (“QualTek” or the “Company”) (NASDAQ: QTEK), a leading turnkey provider of infrastructure services to the 5G wireless, telecom, and renewable energy sectors, announced today that it has completed its business combination (the “Business Combination”) with Roth CH Acquisition III Co. (“Roth CH III” or “ROCR”). The transaction was approved at a Special Meeting of Stockholders of Roth CH III held on February 14, 2022.

 

On or about February 16, 2022, we anticipate that ROCR’s units will cease trading, and QualTek’s Class A common stock and warrants to purchase Class A common stock will begin trading on Nasdaq under the symbols “QTEK” and “QTEKW,” respectively.

 

“We anticipate that our entry into the public markets will allow QualTek to capitalize on significant growth opportunities in the 5G wireless, telecommunications infrastructure, renewables, power grid modernization and recovery logistics industries,” said Scott Hisey, Chief Executive Officer of QualTek. “I would like to thank the entire QualTek team, as well as our partners at Roth CH III for their support and dedication throughout this process. We are very excited to begin our next chapter as a public company and will continue to enhance our technology-driven services and solutions. This transaction will assist QualTek in providing best-in-class solutions to all of our customers across the Telecom and Renewables and Recovery segments.”

 

QualTek, which will celebrate its 10th anniversary as an independent company this year, will continue to be led by Mr. Hisey, alongside the company’s senior management team. The company's two-year backlog stands at $1.7B, including several new 5G telecommunications contracts for 2022 and beyond.

 

Advisors

 

Roth Capital Partners, LLC (“Roth”) and Craig-Hallum Capital Group LLC (“Craig-Hallum”) acted as placement agents for the PIPE and convertible note transactions. Citi and Harris Williams acted as financial advisors to QualTek. Kirkland & Ellis LLP acted as legal advisor to QualTek and Loeb & Loeb LLP acted as legal advisor to Roth CH III.

 

About QualTek

 

Founded in 2012, QualTek is a leading technology-driven provider of infrastructure services to the 5G wireless, telecom, power grid modernization and renewable energy sectors across North America. QualTek has a national footprint with more than 80 operation centers across the U.S. and a workforce of over 5,000 people. QualTek has established a nationwide operating network to enable quick responses to customer demands as well as proprietary technology infrastructure for advanced reporting and invoicing. The Company will report within two operating segments: Telecommunications, and Renewables and Recovery and has already become a leader in providing disaster recovery logistics and services for electric utilities. For more information, please visit https://www.qualtekservices.com.

 

 

 

 

Forward Looking Statements

 

This communication contains forward-looking statements for purposes of the safe harbor provisions under the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, including statements about the anticipated benefits of the Business Combination and the financial condition, results of operations, earnings outlook and prospects of QualTek and may include statements for the period following the consummation of the Business Combination. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “plan,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “outlook,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “project,” “continue,” “could,” “may,” “might,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “should,” “would” and other similar words and expressions, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking.

 

The forward-looking statements are based on the current expectations of the management of QualTek and are inherently subject to uncertainties and changes in circumstances and their potential effects and speak only as of the date of such statement. There can be no assurance that future developments will be those that have been anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those discussed and identified in public filings made with the SEC by QualTek and include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

·expectations regarding QualTek’s strategies and future financial performance, including its future business plans or objectives, prospective performance and opportunities and competitors, revenues, products and services, pricing, operating expenses, market trends, liquidity, cash flows and uses of cash, capital expenditures, and QualTek’s ability to invest in growth initiatives and pursue acquisition opportunities;

 

·the highly competitive industries that QualTek serves, which are also subject to rapid technological and regulatory changes, as well as customer consolidation;

 

·unfavorable market conditions, market uncertainty, public health outbreaks such as the COVID-19 pandemic and/or economic downturns;

 

·failure to properly manage projects, or project delays;

 

·failure to recover adequately on charges against project owners, subcontractors or suppliers for payment or performance;

 

·the loss of one or more key customers, or a reduction in their demand for QualTek’s services;

 

·QualTek’s backlog being subject to cancellation and unexpected adjustments;

 

 

 2 

 

 

·the seasonality of QualTek’s business, which is affected by the spending patterns of QualTek’s customers and timing of governmental permitting, as well as weather conditions and natural catastrophes;

 

·system and information technology interruptions and/or data security breaches;

 

·failure to comply with environmental laws;

 

·QualTek’s significant amount of debt, which could adversely affect its business, financial condition and results of operations or could affect its ability to access capital markets in the future, and may prevent QualTek from engaging in transactions that might benefit it due to its debt’s restrictive covenants; and

 

·other factors described in filings made with the SEC by QualTek under “Risk Factors.”

 

Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize or should any of the assumptions made by the management of QualTek prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements.

 

All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements concerning the Business Combination or other matters addressed in this communication and attributable to QualTek or any person acting on its behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this communication. Except to the extent required by applicable law or regulation, QualTek undertakes no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this communication to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

Media Contact:

 

QualTek IR/Communications
Gianna Lucchesi
PR@qualtekservices.com
 (484) 804 - 4585

 

 3 

 

Exhibit 99.2

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

 

Unless otherwise indicated, defined terms included below shall have the same meaning as terms defined and included elsewhere in the Current Report on Form 8-K (the “Form 8-K”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on February 16, 2022. Any references to the Proxy Statement included below refers to the proxy statement on file with the SEC dated January 24, 2022 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information presents the combination of the financial information of QualTek and ROCR adjusted to give effect to the Business Combination. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X Article 11, Pro Forma Financial Information, as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786; Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses.

 

Introduction

 

ROCR is a special purpose acquisition company whose purpose is to acquire, through a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses. ROCR was incorporated in Delaware on February 13, 2019, as ROTH CH Acquisition III Co.

 

On March 5, 2021, ROCR consummated its IPO of 11,500,000 of Units, each consisting of one share of Common Stock and one-quarter of one redeemable Warrant, at a price of $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $115.0 million, including the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Simultaneously with the closing of the IPO, ROCR completed the private sale of an aggregate of 408,000 Private Units to its Initial Stockholders at a purchase price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds of approximately $4.1 million. Each Private Unit consists of one share of Common Stock and one-quarter of one redeemable Warrant, with each whole Warrant entitling the holder thereof to purchase one share of Common Stock for $11.50 per share. Following the closing of the IPO, approximately $115.0 million from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the IPO and the sale of the Private Units was placed in a Trust Account invested only in U.S. government treasury bills, notes and bonds with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act and which invest solely in U.S. Treasuries. Except for all interest income that may be released to us to pay our tax obligations, none of the funds held in the Trust Account will be released from the Trust Account until the earlier of: (i) the consummation of our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of the IPO and (ii) a redemption to public stockholders prior to any voluntary winding-up in the event we do not consummate our initial business combination within the applicable period.

 

QualTek, through its subsidiaries, is a leading provider of communication infrastructure services including engineering, installation, fulfillment and program management, renewable energy solutions, and business continuity and disaster recovery support, delivering a full suite of critical services to the North American telecommunications and power sectors.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of October 2, 2021 combines the unaudited condensed balance sheet of ROCR as of September 30, 2021 and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of QualTek as of October 2, 2021 on a pro forma basis as if the Business Combination and the related transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, summarized below, had been consummated on October 2, 2021. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the nine months ended October 2, 2021 combines the unaudited condensed statement of operations of ROCR for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 with the unaudited consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss of QualTek for the nine months ended October 2, 2021. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2020 combines the audited statement of operations of ROCR for the year ended December 31, 2020 with the audited consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss of QualTek for the year ended December 31, 2020. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the nine months ended October 2, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020 give effect as if the Business Combination and the transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, summarized below, had been consummated on January 1, 2020, the beginning of the earliest period presented. The transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement that are given pro forma effect include:

 

the reverse recapitalization between the Merger Subs and QualTek;

 

the actual redemption of Common Stock held by ROCR’s public stockholders;

 

the net proceeds from the issuance of ROCR Common Stock in the PIPE investment;

 

the conversion of the Pre-PIPE Notes into Class B Common Stock; and

 

the issuance of the Exchangeable Notes by ROCR.

 

 

 

 

The pro forma condensed combined financial information may not be useful in predicting the future financial conditions and results of operations of the Combined Company. The actual financial position and results of operation may differ significantly from the pro forma amounts reflected herein due to a variety of factors.

 

The historical financial information of ROCR was derived from the unaudited condensed financial statements as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and the audited financial statements of ROCR as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020, which are included in the Proxy Statement and incorporated herein by reference. The historical financial information of QualTek was derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements as of and for the nine months ended October 2, 2021, and the audited consolidated financial statements of QualTek as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020, which are included in the Proxy Statement and incorporated herein by reference. This information should be read together with ROCR’s and QualTek’s audited financial statements and related notes, the sections titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of ROCR,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of QualTek” and other financial information included in the Proxy Statement.

 

The Business Combination will be accounted for as a reverse recapitalization, in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, ROCR will be treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the Business Combination will be treated as the equivalent of QualTek issuing stock for the net assets of ROCR, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of ROCR will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the Business Combination will be those of QualTek.

 

QualTek’s and ROCR’s management have made significant estimates and assumptions in its determination of the pro forma adjustments. The pro forma adjustments, which are described in the accompanying notes, may be revised as additional information becomes available and is evaluated. Therefore, it is likely that the actual adjustments will differ from the pro forma adjustments, and it is possible the differences may be material. Management believes that its assumptions and methodologies provide a reasonable basis for presenting all of the significant effects of the Business Combination based on information available to management at the time and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

 

QualTek has been determined to be the accounting acquirer based on evaluation of the following facts and circumstances:

 

QualTek will have the largest single voting interest block in the Combined Company;

 

QualTek will hold executive management roles for the Combined Company and be responsible for the day-to-day operations;

 

QualTek will have the ability to nominate all but two members of the Board following the Closing;

 

The Combined Company will assume QualTek’s name; and

 

The intended strategy of the Combined Company will continue QualTek’s current strategy of being a leader in communication infrastructure and renewable solutions.

 

The following summarize the pro forma Common Stock outstanding, which excludes the Private Warrants and the Public Warrants:

 

   Shares   % 
Existing QualTek equityholders   30,688,837    60%
ROCR Public Shares   100,409    0%
Founder and Private Shares   3,283,000    6%
Pre-PIPE Shares   6,937,500    14%
PIPE Shares(1)   3,989,000    8%
Earnout Shares   6,111,111    12%
Total Common Stock   51,109,857      

 

(1)

BCP entities will hold 750,000 of the total 3,989,000 PIPE Shares.

  

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations and financial position would have been had the Business Combination and the related transactions occurred on the dates indicated, nor are they indicative of the future consolidated results of operations or financial position of the Combined Company. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is based on information and assumptions which are described in the accompanying notes.

 

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of October 2, 2021 and the unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the nine months ended October 2, 2021 and for the year ended December 31, 2020 are based on the historical financial statements of ROCR and QualTek. The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based on information currently available, and assumptions and estimates underlying the unaudited pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes. Actual results may differ materially from the assumptions used to present the accompanied unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.  

 

 

 

  

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet As of October 2, 2021 

 (In thousands)

 

   As of October 2, 2021   As of
September 30, 2021
         As of
October 2, 2021
 
   QualTek
Historical
   QualTek
Adjustments
       QualTek As Adjusted   ROCR
Historical
   Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
     Pro Forma
Combined
 
Assets                              
Current assets:                                      
Cash  $5,405   $-        $5,405   $94    115,007   B  $30,842 
                             35,915   C     
                             (1)  E     
                             (31,287)  F     
                             115,957   N     
                             (96,242)  O     
                             (114,006)  G     
Accounts receivable, net of allowance   249,264    -         249,264    -    -       249,264 
Inventories, net   5,633    -         5,633    -    -       5,633 
Prepaid expenses   7,446    -         7,446    287    -       7,733 
Other current assets   1,952    -         1,952    -    -       1,952 
Current assets of discontinued operations   8,157    -         8,157    -    -       8,157 
Total current assets   277,857    -         277,857    381    25,343       303,581 
Property and equipment, net   42,187    -         42,187    -    -       42,187 
Intangible assets, net   364,722    -         364,722    -    -       364,722 
Goodwill   81,775    -         81,775    -    -       81,775 
Other long-term assets   1,676    -         1,676    -    -       1,676 
Marketable securities held in Trust Account   -    -         -    115,007    (115,007)  B    - 
Deferred tax asset   -    -         -    -    -   J    - 
Non-current assets of discontinued operations   1,348    -         1,348    -    -       1,348 
Total assets  $769,565   $-        $769,565   $115,388   $(89,664)     $795,289 
Liabilities and Equity (Deficit)                                      
Current liabilities:                                      
Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations  $119,545    (30,568)   A   $52,075   $-   $-      $52,075 
         (36,902)   D                        
Current portion of contingent consideration   4,292    -         4,292    -    -       4,292 
Accounts payable   74,217    -         74,217    -    -       74,217 
Accrued expenses   60,713    -         60,713    -    -       60,713 
Accounts payable and accrued expenses   -    -         -    393    -       393 
Accrued offering costs   -    -         -    1    (1)   E    - 
Contract liabilities   14,950    -         14,950    -    -       14,950 
Current liabilities of discontinued operations   3,941              3,941    -    -       3,941 
Total current liabilities   277,658    (67,470)        210,188    394    (1)      210,581 
Capital lease obligations, net of current portion   16,471    -         16,471    -    -       16,471 
Long-term debt, net of current portion and deferred financing fees   429,033    -         429,033         115,957   N   448,748 
                             (96,242)  O     
Contingent consideration, net of current portion   24,137    -         24,137         -       24,137 
Distributions payable   11,409    -         11,409    -    -       11,409 
Warrant liability   -    -         -    217    -       217 
Payable to related parties pursuant to tax receivable agreement   -    -         -    -    35,384    K    35,384 
Total liabilities   758,708    (67,470)        691,238    612    55,098       746,948 
Commitments                                      
Temporary Equity:                                      
Common stock subject to possible redemption   -    -         -    115,000    (115,000)   G    - 
Equity:                                      
Class A units   248,595    30,568    A    279,163    -    (279,163)   H    - 
Accumulated other comprehensive income   471    -         471    -    -       471 
Class A Common stock   -              -    -    -    C    1 
                             -    G      
                             1   H      
                             -   M     
Class B Common Stock   -    1    D    1    -    2   H    3 
                             -   M     
Additional paid-in-capital   -    36,901    D    36,901    1,201    35,915   C    297,041 
                             (24,032)  F     
                             994   G     
                             279,160   H     
                             (1,425)  I     
                             -   J     
                             52,099   M     
                             (48,388)  L     
                             (35,384)  K     
Accumulated deficit   (238,209)             (238,209)   (1,425)   (7,255)  F   (297,563)
                             1,425   I     
                             (52,099)  M     
Non-controlling interest   -    -         -    -    48,388   L   48,388 
Total equity (deficit)   10,857    67,470         78,327    114,776    (144,762)      48,341 
Total liabilities and equity (deficit)  $769,565   $-        $769,565   $115,388   $(89,664)     $795,289 

  

 

 

  

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss For the Nine Months Ended October 2, 2021 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

    For the Nine Months Ended October 2, 2021       For the
Nine Months
Ended
September 30, 2021
                  For the
Nine Months
Ended
October 2, 2021
 
    QualTek
Historical
    QualTek
Adjustments
        QualTek
As
Adjusted
    ROCR
Historical
    Transaction
Accounting
adjustments
        Pro Forma
Combined
 
Revenue   $ 465,184     $ -         $ 465,184     $ -     $ -         $ 465,184  
Costs and expenses:                                                        
Cost of revenues     372,496       -           372,496       -       -           372,496  
General and administrative     37,962       -           37,962       1,304       -           39,266  
Transaction expenses     2,875       -           2,875       -       (1,559 )   BB     1,316  
Change in fair value of contingent consideration     (4,544 )     -           (4,544 )     -       -           (4,544 )
Depreciation and amortization     39,136       -           39,136       -       -           39,136  
Total costs and expenses     447,925       -           447,925       1,304       (1,559 )         447,670  
Income from operations     17,259       -           17,259       (1,304 )      1,559           17,514  
Other income (expense):                                                        
Gain on sale/disposal of property and equipment     514       -           514       -       -           514  
Interest expense     (35,778 )     6,740     AA     (29,038 )     -       (12,297 )   HH     (39,407 )
                                          1,928     II        
Loss on extinguishment of debt     (2,436 )     -           (2,436 )     -       -           (2,436 )
Change in fair value of warrants             -                   (125 )     -           (125 )
Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account     -       -           -       7       (7 )   CC     -  
Total other income (expense)     (37,700 )     6,740           (30,960 )     (118 )     (10,376 )         (41,454 )
Income tax benefit (provision)     -       -           -       -       546     DD     546  
Loss from continuing operations     (20,441 )     6,740           (13,701 )     (1,422 )     (8,271 )         (23,394 )
Loss from discontinued operations     (8,114 )     -           (8,114 )     -       -           (8,114 )
Net loss     (28,555 )     6,740           (21,815 )     (1,422 )     (8,271 )         (31,508 )
Other comprehensive income:                                                        
Foreign currency translation adjustment     75       -           75       -       -           75  
Comprehensive loss   $ (28,480 )   $ 6,740         $ (21,740 )   (1,422 )   $ (8,271 )       $ (31,433 )
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest                                         (13,835 )   FF     (13,835 )
Net income (loss) attributable to controlling interest                                                     (17,598 )
Earnings per share:                                                        
Basic and diluted net loss per unit from continuing operations   $ (10.21 )                                                
Basic and diluted net loss per unit from discontinued operations   $ (3.75 )                                                
Basic and diluted net loss per unit   $ (13.96 )                                                
Basic and diluted weighted average common units outstanding     2,161,951                                                  
Basic and diluted net loss per share, redeemable common stock                               $ (0.12 )                    
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, redeemable common stock                                 8,804,029                      
Basic and diluted net loss per share, non-redeemable common stock                               $ (0.12 )                    
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, non-redeemable common stock                                 3,099,440                      
Basic and diluted net loss per share from continuing operations                                                   $ (0.83 )
Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding                                                     19,296,348  

 

 

 

  

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss For the Year Ended December 31, 2020 

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    For the Year Ended December 31, 2020                       For the
Year Ended
December 31, 2020
    QualTek
Historical
    QualTek
Adjustments
          QualTek
As
Adjusted
    ROCR
Historical
    Transaction
Accounting
adjustments
          Pro Forma
Combined
Revenue   $ 656,524     $ -             $ 656,524     $ -     $ -             $656,524
Costs and expenses:                                                            
Cost of revenues     597,583       -               597,583       -       -             597,583
General and administrative     47,049       -               47,049       -       1        EE     47,050
Transaction expenses     988       -               988       -       8,814        BB     9,802
Change in fair value of contingent consideration     (7,081 )     -               (7,081 )     -       -             (7,081)
Impairment of goodwill     28,802       -               28,802       -       -             28,802
Depreciation and amortization     46,475       -               46,475       -       -             46,475
Operating and formation costs     -       -               -       1       (1 )      EE     -
Total costs and expenses     713,816       -               713,816       1       8,814             722,631
Loss from operations     (57,292 )     -               (57,292 )     (1 )     (8,814 )           (66,107)
Other income (expense):                                                            
Gain on sale/disposal of property and equipment     729       -               729       -       -             729
Interest expense     (37,659 )     -               (37,659 )     -       (16,396 )      HH     (51,506)
                                              2,549       II      
Loss on extinguishment of debt             (7,498 )      GG       (7,498 )     -       -             (7,498)
Total other income (expense)     (36,930 )     (7,498 )             (44,428 )     -       (13,847 )           (58,275)
Income tax benefit (provision)     -       -               -       -       7,932        DD     7,932
Loss from continuing operations     (94,222 )     (7,498 )             (101,720 )     (1 )     (14,729 )           (116,450)
Loss from discontinued operations     (3,865 )     -               (3,865 )             -             (3,865)
Net loss     (98,087 )     (7,498 )             (105,585 )     (1 )     (14,729 )           (120,315)
Other comprehensive income:                                                            
Foreign currency translation adjustment     239       -               239       -       -             239
Comprehensive loss   $ (97,848 )   $ (7,498 )           $ (105,346 )   $ (1 )   $ (14,729 )           $(120,076)
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest                                             (71,886 )      FF     (71,886)
Net loss attributable to controlling interest                                                           (48,190)
Earnings per share:                                                            
Basic and diluted net loss per unit from continuing operations   $ (48.61 )                                                    
Basic and diluted net loss per unit from discontinued operations   $ (1.93 )                                                    
Basic and diluted net loss per unit   $ (50.54 )                                                    
Basic and diluted weighted average common units outstanding     2,005,824                                                      
Basic and diluted net loss per share                           $ 0.00                              
Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding                             2,500,000                              
Basic and diluted net loss per share from continuing operations                                                           $(2.24)
Basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding                                                           19,296,348

  

 

 

 

 

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information

  

 

1.Basis of Presentation

  

The Business Combination will be accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, ROCR will be treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the Business Combination will be treated as the equivalent of QualTek issuing stock for the net assets of ROCR, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of ROCR will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the Business Combination will be those of QualTek.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of October 2, 2021 assumes that the Business Combination occurred on October 2, 2021. The unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the nine months ended October 2, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020 give pro forma effect to the Business Combination as if it had been completed on January 1, 2020. These periods are presented on the basis of QualTek as the accounting acquirer.

  

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been derived from and should be read in conjunction with, the following historical financial statements and the accompanying notes, which are included in the Proxy Statement and incorporated herein by reference:

 

The historical unaudited consolidated condensed financial statements of ROCR as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and the historical audited financial statements of ROCR as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020; and

 

The historical unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of QualTek as of and for the nine months ended October 2, 2021 and the audited consolidated financial statements of QualTek as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020.

  

Management has made significant estimates and assumptions in its determination of the pro forma adjustments based on information available as of the date of the Form 8-K. The pro forma adjustments, which are described in the accompanying notes, may be revised as additional information becomes available and is evaluated. Therefore, it is likely that the actual adjustments will differ from the pro forma adjustments, and it is possible the differences may be material. Management believes that its assumptions and methodologies provide a reasonable basis for presenting all of the significant effects of the Business Combination based on information available to management at the time and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not give effect to any anticipated synergies, operating efficiencies, tax savings or cost savings that may be associated with the Business Combination.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is not necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations and financial position would have been had the Business Combination taken place on the dates indicated, nor are they indicative of the future consolidated results of operations or financial position of the Combined Company. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and notes thereto of ROCR and QualTek.

  

2.Accounting Policies

 

Upon consummation of the Business Combination, the Combined Company will perform a comprehensive review of the two entities’ accounting policies. As a result of the review, management may identify differences between the accounting policies of the two entities which, when conformed, could have a material impact on the financial statements of the Combined Company.

 

3.Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information

  

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared to illustrate the effect of the Business Combination and has been prepared for informational purposes only.

  

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X Article 11, Pro Forma Financial Information, as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786; Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses Release No. 33-10786 replaces the existing pro forma adjustment criteria with simplified requirements to depict the accounting for the transaction (“Transaction Accounting Adjustments”) and present the reasonably estimable synergies and other transaction effects that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur (“Management’s Adjustments”). QualTek has elected not to present Management’s Adjustments and will only be presenting Transaction Accounting Adjustments in the following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information. In addition, we will present adjustments to QualTek’s historical financial statements (“QualTek Adjustments”), which represent transactions that have occurred in anticipation of the Business Combination that are required to be presented to illustrate the effects of the Business Combination on a pro forma basis.

  

The pro forma basic and diluted loss per share amounts presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations are based upon the number of the Combined Company’s shares outstanding, assuming the Business Combination occurred on January 1, 2020.

  

Adjustment to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet

The adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of October 2, 2021 are as follows:

  

(A)     Represents the conversion of the Convertible Notes - Related Party — June 2021 upon the consummation of the Business Combination into Class A Units of the Company at a price of $83.23 per unit.

 

 

 

 

(B)     Reflects the reclassification of $115.0 million of marketable securities held in the Trust Account at the balance sheet date that becomes available to fund the Business Combination.

  

(C)     Represents the net proceeds from the private placement of 4.0 million shares of common stock for total proceeds of $35.9 million pursuant to the PIPE Investment to Class A Common Stock. Further, $24.7 million of the initial $60.6 million PIPE Investment will be funded through the Exchangeable Note Investment as part of adjustment (N).   

  

(D)     Represents the conversion of the Pre-PIPE convertible notes at $6.40 per share to Class B Common Stock in an aggregate principal amount of $44.4 million, which is recorded net of debt discount of $7.5 million.

  

(E)     Reflects the settlement of $1.1 thousand of deferred underwriters’ fees. The fees are expected to be paid at the close of the Business Combination. 

 

(F)     Represents estimated transaction costs incurred by ROCR and QualTek of approximately $31.3 million, in addition to the $1.1 thousand of deferred underwriting fees noted above, inclusive of legal, advisory, printing, and accounting fees. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet reflects these costs as a reduction of cash of $31.3 million. Equity issuance costs of $24.0 million are offset to additional paid-in capital and the remaining balance is expensed through accumulated deficit. The costs expensed through accumulated deficit are included in the unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

(G)    Reflects the actual redemption of 11.4 million ROCR Public Shares at a redemption price of $10.0 per share for aggregate redemption payments of $114.0 million prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, and the reclassification of ROCR Public Shares not redeemed to Class A Common Stock and additional paid-in capital in permanent equity using par value of $0.0001 per share. 

 

(H)     Represents recapitalization of QualTek’s Units and the issuance of approximately 11.9 million shares of Class A Common Stock and approximately 18.8 million shares of Class B Common Stock to the historical QualTek and Blocker equity holders as consideration for the reverse recapitalization. 

 

(I)      Reflects the reclassification of ROCR’s historical accumulated deficit. 

 

(J)     Represents adjustments to reflect applicable deferred income taxes of $26.0 million offset by a valuation allowance of $26.0 million. The deferred taxes are primarily related to the difference between the financial statement carrying amount and the tax basis in the QualTek partnership interest but also includes tax attributes (e.g., net operating losses) inherited from the Blocker. The basis difference primarily results from the Business Combination where ROCR will record a carryover tax basis in the QualTek partnership interests. The adjustment related to the deferred tax asset was calculated assuming: (1) the GAAP balance sheet as of October 2, 2021 adjusted for the pro forma entries described herein, (2) estimated tax basis as of October 2, 2021 adjusted for the pro forma entries described herein, and (3) a constant federal income tax rate of 21.0% and a blended state tax rate of 5.3% (net of federal tax benefit). Based on the weight of all positive and negative evidence, it was determined that the deferred tax asset is not more-likely-than-not to be realized. As such, a full valuation allowance was recorded.

 

(K)      Upon the Closing, ROCR will be a party to a tax receivable agreement (“TRA”). Under the terms of that agreement, ROCR generally will be required to pay to the TRA Holders 85% of the applicable cash tax savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local tax that ROCR realizes or is deemed to realize in certain circumstances as a result of (i) existing tax basis in certain assets of QualTek and certain of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries allocable to ROCR as a result of the acquisition of Common Units by ROCR at the Closing of the Business Acquisition, (ii) tax deductions in respect of portions of certain payments made under the Tax Receivable Agreement, and (iii) certain tax attributes of the Blocker, which holds Common Units that are acquired directly or indirectly by ROCR pursuant to the Reorganization Transaction. ROCR generally will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of the applicable tax savings. 

 

Upon the completion of the Business Combination, the Blocker TRA Holder will have exchanged their QualTek Common Units, which would create an obligation under the TRA. The $35.4 million adjustment related to the TRA assumes: (1) no cash paid to the TRA Parties in connection with the Business Combination, (2) a price per share of Company Class A Common stock equal $8, (3) a constant federal U.S. income tax rate of 5.30% and an assumed weighted-average state and local income tax rate of 21.00% (net of federal tax benefit), (4) no material changes in tax law, (5) the ability to utilize some, but not all, of the tax attributes based on current alternative anticipated tax forecasts, and (6) future payments under the TRA. If there was sufficient income to utilize all tax attributes, the adjustment related to the TRA would be $45.62 million. 

 

The amount of expected future payments under the TRA is dependent upon a number of factors, including the Company’s cash tax savings, the enacted tax rate in the years in which it utilizes tax attributes subject to the TRA, and current tax forecasts. These estimated rates and forecasts are subject to change based on actual results and realizations, which could have a material impact on the liability to be paid. If the Company exercises its right to terminate the TRA or in the case of a change in control of the Company or a material breach of the Company’s obligations under the TRA all obligations under the TRA will be accelerated and the Company will be required to make a payment to the TRA Parties. Such payment would be in an amount equal to the present value of future payments under the TRA, as determined based on certain assumptions, including that the Company would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the tax deductions and other tax attributes subject to the TRA. 

 

Due to the uncertainty as to the amount and timing of future exchanges of QualTek Common Units by the TRA Holders and as to the price of Class A Common Stock at the time of any such exchanges, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not assume that any existing equityholder of QualTek has exchanged Common Units that would create an obligation to the Purchase TRA Holders or Exchange TRA Holders (both as defined in the TRA) under the TRA. Future exchanges will result in incremental tax attributes and potential cash tax savings for ROCR. Depending on ROCR’s assessment on realizability of such tax attributes, the arising TRA liability will be recorded at the exchange date.

 

 

 

 

(L)     Represents the allocation of net assets to the non-controlling interests, which are primarily due to the retained interests of the BCP and certain members of QualTek management in QualTek. Non-controlling interest was calculated using the post-acquisition number of Class B shares retained by QualTek owners as a percentage of total common shares multiplied by total adjusted equity. Total equity was adjusted to remove the value of any adjustments that solely impact the equity of ROCR and are not related to the equity in the QualTek partnership.

 

   As of October 2, 2021   Adjustment
(in thousands except share and per share data)  Pro Forma Combined   Tickmark
Total equity (deficit)  $

48,341

     
Adjustments to equity excluded from the calculation of noncontrolling interest         
Payable to related parties pursuant to tax receivable agreement   35,384    (K)
Adjusted total equity (deficit)  $83,725     
Retained interest of QualTek equityholders   58%    
Noncontrolling interest  $48,388     

 

(M)    Represents the issuance of the Earnout Shares consisting of 2.3 million shares of Class A Common Stock (Blocker Owner Earnout Shares) and 3.8 million shares of Class B Common Stock (Earnout Voting Shares). The existing shareholders of the Blocker and QualTek will each receive their proportionate amount of Earnout Shares (and in the case of the historical owners of QualTek, a corresponding number of Earnout Common Units) based on their share of merger consideration received upon consummation of the Business Combination. The Earnout Shares have an estimated fair value of $52.0 million, which was determined by using a Monte Carlo simulation to forecast the future daily price per share of Class A common stock over the earnout period of five years. The earnout triggering events are detailed within the section entitled “The Business Combination Agreement — Consideration to be Received in the Business Combination — The Earnout Shares and Earnout Common Units” within the Proxy Statement.

 

(N)     Represents the Exchangeable Note Investment expected to be issued on the closing date, including the $24.7 million of cash from the initial PIPE Investment that is now expected to be funded through the Exchangeable Note. The adjustment amounts have been calculated as follows:

  

(in thousands)  As of
October 2, 2021
 
Investment expected from current Exchangeable Note Subscribers  $100,000 
Initial PIPE Investment expected to be funded through Exchangeable Note   24,685 
Less: Exchangeable Note financing fees   (8,728)
Total pro forma adjustment  $115,957 

 

(O)   Represents the paydown of $96.2 million of QualTek’s debt associated with their line of credit arrangement outstanding as of October 2, 2021.

 

Adjustment to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

  

The pro forma adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the nine months ended October 2, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020 are as follows: 

 

(AA) Reflects elimination of interest expense on the QualTek convertible notes for the nine months ended October 2, 2021. 

 

(BB) Reflects the total estimated transaction costs in the unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2020. Transaction costs are reflected as if incurred on January 1, 2020, the date the Business Combination occurred for the purposes of the unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations and comprehensive loss. As such, transaction costs included in the historical QualTek results for the nine months ended October 2, 2021 have been eliminated and included in the unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2020. This is a non-recurring item.

 

 

 

  

(CC) Reflects elimination of investment income on the Trust Account. 

 

(DD) Reflects the adjustment to income tax benefit as a result of the tax impact on pro forma net loss from continuing operations attributable to ROCR at the estimated combined federal and state statutory tax rate of 26.3%.

 

(EE) Reflects the reclassification of operating and formation costs to general and administrative expenses.

 

(FF) Represents the allocation of net loss to the non-controlling interests due to the Common Units held by BCP and certain members of QualTek management upon closing. The amounts have been calculated as follows: 

 

(in thousands)  For the
nine months
ended
October 2, 2021
   For the
year ended
December 31, 2020
 
Pro Forma Combined Loss from continuing operations  $(23,394)  $(116,450)
Pro Forma Combined Income tax provision   (546)   (7,932)
Pro Forma Combined Pre-tax Loss from continuing operations   (23,940)   (124,382)
Retained interest of QualTek equityholders   58%   58%
Pro Forma Combined income/(loss) from continuing operations related to noncontrolling interest  $(13,835)  $(71,886)

 

(GG) Represents the loss on debt extinguishment related to the Company’s expected conversion of the Pre-PIPE Convertible Notes at close. This is a non-recurring item. 

 

(HH) Represents interest expense on the expected Exchangeable Note Investment at close. The adjustment amounts have been calculated as follows:

 

(in thousands)  For the
nine months
ended
October 2, 2021
   For the
year ended
December 31, 2020
 
Interest expense related to Exchangeable Note Investment  $10,988   $14,650 
Amortization of deferred financing fees   1,309    1,746 
Total pro forma adjustment  $12,297   $16,396 

  

Interest expense on the Exchangeable Notes has been calculated assuming a 11.75% annual interest rate. A 0.125% change in the estimated interest rate on the variable rate Exchangeable Note Investment would result in an increase or decrease in the pro forma annual interest expense of approximately $0.2 million.

 

(II)       Reflects the elimination of the line of credit’s interest expense of $1.9 million and $2.5 million for the nine months ended October 2, 2021 and for the year ended December 31, 2020, respectively, assuming the paydown of the line of credit’s outstanding balance in conjunction with the Business Combination as if it occurred on January 1, 2020. 

 

4.Loss per share

  

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined basic and diluted net loss per share is calculated using the historical weighted average shares outstanding, and the issuance of additional shares in connection with the Business Combination, assuming the shares were outstanding at January 1, 2020. As the Business Combination and related transactions are being reflected as if they had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented, the calculation of weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted net (loss) per share assumes that the shares issuable relating to the Business Combination have been outstanding for the entire periods presented.

 

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share has been prepared using actual redemptions by the Company’s public stockholders of shares of Class A Common Stock for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount on deposit in the Trust Account for each respective period.

 

In accordance with the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, the Earnout Shares will be considered legally issued and outstanding shares of common stock issued to the historical Blocker and QualTek owners, subject to restrictions on transfer and voting described in the section entitled “The Business Combination Agreement — The Earnout Shares and Earnout Common Units” within the Proxy Statement. The 2.3 million Blocker Owner Earnout Shares are entitled to receive, ratably with the other outstanding Class A Common Stock, dividends, and other distributions prior to vesting, at which point they become issued common stock. The 3.8 million Earnout Voting Shares have only voting rights and therefore are not entitled to receive any distributions. For additional information on the Earnout Shares, refer to the section entitled “The Business Combination Agreement — The Earnout Shares and Earnout Common Units” within the Proxy Statement.

 

 

 

  

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities, as the Blocker Owner Earnout Shares are considered participating securities. The net loss per share amounts is the same for Class A Common Stock and the Blocker Owner Earnout Shares because the holders of each are legally entitled to equal per share earnings, losses, and distributions, whether through dividends or liquidation. Shares of Class B Common Stock do not participate in the earnings or losses of the Combined Company and, therefore, are not participating securities. As such, a separate presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share of Class B Common Stock under the two-class method has not been presented.

 

   Pro Forma Combined 
(in thousands except share and per share data) 

For the
nine-months ended

October 2, 2021

   For the
year ended
December 31, 2020
 
Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to the controlling interest (in thousands)  $(17,598)  $(48,190)
Less: undistributed earnings attributable to Class A Earnout Shares   (1,856)   (5,082)
Pro forma income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to common shareholders (in thousands) - basic  $(15,742)  $(43,108)
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic and diluted   19,296,348    19,296,348 
Net loss per share - basic and diluted  $(0.83)  $(2.23)
           
Weighted average common shares calculation          
Existing QualTek Equity Holders   11,923,939    11,923,939 
ROCR Public Shareholders   100,409    100,409 
Founder Shares   3,283,000    3,283,000 
Pre-PIPE Investors   -    - 
PIPE Investors   3,989,000    3,989,000 
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted   19,296,348    19,296,348 

  

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements reflect a net loss in all periods presented and therefore the effect of the following securities are not included in the calculation of diluted loss per share as including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

   Pro Forma Combined 
Excluded from the calculation(1)     
Class B Common Stock   29,538,575 
Private Warrants   102,000 
Public Warrants   2,875,000 
Exchangeable Notes   12,468,500 
Total potentially dilutive shares excluded from calculation   44,984,075 

 

(1)This table excludes Earnout Voting Shares as the earnout contingency has not been met at period end.

  

 

 

 

 

UNAUDITED HISTORICAL COMPARATIVE AND PRO FORMA COMBINED PER SHARE DATA OF ROCR AND QUALTEK

 

The following table sets forth summary historical comparative share information for ROCR and QualTek and unaudited pro forma condensed combined per share information after giving effect to the Business Combination. The pro forma book value information reflects the Business Combination as if it had occurred on October 2, 2021. The weighted average shares outstanding and net loss per share information reflect the Business Combination as if they had occurred on January 1, 2020.

 

This information is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and related notes of ROCR and QualTek that are included in the Proxy Statement and incorporated herein by reference. The unaudited pro forma combined per share information of ROCR and QualTek is derived from, and should be read in conjunction with, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in an exhibit of Form 8-K.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined per share information has been presented for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of what the Combined Company’s results of operations actually would have been had the Business Combination been completed as of the dates indicated. In addition, the unaudited pro forma combined book value per share information does not purport to project the future financial position or operating results of the Combined Company.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared using the assumptions below with respect to the potential redemption into cash of Common Stock:

  

   QualTek (Historical)   ROCR (Historical)   Pro Forma Combined 
As of and for the nine months ended October 2, 2021               
Book value per share (1)  $4.88   $(0.07)  $2.24 
Weighted average share outstanding, redeemable common stock – basic and diluted        8,804,029      
Net loss per share, redeemable common stock – basic and diluted       $(0.12)     
Weighted average share outstanding non-redeemable common stock – basic and diluted        3,099,440      
Net loss per share, non-redeemable common stock – basic and diluted       $(0.12)     
Weighted average share common units outstanding - basic and diluted   2,161,951           
Net loss per unit  – basic and diluted  $(13.96)          
Weighted average share outstanding of common stock – basic and diluted             19,296,348 
Net loss per share of common stock – basic and diluted            $(0.83)
As of and for the year ended December 31, 2020               
Book value per share (1)  $14.77   $0.01   $N/A(2)
Weighted average share outstanding of common stock – basic and diluted        2,500,000    19,296,348 
Net loss per share of common stock – basic and diluted       $0.00   $(2.23)
Weighted average share common units outstanding - basic and diluted   2,005,824           
Net loss per unit  – basic and diluted  $(50.54)          

 

(1)Book value per share = (Total equity)/common shares outstanding. In the case of the Pro Forma Combined, the denominator consists of shares of Class A Common Stock as the shares of Class B Common Stock have no economic rights.

 

(2)Pro Forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2020 not required and as such, no such calculation included in this table.